Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2012

Registration Statement No. 333-177933

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

Amendment No. 4

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

PBF ENERGY INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   2911   45-3763855

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

 

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Telephone: (973) 455-7500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Michael D. Gayda

President

PBF Energy Inc.

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Telephone: (973) 455-7500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

Todd E. Lenson, Esq.   Jeffrey Dill, Esq.   William M. Hartnett, Esq.

Jordan M. Rosenbaum, Esq.

  PBF Energy Inc.   Douglas S. Horowitz, Esq.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Telephone: (212) 806-5400

 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel

One Sylvan Way, Second Floor

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Telephone: (973) 455-7500

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, New York 10005

Telephone: (212) 701-3000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨   Accelerated Filer   ¨   Non-accelerated Filer   þ   Smaller Reporting Company   ¨
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Prospectus (Subject to completion)

Issued November 6, 2012

 

         Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

PBF Energy Inc. is offering shares of its Class A common stock. We intend to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase equity interests in our business from certain of our existing owners and certain of our employees. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is expected to be between $         and $         per share.

 

Immediately following this offering, the holders of our Class A common stock will collectively own 100% of the economic interests in PBF Energy Inc., and have     % of the voting power of PBF Energy Inc. The holders of our Class B common stock will have the remaining     % of the voting power of PBF Energy Inc. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBF”.

 

 

 

Investing in our Class  A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16.

 

 

 

Price $         Per Share

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

    

Underwriting

Discounts

and

Commissions

    

Proceeds to

Company

Per Share

     $               $               $         

Total

     $                          $                          $                    

 

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to         additional shares of Class A common stock on the same terms as set forth above. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds” and “Underwriting.”

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities nor passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2012.

 

 

 

Citigroup

  Morgan Stanley

Credit Suisse

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

 

UBS Investment Bank     Barclays


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Glossary of Selected Terms

     ii   

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     16   

Forward-Looking Statements

     37   

Industry and Market Data

     38   

Organizational Structure

     39   

Use of Proceeds

     44   

Dividend Policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     47   

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

     49   

Selected Financial Data

     57   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     60   
     Page  

Industry Overview

     90   

Business

     98   

Management

     111   

Executive Compensation

     117   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     138   

Principal Stockholders

     145   

Description of Capital Stock

     148   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     153   

Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     156   

Underwriting

     160   

Legal Matters

     166   

Experts

     166   

Where You Can Find More Information

     166   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

 

Until                          , 2012 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so.

 

For investors outside the United States: we have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all financial data presented in this prospectus reflects the consolidated business and operations of PBF Energy Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP.

 

i


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMS

 

Unless otherwise noted or indicated by context, the following terms used in this prospectus have the following meanings:

 

“API gravity” refers to American Petroleum Institute gravity.

 

“ASCI” refers to the Argus Sour Crude Index, a pricing index used to approximate market prices for sour, heavy crude oil.

 

“Bakken” refers to both a crude oil production region generally covering North Dakota, Montana and Western Canada, and the crude oil that is produced in that region.

 

“barrel” refers to a common unit of measure in the oil industry, which equates to 42 gallons.

 

“blendstocks” refers to various compounds that are combined with gasoline or diesel from the crude oil refining process to make finished gasoline and diesel; these may include natural gasoline, FCC unit gasoline, ethanol, reformate or butane, among others.

 

“bpd” refers to an abbreviation for barrels per day.

 

“CAPP” refers to the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers.

 

“catalyst” refers to a substance that alters, accelerates, or instigates chemical changes, but is not produced as a product of the refining process.

 

“CBOB” refers to conventional blendstock for oxygenate blending.

 

“coke” refers to a coal-like substance that is produced from heavier crude oil fractions during the refining process.

 

“complexity” refers to the number, type and capacity of processing units at a refinery, measured by the Nelson Complexity Index, which is often used as a measure of a refinery’s ability to process lower quality crude in an economic manner.

 

“crack spread” refers to a simplified calculation that measures the difference between the price for light products and crude oil. For example, we reference (a) the 2-1-1 crack spread, which is a general industry standard that approximates the per barrel refining margin resulting from processing two barrels of crude oil to produce one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil or ULSD, and (b) the 4-3-1 crack spread, which is a benchmark utilized by our Toledo refinery that approximates the per barrel refining margin resulting from processing four barrels of crude oil to produce three barrels of gasoline and one-half barrel of jet fuel and one-half barrel of ULSD.

 

“Dated Brent” refers to Brent blend oil, a light, sweet North Sea crude oil, characterized by an API gravity of 38° and a sulfur content of approximately 0.4 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other crude oils.

 

“distillates” refers primarily to diesel, heating oil, kerosene and jet fuel.

 

“downstream” refers to the downstream sector of the energy industry generally describing oil refineries, marketing and distribution companies that refine crude oil and sell and distribute refined products. The opposite of the downstream sector is the upstream sector, which refers to exploration and production companies that search for and/or produce crude oil and natural gas underground or through drilling or exploratory wells.

 

“EPA” refers to the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

 

“ethanol” refers to a clear, colorless, flammable oxygenated liquid. Ethanol is typically produced chemically from ethylene, or biologically from fermentation of various sugars from carbohydrates found in agricultural crops and cellulosic residues from crops or wood. It is used in the United States as a gasoline octane enhancer and oxygenate.

 

“feedstocks” refers to crude oil and partially refined petroleum products that are processed and blended into refined products.

 

ii


Table of Contents

“FCC” refers to fluid catalytic cracking.

 

“FCU” refers to fluid coking unit.

 

“FOB” refers to free on board, a transportation term that pertains to the port of loading. The buyer assumes responsibility for the goods at the port of loading and is responsible for freight transport, insurance, and any other costs associated with moving goods to their final destination port.

 

“GHG” refers to greenhouse gas.

 

“Group I base oils or lubricants” refers to conventionally refined products characterized by a sulfur content less than 0.03% with a viscosity index between 80 and 120. Typically, these products are used in a variety of automotive and industrial applications.

 

“heavy crude oil” refers to a relatively inexpensive crude oil with a low API gravity characterized by high relative density and viscosity. Heavy crude oils require greater levels of processing to produce high value products such as gasoline and diesel.

 

“KV” refers to Kilovolts.

 

“light crude oil” refers to a relatively expensive crude oil with a high API gravity characterized by low relative density and viscosity. Light crude oils require lower levels of processing to produce high value products such as gasoline and diesel.

 

“light products” refers to the group of refined products with lower boiling temperatures, including gasoline and distillates.

 

“light-heavy differential” refers to the price difference between light crude oil and heavy crude oil.

 

“LPG” refers to liquefied petroleum gas.

 

“Maya” refers to Maya crude oil, a heavy, sour crude oil characterized by an API gravity of approximately 22° and a sulfur content of approximately 3.3 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other heavy crude oils.

 

“MLP” refers to master limited partnership.

 

“MMbbls” refers to an abbreviation for million barrels.

 

“MMBTU” refers to million British thermal units.

 

“MMSCFD” refers to million standard cubic feet per day.

 

“MSCG” refers to Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

 

“MW” refers to Megawatt.

 

“Nelson Complexity Index” refers to the complexity of an oil refinery as measured by the Nelson Complexity Index, which is calculated on an annual basis by the Oil and Gas Journal. The Nelson Complexity Index assigns a complexity factor to each major piece of refinery equipment based on its complexity and cost in comparison to crude distillation, which is assigned a complexity factor of 1.0. The complexity of each piece of refinery equipment is then calculated by multiplying its complexity factor by its throughput ratio as a percentage of crude distillation capacity. Adding up the complexity values assigned to each piece of equipment, including crude distillation, determines a refinery’s complexity on the Nelson Complexity Index. A refinery with a complexity of 10.0 on the Nelson Complexity Index is considered ten times more complex than crude distillation for the same amount of throughput.

 

iii


Table of Contents

“NYH” refers to the New York Harbor market value of petroleum products.

 

“PADD 1” refers to the Petroleum Administration for Defense District 1 region of the United States, which covers the following states: Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Vermont, Virginia and West Virginia.

 

“PADD 2” refers to the Petroleum Administration for Defense District 2 region of the United States, which covers the following states: Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Tennessee and Wisconsin.

 

“Platts” refers to Platts, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies.

 

“PPM” refers to parts per million.

 

“RBOB” refers to reformulated blendstock for oxygenate blending.

 

“refined products” refers to petroleum products, such as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel, that are produced by a refinery.

 

“sour crude oil” refers to a crude oil that is relatively high in sulfur content, requiring additional processing to remove the sulfur. Sour crude oil is typically less expensive than sweet crude oil.

 

“Sunoco” refers to Sunoco, Inc. (R&M).

 

“sweet crude oil” refers to a crude oil that is relatively low in sulfur content, requiring less processing to remove the sulfur than sour crude oil. Sweet crude oil is typically more expensive than sour crude oil.

 

“Syncrude” refers to a blend of Canadian synthetic oil, a light, sweet crude oil, typically characterized by an API gravity between 30° and 32° and a sulfur content of approximately 0.1-0.2 weight percent.

 

“throughput” refers to the volume processed through a unit or refinery.

 

“turnaround” refers to a periodically required shutdown and comprehensive maintenance event to refurbish and maintain a refinery unit or units that involves the inspection of such units and occurs generally on a periodic cycle.

 

“ULSD” refers to ultra-low-sulfur diesel.

 

“WCS” refers to Western Canadian Select, a heavy, sour crude oil blend typically characterized by an API gravity between 20° and 22° and a sulfur content of approximately 3.5 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for heavy Western Canadian crude oil.

 

“WTI” refers to West Texas Intermediate crude oil, a light, sweet crude oil, typically characterized by an API gravity between 38° and 40° and a sulfur content of approximately 0.3 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other crude oils.

 

“WTS” refers to West Texas Sour crude oil, a sour crude oil characterized by an API gravity between 30° and 33° and a sulfur content of approximately 1.28 weight percent that is used as a benchmark for other sour crude oils.

 

“yield” refers to the percentage of refined products that is produced from crude oil and other feedstocks.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information set forth in “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or “PBF” refer (1) prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to PBF Energy Company LLC, or PBF LLC, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including PBF Holding Company LLC, or PBF Holding, and (2) after the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to PBF Energy Inc., or PBF Energy, and, in each case, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries, including PBF LLC, PBF Holding, PBF Investments LLC, or PBF Investments, Toledo Refining Company LLC, or Toledo Refining, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, or Paulsboro Refining, and Delaware City Refining Company LLC, or Delaware City Refining.

 

Our Company

 

We are one of the largest independent petroleum refiners and suppliers of unbranded transportation fuels, heating oil, petrochemical feedstocks, lubricants and other petroleum products in the United States. We were formed in 2008 to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. We currently own and operate three domestic oil refineries and related assets, which we acquired in 2010 and 2011. Our refineries have a combined processing capacity, known as throughput, of approximately 540,000 bpd, and a weighted average Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3.

 

Our three refineries are located in Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware and Paulsboro, New Jersey. Our Midcontinent refinery at Toledo processes light, sweet crude, has a throughput capacity of 170,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 9.2. The majority of Toledo’s WTI based crude is delivered via pipelines that originate in both Canada and the United States. Since our acquisition of Toledo in 2011, we have added additional truck and rail crude unloading capabilities that provide feedstock sourcing flexibility for the refinery and enables Toledo to run a more cost-advantaged crude slate. Our East Coast refineries at Delaware City and Paulsboro have a combined refining capacity of 370,000 bpd and Nelson Complexity Indices of 11.3 and 13.2, respectively. These high conversion refineries process primarily medium and heavy, sour crudes and have historically received the bulk of their feedstock via ships and barges on the Delaware River. Importantly, in May 2012 we commenced crude shipments via rail into a newly developed crude rail unloading facility at our Delaware City refinery. Currently, crude delivered to this facility is consumed at our Delaware City refinery. In the future we plan to transport some of the crude delivered by rail from Delaware City via barge to our Paulsboro refinery. The Delaware City rail unloading facility allows our East Coast refineries to source WTI based crudes from Western Canada and the Midcontinent, which provides significant cost advantages versus traditional Brent based international crudes. We are in the process of expanding the rail crude unloading capacity at Delaware City from 40,000 bpd to more than 110,000 bpd by early 2013 and have entered into agreements to lease approximately 2,400 crude railcars (comprised of approximately 1,600 coiled and insulated railcars that are capable of transporting Western Canadian bitumen without diluent and approximately 800 general purpose railcars) that will be utilized to transport crude by rail to Delaware City.

 

Our Business

 

We produce a variety of products at each of our refineries, including gasoline, ULSD, heating oil, jet fuel, lubricants, petrochemicals and asphalt. We sell our products throughout the Northeast and Midwest of the United States, as well as in other regions of the United States and Canada, and are able to ship products to other international destinations. The majority of our finished products are sold through long-term offtake and supply agreements. For example, we sell the bulk of our gasoline, diesel and heating oil through long-term offtake agreements with MSCG and Sunoco.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

The following table provides summary operating information concerning each of our three refineries:

 

Refinery

   Approximate
Throughput
Capacity (bpd)
     Nelson
Complexity Index
   Estimated
Replacement Cost
     Benchmark Crack
Spread
 

Toledo

     170,000       9.2    $ 2.4 billion        
WTI
  
              (Chicago) 4-3-1   

Delaware City

     190,000       11.3    $ 3.1 billion        
Dated Brent
  
              (NYH) 2-1-1   

Paulsboro

     180,000       13.2    $ 2.7 billion        
Dated Brent
  
              (NYH) 2-1-1   
  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

    

Total

     540,000       11.3    $ 8.2 billion      
      (weighted average)      

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we had (a) pro forma total revenues of $         billion and $         billion, respectively; (b) pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $         million and $         million, respectively; and (c) pro forma net income of $         million and $         million, respectively. Our pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2011 do not include any adjustments for Delaware City to reflect incremental revenue and operating expenses that we expect to generate in connection with the re-start because the refinery was not operational when it was acquired and the transaction was accounted for as an acquisition of assets, not a business combination. For a definition and reconciliation of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma net income, see “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data.”

 

Our History and Acquisitions

 

March 2008

   PBF was formed.

June 2010

   The idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets were acquired from Valero Energy Corporation, or Valero, for approximately $220.0 million.

December 2010

   The Paulsboro refinery was acquired from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital.

March 2011

   The Toledo refinery was acquired from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital.

October 2011

   Delaware City became operational.

 

Delaware City Acquisition and Re-Start . We acquired the idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets, including a petroleum product terminal, a petroleum products pipeline and an electric generation facility, on June 1, 2010 from affiliates of Valero for approximately $220.0 million in cash. In the fourth quarter of 2009, due to, among other reasons, financial losses caused by one of the worst recessions in recent history, the prior owner shut down the refinery. We were therefore able to acquire the refinery at an attractive price. In addition, at the time of acquisition, we reached an agreement with the State of Delaware that provided for a five-year operating permit and up to approximately $45.0 million of economic support to re-start the facility, and negotiated a new long-term contract with the relevant union at the refinery. We believe that the refinery’s ability to process lower quality crudes will allow us to capture a higher margin as these lower quality crudes are typically priced at discounts to benchmark crudes, and to compete effectively in a region where product demand significantly exceeds refining capacity.

 

Since our acquisition, we have invested more than $500.0 million in turnaround and re-start projects at Delaware City, as well as in the recent strategic development of a crude rail unloading facility. The re-start process

 

 

2


Table of Contents

included the decommissioning of the gasifier unit located on the property which allowed us to decrease emissions and improve the reliability of the refinery. We made significant operating improvements in the first year of operations by modifying the crude slate and product yield, changing operations of the conversion units and re-starting certain units. Through these capital investments and by restructuring certain operations, we have lowered the annual operating expenses of the Delaware City refinery relative to its pre-acquisition operating expense levels by more than 40%. During the first years of the refinery’s operations we anticipate saving in excess of $100.0 million in capital expenditures we otherwise would have expected to make if not for our reconfiguration of the refinery and the terms of our environmental operating agreement issued by the State of Delaware. In 2012, we are spending approximately $57.0 million, $20.0 million of which has been spent as of September 30, 2012, to expand and upgrade the existing on-site rail infrastructure, including the expansion of the crude rail unloading facilities that will be capable of discharging approximately 110,000 bpd.

 

Paulsboro Acquisition . We acquired the Paulsboro refinery (including an associated natural gas pipeline) on December 17, 2010 from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital. The purchase price excludes inventory purchased on our behalf by MSCG and Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., or Statoil.

 

Toledo Acquisition . We acquired the Toledo refinery on March 1, 2011 from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital. We also purchased refined and certain intermediate products in inventory for approximately $299.6 million, and MSCG purchased the refinery’s crude oil inventory on our behalf. Additionally, included in the terms of the sale is a five-year participation payment of up to $125.0 million payable to Sunoco based upon post-acquisition earnings of the refinery, of which $103.0 million was paid in 2012. We currently anticipate paying the balance of the participation payment in April 2013. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments” for additional information regarding the terms of the participation payment to Sunoco.

 

Industry Overview and Market Outlook

 

The United States has historically been the largest consumer of petroleum-based products in the world. According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration’s, or EIA’s, 2012 Refinery Capacity Report, there were 134 operating oil refineries in the United States in January 2012, with a total refining capacity of approximately 16.7 million bpd. Of the total operating refining capacity in the United States, approximately 55.2%, or 9.2 million bpd, is currently owned and operated by independent refining companies compared to 2002 when approximately 31.6%, or 5.1 million bpd, was owned by independent refining companies. The remaining capacity is controlled by integrated oil companies. Because of this trend, the refining industry increasingly must rely on its own operations for its profitability.

 

We believe our three refineries currently benefit from secular growth in North American crude production because of our ability to access lower cost WTI price based crudes. According to a recent EIA publication, average United States crude oil production in 2013 is expected to grow by more than 1.3 million bpd, to 6.9 million bpd from 5.6 million bpd in 2011, an increase of more than 23%. This level of United States crude oil production would represent the highest level since 1993. In addition, CAPP projects that Canadian crude oil production will increase by 800,000 bpd, from 3.0 million bpd in 2011 to 3.8 million bpd in 2015. As a result of the recent and projected growth in North American crude production, the United States has reduced its reliance on imported crude. The EIA estimates that crude imported from foreign sources (crude from outside North America) since 2008 has declined by approximately 1.3 million bpd or 12.8%, to 8.5 million bpd as of September 30, 2012 and is forecasted to decline by an additional 500,000 bpd by 2013. With the addition of our crude rail unloading facilities at Delaware City and our investment in a crude railcar fleet, we expect our East Coast refineries to capitalize on the growth in both Canadian and United States crude oil production, while maintaining the flexibility to source waterborne crude.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Supply and demand dynamics can vary by region, creating differentiated margin opportunities at any given time for refiners depending on the location of their facilities. Our Toledo refinery is located in the Midcontinent (PADD 2) and our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries are both located on the East Coast (PADD 1). In both of these regions, product demand exceeds refinery capacity. We expect that this demand/capacity imbalance may continue. For example, since 2009 16 refineries representing approximately 2.6 million bpd of refining capacity have been closed or idled in the Atlantic Basin (which includes PADD 1). This Atlantic Basin reduction has occurred across the United States, Europe and the Caribbean and directly affects our East Coast refineries because we compete with operating refineries in these markets.

 

Refining is primarily a margin-based business where both the feedstock (primarily crude oil) and refined petroleum products are commodities with fluctuating prices. Refiners create value by selling refined petroleum products at prices higher than the costs of acquiring crude oil and other feedstocks, and by managing operating costs. Refining is an industry that historically has seasonal influences as a result of differentiated consumer demand for key refined products during certain months of the year. Most importantly, demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. Consequently, refining margins and profitability have historically generally been stronger in the second and third calendar quarters of each year relative to the first and fourth calendar quarters.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

 

Strategically located refineries with cost and supply advantages . Our Midcontinent Toledo refinery advantageously sources a substantial portion of its WTI based crude slate from sources in Canada and throughout the Midcontinent. The balance of the crude oil is delivered by truck from local sources and by rail to a nearby terminal. Recent increases in production volumes of crudes from Western Canada and the Midcontinent combined with limitations on takeaway capacity in the Midcontinent, including at Cushing, Oklahoma where WTI is priced, have resulted in a price discount for WTI based crudes compared to Brent based crudes. We believe that our access to WTI based crudes at Toledo provides us with a cost advantage versus facilities that do not have similar access to such crudes and must process Brent based feedstocks.

 

Our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries have similar supply advantages given that they have the flexibility to source crudes from around the world via the Delaware River, and can source currently price advantaged WTI based crudes from Western Canada and the Midcontinent through our Delaware City crude rail unloading facility and through third party rail unloading terminals on the East Coast. The 2,400 crude railcars that we have entered into agreements to lease will enable us to transport this crude to each of our refineries. This transportation flexibility allows our East Coast refineries to process the most cost advantaged crude available.

 

Future crude supply may emerge from the development of other crude oil producing basins, including the Utica Shale play (located in portions of the Appalachian Basin and Canada), which could potentially bring significant oil production online in regional proximity to all three of our refineries, providing an attractive feedstock source with low associated transportation cost.

 

Complex assets with a valuable product slate located in high-demand regions . Our refinery assets are located in regions where product demand exceeds refining capacity. Our refineries have a weighted average Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3, which allows us the flexibility to process a variety of crudes. Our East Coast refineries have the highest Nelson Complexity Indices on the East Coast, allowing them to process lower cost, heavier, more sour crude oils and giving us a cost advantage over other refineries in the same region. The complexity of our refining assets allows us to produce a higher percentage of more valuable light products. For example, our East Coast refineries produce a greater percentage of distillates versus gasoline than other East

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Coast refineries and have 100% of the East Coast’s heavy coking capacity. In addition, our Paulsboro refinery produces Group I base oils which are typically priced at a premium to both gasoline and distillates. Similarly, our Toledo refinery is a high conversion refinery with high gasoline and distillate yields and also produces high-value petrochemical products.

 

Significant scale and diversification . We currently operate three refineries with a combined crude throughput of 540,000 bpd making us the fifth largest independent refiner in the United States. Our refineries provide us diversification through crude slates, end products, customers and geographic locations. Our scale provides us buying power advantages, and we benefit from the cost efficiencies that result from operating three large refineries.

 

Recent capital investments and restructuring initiatives to improve financial returns . Since 2006, over $2.8 billion of capital has been invested in our three refineries to improve their operating performance, to meet environmental and regulatory standards, and to minimize the need for near-term capital expenditures. For example, since our acquisition of Delaware City, we have invested more than $500.0 million in turnaround and re-start projects that will improve the cost structure and profitability of the refinery, as well as in the recent strategic development of a crude rail unloading facility. In addition, we are spending approximately $57.0 million to expand and upgrade the rail unloading infrastructure that will allow us to discharge more than 110,000 bpd of cost advantaged, WTI based crudes for both our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries by the first quarter of 2013. In conjunction with the re-start of Delaware City in 2011, we undertook a significant restructuring of the operations to improve its operating cost position, including reductions in labor costs compared to operations before shutdown by Valero, reductions in energy costs and reductions in other ongoing operating and maintenance expenses. Management estimates that the Delaware City restructuring has reduced the refinery’s annual operating expenses by over $200.0 million relative to pre-acquisition operating expense level (without including the rail upgrades). We made significant operating improvements in the first year of operations by modifying the crude slate and product yield, changing operations of the conversion units and re-starting certain units.

 

Experienced management team with a demonstrated track record of acquiring, integrating and operating refining assets. Our management team is led by our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Thomas D. O’Malley, who has more than 30 years experience in the refining industry and has led the acquisition of more than 20 refineries during his career. In addition, our executive management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, Thomas J. Nimbley, our President, Michael D. Gayda, and our head of Commercial Operations, Donald F. Lucey, has a proven track record of successfully operating refining assets. Our core management team has significant experience working together, including while at Tosco Corporation and Premcor Inc. These executives have a long history of acquiring refineries at attractive prices and integrating these operations into a single, consolidated platform. For example, we believe we acquired the Paulsboro, Delaware City and Toledo refineries at or near the bottom of the refining cycle at a small fraction of replacement cost. These acquisitions were made at lower prices on a per barrel basis and significantly lower prices on a complexity barrel basis than other comparable acquisitions over the past five years.

 

Support from strong financial sponsors and management with a substantial investment . Our financial sponsors, funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P., or Blackstone, and First Reserve Management, L.P., or First Reserve, have a long history of successful investments across the energy industry. Together, our financial sponsors and management have invested substantial equity in PBF LLC to date, with management investing over $23.5 million. In addition, Thomas D. O’Malley, our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes in the notes offering described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability—Senior Secured Notes Offering.”

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

 

Our primary goal is to create stockholder value by improving our market position as one of the largest independent refiners and suppliers of petroleum products in the United States. We intend to execute the following strategies to achieve our goal:

 

Maintain efficient refinery operations . We intend to operate our refineries as reliably and efficiently as possible and further improve our operations by maintaining our costs at competitive levels, seeking to optimize utilization of our refinery asset base, and making focused high-return capital improvements designed to generate incremental profits.

 

We are continuously looking for ways to improve our overall operating efficiencies. For example, our refineries in Paulsboro and Delaware City are located approximately 30 miles apart from one another on the Delaware River. Both refineries have the capability to process heavy, sour crudes and have complementary operating units, and we exchange certain feedstocks and intermediates between the refineries in an effort to optimize profitability. We are able to recognize cost savings associated with the sharing of crude oil shipments for these refineries. In addition to allowing us to share crude cargoes transported to our East Coast refineries via water, the construction of our new crude rail unloading facility at Delaware City will also help us realize better crude economics, because we will be able to deliver crude via rail through our own facilities and process WTI based crudes at both Paulsboro and Delaware City. We employ a small, centralized corporate staff that provides capital control and oversight and have experienced managers making operational decisions at our refineries.

 

Continue to grow through acquisitions and internal projects . We believe that we will encounter attractive acquisition opportunities as a result of the continuing strategic divestitures by major integrated oil companies and the rationalization of specific refinery assets. In selecting future acquisitions and internal projects, we intend to consider, among other things, the following criteria: performance through the cycle, access to advantageous crude supplies, attractive refined product end market fundamentals, access to storage, distribution and logistics infrastructure, acquisition price and our ability to maintain a conservative capital structure, and synergies with existing assets. In addition, we own a number of energy-related logistical assets that qualify for the favorable tax treatment that is permitted through an MLP structure. We continue to evaluate our strategic alternatives for these assets.

 

Promote operational excellence in reliability and safety. We will continue to devote significant time and resources toward improving the reliability and safety of our operations. We will seek to improve operating performance through our commitment to our preventive maintenance program and to employee training and development programs. We will continue to emphasize safety in all aspects of our operations. We believe that a superior reliability record, which can be measured and managed like all other aspects of our business, is inherently tied to safety and profitability.

 

Create an organization highly motivated to maintain earnings and improve return on capital. We have created an organization in which employees are highly motivated to maintain earnings and improve return on capital. Our cash incentive compensation plan, which covers all non-unionized employees, is solely based on achieving earnings above designated levels. Our equity incentive plan provides participating employees with an equity stake in us and aligns their interests with our investors’ interests.

 

Risk Factors

 

An investment in our Class A common stock involves a number of risks, including changes in industry-wide refining margins and crude oil price differentials, competition and other material factors, that could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and cause the trading price of our Class A

 

 

6


Table of Contents

common stock to decline. For a discussion of these risks and other considerations that could negatively affect us, including risks related to this offering and our Class A common stock, see “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Corporate Structure and Financial Sponsors

 

Following this offering we will be a holding company and our sole asset will be an equity interest in PBF LLC. See “Organizational Structure” on page 39.

 

We will be the sole managing member of PBF LLC and operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of PBF LLC and its subsidiaries. PBF LLC is a holding company for the companies that directly or indirectly own and operate our business. Prior to this offering, each of Blackstone and First Reserve owned approximately 48% of the outstanding capital interests in PBF LLC (which we refer to as the “PBF LLC Series A Units”), and Mr. O’Malley, our other executive officers and directors and certain employees beneficially owned the remaining outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units (we refer to all of the holders of the PBF LLC Series A Units as “our existing owners”). In addition, certain of our officers hold interests in PBF LLC, which are profits interests (which we refer to as the “PBF LLC Series B Units”) and certain of our existing owners and other employees hold options and warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units.

 

Immediately prior to this offering, the limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate PBF Energy as the sole managing member of PBF LLC and establish a new series of membership interests (which we refer to as the “PBF LLC Series C Units”) which will be held by PBF Energy. Profits and losses of PBF LLC will be allocated, and all distributions generally will be made, pro rata to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (subject, under certain circumstances, to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units) and PBF LLC Series C Units. The PBF LLC Series A Units and the PBF LLC Series C Units are generally identical in all respects, except that the PBF LLC Series B Units share in the allocations of income and distributions that would otherwise be made to our financial sponsors, and therefore do not dilute the interests of the PBF LLC Series A Units held by our management and certain directors, the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units (PBF Energy) or the direct holders of our Class A common stock.

 

We also will enter into an exchange agreement pursuant to which our existing owners will have the right to cause PBF LLC to exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to share in a portion of the profits realized by our financial sponsors upon the sale of the shares of Class A common stock received by them upon such exchange.

 

Blackstone. Blackstone is one of the world’s leading investment and advisory firms and is an experienced and active investor in the energy and natural resources sector. Blackstone has substantial prior experience as an acquiror and owner of petroleum refineries, having acquired Premcor in 1997 and overseen several acquisitions and capital projects to expand and upgrade refining capacity of that company until its acquisition by Valero in 2005 for total consideration of approximately $6.9 billion. Blackstone has a long-standing relationship with Thomas D. O’Malley, having recruited him to serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Premcor in early 2002. Blackstone seeks to create positive economic impact and long-term value for its investors, the companies it invests in, the companies it advises and the broader global economy. Blackstone does this through the commitment of its extraordinary people and flexible capital. Blackstone’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, hedge fund solutions, credit-oriented funds and closed-end mutual funds. Through its different investment businesses, as of September 30, 2012, Blackstone had total assets under management of

 

 

7


Table of Contents

approximately $204.6 billion. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory and fund placement services.

 

First Reserve. Founded in 1983, First Reserve is a leading global investment firm dedicated to the energy industry with over $23 billion of raised capital since inception. With offices in North America, Europe and Asia, First Reserve is well positioned to make strategic investments on a global basis across the energy value chain. First Reserve seeks to create value for its investors by applying its deep industry knowledge, decades of investing and operational experience, highly talented management team and powerful network of global relationships to its investments and through active monitoring of its portfolio companies.

 

* * *

 

PBF Energy is a Delaware corporation incorporated on November 7, 2011 with its principal executive offices located at One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, NJ 07054 and our telephone number is (973) 455-7500. Our website address is http://www.pbfenergy.com . The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock to be offered by PBF Energy

         shares

 

Over-allotment option

         shares

 

Class A common stock outstanding after the offering

         shares (or          shares if all outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Class B common stock outstanding after the offering

         shares, or one share for each holder of PBF LLC Series A Units.

 

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock after the offering

    % (or 100% if all outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting power held by holder of Class B common stock after the offering

    % (or 0% if all outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Use of proceeds

The proceeds to PBF Energy from this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

  PBF Energy intends to use $         million of the proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units in connection with such acquisition) from Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our employees, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. See “Principal Stockholders” for further information.

 

 

PBF Energy intends to use all of the remaining proceeds from this offering, or $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), to purchase newly-issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” We intend to cause PBF LLC to use these proceeds to

 

 

9


Table of Contents

pay the expenses of this offering, including aggregate underwriting discounts of $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and other offering expenses estimated at $         million. Any remaining proceeds, including proceeds from the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, will be used for general corporate purposes, including to potentially repay amounts outstanding under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Voting rights

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

  Our existing owners hold all of the shares of Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of PBF Energy that is equal to the aggregate number of PBF LLC Series A Units held by such holder. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.”

 

  Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Dividend policy

We currently intend to pay quarterly cash dividends of approximately $         per share on our Class A common stock following this offering, commencing in the fiscal quarter following this offering. The declaration, timing and amount of any such dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, plans for expansion, tax, legal, regulatory and contractual restrictions and implications, including under our outstanding debt documents, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

 

Because we are a holding company, our cash flow and ability to pay dividends depends upon the financial

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

results and cash flows of our operating subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of cash to us in the form of dividends or otherwise from PBF LLC.

 

Exchange rights of our existing owners

Prior to this offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement pursuant to which our existing owners will have the right to cause PBF LLC to exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to share in a portion of the profits realized by our financial sponsors upon the sale of the shares of Class A common stock received by them upon such exchange.

 

Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of PBF Energy, each holder of Class B common stock will be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each PBF LLC Series A Unit held by such holder. Accordingly, as our existing owners exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to our existing owners by their shares of Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced.

 

Risk factors

For a discussion of factors you should consider before buying the shares, see “Risk Factors.”

 

New York Stock Exchange symbol

“PBF”

 

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase          additional shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

does not reflect          shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of PBF LLC Series A Units (or, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock,          shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of PBF LLC Series A Units) that will be held by our existing owners immediately following this offering;

 

   

excludes (a) outstanding options and warrants to purchase 4,774,630 PBF LLC Series A Units, at a weighted average exercise price of $10.26 per unit, 4,179,610 of which will be vested and exercisable as of the date of the closing of this offering, and (b) an additional          shares authorized and reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans, all of which will be dilutive to the holders of shares of Class A common stock. See “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Equity Compensation,” “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — 2012 Equity Incentive Plan” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Investments in PBF LLC.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data

 

The following table sets forth our summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The historical financial data is that of PBF LLC. PBF LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical consolidated financial statements following this offering.

 

The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from audited financial statements of PBF LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2009 has been derived from audited financial statements of PBF LLC not included in this prospectus. As a result of the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions, the historical consolidated financial results of PBF LLC only include the results of operations for Paulsboro and Toledo from December 17, 2010 and March 1, 2011, respectively. The information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC (included elsewhere in this prospectus) which include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for such periods. Results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

 

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data have been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 give effect to the acquisition of Toledo, the senior secured notes offering (as described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability—Senior Secured Notes Offering”), the Offering Transactions (as described under “Organizational Structure”), and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 gives effect to cash distributions to our existing owners made prior to the completion of this offering (as described under “Dividend Policy”), the Offering Transactions and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on September 30, 2012.

 

You should read this information in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC and the related notes thereto, and the statements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses of Toledo and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the sections entitled “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Selected Financial Data.” Our summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is presented for informational purposes only. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Our summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been if we operated as a public company during the periods presented and may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009 (3)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
          Pro Forma     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
    Pro Forma  
      Year
Ended
December  31,
2011
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
        Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
 
    (in thousands)        

Statement of operations data:

             

Revenues (1)

  $ 228      $ 210,671      $ 14,960,338      $                         $ 10,183,897      $ 15,188,327      $                      

Cost and expenses

             

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

           203,971        13,855,163          9,147,063        13,871,884     

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

           25,140        658,831          457,722        537,880     

General and administrative expenses

    6,294        15,859        86,183          71,533        78,042     

Acquisition related expenses (2)

           6,051        728          684            

(Gain) on sale of asset

                   (2,430  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    44        1,402        53,743          35,636        67,419     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    6,338        252,423        14,654,648          9,712,638        14,552,795     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (6,110     (41,752     305,690          471,259        635,532     

Other (expense) income

             

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation

           (1,217     7,316          4,848        (6,929  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                  (5,215       (4,829     (2,076  

Interest income (expense), net

    10        (1,388     (65,120       (44,127     (86,753  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671      $        $ 427,151      $ 539,774      $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less—Net (loss)/income attributable to the noncontrolling interest

             
       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to PBF Energy Inc

        $            $     
       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

             

Total assets

  $ 19,150      $ 1,274,393      $ 3,621,109      $        $ 3,872,150      $ 3,932,507      $     

Total long-term debt (4)

           325,064        804,865          713,255        732,961     

Total equity

    18,694        456,739        1,107,615          1,296,131        1,633,326     

Selected financial data:

             

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

  $ (6,066   $ (28,699   $ 388,219      $        $ 507,070      $ 732,603      $     

Capital expenditures (6)

  $ 70      $ 72,118      $ 551,544      $        $ 504,034      $ 129,505      $     

 

  (1)   Consulting services income provided to a related party was $10 and $221 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. No consulting services income was earned subsequent to 2010.
  (2)   Acquisition related expenses consist of consulting and legal expenses related to the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions as well as non-consummated acquisitions.
  (3)   December 31, 2009 balance sheet data is that of PBF Investment LLC. See footnote 1, Description of Business and Basis of Presentation, in the PBF LLC consolidated financial statements.
  (4)   Total long-term debt includes current maturities and our Delaware Economic Development Authority loan of $20.0 million.
  (5)   We believe Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of operating performance and provides useful information to investors because it highlights trends in our business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on GAAP measures and eliminates items that have less bearing on our operating performance.

 

         Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, is a supplemental measure of performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We use this non-GAAP financial measure as a supplement to our GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of operating performance that is not defined by GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for net income as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
         Also, because Adjusted EBITDA is not calculated in the same manner by all companies, it is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA has its limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the asset being depreciated or amortized often will have to be replaced and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the cash requirements for such replacements;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital requirements; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to make payments of interest or principal on our indebtedness.

 

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

                      Pro Forma                 Pro Forma  
    Year Ended
December  31,
2009
    Year Ended
December  31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
 
    (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

  $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671      $                    $ 427,151      $ 539,774      $     

Interest (income) expense, net

    (10     1,388        65,120          44,127        86,753     

Depreciation and amortization

    44        1,402        53,743          35,636        67,419     

Stock based compensation

    —          2,300        2,516          1,911        1,707     

Acquisition related expense(a)

    —          6,051        728          684        —       

Non-cash change in market value of inventory repurchase obligation(b)

    —          2,043        18,771          (4,932     9,716     

Non-cash deferral of gross profit on finished product sales(c)

    —          1,257        6,771          2,512        18,229     

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation(d)

    —          1,217        (7,316       (4,848     6,929     

Change in fair value of contingent consideration(e)

    —          —          5,215          4,829        2,076     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (6,066   $ (28,699   $ 388,219      $        $ 507,070      $ 732,603      $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) See footnote (2) above.
  (b) Certain of our crude and feedstock supply agreements require that we repurchase inventory held by our counterparties at a future date at the then fair market value. We are required to record these repurchase obligations at their fair market value at the end of each reporting period. The change in fair market value based on changes in commodity prices is a non-cash charge or benefit included in cost of sales. We add back the impact of the change in market value of these future inventory repurchase obligations in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA to better reflect Adjusted EBITDA on a cash-basis.
  (c) We sell our production of light finished products at our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries to a single counterparty. On a daily basis, the counterparty purchases and pays for the products as they are produced, delivered to the refineries’ storage tanks, and legal title passes to the counterparty. Revenue and gross profit on these product sales are deferred until the products are shipped out of our storage facility, which typically occurs within an average of six days. We add back the non-cash deferral of the gross profit on these product sales in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA to better reflect Adjusted EBITDA on a cash-basis.
  (d) We entered into agreements pursuant to which certain precious metals catalyst located at our Delaware City and Toledo refineries were sold and leased back for three one-year periods. We have recorded these transactions as capital leases as we are required to repurchase the precious metals catalyst at its market value at lease termination. We elected the fair value option for accounting for the catalyst repurchase obligations and the change in fair value of the underlying precious metals is recorded in the income statement as a non-cash charge or benefit each reporting period. We add back the impact of the change in fair value of these future precious metal catalyst repurchase obligations in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA to better reflect Adjusted EBITDA on a cash-basis.
  (e)

In connection with the Toledo acquisition, the seller will be paid an amount equal to 25% of the amount by which the purchased assets’ EBITDA exceeds $125.0 million in a given calendar year through 2016 (pro-rated for 2011 and 2016). The aggregate amount of such payments cannot exceed $125.0 million. The purchased assets’ EBITDA is calculated using calendar year earnings we have earned solely from the purchase of Toledo including reasonable direct and allocated overhead expenses, less any significant extraordinary or

 

 

14


Table of Contents
  non-recurring expenses, and any fees or expenses incurred by us in connection with the Toledo acquisition. A charge or benefit is recorded each reporting period reflecting the change in the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay in connection with our acquisition of the Toledo refinery. We add back the impact of the change in fair value of the contingent consideration in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA to better reflect Adjusted EBITDA on a cash-basis.

 

  (6)   Includes expenditures for construction in progress, property, plant and equipment and deferred turnaround costs.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our Class A common stock involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus (including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes), the following risks before investing in our Class A common stock. These risks could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline. You could lose part or all of your investment. You should bear in mind, in reviewing this prospectus, that past experience is no indication of future performance. You should read the section titled “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately following these risk factors for a discussion of what types of statements are forward-looking statements, as well as the significance of such statements in the context of this prospectus.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

 

We have incurred losses in the past and may incur losses in the future. If we incur losses over an extended period of time, the value of our Class A common stock could decline.

 

We experienced losses during our time as a development company. We may not be profitable in future periods. A lack of profitability could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock. We may not continue to remain profitable, which could impair our ability to complete future financings and have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects. If we are unsuccessful in executing our business model, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

We were formed in March 2008, we acquired our first oil refinery in June 2010 in an idle state and we acquired our first operating asset in December 2010. Therefore, we have a limited operating history and track record in executing our business model. Our future success depends on our ability to execute our business strategy effectively. Our limited operating history may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects. We may not be successful in operating any of our refineries or any other properties we may acquire in the future. In addition, we have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by new companies, and specifically companies in the oil refining industry. If we do not manage these risks successfully, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

 

The price volatility of crude oil, other feedstocks, blendstocks, refined products and fuel and utility services may have a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability, cash flows and liquidity.

 

Our revenues, profitability, cash flows and liquidity from operations depend primarily on the margin above operating expenses (including the cost of refinery feedstocks, such as crude oil, intermediate partially refined petroleum products, and natural gas liquids that are processed and blended into refined products) at which we are able to sell refined products. Refining is primarily a margin-based business and, to increase profitability, it is important to maximize the yields of high value finished products while minimizing the costs of feedstock and operating expenses. When the margin between refined product prices and crude oil and other feedstock costs contracts, our earnings, profitability and cash flows are negatively affected. Refining margins historically have been volatile, and are likely to continue to be volatile, as a result of a variety of factors, including fluctuations in the prices of crude oil, other feedstocks, refined products and fuel and utility services. An increase or decrease in the price of crude oil will likely result in a similar increase or decrease in prices for refined products; however, there may be a time lag in the realization, or no such realization, of the similar increase or decrease in prices for refined products. The effect of changes in crude oil prices on our refining margins therefore depends in part on how quickly and how fully refined product prices adjust to reflect these changes.

 

16


Table of Contents

In addition, the nature of our business requires us to maintain substantial crude oil, feedstock and refined product inventories. Because crude oil, feedstock and refined products are commodities, we have no control over the changing market value of these inventories. Our crude oil, feedstock and refined product inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value under the last-in-first-out (“LIFO”), inventory valuation methodology. If the market value of our crude oil, feedstock and refined product inventories were to decline to an amount less than our LIFO cost, we would record a write-down of inventory and a non-cash charge to cost of sales.

 

Prices of crude oil, other feedstocks, blendstocks, and refined products depend on numerous factors beyond our control, including the supply of and demand for crude oil, other feedstocks, gasoline, diesel, ethanol, asphalt and other refined products. Such supply and demand are affected by a variety of economic, market, environmental and political conditions.

 

Our direct operating expense structure also impacts our profitability. Our major direct operating expenses include employee and contract labor, maintenance and energy. Our predominant variable direct operating cost is energy, which is comprised primarily of fuel and other utility services. The volatility in costs of fuel, principally natural gas, and other utility services, principally electricity, used by our refineries and other operations affect our operating costs. Fuel and utility prices have been, and will continue to be, affected by factors outside our control, such as supply and demand for fuel and utility services in both local and regional markets. Natural gas prices have historically been volatile and, typically, electricity prices fluctuate with natural gas prices. Future increases in fuel and utility prices may have a negative effect on our revenues, profitability and cash flows.

 

Our historical financial statements may not be helpful in predicting our future performance.

 

We have grown rapidly since our inception and have not owned or operated our refineries for a substantial period of time. Accordingly, our historical financial information may not be useful either as a means of understanding our current financial situation or as an indicator of our future results. For the period from March 1, 2008 to December 16, 2010, we were considered to be in the development stage. Our historical financial information for that period reflects our activities principally in connection with identifying acquisition opportunities; acquiring the Delaware City refinery assets and commencing a reconfiguration of the refinery; and acquiring the Paulsboro refinery. As a result of the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions, our historical consolidated financial results include the results of operations for Paulsboro and Toledo from December 17, 2010 and March 1, 2011 forward, respectively. Certain information in our financial statements and certain other financial data included in this prospectus are based in part on financial data related to, and the operations of, those companies that previously owned and operated our refineries. For example, at the time of its acquisition, Paulsboro represented the major portion of our business and assets. As a result, we separately present the financial statements of Paulsboro for periods prior to the acquisition date of December 17, 2010 as PBF LLC’s “Predecessor” entity. Such information is not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations and financial performance. In addition, the financial statements presented in this prospectus for our Toledo refinery reflect a more limited “Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses” and a “Statement of Net Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed” as opposed to full audited carve-out financial statements, which may not be indicative of the operating results and financial condition of the refinery had we been operating the refinery during the periods presented. As has been the case in our acquisitions to date, it is likely that, when we acquire refineries, we will not have access to the type of historical financial information that we will report regarding the prior operation of the refineries. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to evaluate the probable impact of major acquisitions on our financial performance until we have operated the acquired refineries for a substantial period of time.

 

Our profitability is affected by crude oil differentials, which fluctuate substantially.

 

A significant portion of our profitability is derived from the ability to purchase and process crude oil feedstocks that historically have been cheaper than benchmark crude oils, such as the heavy, sour crude oils processed at our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries and the WTI based crude oils processed at our Toledo refinery. These crude oil differentials vary significantly from quarter to quarter depending on overall economic conditions and trends and conditions within the markets for crude oil and refined products. Any change in these

 

17


Table of Contents

crude oil differentials may have an impact on our earnings. Our rail investment and strategy to acquire cost advantaged Midcontinent and Canadian crude, which are priced based on WTI, could be adversely affected if the WTI-Brent differential narrows. For example, the WTI/WCS differential, a proxy for the difference between light U.S. and heavy Canadian crudes, has increased from $15.63 per barrel in 2011 to $20.40 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2012, however, this increase may not be indicative of the differential going forward. Conversely, a narrowing of the light-heavy differential may reduce our refining margins and adversely affect our recent profitability and earnings. In addition, while our Toledo refinery benefits from a widening of the Dated Brent/WTI differential, a narrowing of this differential may result in our Toledo refinery losing a portion of its crude price advantage over certain of our competitors, which negatively impacts our profitability. Any narrowing of these differentials could have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability.

 

A significant interruption or casualty loss at any of our refineries and related assets could reduce our production, particularly if not fully covered by our insurance. Failure by one or more insurers to honor its coverage commitments for an insured event could materially and adversely affect our future cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our business currently consists of owning and operating three refineries and related assets. As a result, our operations could be subject to significant interruption if any of our refineries were to experience a major accident, be damaged by severe weather or other natural disaster, or otherwise be forced to shut down or curtail production due to unforeseen events, such as acts of God, nature, power outages, acts of terrorism, fires, toxic emissions and maritime hazards. Any such shutdown would reduce the production from that refinery. There is also risk of mechanical failure and equipment shutdowns both general and following unforeseen events. Further, in such situations, undamaged refinery processing units may be dependent on or interact with damaged sections of our refineries and, accordingly, are also subject to being shut down. In the event any of our refineries is forced to shut down for a significant period of time, it would have a material adverse effect on our earnings, our other results of operations and our financial condition as a whole.

 

As protection against these hazards, we maintain insurance coverage against some, but not all, such potential losses and liabilities. We may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies may increase substantially. In some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. For example, coverage for hurricane damage can be limited, and coverage for terrorism risks can include broad exclusions. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

 

Our insurance program includes a number of insurance carriers. Significant disruptions in financial markets could lead to a deterioration in the financial condition of many financial institutions, including insurance companies and, therefore, we may not be able to obtain the full amount of our insurance coverage for insured events.

 

Our Toledo refinery is subject to interruptions of supply and distribution as a result of our reliance on pipelines for transportation of crude oil and refined products.

 

Our Toledo refinery receives a substantial portion of its crude oil and delivers a portion of its refined products through pipelines. The Enbridge system is our primary supply route for crude oil from Canada, the Bakken region and Michigan, and supplies approximately 55% to 60% of the crude oil used at our Toledo refinery. In addition, we source domestic crude oil through our connections to the Capline and Mid-Valley pipelines. We also distribute a portion of our transportation fuels through pipelines owned and operated by Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P. and Buckeye Partners L.P. We could experience an interruption of supply or delivery, or an increased cost of receiving crude oil and delivering refined products to market, if the ability of these pipelines to transport crude oil or refined products is disrupted because of accidents, weather interruptions, governmental regulation, terrorism, other third party action or any of the types of events described in the preceding risk factor.

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition, due to the common carrier regulatory obligation applicable to interstate oil pipelines, capacity is prorated among shippers in accordance with the tariff then in effect in the event there are nominations in excess of capacity. Therefore, nominations by new shippers or increased nominations by existing shippers may reduce the capacity available to us. Any prolonged interruption in the operation or curtailment of available capacity of the pipelines that we rely upon for transportation of crude oil and refined products could have a further material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms or at all because of volatility and uncertainty in the credit and capital markets. This may hinder or prevent us from meeting our future capital needs.

 

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, disrupted and volatile due to a variety of factors, including uncertainty in the financial services sector, low consumer confidence, continued high unemployment, geopolitical issues and the current weak economic conditions. In addition, the fixed income markets have experienced periods of extreme volatility that have negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. As a result, the cost of raising money in the debt and equity capital markets has increased substantially at times while the availability of funds from those markets diminished significantly. In particular, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of lending counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets may increase as many lenders and institutional investors increase interest rates, enact tighter lending standards, refuse to refinance existing debt on similar terms or at all and reduce or, in some cases, cease to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that new debt or equity financing will be available on acceptable terms. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due. Moreover, without adequate funding, we may be unable to execute our growth strategy, complete future acquisitions, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

 

Competition from companies who produce their own supply feedstocks, have extensive retail outlets, make alternative fuels or have greater financial and other resources than we do could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our refining operations compete with domestic refiners and marketers in regions of the United States in which we operate, as well as with domestic refiners in other regions and foreign refiners that import products into the United States. In addition, we compete with producers and marketers in other industries that supply alternative forms of energy and fuels to satisfy the requirements of our industrial, commercial and individual consumers. Certain of our competitors have larger and more complex refineries, and may be able to realize lower per-barrel costs or higher margins per barrel of throughput. Several of our principal competitors are integrated national or international oil companies that are larger and have substantially greater resources than we do and access to proprietary sources of controlled crude oil production. Unlike these competitors, we obtain substantially all of our feedstocks from unaffiliated sources. We are not engaged in the petroleum exploration and production business and therefore do not produce any of our crude oil feedstocks. We do not have a retail business and therefore are dependent upon others for outlets for our refined products. Because of their integrated operations and larger capitalization, these companies may be more flexible in responding to volatile industry or market conditions, such as shortages of crude oil supply and other feedstocks or intense price fluctuations.

 

Newer or upgraded refineries will often be more efficient than our refineries, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We have taken significant measures to maintain our refineries including the installation of new equipment and redesigning older equipment to improve our operations. However, these actions involve significant uncertainties, since upgraded equipment may not perform at expected throughput levels, the yield and product quality of new equipment may differ from design specifications and modifications may be needed to correct equipment that does not perform as expected. Any of these risks associated with new equipment, redesigned older equipment or repaired equipment could lead to lower revenues or higher costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on future results of operations and financial condition. Over time, our refineries may become obsolete, or be unable to compete, because of the construction of new, more efficient facilities by our competitors.

 

19


Table of Contents

Any political instability, military strikes, sustained military campaigns, terrorist activity, or changes in foreign policy could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Any political instability, military strikes, sustained military campaigns, terrorist activity, or changes in foreign policy in areas or regions of the world where we acquire crude oil and other raw materials or sell our refined petroleum products may affect our business in unpredictable ways, including forcing us to increase security measures and causing disruptions of supplies and distribution markets. We may also be subject to United States trade and economic sanctions laws, which change frequently as a result of foreign policy developments, and which may necessitate changes to our crude oil acquisition activities. Further, like other industrial companies, our facilities may be the target of terrorist activities. Any act of war or terrorism that resulted in damage to any of our refineries or third-party facilities upon which we are dependent for our business operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Continued economic turmoil in the global financial system has had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the refining industry.

 

Our business and profitability are affected by the overall level of demand for our products, which in turn is affected by factors such as overall levels of economic activity and business and consumer confidence and spending. Declines in global economic activity and consumer and business confidence and spending during the recent global downturn have significantly reduced the level of demand for our products. Reduced demand for our products has had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, continued downturns in the economy impact the demand for refined fuels and, in turn, result in excess refining capacity. Refining margins are impacted by changes in domestic and global refining capacity, as increases in refining capacity can adversely impact refining margins, earnings and cash flows.

 

Our business is indirectly exposed to risks faced by our suppliers, customers and other business partners. The impact on these constituencies of the risks posed by the continued economic turmoil in the global financial system have included or could include interruptions or delays in the performance by counterparties to our contracts, reductions and delays in customer purchases, delays in or the inability of customers to obtain financing to purchase our products and the inability of customers to pay for our products. Any of these events may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The geographic concentration of our East Coast refineries creates a significant exposure to the risks of the local economy and other local adverse conditions.

 

Our East Coast refineries are both located in the mid-Atlantic region on the East Coast and therefore are vulnerable to economic downturns in that region. These refineries are located within a relatively limited geographic area and we primarily market our refined products in that area. As a result, we are more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically diversified competitors and any unforeseen events or circumstances that affect the area could also materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability. These factors include, among other things, changes in the economy, damages to infrastructure, weather conditions, demographics and population.

 

We must make substantial capital expenditures on our operating facilities to maintain their reliability and efficiency. If we are unable to complete capital projects at their expected costs and/or in a timely manner, or if the market conditions assumed in our project economics deteriorate, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Delays or cost increases related to capital spending programs involving engineering, procurement and construction of new facilities (or improvements and repairs to our existing facilities and equipment) could adversely affect our ability to achieve targeted internal rates of return and operating results. Such delays or cost increases may arise as a result of unpredictable factors in the marketplace, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

denial or delay in issuing regulatory approvals and/or permits;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

unplanned increases in the cost of construction materials or labor;

 

   

disruptions in transportation of modular components and/or construction materials;

 

   

severe adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or other events (such as equipment malfunctions, explosions, fires or spills) affecting our facilities, or those of vendors and suppliers;

 

   

shortages of sufficiently skilled labor, or labor disagreements resulting in unplanned work stoppages;

 

   

market-related increases in a project’s debt or equity financing costs; and/or

 

   

non-performance or force majeure by, or disputes with, vendors, suppliers, contractors or sub-contractors involved with a project.

 

Our refineries contain many processing units, a number of which have been in operation for many years. Equipment, even if properly maintained, may require significant capital expenditures and expenses to keep it operating at optimum efficiency. One or more of the units may require unscheduled downtime for unanticipated maintenance or repairs that are more frequent than our scheduled turnarounds for such units. Scheduled and unscheduled maintenance could reduce our revenues during the period of time that the units are not operating.

 

Our forecasted internal rates of return are also based upon our projections of future market fundamentals, which are not within our control, including changes in general economic conditions, available alternative supply and customer demand. Any one or more of these factors could have a significant impact on our business. If we were unable to make up the delays associated with such factors or to recover the related costs, or if market conditions change, it could materially and adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Our operating results have generally been seasonal and generally lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year for our refining business.

 

Demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. As a result, our operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for the second and third calendar quarters of each year.

 

We may not be able to successfully execute our strategy of growth within the refining industry through acquisitions.

 

A component of our growth strategy is to selectively consider strategic acquisitions within the refining sector based on performance through the cycle, advantageous access to crude oil supplies, attractive refined products market fundamentals and access to distribution and logistics infrastructure. Our ability to do so will be dependent upon a number of factors, including our ability to identify acceptable acquisition candidates, consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms, successfully integrate acquired assets and obtain financing to fund acquisitions and to support our growth and many other factors beyond our control. Risks associated with acquisitions include those relating to the diversion of management time and attention from our existing business, liability for known or unknown environmental conditions or other contingent liabilities and greater than anticipated expenditures required for compliance with environmental, safety or other regulatory standards or for investments to improve operating results, and the incurrence of additional indebtedness to finance acquisitions or capital expenditures relating to acquired assets. We may also enter into transition services agreements in the future with sellers of any additional refineries we acquire. Such services may not be performed timely and effectively, and any significant disruption in such transition services or unanticipated costs related to such services could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We may not be successful in acquiring additional assets, and any acquisitions that we do consummate may not produce the anticipated benefits or may have adverse effects on our business and operating results.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our business may suffer if any of our key senior executives or other key employees discontinues employment with us. Furthermore, a shortage of skilled labor or disruptions in our labor force may make it difficult for us to maintain labor productivity.

 

Our future success depends to a large extent on the services of our key senior executives and other key employees. Our business depends on our continuing ability to recruit, train and retain highly qualified employees in all areas of our operations, including engineering, accounting, business operations, finance and other key back-office and mid-office personnel. Furthermore, our operations require skilled and experienced employees with proficiency in multiple tasks. The competition for these employees is intense, and the loss of these executives or employees could harm our business. If any of these executives or other key personnel resigns or becomes unable to continue in his or her present role and is not adequately replaced, our business operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

A portion of our workforce is unionized, and we may face labor disruptions that would interfere with our operations.

 

As of September 30, 2012, approximately 289 of our 446 employees at Paulsboro are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that expires in March of 2015. In addition, 639 of our 986 employees at Delaware City and Toledo are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that is currently anticipated to expire in February of 2015. We may not be able to renegotiate our collective bargaining agreements on satisfactory terms or at all when such agreements expire. A failure to do so may increase our costs. Other employees of ours who are not presently represented by a union may become so represented in the future as well. In addition, our existing labor agreements may not prevent a strike or work stoppage at any of our facilities in the future, and any work stoppage could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our hedging activities may limit our potential gains, exacerbate potential losses and involve other risks.

 

We may enter into commodity derivatives contracts to hedge our crack spread risk with respect to a portion of our expected gasoline and diesel production on a rolling basis. Consistent with that policy we, or MSCG at our request, may hedge some percentage of future gasoline and diesel production. We may enter into hedging arrangements with the intent to secure a minimum fixed cash flow stream on the volume of products hedged during the hedge term and to protect against volatility in commodity prices. Our hedging arrangements may fail to fully achieve these objectives for a variety of reasons, including our failure to have adequate hedging arrangements, if any, in effect at any particular time and the failure of our hedging arrangements to produce the anticipated results. We may not be able to procure adequate hedging arrangements due to a variety of factors. Moreover, such transactions may limit our ability to benefit from favorable changes in crude oil and refined product prices. In addition, our hedging activities may expose us to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances, including instances in which:

 

   

the volumes of our actual use of crude oil or production of the applicable refined products is less than the volumes subject to the hedging arrangement;

 

   

accidents, interruptions in feedstock transportation, inclement weather or other events cause unscheduled shutdowns or otherwise adversely affect our refineries, or those of our suppliers or customers;

 

   

changes in commodity prices have a material impact on collateral and margin requirements under our hedging arrangements, including resulting in our being subject to margin calls;

 

   

the counterparties to our futures contracts fail to perform under the contracts; or

 

   

a sudden, unexpected event materially impacts the commodity or crack spread subject to the hedging arrangement.

 

As a result, the effectiveness of our hedging strategy could have material impact on our financial results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

 

22


Table of Contents

In addition, these hedging activities involve basis risk. Basis risk in a hedging arrangement occurs when the price of the commodity we hedge is more or less variable than the index upon which the hedged commodity is based, thereby making the hedge less effective. For example, a NYMEX index used for hedging certain volumes of crude oil or refined products may have more or less variability than the cost or price for such crude oil or refined products. We generally do not expect to hedge the basis risk inherent in our derivatives contracts.

 

Our commodity derivative activities could result in period-to-period earnings volatility.

 

We do not apply hedge accounting to all of our commodity derivative contracts and, as a result, unrealized gains and losses will be charged to our earnings based on the increase or decrease in the market value of the unsettled position. These gains and losses may be reflected in our income statement in periods that differ from when the underlying hedged items (i.e., gross margins) are reflected in our income statement. Such derivative gains or losses in earnings may produce significant period-to-period earnings volatility that is not necessarily reflective of our underlying operational performance.

 

The adoption of derivatives legislation by the United States Congress could have an adverse effect on our ability to use derivatives contracts to reduce the effect of commodity price, interest rate and other risks associated with our business.

 

The United States Congress in 2010 adopted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, which, among other things, established federal oversight and regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and entities that participate in that market. In connection with the Dodd-Frank Act, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, adopted regulations to set position limits for certain futures and option contracts in the major energy markets. Although these regulations were recently vacated by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, the court remanded the matter to the CFTC and the CFTC is currently exploring other ways to proceed. The legislation may also require us to comply with margin requirements, and with certain clearing and trade-execution requirements if we do not satisfy certain specific exceptions. The legislation may also require the counterparties to our derivatives contracts to transfer or assign some of their derivatives contracts to a separate entity, which may not be as creditworthy as the current counterparty. The legislation and any new regulations could significantly increase the cost of derivatives contracts (including through requirements to post collateral), materially alter the terms of derivatives contracts, reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter, reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing derivatives contracts, and increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties. If we reduce our use of derivatives as a result of the legislation and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be less predictable, which could adversely affect our ability to plan for and fund capital expenditures. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on us, our financial condition and our results of operations.

 

Our operations could be disrupted if our information systems fail, causing increased expenses and loss of sales.

 

Our business is highly dependent on financial, accounting and other data processing systems and other communications and information systems, including our enterprise resource planning tools. We process a large number of transactions on a daily basis and rely upon the proper functioning of computer systems. If a key system was to fail or experience unscheduled downtime for any reason, even if only for a short period, our operations and financial results could be affected adversely. Our systems could be damaged or interrupted by a security breach, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure or similar event. We have a formal disaster recovery plan in place, but this plan may not prevent delays or other complications that could arise from an information systems failure. Further, our business interruption insurance may not compensate us adequately for losses that may occur.

 

23


Table of Contents

We may have difficulty implementing our enterprise-wide information systems.

 

We are making a substantial investment in new enterprise-wide information systems. The systems may not function as we expect when subjected to the demands of our operations and our employees may have problems adapting to the new processes and procedures necessary to operate the new systems. If these systems do not function as expected during the implementation period or our employees are not able to comply with the process and procedural demands of the new systems, we could have difficulty, for example, procuring products, scheduling deliveries to our customers, invoicing our customers, paying our suppliers, managing our inventories, analyzing our performance and preparing financial statements. In addition, we could incur substantial additional expense if the implementation takes longer than currently planned. If we experience difficulty implementing our new enterprise-wide information systems, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Product liability claims and litigation could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Product liability is a significant commercial risk. Substantial damage awards have been made in certain jurisdictions against manufacturers and resellers based upon claims for injuries and property damage caused by the use of or exposure to various products. Failure of our products to meet required specifications or claims that a product is inherently defective could result in product liability claims from our shippers and customers, and also arise from contaminated or off-specification product in commingled pipelines and storage tanks and/or defective fuels. Product liability claims against us could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

We may incur significant liability under or costs and capital expenditures to comply with environmental, product specification, health and safety regulations, which are complex and change frequently.

 

Our refinery and pipeline operations are subject to federal, state and local laws regulating, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of petroleum and other regulated materials, the emission and discharge of materials into the environment, waste management, remediation of contaminated sites, characteristics and composition of gasoline and diesel and other matters otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Our operations are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety.

 

Compliance with the complex array of federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment, product specification, health and safety is difficult. We may not be able to operate in compliance with all environmental, product specification, health and safety requirements at all times. Violations of applicable requirements could result in substantial fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, permit revocations, injunctions and/or facility shutdowns, or claims for alleged personal injury, property damage or damage to natural resources. Moreover, our business is subject to accidental spills, discharges or other releases of petroleum or other regulated materials into the environment including at neighboring areas or third party storage, treatment or disposal facilities. Certain environmental laws impose strict, and in certain circumstances, joint and several, liability for costs of investigation and cleanup of such spills, discharges or releases on owners and operators of, as well as persons who arrange for treatment or disposal of regulated materials at, contaminated sites. Under these laws, we may be required to pay more than our fair share of any required investigation or cleanup of such sites.

 

We cannot predict what additional environmental, product specification, health and safety legislation or regulations will be adopted in the future, or how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to our operations. Many of these laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and the cost of compliance with these requirements can be expected to increase over time. For example, in 2010 New York State adopted a Low-Sulfur Heating Oil mandate that beginning July 1, 2012 requires all heating oil sold in New York State to contain no more than 15 PPM sulfur. Not all of the heating oil we produce meets this specification. In addition, on June 1, 2012, the EPA issued final amendments to the New Source Performance Standards (“NSPS”) for petroleum refineries, including standards for emissions of nitrogen

 

24


Table of Contents

oxides from process heaters and work practice standards and monitoring requirements for flares. We are evaluating the regulation and amended standards, as may be applicable to the flare, process heaters and operations at our refineries. We cannot currently predict the costs that we may have to incur, if any, to comply by July 1, 2015 with the amended NSPS, but these costs could be material. Furthermore, the EPA has announced that it plans to propose new “Tier 3” motor vehicle emission and fuel standards. It has been reported that these new Tier 3 regulations may, among other things, lower the maximum average sulfur content of gasoline from 30 PPM to 10 PPM. If the Tier 3 regulations are eventually implemented and lower the maximum allowable content of sulfur or other constituents in fuels that we produce, we may at some point in the future be required to make significant capital expenditures and/or incur materially increased operating costs to comply with the new standards. Expenditures or costs for environmental, product specification, health and safety compliance could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and profitability.

 

We may also incur liability or be required to pay penalties for past contamination, and third parties may assert claims against us for damages allegedly arising out of any past or future contamination. The potential penalties and clean-up costs for past or future releases or spills, the failure of prior owners of our facilities to complete their clean-up obligations, the liability to third parties for damage to their property, or the need to address newly-discovered information or conditions that may require a response could be significant, and the payment of these amounts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Furthermore, we operate in environmentally sensitive coastal waters where tanker, pipeline and refined product transportation operations are closely regulated by federal, state and local agencies and monitored by environmental interest groups.

 

Finally, transportation of crude oil and refined products over water involves inherent risk and subjects us to the provisions of the Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the laws of various states. Among other things, these laws require us to demonstrate in some situations our capacity to respond to a “worst case discharge” to the maximum extent possible. There may be accidents involving tankers transporting crude oil or refined products, and response service companies that we have contracted with, in the areas in which we transport crude oil and refined products, may not respond to a “worst case discharge” in a manner that will adequately contain that discharge, and we may be subject to liability in connection with a discharge.

 

Environmental clean-up and remediation costs of our sites and environmental litigation could decrease our net cash flow, reduce our results of operations and impair our financial condition.

 

We are subject to liability for the investigation and clean-up of environmental contamination at each of the properties that we own or operate and at off-site locations where we arrange for the treatment or disposal of regulated materials. We may become involved in future litigation or other proceedings. If we were to be held responsible for damages in any litigation or proceedings, such costs may not be covered by insurance and may be material. Historical soil and groundwater contamination has been identified at each of our refineries. Currently remediation projects are underway in accordance with regulatory requirements at the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries. In connection with the acquisitions of our refineries, the prior owners have retained certain liabilities or indemnified us for certain liabilities, including those relating to pre-acquisition soil and groundwater conditions, and in some instances we have assumed certain liabilities and environmental obligations, including certain remediation obligations at the Paulsboro refinery. If the prior owners fail to satisfy their obligations for any reason, or if significant liabilities arise in the areas in which we assumed liability, we may become responsible for remediation expenses and other environmental liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. As a result, in addition to making capital expenditures or incurring other costs to comply with environmental laws, we also may be liable for significant environmental litigation or for investigation and remediation costs and other liabilities arising from the ownership or operation of these assets by prior owners, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments” and “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.”

 

25


Table of Contents

We may also face liability arising from current or future claims alleging personal injury or property damage due to exposure to chemicals or other regulated materials, such as asbestos, benzene, MTBE and petroleum hydrocarbons, at or from our facilities. We may also face liability for personal injury, property damage, natural resource damage or clean-up costs for the alleged migration of contamination from our properties. A significant increase in the number or success of these claims could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

Regulation of emissions of greenhouse gases could force us to incur increased capital and operating costs and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Both houses of Congress have actively considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, such as carbon dioxide and methane, including proposals to: (i) establish a cap and trade system, (ii) create a federal renewable energy or “clean” energy standard requiring electric utilities to provide a certain percentage of power from such sources, and (iii) create enhanced incentives for use of renewable energy and increased efficiency in energy supply and use. In addition, the EPA is taking steps to regulate GHGs under the existing federal Clean Air Act, or CAA. The EPA has already adopted regulations limiting emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles, addressing the permitting of GHG emissions from stationary sources, and requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from specified large GHG emission sources, including refineries. These and similar regulations could require us to incur costs to monitor and report GHG emissions or reduce emissions of GHGs associated with our operations. In addition, various states, individually as well as in some cases on a regional basis, have taken steps to control GHG emissions, including adoption of GHG reporting requirements, cap and trade systems and renewable portfolio standards. Efforts have also been undertaken to delay, limit or prohibit EPA and possibly state action to regulate GHG emissions, and it is not possible at this time to predict the ultimate form, timing or extent of federal or state regulation. In the event we do incur increased costs as a result of increased efforts to control GHG emissions, we may not be able to pass on any of these costs to our customers. Such requirements also could adversely affect demand for the refined petroleum products that we produce. Any increased costs or reduced demand could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operation.

 

Renewable fuels mandates may reduce demand for the refined fuels we produce, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Pursuant to the Energy Policy Act of 2005 and the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, the EPA has issued Renewable Fuel Standards, or RFS, implementing mandates to blend renewable fuels into the petroleum fuels produced and sold in the United States. Under RFS, the volume of renewable fuels that obligated refineries must blend into their finished petroleum fuels increases annually over time until 2022. In addition, certain states have passed legislation that requires minimum biodiesel blending in finished distillates. On October 13, 2010, the EPA raised the maximum amount of ethanol allowed under federal law from 10% to 15% for cars and light trucks manufactured since 2007. The maximum amount allowed under federal law currently remains at 10% ethanol for all other vehicles. Existing laws and regulations could change, and the minimum volumes of renewable fuels that must be blended with refined petroleum fuels may increase. Because we do not produce renewable fuels, increasing the volume of renewable fuels that must be blended into our products displaces an increasing volume of our refinery’s product pool, potentially resulting in lower earnings and profitability. In addition, in order to meet certain of these and future EPA requirements, we must purchase credits, known as “RINS,” which have fluctuating costs.

 

Our pipelines are subject to federal and/or state regulations, which could reduce the amount of cash we generate.

 

Our transportation activities are subject to regulation by multiple governmental agencies. The regulatory burden on the industry increases the cost of doing business and affects profitability. Additional proposals and proceedings that affect the oil industry are regularly considered by Congress, the states, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, the United States Department of Transportation, and the courts. We cannot predict when or whether any such proposals may become effective or what impact such proposals may have. Projected

 

26


Table of Contents

operating costs related to our pipelines reflect the recurring costs resulting from compliance with these regulations, and these costs may increase due to future acquisitions, changes in regulation, changes in use, or discovery of existing but unknown compliance issues.

 

We are subject to strict laws and regulations regarding employee and process safety, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and profitability.

 

We are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, or OSHA, and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, OSHA requires that we maintain information about hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that we provide this information to employees, state and local governmental authorities, and local residents. Failure to comply with OSHA requirements, including general industry standards, process safety standards and control of occupational exposure to regulated substances, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and the cash flows of the business if we are subjected to significant fines or compliance costs.

 

Compliance with and changes in tax laws could adversely affect our performance.

 

We are subject to extensive tax liabilities, including federal, state, local and foreign taxes such as income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, property, gross receipts, withholding and ad valorem taxes. New tax laws and regulations and changes in existing tax laws and regulations are continuously being enacted or proposed that could result in increased expenditures for tax liabilities in the future. These liabilities are subject to periodic audits by the respective taxing authorities, which could increase our tax liabilities. Subsequent changes to our tax liabilities as a result of these audits may also subject us to interest and penalties. There can be no certainty that our federal, state, local or foreign taxes could be passed on to our customers.

 

Our rapid growth may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

 

We were a development stage enterprise prior to our acquisition of Paulsboro on December 17, 2010. With the further acquisition of Toledo and the re-start of Delaware City, we have experienced rapid growth in a short period of time. Continued expansion may strain our resources and force management to focus attention from other business concerns to the development of incremental internal controls and procedures, which could harm our business and operating results. We may also need to hire more employees, which will increase our costs and expenses.

 

We rely on Statoil and MSCG, over whom we may have limited control, to provide us with certain volumetric and pricing data used in our inventory valuations.

 

We rely on Statoil and MSCG to provide us with certain volumetric and pricing data used in our inventory valuations. Our limited control over the accuracy and the timing of the receipt of this data could materially and adversely affect our ability to produce financial statements in a timely manner.

 

Changes in our credit profile could adversely affect our business.

 

Changes in our credit profile could affect the way crude oil suppliers view our ability to make payments and induce them to shorten the payment terms for our purchases or require us to post security or letters of credit prior to payment. Due to the large dollar amounts and volume of our crude oil and other feedstock purchases, any imposition by our suppliers of more burdensome payment terms on us may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to make payments to our suppliers. This, in turn, could cause us to be unable to operate one or more of our refineries at full capacity.

 

27


Table of Contents

We could incur substantial costs or disruptions in our business if we cannot obtain or maintain necessary permits and authorizations.

 

Our operations require numerous permits and authorizations under various laws and regulations, including environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. These authorizations and permits are subject to revocation, renewal or modification and can require operational changes, which may involve significant costs, to limit impacts or potential impacts on the environment and/or health and safety. A violation of these authorizations or permit conditions or other legal or regulatory requirements could result in substantial fines, criminal sanctions, permit revocations, injunctions and/or refinery shutdowns. In addition, major modifications of our operations could require changes to our existing permits or expensive upgrades to our existing pollution control equipment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

 

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

 

Our substantial indebtedness may significantly affect our financial flexibility in the future. As of September 30, 2012, we have total long-term debt, including current maturities and the Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan, of $733.0 million, all of which is secured, and we could have incurred an additional $495.1 million of senior secured indebtedness under our existing debt agreements. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our strategy includes executing future refinery acquisitions. Any significant acquisition would likely require us to incur additional indebtedness in order to finance all or a portion of such acquisition. The level of our indebtedness has several important consequences for our future operations, including that:

 

   

a significant portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the payment of principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes;

 

   

covenants contained in our existing debt arrangements limit our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets and make certain investments;

 

   

these covenants also require us to meet or maintain certain financial tests, which may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our industry, such as being able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities when they arise;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate and other purposes may be limited; and

 

   

we may be at a competitive disadvantage to those of our competitors that are less leveraged; and we may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions.

 

Our substantial indebtedness increases the risk that we may default on our debt obligations, certain of which contain cross-default and/or cross-acceleration provisions. We have significant principal payments due under our debt instruments. Our subsidiaries’ ability to meet their principal obligations will be dependent upon our future performance, which in turn will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to repay our substantial indebtedness. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, we may be required to sell assets, to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or to obtain additional financing. Refinancing may not be possible and additional financing may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all.

 

Despite our level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantially more debt, which could exacerbate the risks described above.

 

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future including additional secured debt. Although our debt instruments and financing arrangements contain restrictions on the

 

28


Table of Contents

incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. To the extent new debt is added to our currently anticipated debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described above would increase. Also, these restrictions do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.

 

Restrictive Covenants in our debt instruments may limit our ability to undertake certain types of transactions.

 

Various covenants in our debt instruments and other financing arrangements may restrict our and our subsidiaries’ financial flexibility in a number of ways. Our indebtedness subjects us to significant financial and other restrictive covenants, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, place liens upon assets, pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments and investments, consummate certain asset sales or asset swaps, conduct businesses other than our current businesses, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets. Some of these debt instruments also require our subsidiaries to satisfy or maintain certain financial condition tests in certain circumstances. Our subsidiaries’ ability to meet these financial condition tests can be affected by events beyond our control and they may not meet such tests.

 

We may have capital needs for which our internally generated cash flows and other sources of liquidity may not be adequate.

 

If we cannot generate sufficient cash flows or otherwise secure sufficient liquidity to support our short-term and long-term capital requirements, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations in connection with the acquisitions of our refineries (including any earn-outs), or our future debt obligations, comply with certain deadlines related to environmental regulations and standards, or pursue our business strategies, in which case our operations may not perform as we currently expect. We have substantial short-term capital needs and may have substantial long term capital needs. Our short-term working capital needs are primarily related to financing certain of our refined products inventory not covered by our various clean products offtake agreements. We have recently terminated our agreement with Statoil for our Paulsboro refinery effective March 31, 2013. If we cannot adequately handle our crude oil and feedstock requirements without the benefit of the Statoil arrangement at Paulsboro, or if we are required to obtain our crude oil supply at our other refineries without the benefit of the existing supply arrangements or the applicable counterparty defaults in its obligations, our crude oil pricing costs may increase as the number of days between when we pay for the crude oil and when the crude oil is delivered to us increases. Such increased exposure could negatively impact our liquidity due to our increased working capital needs as a result of the increase in the amount of crude oil inventory we would have to carry on our balance sheet. Our long-term needs for cash include those to support ongoing capital expenditures for equipment maintenance and upgrades during turnarounds at our refineries and to complete our routine and normally scheduled maintenance, regulatory and security expenditures. In addition, from time to time, we are required to spend significant amounts for repairs when one or more processing units experiences temporary shutdowns. We continue to utilize significant capital to upgrade equipment, improve facilities, and reduce operational, safety and environmental risks. In connection with the Paulsboro acquisition, we assumed certain significant environmental obligations, and may similarly do so in future acquisitions. We will likely incur substantial compliance costs in connection with new or changing environmental, health and safety regulations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments.” Our liquidity will affect our ability to satisfy any of these needs or obligations.

 

Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

 

You will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the Class A common stock you purchase in this offering.

 

The initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. As a result, you may pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our

 

29


Table of Contents

liabilities. Investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering will be diluted by $         per share after giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If we grant options in the future to our employees, and those options are exercised or other issuances of Class A common stock are made, there will be further dilution. See “Dilution.”

 

A significant portion of the proceeds from this offering will be used to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units from Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our employees.

 

We intend to use a significant portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units in connection with such acquisition) from Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our employees as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. See “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters based on numerous factors that we discuss in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering.

 

Consequently, you may not be able to sell our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

 

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering and our stock price may be highly volatile.

 

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is based on numerous factors and may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. The market price may be affected by such factors as:

 

   

variations in actual or anticipated operating results;

 

   

changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates of securities analysts;

 

   

market conditions in the oil refining industry;

 

   

regulatory actions;

 

   

general economic and stock market conditions; and

 

   

the availability for sale, or sales, of a significant number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market.

 

These and other factors may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline below the initial public offering price, which in turn would adversely affect the value of your investment.

 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders have often instituted class action securities litigation against those companies. Such litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

 

30


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that we will declare dividends or have the available cash to make dividend payments. We are a holding company that depends upon cash from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations and/or to pay dividends in the future.

 

We currently intend to pay quarterly cash dividends in an amount equal to approximately $             per share of Class A common stock following the completion of this offering. The declaration, timing and amount of any dividends on our Class A common stock will be subject to our actual future earnings and capital requirements and at the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account, among other things, general economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, plans for expansion, tax, legal, regulatory and contractual restrictions and implications, including under our outstanding debt documents, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, if we do not declare dividends you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell our Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it. Any dividends that we may declare and pay will not be cumulative.

 

We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through subsidiaries of PBF Holding. We have no independent means of generating revenue and no material assets other than our ownership interest in PBF LLC. Therefore, we depend on the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries to meet our obligations, including our indebtedness, tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement. If we or PBF LLC do not receive such cash distributions, dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries, we and PBF LLC may be unable to meet our obligations and/or pay dividends.

 

We intend to cause PBF LLC to make distributions to its members in an amount sufficient to enable us to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, make payments owed by us under the tax receivable agreement, and to pay other obligations and dividends, if any, declared by us. To the extent we need funds and PBF LLC or any of its subsidiaries is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing or other contractual arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, such restrictions could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

 

Our ABL Revolving Credit Facility, senior secured notes and certain of our other outstanding debt arrangements include a restricted payment covenant, which restricts the ability of PBF Holding to make distributions to us, and we anticipate our future debt will contain a similar restriction. In addition, there may be restrictions on payments by our subsidiaries under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital and to make payments to stockholders only from profits. For example, PBF Holding is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of the limited liability company (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. As a result, we may be unable to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligations and make payments to our stockholders, if any.

 

Future sales of our shares could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Class A common stock in the market after the offering or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

 

The shares of Class A common stock we are offering will be freely tradable without restriction in the United States, unless purchased by one of our affiliates. In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors and Blackstone and First Reserve have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See “Underwriting.” After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, we are required to register the issuance and resale of the shares of Class A common stock that may be issued to our existing owners pursuant to the exchange agreement.

 

31


Table of Contents

These shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, depending on the holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. As restrictions on resale end or if we register additional shares, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If any of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price would likely decline. If analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline and our Class A common stock to be less liquid.

 

As a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

 

Upon completion of this offering Blackstone and First Reserve will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that we have a corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement that there be an annual performance evaluation of the corporate governance and compensation committees. If available, we intend to utilize some or all of these exemptions. As a result, we will not be required to have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees be required to consist entirely of independent directors. We will rely on the phase-in rules of the SEC and NYSE with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one member that is independent upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days thereafter and all members that are independent within one year thereafter. Accordingly, you would not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

 

Our internal controls over financial reporting currently do not meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

 

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to reporting and other obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Beginning with the year ending December 31, 2013, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, and our auditors will be required to deliver an attestation report on the operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report by our management must contain, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management.

 

32


Table of Contents

As an organization that recently exited the development stage and has grown rapidly through the acquisition of significant operations, we are currently in the process of developing our internal controls over financial reporting and establishing formal policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within our organization. Our internal controls over financial reporting currently do not meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that we will eventually be required to meet.

 

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements during 2011, we identified a material weakness relating to controls over critical business and accounting functions performed by third party service providers and significant deficiencies regarding spreadsheet controls and the timely completion and review of account reconciliations and other analyses as part of our financial closing process. Management has taken the following steps to remediate these issues:

 

   

In August 2011, we retained a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm to assist us with assessing, designing and documenting our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

We hired additional resources (and expect to continue to hire additional resources) to assist with completing the financial statement closing process on a more timely basis;

 

   

We are in the process of documenting our financial statement closing process, including establishing more comprehensive account reconciliation and review procedures and spreadsheet controls;

 

   

We developed and implemented information technology systems, accounting processes and procedures, and hired commercial, accounting and information technology personnel in order to bring in-house the business and accounting processes that were performed by third parties. We expect to continue to develop and improve these new systems and processes.

 

We may not be able to successfully remediate these matters on or before December 31, 2013, the date by which we must comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and we may have additional deficiencies or material weaknesses in the future. We have not yet determined the costs directly associated with these remediation activities, but they could be substantial.

 

If we are not able to complete our initial assessment of our internal controls and otherwise implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, management may not be able to certify as to the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, and result in a breach of the covenants under our debt agreements. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting in the future. This could materially adversely affect us and lead to a decline in our Class A common stock price.

 

We are controlled by our existing owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

 

We are controlled, and after this offering will continue to be controlled, by Blackstone and First Reserve. After the completion of this offering, each of Blackstone and First Reserve will continue to beneficially own in the aggregate approximately     % of the combined voting power of our common stock (or         % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As a result, Blackstone and First Reserve will have the ability to elect all of our directors and thereby control our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of our Class A common stock or other securities, the payment of

 

33


Table of Contents

dividends, if any, on our Class A common stock, the incurrence of debt by us, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their interests may not in all cases be aligned with your interests.

 

Our existing owners, including Blackstone and First Reserve, hold all of the outstanding PBF LLC Series A Units. Because our existing owners hold their economic interest in our business through PBF LLC, rather than through the public company, they may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, our existing owners may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we will enter into in connection with this offering, and whether and when we should undergo certain changes of control within the meaning of the tax receivable agreement or terminate the tax receivable agreement, which would accelerate our obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

Blackstone and First Reserve may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, they could cause us to make acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or to sell revenue-generating assets. So long as they continue to beneficially own a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, they will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors. In addition, pursuant to a stockholders agreement entered into between us and Blackstone and First Reserve, following this offering Blackstone and First Reserve will also have the ability to nominate a number of our directors, including a majority of our directors, provided certain ownership thresholds are maintained. See “Management,” “Principal Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Lastly, Blackstone and First Reserve are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. They may also pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

 

We will be required to pay the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units for certain tax benefits we may claim arising in connection with this offering and future exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock and related transactions, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

 

As described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” we intend to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units from certain of our existing owners, with the balance used to purchase newly issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units that will provide for the payment from time to time by PBF Energy to such persons of 85% of the benefits, if any, that PBF Energy is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis resulting from its acquisitions of PBF LLC Series A Units as part of the Offering Transactions or in the future and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect future payments under the tax receivable agreement relating to the purchase by PBF Energy of PBF LLC Series A Units as part of the Offering Transactions to aggregate $         (or $         if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and to range over the next 15 years from approximately $         million to $         million per year (or

 

34


Table of Contents

approximately $         million to $         million per year if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and decline thereafter. Future payments by us in respect of subsequent exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial as well. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates—the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement, and/or (ii) distributions to PBF Energy by PBF LLC are not sufficient to permit PBF Energy to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon any recipient’s continued ownership of us.

 

In certain cases, payments by us under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

 

The tax receivable agreement will provide that upon certain changes of control, or if, at any time, PBF Energy elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, PBF Energy’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired PBF LLC Series A Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including (i) that PBF Energy would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement and (ii) that the subsidiaries of PBF LLC will sell certain nonamortizable assets (and realize certain related tax benefits) no later than a specified date. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are significantly greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement, and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early or if we undergo certain changes of control, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits (based on the foregoing assumptions), which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering and that LIBOR were to be     %, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these change of control payments would be approximately $     if triggered immediately after this offering. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. We may not be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement and our existing indebtedness may limit our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to us to pay these obligations.

 

However, payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine in accordance with the tax receivable agreement. We will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if the Internal Revenue Service subsequently disallows part or all of the tax benefit that gave rise to such prior payments. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement that are significantly in excess of the benefits that we actually realize in respect of (a) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units and (b) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

Anti-takeover and certain other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage or delay a change in control.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. Among other things, these provisions:

 

   

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent after the date on which Blackstone and First Reserve collectively cease to beneficially own at least a majority of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

   

restrict certain business combinations with stockholders who obtain beneficial ownership of a certain percentage of our outstanding common stock after the date Blackstone and First Reserve and their affiliates collectively cease to beneficially own at least 5% of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

   

provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the board of directors, or Blackstone or First Reserve, for so long as Blackstone or First Reserve, in its individual capacity as the party calling the meeting, continues to beneficially own at least 25% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock, and establish advance notice procedures for the nomination of candidates for election as directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings; and

 

   

provide that on and after the date Blackstone and First Reserve collectively cease to beneficially own a majority of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote, our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 75% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote.

 

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions of Delaware law may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. Certain provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

In addition, in connection with this offering, we will be entering into a stockholders agreement with Blackstone and First Reserve pursuant to which they will each be entitled to nominate a number of directors so long as certain ownership thresholds are maintained. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

 

36


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or similar expressions that relate to our strategy, plans or intentions. All statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results or to our expectations regarding future industry trends are forward-looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time make forward-looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.

 

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, which we refer to as “cautionary statements,” are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. All forward-looking information in this prospectus and subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

 

   

supply, demand, prices and other market conditions for our services;

 

   

the effects of competition in our markets;

 

   

changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates and capital costs;

 

   

adverse developments in our relationship with both our key employees and unionized employees;

 

   

our ability to operate our businesses efficiently, manage capital expenditures and costs (including general and administrative expenses) tightly and generate earnings and cash flow;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness described in this prospectus;

 

   

restrictive covenants in our indebtedness that may adversely affect our operational flexibility;

 

   

our expectations with respect to our acquisition activity;

 

   

our ability to retain key employees; and

 

   

the costs of being a public company, including Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance.

 

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on those statements.

 

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus or as of the date as of which they are made. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements.

 

37


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Statements as to our ranking, market position and market estimates are based on independent industry publications, government publications, third party forecasts and management’s good faith estimates and assumptions about our markets and our internal research. Although industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, we have not independently verified such third party information. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

 

This prospectus contains certain information regarding refinery complexity as measured by the Nelson Complexity Index, which is calculated on an annual basis by data from the Oil and Gas Journal. Certain data presented in this prospectus is from the Oil and Gas Journal Report dated December 5, 2011.

 

38


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

 

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:

 

LOGO

 

39


Table of Contents

Reorganization Transactions at PBF LLC

 

PBF LLC is a holding company for the companies that directly or indirectly own and operate our business. Prior to this offering, there were 92,281,716 PBF LLC Series A Units issued and outstanding, of which 44,861,169 units were owned by each of Blackstone and First Reserve, 2,535,473 units were owned by our remaining existing owners, including Mr. O’Malley, and 23,904 units were restricted Series A Units held by our independent directors. In addition, there are 1,000,000 PBF LLC Series B Units issued and outstanding, all of which are held by certain of our officers. The PBF LLC Series B Units are profits interests which entitle the holders to participate in the profits of PBF LLC after the date of issuance. Certain of our existing owners and other employees hold options and warrants to purchase an additional 4,774,630 PBF LLC Series A Units at a weighted average exercise price of $10.26 per unit, 4,179,610 of which will be vested and exercisable as of the date of the closing of this offering.

 

Immediately prior to this offering, PBF LLC’s limited liability company agreement will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate PBF Energy as the sole managing member of PBF LLC and establish the PBF LLC Series C Units which will be held by PBF Energy. Following this offering, PBF Energy will have the right to determine the timing and amount of any distributions (other than tax distributions) to be made to holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series C Units. Profits and losses of PBF LLC will be allocated, and all distributions generally will be made, pro rata to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (subject, under certain circumstances, to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units) and PBF LLC Series C Units. The PBF LLC Series A Units and the PBF LLC Series C Units are generally identical in all respects, except that the PBF LLC Series B Units share in the allocations of income and distributions that would otherwise be made to our financial sponsors, and therefore do not dilute the interests of the PBF LLC Series A Units held by our management and certain directors, the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units (PBF Energy) or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. In addition, the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC provides that any PBF LLC Series A Units acquired by PBF Energy from our existing owners, whether at the time of this initial public offering or thereafter in accordance with the exchange agreement, will automatically, and without any further action, be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units in connection with such acquisition.

 

We refer to the foregoing transactions, collectively, as the “Reorganization Transactions.”

 

Incorporation of PBF Energy

 

PBF Energy was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 7, 2011. PBF Energy has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The certificate of incorporation of PBF Energy at the time of the offering will authorize two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Prior to completion of this offering,             shares of Class B common stock of PBF Energy will be issued to our existing owners, providing them with no economic rights but entitling them, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of PBF Energy for each PBF LLC Series A Unit held by such holder, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.” Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

We also will enter into an exchange agreement pursuant to which each of our existing owners (and certain of their permitted assignees and other holders who acquire PBF LLC Series A Units upon the exercise of certain warrants and options) will have the right to cause PBF LLC to exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to

 

40


Table of Contents

share in a portion of the profits realized by our financial sponsors upon the sale of the shares of Class A common stock received by them upon such exchange. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

 

Offering Transactions

 

At the time of this offering, PBF Energy intends to use the net proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units in connection with such acquisition) from Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our employees and newly-issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC, at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering. PBF Energy will purchase                      PBF LLC Series A Units from Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our employees for an aggregate of $           million, and will use the remaining net proceeds of this offering to purchase              newly-issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC in an amount equal to $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). PBF LLC will bear or reimburse PBF Energy for all of the expenses of this offering, including underwriting discounts. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Principal Stockholders” for further information regarding the proceeds from this offering that will be paid to Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our employees.

 

Following this offering, our existing owners may from time to time (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) cause PBF LLC to exchange their remaining PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to share in a portion of the profits realized by our financial sponsors upon the sale of the shares of Class A common stock received by them upon such exchange. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Exchange Agreement.” Any PBF LLC Series A Units being exchanged will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units in connection with such exchange. The purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units by PBF Energy from certain of our existing owners at the closing of this offering and subsequent exchanges are expected to result, with respect to PBF Energy, in increases in the tax basis of the assets of PBF LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that PBF Energy would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets.

 

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units (and certain permitted assignees thereof and other holders who acquire PBF LLC Series A Units upon the exercise of certain warrants) that will provide for the payment from time to time by PBF Energy to such persons of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that PBF Energy is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of PBF Energy and not of PBF LLC. We estimate that the incremental tax basis of the assets of PBF LLC that will be attributable to PBF Energy at the time of this offering will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The tax receivable agreement also will provide that upon certain changes of control or if, at any time, PBF Energy elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, payments due under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock—In certain cases, payments by us under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

In connection with its acquisition of PBF LLC Series C Units, PBF Energy will become the sole managing member of PBF LLC at the closing of this offering. Accordingly, although PBF Energy will initially have a minority economic interest in PBF LLC, PBF Energy will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of PBF LLC.

 

41


Table of Contents

We refer to the foregoing transactions as the “Offering Transactions.”

 

As a result of the transactions described above:

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively own              shares of our Class A common stock (or              shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and PBF Energy will hold          PBF LLC Series C Units (or          PBF LLC Series C Units if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), representing     % of the total economic interest of PBF LLC;

 

   

our existing owners will hold          PBF LLC Series A Units, representing     % of the total economic interest of PBF LLC (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively have     % of the voting power in PBF Energy (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and

 

   

our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B common stock, will have     % of the voting power in PBF Energy (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow our existing owners to retain their equity ownership in PBF LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of PBF LLC Series A Units. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in PBF Energy, a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that our existing owners generally find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Our existing owners also hold shares of Class B common stock of PBF Energy. Although the shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights, they allow our existing owners to exercise voting power at PBF Energy, the managing member of PBF LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of the business of PBF LLC and its subsidiaries. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of PBF Energy, following the offering, each holder of Class B common stock will be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each PBF LLC Series A Unit held by such holder. Accordingly, as our existing owners sell PBF LLC Series A Units to us as part of the Offering Transactions or subsequently cause PBF LLC to exchange PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to our existing owners by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

 

Holding Company Structure

 

PBF Energy will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be an equity interest in PBF LLC. As the sole managing member of PBF LLC, PBF Energy will control all of the business and affairs of PBF Holding and its subsidiaries.

 

PBF Energy will consolidate the financial results of PBF LLC and its subsidiaries, and the ownership interest of our existing owners in PBF LLC will be reflected as a noncontrolling interest in PBF Energy’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC, PBF Energy has the right to determine when distributions (other than tax distributions) will be made to the members of PBF LLC and the amount of any such distributions. If PBF Energy authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of PBF LLC pro rata in accordance with their respective percentage interests.

 

42


Table of Contents

The holders of limited liability company interests in PBF LLC, including PBF Energy, will generally have to include for purposes of calculating their U.S. federal, state and local income taxes their share of any taxable income of PBF LLC. Taxable income of PBF LLC generally will be allocated to the holders of units (including PBF Energy) pro rata in accordance with their respective share of the net profits and net losses of PBF LLC. PBF LLC is obligated, subject to available cash and applicable law and contractual restrictions (including pursuant to our debt instruments), to make cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” based on certain assumptions, to its members (including PBF Energy) pro rata in accordance with their respective percentage interests. Generally, these tax distributions will be an amount equal to our estimate of the taxable income of PBF LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses).

 

See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—PBF LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The proceeds to PBF Energy from this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

PBF Energy intends to use $         million of the proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units in connection with such acquisition) from Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our employees, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. See “Principal Stockholders” for further information regarding the proceeds from this offering.

 

PBF Energy intends to use all of the remaining proceeds from this offering, or $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), to purchase newly-issued PBF LLC Series C Units from PBF LLC, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.” We intend to cause PBF LLC to use these proceeds to pay the expenses of this offering, including aggregate underwriting discounts of $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and other offering expenses estimated at $         million. Any remaining proceeds, including proceeds from the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, will be used by PBF LLC for general corporate purposes, including to potentially repay outstanding indebtedness under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.

 

The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is scheduled to expire on October 26, 2017. As of September 30, 2012, there were no outstanding loans under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to PBF Energy from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by PBF Energy, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by PBF Energy.

 

Pending specific application of these proceeds, the proceeds will be invested primarily in cash.

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We currently intend to pay quarterly cash dividends of approximately $         per share on our Class A common stock following this offering, commencing in the fiscal quarter following this offering. We determined this dividend rate in an effort to provide our stockholders with an attractive annual return on their investment and after taking into consideration our cash flow from operations. The declaration, timing and amount of any dividends on our Class A common stock will be subject to our actual future earnings and capital requirements and at the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account, among other things, general economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, plans for expansion, tax, legal, regulatory and contractual restrictions and implications, including under our outstanding debt documents, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. We intend to fund any future dividends out of our cash flow from operations and, as a result, we do not expect to incur any indebtedness to fund such payments.

 

PBF Energy is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership interests of PBF LLC. In order for us to pay any dividends, we will need to cause PBF LLC to make distributions to us and the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units, and PBF LLC will need to cause PBF Holding to make distributions to it. PBF Holding is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of the limited liability company (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. As a result, PBF LLC may be unable to obtain cash from PBF Holding to satisfy our obligations and make payments to our stockholders, if any.

 

The ability of PBF Holding to pay dividends and make distributions is and in the future may be limited by covenants in its ABL Revolving Credit Facility, the senior secured notes and other debt instruments. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to declare dividends as contemplated herein. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—Restrictive Covenants in our debt instruments may limit our ability to undertake certain types of transactions” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—We cannot assure you that we will declare dividends or have the available cash to make dividend payments. We are a holding company that depends upon cash from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations and/or to pay dividends in the future.”

 

PBF LLC made cash distributions to our existing owners in the amount of $15.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Prior to the completion of this offering, PBF LLC anticipates making additional cash distributions to our existing owners of $             million.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization as of September 30, 2012:

 

   

on a historical basis for PBF LLC;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the payment of cash distributions to our existing owners of $         million prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as further adjusted basis for PBF Energy, giving effect to the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements,” including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

This information should be read in conjunction with sections entitled “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this prospectus.

 

     September 30, 2012  
         Actual             As Adjusted             Pro Forma    
as Further
Adjusted
 
    

(in thousands, except share and

per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 170,048      $                   $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

      

Long-term debt (including current portion)(1)

   $ 732,961      $ 732,961     

PBF LLC Series B Units

     4,261        4,261     

Equity:

      

Series A Units

     924,840        924,840     

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share,                  shares to be authorized,                  shares to be issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares to be authorized,                  shares to be issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis

                

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share,                  shares to be authorized,                  shares to be issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares to be authorized,                  shares to be issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis

                

Additional paid-in capital

                

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (2,357     (2,357  

Retained earnings

     710,843       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to the Company

     1,633,326       

Noncontrolling interest

           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,633,326       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,370,548      $                   $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Actual long-term debt includes our Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan of $20.0 million and unamortized original issue discount of $9.2 million related to the senior secured notes.

 

46


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by purchasers of shares of Class A common stock in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Net tangible book value per share as of a particular date represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of such date. The net tangible book value of our Class A common stock as of September 30, 2012 was $        , or approximately $         per share. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” including the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), assuming that our existing owners exchanged all of their PBF LLC Series A Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2012 would have been $        , or approximately $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value as of September 30, 2012

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $                
     

 

 

 

 

Because our existing owners do not own any Class A common stock or other economic interest in us, we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering assuming that our existing owners exchanged their PBF LLC Series A Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact on the investors in this offering.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the offering would be $         per share. This represents an increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to new investors.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering and the dilution to new investors by $        , assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table presents, on a pro forma basis, as of September 30, 2012, the differences among the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased, the total consideration paid or exchanged and the average price per share paid by our existing owners and by new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that our existing owners exchanged all of their PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The table assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share, as specified above, and excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by PBF Energy:

 

     Shares Purchased    Total Consideration    Average
Price
Per
Share
     Number    Percent    Amount    Percent   

Existing owners

              

New investors

              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are presented to show how we might have looked if the Toledo acquisition, the senior secured notes offering, the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” had occurred on the dates and for the periods indicated below. We derived the following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC and the statements of revenues and direct expenses of Toledo, each included elsewhere in this prospectus. PBF LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical consolidated financial statements following this offering.

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 have been derived by starting with PBF LLC’s financial data and giving pro forma effect to the consummation of the Toledo acquisition, the senior secured notes offering, the Offering Transactions, and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 have been derived by starting with PBF LLC’s unaudited financial data and giving pro forma effect to consummation of the senior secured notes offering, the Offering Transactions, and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2012 gives effect to cash distributions to our existing owners made prior to the completion of this offering, the Offering Transactions and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as if they had occurred on September 30, 2012. As a result of the Toledo acquisition, our historical financial results include the results of operations for Toledo from March 1, 2011 forward.

 

Sunoco did not manage Toledo as a stand-alone business as either a subsidiary or division, and therefore complete historical financial statements are not available. The statements of revenue and expenses reflect items specifically identified to the refinery and therefore exclude certain other items such as interest income, interest expenses and income taxes not directly related to the refinery. They also reflect certain allocations Sunoco made for shared resources utilized prior to the acquisition which were considered reasonable.

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had the transactions to which the pro forma adjustments relate actually occurred on the dates indicated, and they do not purport to project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or as of any future date. Further, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not reflect the impact of restructuring activities, cost savings, non-recurring charges, employee termination costs and other exit costs that may result from or in connection with the Toledo acquisition. For example, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data does not give effect to the anticipated termination of employees deemed redundant or the reconfiguration of facilities.

 

The pro forma adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 principally give effect to:

 

   

the impact on interest expense as a result of the senior secured notes offering and the refinancing of our existing senior debt;

 

   

the consummation of the Offering Transactions described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions” and the related effects of the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”; and

 

   

a provision for corporate income taxes on the income of PBF Energy at an effective rate of     %, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction.

 

The pro forma adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2011 also give effect to the acquisition of Toledo.

 

49


Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—PBF LLC,” our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, and the historical financial information and related notes thereto of Toledo, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

50


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of September 30, 2012

 

    PBF Energy
Company LLC
Actual
    Pro Forma
Adjustments(a)
    PBF Energy
Company LLC

Pro Forma
        Pro Forma
Adjustments
         PBF Energy
Inc.

Pro Forma
 
   

(in thousands)

 

ASSETS

              

Current Assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 170,048      $                   $                     $                   (b)    $     

Accounts receivable, net

    496,241          496,241            

Inventories

    1,479,728          1,479,728            

Other current assets

    26,388          26,388            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

    2,172,405                

Property, plant and equipment, net

    1,574,712          1,574,712            

Deferred tax asset

                      (c)   

Deferred charges and other assets, net

    185,390          185,390            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 3,932,507      $                   $                     $           $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

              

Current Liabilities

              

Accounts payable

  $ 246,914        $ 246,914             $     

Accrued expenses

    1,082,143          1,082,143            

Deferred revenue

    202,953          202,953            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

    1,532,010          1,532,010            

Economic Development Authority Loan

    20,000          20,000            

Long-term debt

    712,961          712,961            

Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement

                      (c)   

Other long-term liabilities

    29,949          29,949            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

    2,294,920          2,294,920            

Commitments and Contingencies

              

Series B Units

    4,261          4,261          (d)   

Members’/Stockholders’ Equity

              

Series A Units

    924,840          924,840         

(d)

  

Class A common stock

                     

(d)

  

Class B common stock

                     

(d)

  

Additional paid-in capital

                     

(d)

  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2,357       (2,357         

Retained earnings

    710,843              (d)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Members’ equity/stockholders’ equity attributable to PBF
Energy Inc.

    1,633,326                

Noncontrolling interest

                

(e)

  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Series B Units, and Equity

  $ 3,932,507      $                   $                     $           $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

(a)   Reflects the net effect on cash and cash equivalents and retained earnings of cash distributions to our existing owners of $             million to be made prior to the completion of this offering.

 

(b)   Reflects the net effect on cash and cash equivalents of the receipt of offering proceeds of $             million and net uses of proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds”.

 

(c)   Reflects adjustments to give effect to the tax receivable agreement (as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”) based on the following assumptions:

 

   

we will record an increase of $         million in deferred tax assets for estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests, based on an effective income tax rate of     % (which includes a provision for U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes);

 

   

we will record $         million, representing     % of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase to the liability under the tax receivable agreement;

 

   

we will record an increase of $             million to additional paid-in-capital, which is an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in the liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement; and

 

   

there are no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize the full tax benefit of the amortization of our assets.

 

(d)   Represents adjustments to stockholders’ equity reflecting (i) par value for Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding following this offering, (ii) an increase of $         million of additional paid-in capital as a result of net proceeds from this offering, (iii) an increase of $         million of additional paid-in-capital due to the tax receivable agreement as described in footnote (c) above, (iv) a decrease of $         million of additional paid-in-capital to allocate a portion of PBF Energy’s equity to the noncontrolling interest, (v) the elimination of PBF LLC Series A Units of $924.8 million upon consolidation, (vi) the elimination of PBF LLC Series B Units of $4.3 million upon consolidation, and (vii) a decrease of $         million in retained earnings to allocate a portion of PBF Energy’s equity to noncontrolling interest.

 

(e)   As described in “Organizational Structure,” PBF Energy will become the sole managing member of PBF LLC. PBF Energy will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in PBF LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of PBF LLC. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of PBF LLC and will record a noncontrolling interest. Immediately following this offering, the noncontrolling interest, based on the assumptions to the pro forma information, will be     %. Pro forma noncontrolling interest represents     % of the pro forma equity of PBF LLC of $        , which differs from the pro forma equity of PBF Energy as the former is not affected by the adjustments related to the tax receivable agreement described in footnote (c).

 

52


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

 

    PBF Energy
Company LLC

Actual
    Pro Forma
Adjustments(f)
    PBF Energy
Company LLC
Pro Forma
    Pro Forma
Adjustments(g)
        PBF Energy
Inc.
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenues

  $ 15,188,327        $  15,188,327         

Cost and expenses

           

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

    13,871,884          13,871,884         

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

    537,880          537,880         

General and administrative expenses (i)

    78,042          78,042         

Gain on sale of asset

    (2,430       (2,430)         

Depreciation and amortization expense

    67,419          67,419         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 
    14,552,795          14,552,795         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    635,532          635,532         

Other income (expense)

           

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation

    (6,929            (6,929)         

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

    (2,076            (2,076)         

Interest expense, net

    (86,753     (139 ) (j)      (86,892)         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 
    539,774        (139     539,635         

Income tax expense (benefit)

                           (m)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 539,774      $ (139   $ 539,635         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

            (o)     
       

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to PBF Energy Inc.

            $            
       

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares of Class A common stock outstanding (p)

           

Basic

           

Diluted

           

Net income available to Class A common stock per share (p)

           

Basic

           

Diluted

           

 

53


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

    PBF Energy
Company LLC

Actual
    Toledo
Period from
January 1,
2011
through
February 28,
2011(n)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments(f)
        PBF Energy
Company LLC
Pro Forma
    Pro Forma
Adjustments(g)
        PBF Energy
Inc.
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenues

  $ 14,960,338      $ 1,053,206      $ (52,015   (l)   $  15,961,529         

Cost and expenses

               

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

    13,855,163        916,418        (52,015   (l)     14,719,566         

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

    658,831        40,726                 699,557         

General and administrative expenses (j)

    86,183        3,674                 89,857         

Acquisition related expenses

    728               (556   (h)     172         

Depreciation and amortization expense

    53,743               4,209      (i)     57,952         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 
    14,654,648        960,818        (48,362       15,567,104         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    305,690        92,388        (3,653       394,425         

Other income (expense)

               

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation

    7,316                        7,316         

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

    (5,215                     (5,215      

Interest expense, net

    (65,120            (30,542   (j)     (95,662      

Other income

           59                 59         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 
    242,671        92,447        (34,195       300,923         

Income tax expense (benefit)

                                    (m)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 242,671      $ 92,447      $ (34,195     $ 300,923         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

                (o)     
           

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to PBF Energy Inc.

                $            
           

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares of Class A common stock outstanding (p)

               

Basic

               

Diluted

               

Net income available to Class A common stock per share (p)

               

Basic

               

Diluted

               

 

54


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(f)   These pro forma adjustments give effect to the senior secured notes offering. The pro forma adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2011 also give effect to the acquisition of Toledo.

 

(g)   These pro forma adjustments give effect to the Offering Transactions.

 

(h)   To eliminate the acquisition related expenses that relate to the Toledo acquisition.

 

(i)   To reflect the change in depreciation and amortization arising from the Toledo acquisition as a result of the pro forma depreciation and amortization expense for the two months prior to our acquisition of Toledo on March 1, 2011.

 

(j)   Estimates the impact of the senior secured notes offering and the refinancing of existing senior debt as follows:

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 

Estimated interest expense for the notes issued in connection with the senior secured notes offering (1)

   $ (6,217   $ (57,393

Estimated amortization of deferred financing fees related to the notes issued in connection with the senior secured notes offering (2)

     (244     (2,250

Eliminate historical interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees for refinanced debt (3)

     6,322        29,101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment

   $ (139   $ (30,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Reflects pro forma cash interest expense related to the notes issued in connection with the senior secured notes offering.
  (2)   Amortization expense related to the estimated deferred financing fees capitalized in connection with the indebtedness to be incurred in connection with the senior secured notes offering, which are being amortized over 8 years.
  (3)   Reflects the elimination of historical interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees, net of the unused commitment fee, arising from debt instruments paid off in connection with the notes issued in connection with the senior secured notes offering.

 

(k)   General and administrative expenses represent historical costs from PBF LLC and Toledo. Toledo’s historical financial information includes certain general and administrative costs incurred by Sunoco that were subsequently allocated to Toledo as direct and indirect costs attributable to the refinery. These costs are not necessarily indicative of what would have been incurred had the refinery been a standalone entity or operated as a subsidiary of PBF LLC nor are these costs necessarily indicative of what general and administration costs will be in the future. In addition, under various transition service agreements with Sunoco, we have incurred a total of $13.7 million of expense for the ten month period ended December 31, 2011.
(l)   To adjust consumer excise taxes reported gross within the historical Toledo statement of operations to net which conforms to PBF LLC accounting policy and statement of operations presentation.

 

(m)   Following the Offering Transactions, PBF Energy will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local and foreign taxes, with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of PBF LLC. As a result, the pro forma consolidated statement of operations reflects an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of         %, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdictions.

 

(n)  

Reflects the historical revenues and direct expenses of Toledo. The statements of revenue and expenses reflect items specifically identified to the refinery and therefore exclude certain other items such as interest

 

55


Table of Contents
  income, interest expenses and income taxes not directly related to the refinery. They also reflect certain allocations Sunoco made for shared resources utilized prior to the acquisition which were considered reasonable.

 

(o)   As described in “Organizational Structure,” PBF Energy will become the sole managing member of PBF LLC. PBF Energy will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in PBF LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of PBF LLC. Immediately following this offering, the noncontrolling interest will be     %. Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest represents     %, $         of income before income taxes of $         for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and     %, $         of income before income taxes of $         for the year ended December 31, 2011. These amounts have been determined based on an offering price of $         and the assumption that the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares is not exercised. If the assumed offering price increased by $1.00 to $         per share, the ownership percentage held by the noncontrolling interest would decrease to     %, or     % if the over-allotment is exercised. If the assumed offering price decreased by $1.00 to $         per share, the ownership percentage held by the noncontrolling interest would increase to     % or     % if the over-allotment is exercised. Net income available to Class A common stock per share would not be significantly different if the assumed offering price changed by $1.00.

 

(p)   The shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income (loss) available per share.

 

56


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of PBF LLC

 

The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data of PBF LLC. PBF LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical consolidated financial statements following this offering. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from audited financial statements of PBF LLC, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the period from March 1, 2008 (date of inception) through December 31, 2008 and as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from the audited financial statements of PBF LLC not included in this prospectus. As a result of the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions, the historical consolidated financial results of PBF LLC only include the results of operations for Paulsboro and Toledo from December 17, 2010 and March 1, 2011 forward, respectively. The information as of September 30, 2011 and 2012, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC (included elsewhere in this prospectus) which include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for such periods. Results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

 

The historical consolidated financial data and other statistical data presented below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of PBF LLC and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the sections entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The consolidated financial information may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

    Period From
March 1, 2008
(Date of Inception)
through

December 31,
2008 (3)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009 (3)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Nine
Months
Ended
September  30,
2011
    Nine
Months
Ended
September  30,
2012
 
   

(in thousands)

 

Statement of operations data:

           

Revenues (1)

  $ 134      $ 228      $ 210,671      $ 14,960,338      $ 10,183,897      $ 15,188,327   

Cost and expenses

           

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

                  203,971        13,855,163        9,147,063        13,871,884   

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

                  25,140        658,831        457,722        537,880   

General and administrative expenses

    6,378        6,294        15,859        86,183        71,533        78,042   

Acquisition related expenses (2)

                  6,051        728        684          

Gain on sale of asset

                   (2,430

Depreciation and amortization expense

    18        44        1,402        53,743        35,636       
67,419
  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (6,262     6,338        252,423        14,654,648        9,712,638        14,552,795   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (6,262     (6,110     (41,752     305,690        471,259        635,532   

Other (expense) income

           

Change in fair value of catalyst lease obligation

                  (1,217     7,316        4,848        (6,929

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                         (5,215     (4,829     (2,076

Interest income (expense), net

    198        10        (1,388     (65,120     (44,127     (86,753
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (6,064   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671      $ 427,151      $ 539,774   

Less—Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

    (165                                   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to PBF Energy Company LLC

  $ (6,229   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ (242,671   $ 427,151      $ 539,774   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

           

Total assets

  $ 25,040      $ 19,150      $ 1,274,393      $ 3,621,109      $ 3,872,150      $ 3,932,507   

Total long-term debt (4)

                  325,064        804,865        713,255        732,961   

Total equity

    24,810        18,694        456,739        1,107,615        1,293,211        1,633,326   

Other financial data:

           

Capital expenditures (5)

  $ 118      $ 70      $ 72,118      $ 551,544      $ 504,034      $ 129,505   

 

57


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Consulting services income provided to a related party was $10, $221, and $98 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and the period from March 1, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2008, respectively. No consulting services income was earned subsequent to 2010.
  (2)   Acquisition related expenses consist of consulting and legal expenses related to the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions as well as non-consummated acquisitions.
  (3)   December 31, 2008 and 2009 balance sheet data is that of PBF Investments LLC. See footnote 1, Description of Business and Basis of Presentation, in the PBF LLC consolidated financial statements.
  (4)   Total long-term debt includes current maturities and our Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan of $20.0 million.
  (5)   Includes expenditures for construction in progress, property, plant and equipment and deferred turnaround costs.

 

Selected Historical Financial Data of Paulsboro, PBF LLC’s Predecessor

 

The following table presents Paulsboro’s selected historical financial data. We refer to Paulsboro as PBF LLC’s “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Paulsboro,” as prior to its acquisition PBF LLC generated substantially no revenues and prior to the acquisition of Paulsboro and the Delaware City assets, was a new company formed to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. At the time of its acquisition, Paulsboro represented the major portion of PBF LLC’s business and assets.

 

The financial statements and supplementary data of Predecessor Paulsboro, are presented as of, and for the years ended, December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and as of December 16, 2010, periods prior to PBF LLC’s acquisition. These financial statements were prepared by the former management of Predecessor Paulsboro and audited by Predecessor Paulsboro’s independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements and supplementary data of Predecessor Paulsboro presented herein may not be representative of the operations of PBF going forward for the following reasons, among others:

 

   

Both PBF LLC’s financial statements and Paulsboro’s financial statements contain items which require management to make considerable judgments and estimates. There can be no assurance that the judgments and estimates made by PBF LLC’s management will be identical or even similar to the historical judgments and estimates made by Paulsboro’s former management.

 

   

The financial statements of Paulsboro contain allocations of certain general and administrative expenses and income taxes specific to Valero.

 

   

The financial statements of Paulsboro reflect depreciation and amortization expense and asset impairment losses based on Valero’s historical cost basis for the applicable assets. PBF LLC’s cost basis in such assets is different.

 

The historical financial data and other statistical data presented below should be read in conjunction with Paulsboro’s financial statements and the related notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and as of December 16, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the sections entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Predecessor Paulsboro.” The historical financial data for Paulsboro for the year ended December 31, 2008 and as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 has been derived from audited financial statements not included in this prospectus.

 

58


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS—PBF LLC’S PREDECESSOR

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period from
January 1,
2010 through
December 16,
2010
 
     2008      2009    
            (in thousands)  

Statement of operations data:

       

Operating revenues (1)

   $ 6,448,379       $ 3,549,517      $ 4,708,989   

Cost and expenses:

       

Cost of sales (2)

     5,718,685         3,419,460        4,487,825   

Operating expenses

     317,093         266,319        259,768   

General and administrative expenses (3)

     15,619         15,594        14,606   

Asset impairment loss

     705         8,478        895,642   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     56,634         65,103        66,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     6,108,736         3,774,954        5,724,202   

Operating income (loss)

     339,643         (225,437     (1,015,213

Interest and other income and expense, net

     551         1,249        500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     340,194         (224,188     (1,014,713

Income tax expense (benefit) (4)

     131,445         (86,586     (322,962
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 208,749       $ (137,602   $ (691,751
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data (at end of period):

       

Total assets

   $ 1,434,980       $ 1,440,557      $ 510,205   

Total liabilities

     392,099         357,289        42,582   

Net parent investment

     1,042,881         1,083,268        467,623   

Selected financial data:

       

Capital expenditures

   $ 198,647       $ 96,754      $ 20,122   

 

  (1)   Operating revenues consist of refined products sold from Paulsboro to Valero that were recorded at intercompany transfer prices, which were market prices adjusted by quality, location, and other differentials on the date of the sale.
  (2)   Cost of sales consist of the cost of feedstock acquired for processing, including transportation costs to deliver the feedstock to Paulsboro. Purchases of feedstock by Paulsboro from Valero were recorded at the cost paid to independent third parties by Valero.
  (3)   General and administrative expenses include allocations and estimates of general and administrative costs of Valero that were attributable to the operations of Paulsboro.
  (4)   The income tax provision represented the current and deferred income taxes that would have resulted if Paulsboro were a stand-alone taxable entity filing its own income tax returns. Accordingly, the calculations of current and deferred income tax provision require certain assumptions, allocations, and estimates that Paulsboro management believed were reasonable to reflect the tax reporting for Paulsboro as a stand-alone taxpayer.

 

The selected financial data as of December 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 has been omitted because it is not available without the expenditure of unreasonable effort and expense. We believe the omission of this financial data does not have a material impact on the understanding of our results of operations, financial performance and related trends.

 

59


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those historical financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the financial data included in the following discussion. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and industry that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus particularly in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is divided into sections entitled “Executive Summary,” “Factors Affecting Comparability,” “Factors Affecting Operating Results,” “Results of Operations—PBF LLC” “Results of Operations—Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor,” “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Cash Flows Analysis of Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor,” “Senior Secured Notes Offering,” “Credit Facilities,” “Cash Balances,” “Liquidity,” “Working Capital,” “Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments,” “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements,” “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” “Critical Accounting Policies” and “Recent Accounting Pronouncements.” Information therein should help provide a better understanding of the major factors and trends that affect our earnings performance and financial condition, and how our performance during the first three quarters of 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 compare to the applicable prior periods. The historical results of operations for PBF LLC’s Predecessor is presented and discussed separately to allow the readers of our prospectus to better evaluate the historical operating performance of our current business.

 

Executive Summary

 

We were formed in 2008 to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. We currently own and operate three domestic oil refineries and related assets located in Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware, and Paulsboro, New Jersey, which we acquired in 2011 and 2010. Our refineries have a combined processing capacity, known as throughput, of approximately 540,000 bpd, and a weighted average Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3.

 

The following table summarizes our history and acquisitions:

 

March 2008

   PBF was formed.

June 2010

   The idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets were acquired from Valero for approximately $220.0 million.

December 2010

   The Paulsboro refinery was acquired from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital.

March 2011

   The Toledo refinery was acquired from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital.

October 2011

   Delaware City became operational.

 

Throughout this prospectus we include financial statements and other financial and operating data for the Paulsboro Refining Business for periods prior to its acquisition date of December 17, 2010. We refer to Paulsboro as PBF LLC’s “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Paulsboro,” because we generated substantially no revenues and prior to our acquisition of Paulsboro and the Delaware City assets, we were a new company formed to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. At the time of its acquisition, Paulsboro represented the major portion of our business and assets.

 

60


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Comparability

 

Our results over the past three years have been affected by the following events, which must be understood in order to assess the comparability of our period to period financial performance and condition.

 

Acquisition of Delaware City Refinery

 

Through our subsidiaries, Delaware City Refining and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, we acquired the idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets, including a petroleum product terminal, a petroleum products pipeline and an electric generation facility, on June 1, 2010 from affiliates of Valero for approximately $220.0 million in cash. We also incurred approximately $4.3 million in acquisition costs. The acquisition of the Delaware City refinery and its related assets was accounted for as an acquisition of assets. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value. The results of operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since June 1, 2010. For the period from June 1, 2010 until June 2011, when we began re-starting refinery operations, our results of operations included only certain minor terminal operations and substantial capital improvement activities to prepare the refinery and power plant for re-start. The refinery became fully operational in October 2011 and the results of operations prior to re-start and during the re-start period may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

The prior owner shut down the Delaware City refinery in the fourth quarter of 2009 due to, among other reasons, financial losses caused by one of the worst recessions in recent history. We were therefore able to acquire the refinery at an attractive price, obtain economic support from the State of Delaware to re-start the refinery, and enter into a new contract with the relevant union at the refinery.

 

On June 1, 2010, we hired 63 employees of the prior owner to assist us with implementing our refinery turnaround/reconfiguration plan and to conduct terminal operations at the refinery. These employees primarily held positions as engineers, refinery operators, terminal operators, dockworkers, maintenance workers and administrative staff prior to our acquisition of the refinery assets. In connection with our acquisition, we were able to negotiate a new contract with the union including: (1) reopening of the refinery with approximately 470 employees, compared to approximately 700 prior to shutdown by Valero; (2) flexibility with respect to which workers are hired (i.e., no seniority clause); (3) different benefits packages; and (4) more flexible work rules.

 

Since our acquisition, we have invested more than $500.0 million in turnaround and re-start projects at Delaware City, as well as in the recent strategic development of a crude rail unloading facility. The re-start process included the decommissioning of the gasifier unit located on the property which allowed us to decrease emissions and improve the reliability of the refinery. In addition, we have completed a cogeneration project to convert the electric generation units at the refinery to use natural gas as a fuel and a hydrocracker corrosion control project aimed at increasing throughput. We made significant operating improvements in the first year of operations by modifying the crude slate and product yield, changing operations of the conversion units and re-starting certain units. Through these capital investments and by restructuring certain operations, we have lowered the annual operating expenses of the Delaware City refinery relative to its pre-acquisition operating expense levels by more than 40%. In 2012, we are spending approximately $57.0 million, $20.0 million of which has been spent as of September 30, 2012, to expand and upgrade the existing on-site rail infrastructure, including the expansion of the crude rail unloading facilities that will be capable of discharging approximately 110,000 bpd.

 

In connection with our re-start of the refinery, we received a $20.0 million loan from the State of Delaware which converts to a grant contingent upon our continued operation of the refinery and certain other conditions. The State of Delaware also agreed to reimburse us $12.0 million in the aggregate for the dredging of the Delaware River near the refinery over the next six years, granted us $1.5 million to fund employee training programs, and granted us $10.0 million towards the conversion of the gas turbines at the refinery to run on natural gas and reduce emissions.

 

61


Table of Contents

We also obtained a new operating agreement for the Delaware City refinery that defers the construction of previously scheduled cooling water towers that the prior owner planned to spend in excess of $100.0 million to install. The deferral allows us to evaluate the cost effectiveness of closed loop cooling water systems and propose alternatives to be implemented in the next permitting cycle, which is at least five years away. The permits issued pursuant to the new operating agreement provide a plant-wide limit for certain emissions rather than source specific limits. Based on our shutdown of the gasifier unit and the resulting reduction of certain emissions by converting the combustion turbines to natural gas, we avoided additional controls on specific sources that the prior owner anticipated spending approximately $200.0 million to install. As a result of these negotiations, we now have the operational flexibility to manage our emissions in a cost effective manner.

 

The Delaware City refinery has a throughput capacity of 190,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3. It is located on a 5,000-acre site, with access to waterborne cargoes and an extensive distribution network of pipelines, barges and tankers, truck and rail. Delaware City is a fully integrated operation that receives crude via ship or barge at its docks located on the Delaware River. The crude and other feedstocks are transported, via pipes, to an extensive tank farm where they are stored until processing. In addition, there is a 17-bay, 50,000 bpd capacity truck loading rack located adjacent to the refinery, and a 23-mile interstate pipeline that is used to distribute clean products.

 

Acquisition of Paulsboro Refinery

 

We acquired the entities that owned the Paulsboro refinery (including an associated natural gas pipeline) on December 17, 2010, from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital. We paid the purchase price with the $160.0 million Paulsboro Promissory Note and cash funded with equity. The purchase price excludes inventory purchased on our behalf by MSCG and Statoil. The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The results of operations of the Paulsboro refinery have been included in our combined and consolidated financial statements as of December 17, 2010. We invested approximately $62.8 million in capital in early 2011 to complete a scheduled turnaround at the refinery.

 

Paulsboro has a throughput capacity of 180,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 13.2. The Paulsboro refinery is located on approximately 950 acres on the Delaware River in Paulsboro, New Jersey, just south of Philadelphia, and approximately 30 miles away from Delaware City. The refinery processes a variety of medium and heavy, sour crude oils.

 

Acquisition of Toledo Refinery

 

Through our subsidiary, Toledo Refining, we acquired the Toledo refinery on March 1, 2011, from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital. We paid the purchase price with the $200.0 million Toledo Promissory Note and cash funded with equity. We also purchased refined and certain intermediate products in inventory for approximately $299.6 million with the proceeds from a note provided by Sunoco that we subsequently repaid on May 31, 2011 with proceeds from our ABL Revolving Credit Facility, and MSCG purchased the refinery’s crude oil inventory on our behalf. Additionally, included in the terms of the sale is a five-year participation payment of up to $125.0 million payable to Sunoco based upon post-acquisition earnings of the refinery, of which $103.0 million was paid in 2012. We currently anticipate paying the balance of the participation payment in April 2013. See “—Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”

 

The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting with the preliminary purchase price allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The results of operations of the Toledo refinery have been included in our consolidated financial statements as of March 1, 2011.

 

Toledo has a throughput capacity of 170,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 9.2. Toledo processes a slate of light, sweet crudes from Canada, the Midcontinent, the Bakken region and the U.S. Gulf Coast. The Toledo refinery is located on a 282-acre site near Toledo, Ohio, approximately 60 miles from Detroit.

 

62


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated ABL Revolving Credit Facility

 

On May 31, 2011, we amended the terms of our ABL Revolving Credit Facility to increase its size to $500.0 million and included certain inventory and accounts receivable of the Toledo refinery in the borrowing base. In addition, the interest rate was changed to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 2.00% to 2.50%, depending on the excess availability, as defined, and the maturity date was extended to May 31, 2016. On an ongoing basis, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility is available to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In March, August, and September 2012, we amended the ABL Revolving Credit Facility again to increase the aggregate size from $500.0 million to $750.0 million, $950 million, and $965 million, respectively. In addition, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility was amended and restated on October 26, 2012 to increase the maximum availability to $1.375 billion, extend the maturity date to October 26, 2017, and amend the borrowing base to include non-U.S. inventory. The amended and restated ABL Revolving Credit Facility includes an accordion feature which allows for commitments of up to $1.8 billion.

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

On January 25, 2011, we entered into a short-term letter of credit facility, which was subsequently amended on April 26, 2011 and April 24, 2012, under which we can obtain letters of credit up to $750.0 million composed of a committed maximum amount of $500.0 million and an uncommitted maximum amount of $250.0 million to support certain of our crude oil purchases. We are charged letter of credit issuance fees and a fee for the unused portion of the committed letter of credit facility. The facility matures on April 23, 2013. As a result of the increased size of the amended and restated ABL Revolving Credit Facility, we expect to terminate the letter of credit facility prior to its maturity.

 

Senior Secured Notes Offering

 

On February 9, 2012, we completed an offering of $675.5 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes, due 2020 (which we refer to as the “senior secured notes offering”). The net proceeds from the offering of approximately $665.8 million were used to repay our Paulsboro Promissory Note in the amount of $150.6 million, our Term Loan Facility in the amount of $123.8 million, our Toledo Promissory Note in the amount of $181.7 million, and to reduce indebtedness under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. As a result of the senior secured notes offering, and the repayment of our Delaware City construction financing on August 31, 2012, with the exception of our catalyst lease, we have no long-term debt maturing before 2020.

 

Factors Affecting Operating Results

 

Overview

 

Our earnings and cash flows from operations are primarily affected by the relationship between refined product prices and the prices for crude oil and other feedstocks. The cost to acquire crude oil and other feedstocks and the price of refined petroleum products ultimately sold depend on numerous factors beyond our control, including the supply of, and demand for, crude oil, gasoline, diesel and other refined petroleum products, which, in turn, depend on, among other factors, changes in global and regional economies, weather conditions, global and regional political affairs, production levels, the availability of imports, the marketing of competitive fuels, pipeline capacity, prevailing exchange rates and the extent of government regulation. Our revenue and operating income fluctuate significantly with movements in industry refined petroleum product prices, our materials cost fluctuate significantly with movements in crude oil prices and our other operating expenses fluctuate with movements in the price of energy to meet the power needs of our refineries. In addition, the effect of changes in crude oil prices on our operating results is influenced by how the prices of refined products adjust to reflect such changes.

 

Crude oil and other feedstock costs and the prices of refined petroleum products have historically been subject to wide fluctuation. Expansion and upgrading of existing facilities and installation of additional refinery distillation or conversion capacity, price volatility, international political and economic developments and other factors beyond our control are likely to continue to play an important role in refining industry economics. These factors can impact, among other things, the level of inventories in the market, resulting in price volatility and a reduction or increase in product margins. Moreover, the industry typically experiences seasonal fluctuations in demand for refined petroleum products, such as for gasoline and diesel, during the summer driving season and for home heating oil during the winter.

 

63


Table of Contents

Benchmark Refining Margins

 

In assessing our operating performance, we compare the refining margins (revenue less materials cost) of each of our refineries against a specific benchmark industry refining margin based on a crack spread. Benchmark refining margins take into account both crude and refined petroleum product prices. When these prices are combined in a formula they provide a single value—a gross margin per barrel—that, when multiplied by a throughput number, provides an approximation of the gross margin generated by refining activities.

 

The performance of our East Coast refineries follows the currently published Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margins. For our Toledo refinery, we utilize a composite benchmark refining margin, the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1, that is based on publicly available pricing information for products trading in the Chicago and United States Gulf Coast markets.

 

While the benchmark refinery margins presented below under “Results of Operations—PBF LLC—Market Indicators” and “—Results of Operations—Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor—Market Indicators,” are representative of the results of our refineries, each refinery’s realized gross margin on a per barrel basis will differ from the benchmark due to a variety of factors affecting the performance of the relevant refinery to its corresponding benchmark. These factors include the refinery’s actual type of crude oil throughput, product yield differentials and any other factors not reflected in the benchmark refining margins, such as transportation costs, storage costs, credit fees, fuel consumed during production and any product premiums or discounts, as well as inventory fluctuations, timing of crude oil and other feedstock purchases, a rising or declining crude and product pricing environment and commodity price management activities. As discussed in more detail below, each of our refineries, depending on market conditions, has certain feedstock-cost and product-value advantages and disadvantages as compared to the refinery’s relevant benchmark.

 

Credit Risk Management

 

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to us. Our exposure to credit risk is reflected in the carrying amount of the receivables that are presented in our balance sheet. To minimize credit risk, all customers are subject to extensive credit verification procedures and extensions of credit above defined thresholds are to be approved by the senior management. Our intention is to trade only with recognized creditworthy third parties. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis. We also limit the risk of bad debts by obtaining security such as guarantees or letters of credit.

 

Other Factors

 

We currently source our crude oil for Paulsboro and Delaware City on a global basis through a combination of market purchases and short-term purchase contracts through our crude supply contracts primarily with Statoil. Our agreement with Statoil for Paulsboro will terminate effective March 31, 2013, at which time we plan to source Paulsboro’s crude oil and feedstocks internally. Our agreement with Statoil for Delaware City has been extended by Statoil through December 31, 2015 and we have recently entered into certain amendments to that agreement that are effective through the extended term. In addition, we have a long-term contract with the Saudi Arabian Oil Company (“Saudi Aramco”). We have been purchasing up to approximately 100,000 bpd of crude oil from Saudi Aramco that is processed at Paulsboro pursuant to this agreement and on a spot basis. Our Toledo refinery sources domestic and Canadian crude oil through similar market purchases through our crude supply contract with MSCG. We believe purchases based on market pricing has given us flexibility in obtaining crude oil at lower prices and on a more accurate “as needed” basis. Since our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries access their crude slates from the Delaware River via ship or barge and through our rail facilities at Delaware City, these refineries have the flexibility to purchase crude oils from the Midcontinent and Western Canada, as well as a number of different countries.

 

Our operating cost structure is also important to our profitability. Major operating costs include costs relating to employees and contract labor, energy, maintenance and environmental compliance. The predominant variable cost is energy, in particular, the price of utilities, natural gas and chemicals.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our operating results are also affected by the reliability of our refinery operations. Unplanned downtime of our refinery assets generally results in lost margin opportunity and increased maintenance expense. The financial impact of planned downtime, such as major turnaround maintenance, is managed through a planning process that considers such things as the margin environment, the availability of resources to perform the needed maintenance and feedstock logistics, whereas unplanned downtime does not afford us this opportunity.

 

Refinery-Specific Information

 

The following section includes refinery-specific information related to crude differentials, ancillary costs, and local premiums and discounts.

 

Delaware City Refinery. The benchmark refining margin for the Delaware City refinery is calculated by assuming that two barrels of the benchmark Dated Brent crude oil are converted into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil. We calculate this refining margin using the New York Harbor market value of gasoline and heating oil against the market value of Dated Brent crude oil and refer to the benchmark as the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margin. Our Delaware City refinery has a product slate of approximately 52.5% gasoline, 35% distillate (split evenly between ULSD and heating oil), 1.5% high-value petrochemicals, with the remaining 11% of the product slate comprised of lower-value products (5% petroleum coke, 5% LPGs and 1% other). For this reason, we believe the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 is an appropriate benchmark industry refining margin. The Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark crack has averaged $14.55 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012. The majority of Delaware City revenues are generated off NYH-based market prices.

 

The Delaware City refinery’s realized gross margin on a per barrel basis has historically differed from the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margin due to the following factors:

 

   

the Delaware City refinery processes a slate of primarily medium and heavy, and sour crude oil, which has constituted approximately 70% to 80% of total throughput. The remaining throughput consists of sweet crude oil and other feedstocks and blendstocks. Our total throughput costs have historically priced at a discount to Dated Brent; and

 

   

as a result of the heavy, sour crude slate processed at Delaware City, we produce low value products including sulfur and petroleum coke. These products are priced at a significant discount to gasoline, ULSD and heating oil and represent approximately 5% of our total production volume.

 

Paulsboro Refinery. The benchmark refining margin for the Paulsboro refinery is calculated by assuming that two barrels of the benchmark Dated Brent crude oil are converted into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil. We calculate this refining margin using the New York Harbor market value of gasoline and heating oil against the market value of Dated Brent crude oil and refer to the benchmark as the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margin. Our Paulsboro refinery has a product slate of approximately 37.5% gasoline, 40.5% distillate (comprised of approximately one-third jet fuel and two-thirds heating oil), 5.5% high-value Group I lubricants, with the remaining 16.5% of the product slate comprised of lower-value products (4% petroleum coke, 3% LPGs, 3% fuel oil, 5% asphalt, and 1.5% other). For this reason, we believe the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 is an appropriate benchmark industry refining margin. The Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark crack has averaged $14.55 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012. The majority of Paulsboro revenues are generated off NYH-based market prices.

 

The Paulsboro refinery’s realized gross margin on a per barrel basis has historically differed from the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 benchmark refining margin due to the following factors:

 

   

the Paulsboro refinery processes a slate of primarily medium and heavy, and sour crude oil, which has historically constituted approximately 70% to 80% of total throughput. The remaining throughput consists of sweet crude oil and other feedstocks and blendstocks. Historically, Paulsboro’s delivered crude costs have priced at a discount to Dated Brent;

 

65


Table of Contents
   

as a result of the heavy, sour crude slate processed at Paulsboro, we produce low value products including sulfur, petroleum coke and fuel oil. These products are priced at a significant discount to gasoline and heating oil and represent approximately 8% to 9.5% of our total production volume; and

 

   

the Paulsboro refinery produces Group I lubricants which, through an extensive production process, has a low volume yield which limits the volume expansion on crude inputs.

 

Toledo Refinery. The benchmark refining margin for the Toledo refinery is calculated by assuming that four barrels of benchmark WTI crude oil are converted into three barrels of gasoline, one-half barrel of ULSD and one-half barrel of jet fuel. We calculate this refining margin using the Chicago market values of gasoline and ULSD and the United States Gulf Coast value of jet fuel against the market value of WTI crude oil and refer to this benchmark as the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 benchmark refining margin. Our Toledo refinery has a product slate of approximately 51% gasoline, 35% distillate (comprised of approximately 45% jet fuel and 55% ULSD), 5% high-value petrochemicals (including nonene, tetramer, benzene, xylene and toluene) with the remaining 9% of the product slate comprised of lower-value products (6% LPGs, 2.5% fuel oil and 0.5% other). For this reason, we believe the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 is an appropriate benchmark industry refining margin. The majority of Toledo revenues are generated off Chicago-based market prices. The WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 benchmark crack has averaged $28.05 per barrel over the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012.

 

The Toledo refinery’s realized gross margin on a per barrel basis has historically differed from the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 benchmark refining margin due to the following factors:

 

   

the Toledo refinery processes a slate of domestic sweet crude oil (60% of total crude throughput) and Syncrude (40% of total crude throughput). Historically, Toledo’s delivered crude costs have been higher than the market value of WTI crude oil;

 

   

the Toledo refinery is connected to its distribution network through a variety of third party product pipelines. While lower in cost when compared to barge or rail transportation, the inclusion of transportation costs increases our overall cost relative to the 4-3-1 benchmark refining margin; and

 

   

the Toledo refinery generates a pricing benefit on some of its products, primarily its petrochemicals.

 

66


Table of Contents

Results of Operations—PBF LLC

 

The tables below summarize certain information relating to our operating results derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 and our audited consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

PBF LLC and Subsidiaries

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Revenues

   $ 228      $ 210,671      $ 14,960,338      $ 10,183,897      $ 15,188,327   

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

            203,971        13,855,163        9,147,063        13,871,884   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross margin (1)

     228        6,700        1,105,175        1,036,834        1,316,443   

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

            25,140        658,831        457,722        537,880   

General and administrative expenses

     6,294        15,859        86,183        71,533        78,042   

Acquisition related expenses

            6,051        728        684          

Gain on sale of asset

                                 (2,430

Depreciation and amortization expense

     44        1,402        53,743        35,636        67,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6,338        48,452        799,485        565,575        680,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (6,110     (41,752     305,690        471,259        635,532   

Change in fair value of catalyst leases

            (1,217     7,316        4,848        (6,929

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

                   (5,215     (4,829     (2,076

Interest income (expense), net

     10        (1,388     (65,120     (44,127     (86,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (6,100   $ (44,357   $ 242,671      $ 427,151      $ 539,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

   $ 228      $ 6,157      $ 1,053,479      $ 1,002,403      $ 1,254,147   

 

  (1)   Non-GAAP gross margin is defined as gross margin excluding depreciation expense related to the refineries. We believe non-GAAP gross margin is an important measure of operating performance and provides useful information to investors because it is a better metric comparison for the industry refining margin benchmarks, as the refining margin benchmarks do not include a charge for depreciation expense. In order to assess our operating performance, we compare our non-GAAP gross margin (revenue less cost of sales) to industry refining margin benchmarks and crude oil prices as defined in the table below. Information is shown only for the periods during which we had refining operations.

 

       Non-GAAP gross margin should not be considered an alternative to gross margin, operating income, net cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP gross margin presented by other companies may not be comparable to our presentation, since each company may define this term differently. The following table presents a reconciliation of Non-GAAP gross margin to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, gross margin, on a historical basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated:

 

 

67


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2009     2010     2011             2011                     2012          
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of gross margin to Non-GAAP gross margin:

         

Gross margin

  $ 228      $ 6,157      $ 1,053,479      $ 1,002,403      $ 1,254,147   

Add:

         

Refinery depreciation expense

           543        51,696        34,431        62,296   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross margin

  $ 228      $ 6,700      $ 1,105,175      $ 1,036,834      $ 1,316,443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
2010(b)
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
2011
    Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
2012
 

Market Indicators (a)

(dollars per barrel, except as noted)

         

Dated Brent crude oil

   $ 92.77       $ 111.26      $ 111.89      $ 112.21   

West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude oil

   $ 90.03       $ 95.04      $ 95.37      $ 96.13   

Crack Spreads

         

Dated Brent (NYH)2-1-1

   $ 10.41       $ 9.93      $ 10.38      $ 14.55   

WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1

   $ 10.30       $ 24.14      $ 26.18      $ 28.05   

Crude Oil Differentials

         

Dated Brent (foreign) less WTI

   $ 2.74       $ 16.22      $ 16.52      $ 16.08   

Dated Brent less Maya (heavy, sour)

   $ 13.19       $ 12.63      $ 14.86      $ 10.51   

Dated Brent less WTS (sour)

   $ 5.22       $ 18.28      $ 18.98      $ 20.18   

Dated Brent less ASCI (sour)

   $ 2.55       $ 3.82      $ 4.26      $ 4.46   

WTI less WCS (heavy, sour)

   $ 18.25       $ 15.63      $ 16.71      $ 20.40   

WTI less Bakken (light, sweet)

   $ 2.96       $ (3.31   $ (4.73   $ 6.36   

WTI less Syncrude (light, sweet)

   $ 1.43       $ (9.79   $ (11.06   $ 1.37   

Natural gas (dollars per MMBTU)

   $ 4.17       $ 4.00      $ 4.21      $ 2.58   

Key Operating Information

         

Production (barrels per day in thousands)

     146.5         427.9        318.7        463.0   

Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (barrels per day in thousands)

     143.8         429.4        316.0        464.0   

Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)

     2.2         128.7        86.3        127.1   

 

  (a)   As reported by Platts.
  (b)   Data is for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

 

Overview— Net income was $539.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $427.2 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. During the 2011 period, our results reflect nine months of operations of our Paulsboro refinery, seven months of operations of our Toledo refinery, which was acquired on March 1, 2011, and activities to turnaround, reconfigure and re-start our Delaware City Refinery. We began restarting our Delaware City refinery in June 2011 and it was fully operational in October 2011. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, all three of our refineries were operating, although the Toledo refinery was impacted by a thirty day turnaround of its hydrocracker, reformer and UDEX units which commenced on March 9, 2012. Our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were favorably impacted by improved crack spreads despite the narrowing of the light/heavy crude differential.

 

Revenues— Revenues totaled $15.2 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $10.2 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, an increase of $5.0 billion, or 49%. The revenue

 

68


Table of Contents

increase primarily relates to nine months of operations of the Toledo refinery in 2012 compared to seven months in 2011 as a result of its acquisition on March 1, 2011, and nine months of operations of our Delaware City refinery in 2012, which was being reconfigured and prepared for restart during the 2011 period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the total throughput rates at our Paulsboro, Toledo, and Delaware City refineries averaged approximately 155,000 bpd, 147,400 bpd, and 161,500 bpd, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the total throughput rates at our Paulsboro, Toledo and Delaware City refineries averaged approximately 150,100 bpd, 151,300 bpd, and 105,700 bpd, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the total barrels sold at our Paulsboro, Toledo, and Delaware City refineries averaged approximately 148,000 bpd, 154,200 bpd, and 154,100 bpd, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the total barrels sold at our Paulsboro, Toledo, and Delaware City refineries averaged approximately 150,800 bpd, 159,800 bpd, and 89,800 bpd, respectively.

 

The throughput rate and barrels sold for our Toledo and Delaware City refineries for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 reflect the period from March 1 to September 30 and June 1 to September 30, respectively. Total barrels sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were approximately 128.5 million barrels at an average price of $118.19 per barrel, compared to 86.3 million barrels at an average price of $117.97 per barrel during the 2011 period.

 

Gross Margin —Non-GAAP gross margin totaled $1,316.4 million, or $10.36 per barrel of throughput, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $1,036.8 billion, or $12.02 per barrel of throughput during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, an increase of $279.6 million. Gross margin totaled $1,254.1 million, or $9.87 per barrel of throughput, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $1,002.4 million, or $11.62 per barrel of throughput, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, an increase of $251.7 million. The increase in non-GAAP gross margin and gross margin was primarily due to a full nine months of operations at the Toledo and Delaware City refineries in 2012.

 

Average industry refining margins in the Midcontinent were generally stronger during the nine month period ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. The WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 industry crack spread was approximately $1.87 per barrel or 7.1% higher in the nine month period ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2012, we believe the strong industry refining margins and crude oil price differentials reflect limitations on takeaway capacity of WTI crude stored at Cushing, Oklahoma and the increase in domestically available supply which depressed the price of WTI versus Dated Brent and other crudes. The WTI-Syncrude differential improved by $12.43 per barrel during the nine month period ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. As the WTI-Syncrude premium increases, it has a positive impact on our Toledo refinery’s gross margin because Syncrude represents a significant portion of its crude slate.

 

While the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 industry crack spread was approximately $4.17 per barrel, or 40.2%, higher in the nine month period ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, the Dated Brent/Maya differential was approximately $4.35 per barrel, or approximately 29.2%, lower in 2012 than in 2011. A reduction in the Dated Brent/Maya crude differential, our proxy for the light/heavy crude differential, has a negative impact on Paulsboro and Delaware City as both refineries process a large slate of medium and heavy, sour crude oil that is priced at a discount to light, sweet crude oil.

 

The decrease in our non-GAAP gross margin per barrel to $10.36 per barrel for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from $12.02 per barrel during the same period in 2011 was primarily driven by an unfavorable increase in the landed cost of crude at our East Coast refineries due to the narrowing of the light/heavy crude differential, partially offset by improved crack spreads and lower cost of crude at our Toledo refinery. The impact of the narrowing of the light/heavy crude differential on the results of our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries was compounded by their significant production of low value products such as sulfur, petroleum coke and fuel oils as these products price at a substantial discount to light products. As a result, we were not able to fully benefit from the increase in gasoline and distillates prices during the nine month period.

 

Operating Expenses —Operating expenses totaled $537.9 million, or $4.23 per barrel of throughput, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $457.7 million, or $5.31 per barrel of throughput, for the

 

69


Table of Contents

nine months ended September 30, 2011, an increase of $80.2 million, or 17.5%. The increase in operating expenses primarily relates to having Toledo for a full nine months in the 2012 period versus seven months in 2011, and the restart of the Delaware City refinery. During the 2011 period, our Delaware City refinery was undergoing a turnaround and reconfiguration. It was fully operational during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease in operating expenses per barrel of throughput is mainly attributable to a reduction in energy and utilities costs, primarily driven by lower natural gas prices, and the increase in throughput barrels. Our operating expenses principally consist of salaries and employee benefits, maintenance, energy and catalyst and chemicals costs.

 

General and Administrative Expenses —General and administrative expenses totaled $78.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $71.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, an increase of $6.5 million or 9%. The increase in general and administrative expenses primarily relates to higher information technology expenses for the implementation of accounting and commercial software recorded in 2012. Our general and administrative expenses are comprised of the personnel, facilities and other infrastructure costs necessary to support our refineries.

 

Acquisition-related Expenses —Acquisition-related expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 were $0.7 million and related to our acquisition of Toledo.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $67.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $35.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, an increase of $31.8 million. The increase was principally due to the acquisition of Toledo in March 2011, commencement of depreciation in July 2011 related to the restart of Delaware City, and capital expenditure and turnaround activity.

 

Change in Fair Value of Catalyst Leases —Change in the fair value of catalyst leases represented a loss of $6.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to a gain of $4.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This gain or loss relates to the change in value of the precious metals underlying the sale and leaseback of our refineries’ precious metals catalyst, which we are obligated to repurchase at fair market value at the lease termination dates.

 

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration —Change in the fair value of contingent consideration was an expense of $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared to $4.8 for the 2011 period. This change represents the increase in the estimated fair value of the total contingent consideration we expect to pay in connection with our acquisition of the Toledo refinery.

 

Interest (Expense) Income —Interest expense totaled $86.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to $44.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, an increase of $42.6 million. Interest expense includes interest on long-term debt, costs related to the sale and leaseback of our precious metals catalyst, interest expense incurred in connection with our crude and feedstock supply agreements with Statoil and MSCG, letter of credit fees associated with the purchase of certain crude oils, and the amortization of deferred financing fees. The increase in interest expense primarily relates to an increase in overall debt associated with the issuance of senior secured notes in February 2012 and precious metals catalyst leases for the Toledo and Delaware City refineries, interest expense associated with the Statoil agreement related to the Delaware City restart and the write off of $4.4 million in deferred financing costs on debt that was repaid from the proceeds of our senior secured notes offering.

 

2011 Compared to 2010

 

Overview— Net income was $242.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a net loss of $44.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During most of 2010, we were a development stage company focused on the acquisition of oil refineries and other downstream assets in North America and activities to turnaround, reconfigure and re-start our Delaware City refinery. Our net loss in 2010 was related to those

 

70


Table of Contents

activities, plus the results of operations of our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Our 2011 net income primarily reflects a full year’s operation of our Paulsboro refinery, the results of our Toledo refinery, which we acquired on March 1, 2011, and the results of our Delaware City refinery, which we began re-starting in June 2011 and which was fully operational in October 2011.

 

Revenues— Revenues totaled $15.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $210.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The revenue increase was primarily due to the operations of our Paulsboro and Toledo refineries, and the commencement of refining operations at our Delaware City refinery, which became operational in October 2011. The total throughput rate and barrels sold rate at our Paulsboro refinery averaged 151,400 bpd and 151,700 bpd, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2011. The total throughput rate and barrels sold rate at our Toledo refinery averaged 151,400 bpd and 160,800 bpd, respectively, during the period from March 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. We began re-starting our Delaware City refinery during June 2011 and it became operational in October 2011. Its throughput rate and barrels sold rate averaged approximately 126,600 bpd and 116,200 bpd, respectively, for the period from June 2011 through December 31, 2011. Our 2010 revenues were primarily related to consulting services that we provided to third parties, minor terminaling operations at our Delaware City refinery beginning June 1, 2010, and revenue from our Paulsboro refinery from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. During this period, the refinery had an average throughput rate of approximately 143,800 bpd.

 

Gross Margin— Non-GAAP gross margin totaled $1,105.2 million, or $8.59 per barrel of throughput, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $6.7 million, or $3.05 per barrel of throughput for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $1,098.5 million. Gross margin totaled $1,053.5 million, or $8.19 per barrel of throughput, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $6.2 million, or $2.82 per barrel of throughput, for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $1,047.3. The increase in non-GAAP gross margin and gross margin in 2011 was due to the acquisition of the Toledo refinery, a full year of operations at the Paulsboro refinery, and the re-start of the Delaware City refinery during the year. Additionally, the increase in non-GAAP gross margin and gross margin was also driven by strong margins for most of the products we produce and wider crude oil price differentials.

 

Average industry refining margins and crude oil price differentials were stronger in 2011 as compared to 2010. The WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 industry crack spread was approximately 169.1% higher in 2011 compared to 2010. The Dated Brent/WTI differential and Dated Brent/Maya differentials were $16.17 per barrel and $3.36 per barrel higher, respectively, in 2011 than in 2010. In 2011, we believe these industry refining margins and crude oil price differentials were impacted by supply limitations of WTI crude stored at Cushing, Oklahoma which depressed the price of WTI. In addition, the demand for crude oil increased which, in turn, increased prices for non-WTI crude worldwide. As a result, the differential between light and heavy barrels widened. A strong Dated Brent/WTI crude differential has a significant positive impact on Toledo’s gross margin because its primary feedstock is mainly WTI and WTI based light, sweet crude oil. A wide Dated Brent/Maya crude differential, our proxy for the light/heavy differential, has a positive impact on Paulsboro and Delaware City as both refineries process a large slate of medium and heavy, sour crude oil that is priced at a discount to light, sweet crude oil.

 

Demand for transportation fuels has generally been higher in the spring and summer months than during the fall and winter months. As a result, we expect our operating results for the second and third quarters will generally be higher than for the first and fourth quarters.

 

Operating Expenses —Operating expenses totaled $658.8 million, or $5.12 per barrel of throughput, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $633.7 million. Our operating expenses principally consist of salaries and employee benefits, maintenance, energy and catalyst and chemicals. Operating expenses for 2011 include our Paulsboro refinery for the entire year and our Toledo refinery from March 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011. During 2011, our Delaware City refinery was undergoing a turnaround and reconfiguration and we began re-starting the refinery in June 2011. It was fully operational in October 2011. During 2010, our operating expenses included expenses associated with

 

71


Table of Contents

the Delaware City turnaround and reconfiguration projects, minor terminaling operations, and the operating expenses of our Paulsboro refinery from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Our consolidated operating expense per barrel of $5.12 for the year ended December 31, 2011 may not be indicative of our future performance, primarily because it included the operating expenses of Delaware City prior to the period we began re-starting the refinery and during the re-start period which began in June 2011.

 

General and Administrative Expenses —General and administrative expenses totaled $86.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $70.3 million or 443.4%. The increase is primarily attributable to increased personnel, facilities and other infrastructure costs necessary to support our three operating oil refineries in 2011. During 2010, we were primarily focused on completing the acquisitions of our three refineries and starting the process of building out our infrastructure to support our transition from a development stage company to an operating entity.

 

Acquisition-related Expenses —Acquisition-related expenses totaled $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $5.4 million or 88.0%. Acquisition related expense in 2010 represented consulting and legal expenses related to the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions and other pending or non-consummated acquisitions. In addition, we capitalized $4.3 million in acquisition related costs associated with our acquisition of the Delaware City assets. Our acquisition related expenses in 2011 were primarily related to Toledo.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $53.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $52.3 million. The increase was principally due to a year of Paulsboro activity, the acquisition of Toledo in March 2011, commencement of depreciation in July 2011 related to the beginning of re-start activity for Delaware City, and capital expenditure activity. In the comparable period in 2010, depreciation expense related primarily to our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

 

Change in Fair Value of Catalyst Leases —Change in the fair value of catalyst leases represented a gain of $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a loss of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This gain or loss relates to the change in value of the precious metals underlying the sale leaseback of the Delaware City refinery and Toledo refinery precious metals catalyst, which we are obligated to repurchase at fair market value at the lease termination date.

 

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration —Change in the fair value of contingent consideration was $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to zero in 2010. This change represents the increase in the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay in connection with our acquisition of the Toledo refinery.

 

Interest (Expense) Income —Interest expense totaled $65.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. We incurred long-term debt in connection with our acquisitions of Delaware City, Paulsboro and Toledo, giving rise to interest expense. We also incurred interest expense in connection with our crude and feedstock supply agreements with Statoil and MSCG and letter of credit fees associated with the purchase of certain crude oils.

 

2010 Compared to 2009

 

Overview —Our net loss was $44.4 million in 2010 compared to a net loss of $6.1 million in 2009, an increase of $38.3 million or 627.9%. During 2009 and throughout most of 2010, we were a development stage company focused on the acquisition of oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. Our net loss in 2009 related to costs associated with those activities. In 2010, our net loss results from acquisition activities, terminal operations and non-capitalizable maintenance activities at our Delaware City refinery, which we acquired on June 1, 2010, and the operating results of our Paulsboro refinery, which we acquired on December 17, 2010.

 

72


Table of Contents

Revenues— Revenues totaled $210.7 million in 2010 compared to $0.2 million in 2009, an increase of $210.5 million. The increase was principally due to $4.8 million in terminal revenues at our Delaware City refinery for the period from June 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and $205.9 million in revenue at our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Total throughput averaged 143,800 bpd at Paulsboro from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Our revenue in 2009 related primarily to consulting services that we provided to third parties.

 

Gross Margin— Non-GAAP gross margin totaled $6.7 million in 2010 and $0.2 million in 2009. Gross margin totaled $6.2 million in 2010 and $0.2 million in 2009. Our non-GAAP gross margin and gross margin in 2009 related to consulting activities. In 2010, we reported gross margin of $4.8 million related to our terminal operations at our Delaware City refinery for the period from June 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and $1.9 million in gross margin for our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Non-GAAP gross margin and gross margin at our Paulsboro refinery for December 17, 2010 through December 31, 2010 totaled $0.98 per barrel of crude oil throughput.

 

Operating Expenses —Operating expenses totaled $25.1 million in 2010 compared to zero in 2009. We did not incur any operating expenses in 2009 as we were a development stage company without any operations. We began to incur operating expenses concurrent with our acquisition of Delaware City in June 2010, where we reported $14.1 million in operating expenses related to terminal operations and non-capitalizable maintenance expenses incurred while the refinery was undergoing a major turnaround and reconfiguration project. Operating expenses at our Paulsboro refinery for December 17, 2010 through December 31, 2010 totaled $11.0 million, or $5.01 per barrel of crude oil throughput.

 

General and Administrative Expenses —General and administrative expenses totaled $15.9 million in 2010 compared to $6.3 million in 2009, an increase of $9.6 million or 152.0%. The increase is principally attributable to increased personnel, facilities and other infrastructure costs as we began to build-out our back office administrative functions to support our acquisitions.

 

Acquisition-related Expenses —Acquisition-related expenses totaled $6.1 million in 2010 compared to zero in 2009. Acquisition-related expenses in 2010 represented consulting and legal expenses related to the Paulsboro and Toledo acquisitions and other pending or non-consummated acquisitions.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $1.4 million in 2010 compared to $44 thousand in 2009, an increase of $1.4 million. This increase was principally due to our commencing operations in 2010 following the acquisitions of Delaware City and Paulsboro. In 2009, we had de minimis depreciable assets.

 

Change in Fair Value of Catalyst Lease Obligation —Change in the fair value of catalyst lease totaled $1.2 million in 2010 compared to zero in 2009. This charge relates to the change in value of the precious metals underlying the sale leaseback of the Delaware City precious metals catalyst, which we are obligated to repurchase at fair market value at the lease termination date.

 

Interest Income (Expense)— Interest expense totaled $1.4 million in 2010 compared to $10 thousand of interest income in 2009. We incurred long-term debt in 2010 in connection with our acquisitions of Delaware City and Paulsboro, giving rise to interest expense. In 2009, we had no long-term debt.

 

73


Table of Contents

Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    Period from
January 1, 2010
through
December 16, 2010
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating revenues

   $ 3,549,517      $ 4,708,989   

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

     3,419,460        4,487,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross margin (1)

     130,057        221,164   

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

     266,319        259,768   

General and administrative expenses

     15,594        14,606   

Asset impairment loss

     8,478        895,642   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     65,103        66,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (225,437     (1,015,213

Interest and other income, net

     1,249        500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     (224,188     (1,014,713

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (86,586     (322,962
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (137,602   $ (691,751
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

   $ 77,957      $ 169,064   

 

  (1)   Non-GAAP gross margin is defined as gross margin excluding depreciation expense related to the refineries. We believe non-GAAP gross margin is an important measure of operating performance and provides useful information to investors because it is a better metric comparison for the industry refining margin benchmarks, as the refining margin benchmark do not contemplate a charge for depreciation expense. In order to assess our operating performance, we compare our non-GAAP gross margin (revenue less cost of sales) to industry refining margin benchmarks and crude oil prices as defined in the table below.

 

       Non-GAAP gross margin should not be considered an alternative to gross margin, operating income, net cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP gross margin presented by other companies may not be comparable to our presentation, since each company may define this term differently. The following table presents a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross margin to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, gross margin, on a historical basis, as applicable, for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December  31, 2009
     Period from
January  1, 2010
through
December 16, 2010
 
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of gross margin to Non-GAAP gross margin:

     

Gross margin

   $ 77,957       $ 169,064   

Add:

     

Refinery depreciation expense

     52,100         52,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross margin

   $ 130,057       $ 221,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    Period from
January 1, 2010
through
December 16, 2010
 

Market Indicators (a)

    

(dollars per barrel, except as noted)

    

Dated Brent crude oil

   $ 61.67      $ 79.01   

West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude oil

   $ 61.92      $ 79.01   

Crack Spreads

    

Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1

   $ 8.24      $ 9.40   

WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1

   $ 8.62      $ 8.92   

Crude Oil Differentials

    

Dated Brent (foreign) less WTI

   $ (0.25   $ 0.00   

Dated Brent less Maya (heavy, sour)

   $ 5.00      $ 9.20   

Dated Brent less WTS (sour)

   $ 1.27      $ 2.13   

Dated Brent less ASCI (sour)

   $ 1.26      $ 1.59   

WTI less WCS (heavy, sour)

   $ 7.65      $ 13.61   

WTI less Bakken (light, sweet)

     N/A      $ 3.13   

WTI less Syncrude (light, sweet)

   $ (1.61   $ (0.17

Natural gas (dollars per MMBTU)

   $ 4.16      $ 4.39   

Key Operating Information

    

Production (barrels per day in thousands)

     147.0        153.0   

Crude oil and feedstocks throughput (barrels per day in thousands)

     148.6        154.0   

Total crude oil and feedstocks throughput (millions of barrels)

     54.2        53.9   

 

  (a)   As reported by Platts.

 

Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor

 

Period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 Compared to 2009

 

Overview —Net loss was $691.8 million in the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 compared to a net loss of $137.6 million in 2009, an increase of $554.2 million or 402.8%. The net loss in 2010 was driven primarily by the $895.6 million impairment charge discussed below. Excluding the charge, the pretax loss would have been $119.1 million as compared to a reported pretax loss of $1.0 billion in 2010. The operating losses in both periods resulted from narrow margins on refined products and high operating costs to maintain the refinery.

 

Operating Revenues —Operating revenues totaled $4.7 billion in the 2010 period compared to $3.5 billion in 2009, an increase of $1.2 billion or 34.3%. The increase was principally due to an increase in average finished product prices. The spot prices of conventional gasoline and diesel increased approximately 27% over the period, while throughput increased 3.6%. Total throughput averaged 154,000 bpd over the 2010 period compared to 148,600 bpd in 2009.

 

Cost of Sales —Cost of sales totaled $4.5 billion in the 2010 period compared to $3.4 billion in 2009, an increase of $1.1 billion or 32.4%. The increase was principally due to a rise in average crude prices. The Dated Brent crude average price increased 28% from period to period, while throughput increased 3.6%. Non-GAAP gross margin per barrel averaged $4.10 in 2010 versus $2.40 per barrel in 2009 and gross margin per barrel averaged $3.14 in 2010 versus $1.44 per barrel in 2009.

 

Expenses —Operating expenses totaled $259.8 million, or $4.82 per barrel of throughput, in the 2010 period compared to $266.3 million, or $4.91 per barrel of throughput, in 2009, a decrease of $6.5 million or 2.4%. General and administrative expenses totaled $14.6 million in the 2010 period compared to $15.6 million in 2009, a decrease of $1.0 million or 6.4%. The decreases were principally due to there being 14 fewer days in 2010 as compared to a full year of 2009.

 

75


Table of Contents

Asset Impairment Loss— Asset impairment loss totaled $895.6 million in the 2010 period compared to $8.5 million in 2009, an increase of $887.1 million . The impairment loss in 2010 is due to the write-down of assets to their fair value in connection with the sale of the refinery to PBF. The impairment loss in 2009 related to capital projects in progress that were permanently cancelled in light of deteriorating economic conditions.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense —Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $66.4 million in the 2010 period compared to $65.1 million in 2009, an increase of $1.3 million or 2.0%. This increase was principally due to a slight increase in capital expenditures in 2010 following the decline in spending in 2009.

 

Interest and Other Income and Expense —Interest and other income totaled $0.5 million in the 2010 period compared to $1.2 million in 2009, a decrease of $0.7 million or 58.3%. The decrease is mainly attributable to the reversal of tax related accruals that were reversed upon expiration of the statutory audit period in 2010.

 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) —Income tax benefit totaled $323.0 million in the 2010 period compared to income tax benefit of $86.6 million in 2009, an increase of $236.4 million or 273.0%. The increase was primarily due to the larger pre-tax loss in 2010 as compared to 2009.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

Our primary source of liquidity is our cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under our credit facilities, as more fully described below. We believe that our cash flows from operations and available capital resources will be sufficient to meet our capital expenditure, working capital, including payment of the Toledo refinery contingent consideration, and debt service requirements for the next twelve months. However, our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations depends, in part, on oil market pricing and general economic, political and other factors beyond our control. We believe we could, during periods of economic downturn, access the capital markets and/or other available financial resources or reduce our capital and discretionary expenditure plans to strengthen our financial position.

 

Cash Flow Analysis—PBF LLC

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $468.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $467.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. During the 2011 period, our cash flows reflect only seven months of operations of our Toledo refinery, which was acquired on March 1, 2011, and limited operations at our Delaware City refinery, which was not fully operational until October 2011. Our operating cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included our net income of $539.8 million, plus net non-cash charges relating to depreciation and amortization of $71.1 million, pension and other post retirement benefits of $9.5 million, changes in the fair value of our catalyst lease and Toledo contingent consideration obligations of $9.0 million, change in the fair value of our inventory repurchase obligations of $5.1 million, the write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees related to retired debt of $4.4 million and stock-based compensation of $1.7 million, partially offset by a gain on asset sales of $2.4 million. In addition, net changes in working capital used $169.4 million in cash driven by increases in hydrocarbon purchases and sales volumes and their associated impact on inventory, accounts receivable, and hydrocarbon-related liabilities. Our operating cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included our net income of $427.2 million, plus net non-cash charges relating to depreciation and amortization of $37.8 million, pension and other post retirement benefits of $7.2 million, change in the fair value of the Toledo contingent consideration of $4.8 million and stock-based compensation of $1.9 million, partially offset by change in the fair value of our inventory repurchase obligations of $4.9 million, changes in the fair value of our catalyst lease obligations of $4.8 million, and net cash used in working capital of $1.6 million.

 

76


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $249.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2011, our operations were comprised primarily of a full year of operations of our Paulsboro refinery, ten months of operations of our Toledo refinery, which was acquired on March 1, 2011, and activities to turnaround, reconfigure and re-start our Delaware City refinery. We began re-starting our Delaware City refinery in June 2011 and it was fully operational in October 2011. During most of 2010, we were a development stage company focused on the acquisition of oil refineries and other downstream assets in North America and activities to turnaround, reconfigure and re-start our Delaware City refinery. Our cash flow in 2010 was related to those activities, plus the results of operations of our Paulsboro refinery for the period from December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Our operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 included our net income of $242.7 million, plus net non-cash charges relating to depreciation and amortization of $56.9 million, stock-based compensation of $2.5 million, pension and other post retirement benefit costs of $9.8 million, an increase in the fair value of our inventory repurchase obligations of $25.3 million, an increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability for our Toledo refinery of $5.2 million, less a decrease in the fair value of our catalyst lease obligations of $7.3 million. In addition, net working capital changes used $85.8 million in cash, primarily related to the acquisition of our Toledo refinery. During 2010, our net loss of $44.4 million was partially offset by non-cash charges totaling $7.4 million and net cash from working capital of $35.8 million.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the net cash flows used in operating activities of $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. During 2010, our operating cash flows were comprised of our net loss of $44.4 million, which was partially offset by net cash provided by working capital of $35.8 million, as well as non-cash charges relating to depreciation and amortization of $1.5 million, stock based compensation expense of $2.3 million and the $1.2 million change in the fair value of our catalyst lease obligation, the $2.0 million change in the value of inventory repurchase obligations and other changes totaling $0.4 million. During 2009, our net loss of $6.1 million was primarily offset by the net impact of a non-cash charge relating to pension and other post retirement benefits and working capital changes of $0.3 million.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $133.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $690.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The net cash flows used in investing activities in the 2012 period were comprised of capital expenditures totaling $102.0 million, expenditures for turnarounds of $27.5 million, primarily at our Toledo refinery, and expenditures for other assets of $7.7 million, partially offset by $3.3 million in proceeds from the sale of assets. Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 consisted primarily of the acquisition of the Toledo refinery of $168.2 million, capital expenditures totaling $447.0 million, primarily related to the reconfiguration and re-start of our Delaware City refinery, expenditures for a turnaround at our Paulsboro refinery of $57.0 million and expenditures for other assets of $23.2 million slightly offset by $4.7 million in proceeds from the sale of assets.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $739.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $501.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The net cash flows used in investing activities in 2011 were comprised of the acquisition of the Toledo refinery of $168.2 million, capital expenditures totaling $488.7 million related to the reconfiguration and re-start of our Delaware City refinery, expenditures for turnarounds, primarily at our Paulsboro refinery, of $62.8 million and expenditures for other assets of $23.3 million, partially offset by $4.7 million in proceeds from the sale of assets, and $0.8 million for other investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 were comprised of cash paid for the acquisition of Delaware City for $224.3 million, cash paid for the acquisition of the Paulsboro refinery of $204.9 million, $69.1 million in expenditures primarily for the reconfiguration and re-start of the Delaware City refinery, and $3.0 million for other capital expenditures.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $501.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the net cash flows used in investing activities of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The cash

 

77


Table of Contents

flows used in investing activities in 2010 reflect the acquisition of the Paulsboro refinery and pipeline and Delaware City refinery and pipeline assets totaling $204.9 million and $224.3 million, respectively. In addition, $69.1 million was expended during 2010 relating to the reconfiguration of the Delaware City refinery in order to bring it back into working condition with improved reliability and efficiency. In 2010, $3.0 million was used for other capital expenditures while, in 2009, $0.1 million was used for other capital expenditures.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities was $215.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $292.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. For the 2012 period, net cash used in financing activities consisted primarily of repayments of $484.6 million of long-term debt, net repayments on the ABL credit facility of $270.0 million, a contingent consideration payment related to the Toledo acquisition of $103.6 million, cash distributions to members of PBF LLC of $15.1 million and $17.3 million in deferred financing costs, partially offset by net proceeds from the senior secured notes offering of $665.8 million, proceeds of $9.5 million from the Paulsboro catalyst lease and proceeds of $0.2 million from stock options. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of capital contributions from PBF LLC of $408.4 million, proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $343.7 million and proceeds from catalyst leases of $18.6 million, partially offset by principal repayments of $299.6 million on a seller note for inventory, repayments of long-term debt of $169.3 million and $9.5 million for deferred financing and other costs.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $384.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $639.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. For 2011, net financing cash flows were comprised of capital contributions from PBF LLC of $408.4 million; net borrowings on our ABL Revolving Credit Facility of $270.0 million, which was used primarily to repay our $299.6 million seller note for Toledo inventory; proceeds totaling $18.9 million for Delaware City construction financing which was used to fund a portion of that refinery’s turnaround and re-start activity; proceeds of $18.6 million for the sale and leaseback of Toledo’s precious metals catalyst which was used to partially repay $18.3 million of the Toledo Promissory Note; other principal repayments totaling $2.2 million; and payments of $11.2 million for deferred financing costs. Net cash provided by financing activities was $639.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Cash provided by financing activities consisted of capital contributions of $483.1 million; proceeds from the Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan in connection with the Delaware City acquisition of $20.0 million; proceeds from the Delaware City catalyst sale and leaseback of $17.7 million; proceeds from a term loan of $125.0 million; less the payment of deferred financing fees totaling $6.6 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $639.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $8 thousand used for the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2010, net cash provided by financing was comprised of contributions totaling $483.1 million from PBF LLC; proceeds from an interest free loan in connection with the Delaware City acquisition of $20.0 million; proceeds from the Delaware City catalyst sale and leaseback of $17.7 million; proceeds from the $125.0 million Term Loan Credit Agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative and collateral agent and certain other lenders, or the Term Loan Facility; less the payment of deferred financing fees totaling $6.6 million.

 

Cash Flows Analysis of Paulsboro Refining Business—PBF LLC’s Predecessor

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $33.7 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 16, 2010 as compared to the net cash used in operating activities of $61.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. During the 2010 period, Paulsboro’s operating cash flows were comprised of its net loss of $691.8 million, adjusted for non-cash charges (benefits) related to depreciation and amortization expense of $66.4 million, an asset impairment loss of $895.6 million and a deferred tax benefit of ($283.5) million and cash used in working capital and other changes of $20.5 million. During 2009, net cash used in operating activities was comprised of

 

78


Table of Contents

Paulsboro’s net loss of $137.6 million, adjusted for depreciation and amortization expense of $65.1 million, asset impairment loss of $8.5 million and deferred tax expense of $13.8 million and cash used in working capital and other changes of $11.7 million.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $42.4 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 16, 2010 as compared to the net cash flows used in investing activities of $116.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The cash flows used in investing activities in the 2010 period reflect capital expenditures of $20.1 million, deferred turnaround and catalyst costs of $17.0 million and other investing activities, net of $5.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2009, cash flows used in investing activities included capital expenditures of $96.8 million and deferred turnaround and catalyst costs of $19.3 million.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $76.1 million for the period from January 1, 2010 to December 16, 2010 as compared to the net cash flows provided by financing activities of $178.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. In both periods, cash provided by financing activities represented net cash advances from Paulsboro’s parent, Valero.

 

Senior Secured Notes Offering

 

On February 9, 2012, PBF Holding completed the senior secured notes offering. The net proceeds from the offering of approximately $665.8 million were used to repay our Paulsboro Promissory Note in the amount of $150.6 million, our Term Loan Facility in the amount of $123.8 million, our Toledo Promissory Note in the amount of $181.7 million, and to reduce indebtedness under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. As a result of the senior secured notes offering, and the repayment of our Delaware City construction financing on August 31, 2012, with the exception of our catalyst leases, we have no long-term debt maturing before 2020. Our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25.5 million aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes. The senior secured notes were offered pursuant to exemptions under the Securities Act, and have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

Credit Facilities

 

ABL Revolving Credit Facility

 

On May 31, 2011, we amended our ABL Revolving Credit Facility with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and co-collateral agent and certain other lenders to increase its size to $500.0 million by including certain inventory and accounts receivable of the Toledo refinery in the borrowing base. A portion of the proceeds of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility was used on the closing date thereof to repay in full all amounts then outstanding under and to terminate the Products and Intermediates Inventory Promissory Note, dated as of March 1, 2011, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $299.6 million, issued by Toledo Refining in favor of Sunoco. In March, August, and September 2012, we amended the ABL Revolving Credit Facility again to increase the aggregate size to $965.0 million. The ABL Revolving Credit Facility was amended and restated on October 26, 2012 to increase the maximum availability to $1.375 billion, extend the maturity date to October 26, 2017, and amend the borrowing base to include non-U.S. inventory. The amended and restated ABL Revolving Credit facility includes an accordion feature which allows for commitments of up to $1.8 billion. On an ongoing basis, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility is available to PBF Holding and its subsidiaries for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

 

The ABL Revolving Credit Facility contains customary covenants and restrictions on the activities of PBF Holding and its subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness;

 

79


Table of Contents

liens, negative pledges, guarantees, investments, loans, asset sales, mergers, acquisitions and prepayment of other debt; distributions, dividends and the repurchase of capital stock; transactions with affiliates; the ability to change the nature of our business or our fiscal year; the ability to amend the terms of the senior secured notes facility documents; and sale and leaseback transactions. As of September 30, 2012, we were in compliance with these covenants.

 

The ABL Revolving Credit Facility currently provides for revolving loans of up to an aggregate of $965.0 million, a portion of which is available in the form of letters of credit. The amount available for borrowings and letters of credit under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility is calculated according to a “borrowing base” formula based on (1) 90% of the book value of eligible accounts receivable with respect to investment grade obligors plus (2) 85% of the book value of eligible accounts receivable with respect to non-investment grade obligors plus (3) 80% of the cost of eligible hydrocarbon inventory plus (4) 100% of cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts subject to a control agreement. The borrowing base is subject to customary reserves and eligibility criteria and in any event cannot exceed $965.0 million. As of September 30, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. Additionally, we had $36.0 million in standby letters of credit issued and outstanding as of that date.

 

All obligations under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed (solely on a limited recourse basis to the extent required to support the lien described in clause (y) below by PBF LLC, PBF Finance Corporation, or PBF Finance, and each of our domestic operating subsidiaries and secured by a lien on (y) PBF LLC’s equity interests in PBF Holding and (z) substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and the subsidiary guarantors (subject to certain exceptions). The lien of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility lenders ranks first in priority with respect to the following: all deposit accounts (other than zero balance accounts, cash collateral accounts, trust accounts and/or payroll accounts, all of which are excluded from the collateral); all accounts receivables; all hydrocarbon inventory (other than the Saudi crude oil pledged under the letter of credit facility); to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise related to the foregoing, all general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents, letter of credit rights and supporting obligations; and all products and proceeds of the foregoing, collectively, the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral. As a result of the payment in full of the Term Loan Facility, the Paulsboro Promissory Note and the Toledo Promissory Note with the net cash proceeds of the senior secured notes offering in February 2012, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility is now secured solely by the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral and the lien on the other assets previously part of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility collateral was released.

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

PBF Holding, Paulsboro Refining and Delaware City Refining are party to a letter of credit facility with BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA, or BNP, consisting of (1) a committed portion of the facility in which BNP and other committed participants agreed to provide a committed letter of credit facility of up to $500.0 million, or the Maximum Committed L/C Facility Amount, and (2) an uncommitted portion of the facility of up to $250.0 million, or the Maximum Uncommitted L/C Facility Amount, and together with the Maximum Committed L/C Facility Amount, the L/C Facility, under which letters of credit are issued from time to time at the request of and on behalf of PBF Holding in favor of Saudi Arabian Oil Company, or the Beneficiary, in connection with a crude oil sales agreement between PBF Holding and Beneficiary for the purchase of Saudi crude oil. As of September 30, 2012, there were $248.2 million standby letters of credit issued under the letter of credit facility.

 

The validity period for each letter of credit is limited to 45 days. Each letter of credit will be issued in either United States Dollars or Euros, at our option. The letter of credit facility contains covenants and restrictions on PBF Holding’s and Paulsboro Refining’s activities, including, but not limited to, limitations on their main business purpose; modifications to purchase contracts; and affirmative obligations to notify BNP of certain material events. As of September 30, 2012, we were in compliance with these covenants. The letter of credit facility matures on April 23, 2013. As a result of the increased size of the amended and restated ABL Revolving Credit Facility, we expect to terminate the letter of credit facility prior to its maturity.

 

An unused commitment fee payable under the letter of credit facility is equal to 0.375% per annum on the unused portion of the Maximum Committed L/C Facility Amount. Such unused commitment fee is due and

 

80


Table of Contents

payable on a quarterly basis in arrears. Each letter of credit that is issued is subject to an issuance commission of 1.50% per annum calculated on the maximum amount of such letter of credit issued. Such issuance commission is due and payable on a monthly basis in arrears and shall accrue from the date of issuance of each letter of credit until the earlier of its expiration date and the date of BNP’s disbursement thereunder (but in any event, such commission shall not be less than the amount that would be due if the letter of credit were outstanding for a period of not less than 30 days). Additionally, letters of credit are subject to certain other customary charges of BNP for amendments and/or extensions and confirmation fees.

 

The letter of credit facility is secured by a lien on and security interest in PBF Holding’s, Paulsboro Refining’s and Delaware City Refining’s right, title and interest in and to the Saudi crude oil, receivables arising from the sale or other disposition of Saudi crude oil, all contracts, bills of lading and other documents of title pertaining to the foregoing and all proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions, and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of each of the foregoing, all of which collateral is excluded from the Revolving Loan Priority Collateral.

 

Cash Balances

 

As of September 30, 2012, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $170.0 million. We also had $12.1 million in restricted cash, which was included within deferred charges and other assets, net on our balance sheet. The restricted cash represents a trust fund we acquired in connection with the Paulsboro refinery acquisition and represents the estimated cost of environmental remediation obligations assumed.

 

Liquidity

 

As of September 30, 2012, our total liquidity, which is the sum of our cash and cash equivalents plus the amount of availability under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, totaled approximately $665.1 million.

 

Working Capital

 

Working capital at September 30, 2012 was $640.4 million, consisting of $2,172.4 million in total current assets and $1,532.0 million in total current liabilities. Working capital at December 31, 2011 was $286.4 million, consisting of $1,946.5 million in total current assets and $1,660.1 million in total current liabilities. Our working capital for financial reporting purposes is significantly impacted by the way we account for our crude and feedstock and product offtake agreements as more fully described below.

 

Crude and Feedstock Supply Agreements

 

We acquire crude oil for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries under supply agreements whereby Statoil generally purchases the crude oil requirements for each refinery on our behalf and under our direction. Our agreement with Statoil for Paulsboro will terminate effective March 31, 2013, at which time we plan to source Paulsboro’s crude oil and feedstocks internally. Our agreement with Statoil for Delaware City has been extended by Statoil through December 31, 2015 and we have recently entered into certain amendments to that agreement that are effective through the extended term. Statoil generally provides transportation and logistics services, risk management services and holds title to the crude oil until we purchase it as it enters the refinery process units. For our purchases of Saudi crude oil, we post letters of credit and arrange for shipment. We pay for the crude when we are invoiced and the letter of credit is lifted. Under the Statoil agreements, the amount of crude oil we own and the time we are exposed to market fluctuations is substantially reduced. Under generally accepted accounting principles we record the inventory owned by Statoil on our behalf as inventory with a corresponding accrued liability on our balance sheet because we have risk of loss while the Statoil inventory is in our storage tanks and because we have an obligation to repurchase Statoil’s inventory upon termination of the agreements at the then market value.

 

81


Table of Contents

We have a similar agreement with MSCG to supply the crude oil requirements for our Toledo refinery. Under the Toledo agreement, for the period from March 1, 2011 through May 31, 2011, MSCG held title to the crude oil until we purchased it as it entered the refinery process units. Beginning June 1, 2011, under a new agreement we take title to MSCG’s crude oil at the out-of-state pipeline delivery locations. Payment for the crude oil under the Toledo agreement is due three days after it is processed by us or sold to third parties. We do not have to post letters of credit for these purchases and the Toledo agreement allows us to price and pay for our crude oil as it is processed, which reduces the time we are exposed to market fluctuations. We record an accrued liability at each period-end for the amount we owe MSCG for the crude oil that we own but have not processed. The accrued liability is based on the period-end market value, as it represents our best estimate of what we will pay for the crude oil. The MSCG agreement for Toledo expires June 30, 2013, subject to automatic renewal and termination rights.

 

In connection with the crude and feedstock supply agreements for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries, Statoil also purchases the refineries’ production of certain feedstocks or purchases feedstocks from third parties on the refineries’ behalf. Legal title to the feedstocks is held by Statoil and stored in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. At that time, the feedstocks are drawn out of the storage tanks and purchased by the refineries. These purchases and sales are netted at cost and reported within cost of sales. The feedstock inventory owned by Statoil remains on our balance sheet with a corresponding accrued liability.

 

At September 30, 2012, the LIFO value of crude oil and feedstocks owned by Statoil included within inventory on our balance sheet was $363.7 million. The corresponding accrued liability for such crude oil and feedstocks was $393.5 million at that date.

 

Product Offtake Agreements

 

Our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell their light finished products, certain intermediates and lube base oils to MSCG under a products offtake agreement. Legal title transfers to MSCG as the products leave the process units and enter the refinery storage facilities. On a daily basis MSCG, under a payment direction agreement, pays the purchase price of certain finished products directly to Statoil, the counterparty to our crude oil and feedstocks supply agreement, effectively netting our liability for crude and feedstock purchases. The payment direction agreement for Paulsboro will terminate effective March 31, 2013. Any shortfall or overage in the netting process is trued up between us and Statoil. Under generally accepted accounting principles, we defer the revenue on finished product sales and retain the inventory owned by MSCG on our balance sheet until MSCG ships the products out of our refinery storage facilities, which typically occurs within an average of six days.

 

In addition, MSCG purchases the daily production of certain intermediates and lube products. When needed for additional blending or sales to third parties, the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries repurchase the intermediates or lubes from MSCG. These purchases and sales occur at the daily market price for the related products and are netted in cost of sales at cost. The inventory of intermediates and lubes owned by MSCG remain in inventory on our balance sheet and the net cash receipts result in a liability that is recorded at market price for the volumes held in storage with any change in the market price being recorded in cost of sales. The MSCG agreements for Paulsboro and Delaware City will automatically renew for six month terms effective June 30, 2013, unless terminated with six months notice by either party (the first effective date of termination being no earlier than June 30, 2013 if notice is provided anytime prior to January 1, 2013). We are currently considering providing such notice of termination.

 

At September 30, 2012, the LIFO value of light finished products, intermediates and lubes owned by MSCG included within inventory on our balance sheet was $397.4 million. The corresponding deferred revenue for light finished products and accrued liability for intermediates and lubes was $201.9 million and $291.5 million, respectively.

 

82


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

The following table summarizes our material contractual pro forma payment obligations as of December 31, 2011, after giving effect to the senior secured notes offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, as if they had occurred on that date.

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
Years
     3-5 Years      More than 5
years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt (a)

   $ 812,660       $ 2,765       $ 37,740       $ 96,655       $ 675,500   

Interest payments on debt facilities (a)

     490,674         40,242         132,585         122,797         195,050   

Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan (b)

                                       

Operating leases (c)

     54,640         17,341         18,617         11,621         7,061   

Purchase obligations (d) :

              

Crude Supply and Offtake Agreements

     641,588         641,588                           

Other Supply and Capacity Agreements

     515,255         39,483         88,026         88,452         299,294   

Delaware City construction obligations

     5,909         5,909                           

Refinery contingent consideration (e)

     125,000         103,643         21,357                   

Environmental obligations (f)

     18,202         2,915         3,530         1,920         9,837   

Pension and post-retirement obligations (g)

     53,020         338         4,154         7,320         41,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 2,716,948       $ 854,224       $ 306,009       $ 328,765       $ 1,227,950   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Long-term Debt and Interest Payments on Debt Facilities

 

Long-term obligations represent (i) the repayment of any indebtedness incurred in connection with the senior secured notes offering; (ii) the repayment of our catalyst lease obligations on their maturity dates; (iii) repayment of our Delaware City construction loan; and (iv) repayment of the pro forma balance of our ABL Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $87.7 million.

 

Interest payments on debt facilities include pro forma cash interest payments on the senior secured notes, catalyst lease obligations, the Delaware City construction loan, ABL Revolving Credit Facility, plus cash payments for the commitment fee on the unused ABL Revolving Credit Facility and letter of credit fees on the letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2011.

 

  (b)   Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan

 

The Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan converts to a grant in tranches of $4.0 million annually, starting at the one year anniversary of the Delaware City refinery’s “certified re-start date” provided we meet certain criteria, all as defined in the loan agreement. We expect that we will meet the requirements to convert the loan to a grant and that we will ultimately not be required to repay the $20.0 million loan. Our Delaware Economic Development Authority Loan is further explained at Note 8 to our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

  (c)   Operating Leases

 

We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business, some of these leases provide us with the option to renew the lease or purchase the leased item. Future operating lease obligations would change if we chose to exercise renewal options and if we enter into additional operating lease agreements. Certain of our lease obligations contain a fixed and variable component. The table above reflects the fixed component of our lease obligations. The variable component could be significant. Our operating lease obligations are further explained at the Commitments and Contingencies footnote to our financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

83


Table of Contents

During 2012, we entered into agreements to lease approximately 2,400 crude railcars that will be utilized to transport crude by rail to our Delaware City refinery. The leases will commence as the railcars are delivered. Railcar deliveries are expected to begin in the first quarter of 2013.

 

  (d)   Purchase Obligations

 

We have obligations to repurchase crude oil, feedstocks, certain intermediates and lube oils under various crude supply and product offtake agreements with MSCG and Statoil as further explained at the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Inventories and Accrued Expenses footnotes to our financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Payments under Other Supply and Capacity Agreements include contracts for the supply of hydrogen, steam, or natural gas to certain of our refineries, contracts for the treatment of wastewater, and contracts for pipeline capacity. We enter into these contracts to ensure an adequate supply of energy or essential services to support our refinery operations. Substantially all of these obligations are based on fixed prices. Certain agreements include fixed or minimum volume requirements, while others are based on our actual usage. The amounts included in this table are based on fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased and the fixed or estimated costs based on market conditions as of December 31, 2011.

 

  (e)   Refinery Contingent Consideration

 

In connection with the Toledo acquisition, the seller will be paid an amount equal to 25% of the amount by which the purchased assets’ EBITDA exceeds $125.0 million in a given calendar year through 2016. The purchased assets’ EBITDA is calculated using calendar year earnings we have earned solely from the purchase of Toledo including reasonable direct and allocated overhead expenses, not to exceed a fixed amount in any calendar year, less interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization expense as well as any significant extraordinary or non-recurring expenses, such as an asset impairment loss and any fees or expenses incurred by us in connection with the Toledo acquisition. We paid $103.6 million in April 2012 to Sunoco related to the amount of contingent consideration earned in 2011. The aggregate amount of all payments to be made shall not exceed $125.0 million.

 

  (f)   Environmental Obligations

 

In connection with the Paulsboro acquisition, we assumed certain environmental remediation obligations to address existing soil and groundwater contamination at the site and acquired a trust fund established to meet the state’s related financial assurance requirement, recorded as a liability in the amount of $12.1 million which reflects the present value of the current estimated cost of the remediation obligations assumed based on investigative work to-date. The undiscounted estimated costs related to these environmental remediation obligations were $18.2 million as of December 31, 2011.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Delaware City assets, the prior owners remain responsible, subject to certain limitations, for certain pre-acquisition environmental obligations, including ongoing soil and groundwater remediation at the site.

 

In connection with the Delaware City assets and Paulsboro refinery acquisitions, we, along with the seller, purchased two individual ten year, $75.0 million environmental insurance policies to insure against unknown environmental liabilities at each site.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Toledo, the seller initially retains, subject to certain limitations, remediation obligations which will transition to us over a 20-year period.

 

In connection with the acquisition of all three of our refineries, we assumed certain environmental obligations under regulatory orders unique to each site, including orders regulating air emissions from each facility.

 

84


Table of Contents
  (g)   Pension and Post-retirement Obligations

 

Pension and post-retirement obligations include only those amounts we expect to pay out in benefit payments and are further explained at the Employee Benefit Plans footnote to our financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as of September 30, 2012, other than outstanding letters of credit in the amount of approximately $284.2 million.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to market risks, including changes in commodity prices and interest rates. Our primary commodity price risk is associated with the difference between the prices we sell our refined products and the prices we pay for crude oil and other feedstocks. We may use derivative instruments to manage the risks from changes in the prices of crude oil and refined products, interest rates, or to capture market opportunities.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

In order to realize value from our processing capacity, we must achieve a positive spread between the cost of raw materials and the value of finished products (i.e., refinery gross product margin or crack spread). The physical commodities that comprise our raw materials and finished goods are typically bought and sold at a spot or index price that can be highly variable.

 

The prices of crude oil, refined products and other commodities are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply, demand, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control. The crude and feedstock supply agreements for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries allow us to take title to and price our crude oil at locations in close proximity to our refineries, as opposed to the crude oil origination point, reducing the time we are exposed to market fluctuations before the finished refined products are sold. Our offtake agreements with MSCG for our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries allow us to sell our light finished products and certain intermediates and lube base oils as they are produced.

 

We carry inventories of crude oil, intermediates and refined products (“hydrocarbon inventories”) on our balance sheet, the values of which are subject to fluctuations in market prices. Our hydrocarbon inventories totaled approximately 14.7 million barrels at December 31, 2011 and 14.4 million barrels at September 30, 2012. The average cost of our hydrocarbon inventories was approximately $103.27 and $100.75 per barrel on a LIFO basis at December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. If market prices decline to a level below the average cost, we may be required to write down the carrying value of our hydrocarbon inventories to market.

 

Our predominant variable operating cost is energy, which is comprised primarily of natural gas and electricity. We are therefore sensitive to movements in natural gas prices. Assuming normal operating conditions, we annually consume a total of approximately 37 million MMBTUs of natural gas amongst our three refineries. Accordingly, a $1.00 per MMBTU change in natural gas prices would increase or decrease our natural gas costs by approximately $37 million.

 

We periodically use non-trading derivative instruments to manage exposure to commodity price risks associated with the purchase or sale of crude oil, finished products and natural gas to fuel our refinery operations. We may also use non-trading derivative instruments to manage price risks associated with inventories above or below a baseline we set for our target levels of hydrocarbon inventories. We may engage in the purchase and sale of physical commodities, derivatives, options, over-the-counter products and various exchange-traded instruments. We mark-to-market our derivative instruments and recognize the changes in their fair value in our statements of operations.

 

85


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

 

During 2012, we amended the terms of our ABL Revolving Credit Facility to increase the size of our asset-based revolving credit facility from $500.0 million to $1.375 billion. Borrowings under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 1.75% to 2.50%, depending on our debt rating. If this facility were fully drawn, a one percent change in the interest rate would increase or decrease our interest expense by $13.8 million annually.

 

We also have interest rate exposure in connection with our Statoil and MSCG crude oil and offtake agreements under which we pay a time value of money charge based on LIBOR.

 

Credit Risk

 

We are subject to risk of losses resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers. We will continue to closely monitor the creditworthiness of customers to whom we grant credit and establish credit limits in accordance with our credit policy.

 

Concentration Risk

 

MSCG and Sunoco accounted for 57% and 11%, respectively, of our total sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 52% and 12%, respectively, of our total sales for the year ended December 31, 2011. MSCG and Sunoco accounted for 19% and 18%, respectively, of total trade accounts receivable as of the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Sunoco and Statoil accounted for 19% and 11% of account receivables, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The following summary provides further information about our critical accounting policies that involve critical accounting estimates and should be read in conjunction with Note 2 to our financial statements, which summarizes our significant accounting policies.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue and Deferred Revenue

 

We sell various refined products and recognize revenue related to the sale of products when there is persuasive evidence of an agreement, the sales prices are fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and when products are shipped or delivered in accordance with their respective agreements. Revenue for services is recorded when the services have been provided.

 

Our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell their light finished products, certain intermediates and lube base oils to MSCG under products offtake agreements. On a daily basis, MSCG purchases and pays for the refineries’ production of these products as they are produced, delivered to the refineries’ storage tanks and legal title passes to MSCG. The inventory associated with these sales remains on our balance sheet and the revenue is deferred until the products are shipped out of our storage facilities by MSCG, which typically occurs within an average of six days. As a result, gross margin on these product sales is deferred until shipment occurs.

 

Under the offtake agreements, our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries also enter into purchase and sale transactions of certain of their intermediates and lube base oils whereby MSCG purchases and pays for the

 

86


Table of Contents

refineries’ production of certain intermediates and lube products as they are produced and legal title passes to MSCG. The intermediate products are held in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. The refineries have the right to repurchase lube products and do so to supply other third parties with that product. When the refineries need intermediates or when they repurchase lube products, the products are drawn out of their storage tanks, title passes back to the refineries and MSCG is paid for those products. These transactions are considered to be made in contemplation of each other and, accordingly, do not result in the recognition of a sale when title passes from the refineries to the counterparty. Inventory remains at cost, valued on a LIFO basis and the net cash receipts result in a liability that is recorded at market price for the volumes held in storage with any change in the market price being recorded in costs of sales. The liability represents the amount we expect to pay to repurchase the volumes in storage.

 

Our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell and purchase feedstocks under supply agreements primarily with Statoil. Statoil purchases the refineries’ production of certain feedstocks or purchases feedstocks from third parties on the refineries’ behalf. Legal title to the feedstocks is held by Statoil and the feedstocks are held in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. At that time the feedstocks are drawn out of the storage tanks and purchased by us. These purchases and sales are settled monthly at the daily market prices related to those feedstocks. These transactions are considered to be made in the contemplation of each other and, accordingly, do not result in the recognition of a sale when title passes from the refineries to the counterparty. Inventory remains at cost and the net cash receipts result in a liability.

 

Inventory

 

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of crude oil, feedstocks, blendstocks and refined products is determined under the LIFO method using the dollar value LIFO method with increments valued based on average cost during the year. The cost of supplies and other inventories is determined principally on the weighted average cost method.

 

Our Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries acquire substantially all of their crude oil from Statoil under our crude supply agreements whereby we take title to the crude oil as it is delivered to our processing units. We have risk of loss while the Statoil inventory is in our storage tanks. We are obligated to purchase all the crude oil held by Statoil on our behalf upon termination of the agreements. In addition, we are obligated to purchase a fixed volume of the Paulsboro feedstocks from Statoil when the arrangement is terminated. As a result of the purchase obligations, we record the inventory of crude oil and feedstocks in the refineries’ storage facilities. The purchase obligations contain derivatives that change in value based on changes in commodity prices. Such changes are included in our cost of sales. Our agreement with Statoil for Paulsboro will terminate effective March 31, 2013, at which time we plan to source crude oil and feedstocks internally.

 

For the period from March 1, 2011 through May 31, 2011, our Toledo refinery acquired substantially all of its crude oil from MSCG under a crude oil supply agreement whereby we took title to the crude oil as it was delivered to the refinery processing units. We had custody and risk of loss for MSCG’s crude oil stored on the refinery premises. As a result, we recorded the crude oil in the Toledo refinery’s storage facilities as inventory with a corresponding accrued liability. Effective June 1, 2011 we entered into a new supply agreement with MSCG under which we take legal title to the crude oil at out-of-state pipeline delivery locations. We record an accrued liability at each period-end for the amount we owe MSCG for the crude oil that we own but have not processed. The accrued liability is based on the period-end market value, as it represents our best estimate of what we will pay for the crude oil.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Liabilities for future clean-up costs are recorded when environmental assessments and/or clean-up efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Other than for assessments, the timing and magnitude of these accruals generally are based on the completion of investigations or other studies or a commitment to a formal plan

 

87


Table of Contents

of action. Environmental liabilities are based on best estimates of probable future costs using currently available technology and applying current regulations, as well as our own internal environmental policies. The actual settlement of our liability for environmental matters could materially differ from our estimates due to a number of uncertainties such as the extent of contamination, changes in environmental laws and regulations, potential improvements in remediation technologies and the participation of other responsible parties.

 

Long-Lived Assets and Definite-Lived Intangibles

 

We review our long and finite lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the long and finite lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of the long and finite lived assets is not considered to be recoverable, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value. There have been no impairment indicators and therefore, no impairment reviews were performed in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and in the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Impairment assessments inherently involve judgment as to assumptions about expected future cash flows and the impact of market conditions on those assumptions. Although management would utilize assumptions that it believes are reasonable, future events and changing market conditions may impact management’s assumptions, which could produce different results.

 

Indefinite-lived Assets

 

We consider precious metals catalyst and linefill to be indefinite-lived assets as they are not expected to deteriorate in their prescribed functions. These assets are not depreciated, but are assessed for impairment.

 

Deferred Maintenance

 

Refinery turnaround costs, which are incurred in connection with planned major maintenance activities at our refineries are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of time estimated until the next turnaround occurs (generally three to five years).

 

Derivative Instruments

 

We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to changes in commodity prices for the crude oil and feedstocks we use in the refining process as well as the prices of the refined products we sell. The accounting treatment for commodity contracts depends on the intended use of the particular contract and on whether or not the contract meets the definition of a derivative. Non-derivative contracts are recorded at the time of delivery.

 

All derivative instruments that are not designated as normal purchase or sales are recorded in our balance sheet as either assets or liabilities measured at their fair values. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that either are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or normal purchase or normal sale accounting are recognized in income. Contracts qualifying for the normal purchase and sales exemption are accounted for upon settlement. Prior to June 30, 2011 we did not apply hedge accounting to any of our derivative instruments. Effective July 1, 2011, we elected fair value hedge accounting for certain derivatives associated with our inventory repurchase obligations.

 

Derivative accounting is complex and requires management judgment in the following respects: identification of derivatives and embedded derivatives; determination of the fair value of derivatives; identification of hedge relationships; assessment and measurement of hedge ineffectiveness; and election and designation of the normal purchases and sales exception. All of these judgments, depending upon their timing and effect, can have a significant impact on earnings.

 

88


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

 

As PBF LLC is a limited liability company treated as a “flow-through” entity for income tax purposes, there is no benefit or provision for federal or state income tax in the accompanying financial statements.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

There are no recently issued accounting pronouncements requiring adoption subsequent to September 30, 2012 that would have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial position.

 

89


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

 

Introduction

 

Oil refining is the process of separating hydrocarbon molecules present in crude oil and converting them into marketable, finished petroleum products, such as diesel fuel, gasoline, home heating oil, lubricants and petrochemicals. Refining is primarily a margin-based business where both the feedstock (primarily crude oil) and refined petroleum products are commodities with fluctuating prices. Refiners create value by selling refined petroleum products at prices higher than the costs of acquiring crude oil and other feedstocks, and by managing operating costs. It is important for a refinery to maximize the yields of high value finished products and to minimize the costs of feedstock and operating expenses.

 

The United States has historically been the largest consumer of petroleum-based products in the world. According to the EIA’s 2012 Refinery Capacity Report, there were 134 operating oil refineries in the United States in January 2012, with a total refining capacity of approximately 16.7 million bpd. Of the total operating refining capacity in the United States, approximately 55.2%, or 9.2 million bpd, is currently owned and operated by independent refining companies, compared to 2002 when approximately 31.6%, or 5.1 million bpd, was owned by independent refining companies. The remaining capacity is controlled by integrated oil companies. Because of this trend, the refining industry increasingly must rely on its own operations for its profitability.

 

We believe our three refineries currently benefit from secular growth in North American crude production because of our ability to access lower cost WTI priced based crudes. According to a recent EIA publication, average United States crude oil production in 2013 is expected to grow by more than 1.3 million bpd, to 6.9 million bpd from 5.6 million bpd in 2011, an increase of more than 23%. This level of United States crude oil production would represent the highest level since 1993. In addition, CAPP projects that Canadian crude oil production will increase by 800,000 bpd, from 3.0 million bpd in 2011 to 3.8 million bpd in 2015. As a result of the recent and projected growth in North American crude production, the United States has reduced its reliance on imported crude. The EIA estimates that crude imported from foreign sources (crude from outside North America) since 2008 has declined by approximately 1.3 million bpd or 12.8%, to 8.5 million bpd as of September 30, 2012 and is forecasted to decline by an additional 500,000 bpd by 2013. With the addition of our crude rail unloading facilities at Delaware City and our investment in a crude railcar fleet, we expect our East Coast refineries to capitalize on the growth in both Canadian and United States crude oil production, while maintaining the flexibility to source waterborne crude.

 

Refining is an industry that historically has seasonal influences as a result of differentiated consumer demand for key refined products during certain months of the year. Most importantly, demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. Consequently, refining margins and profitability have historically generally been stronger in the second and third calendar quarters of each year relative to the first and fourth calendar quarters.

 

Refining Basics

 

Refineries are uniquely designed to process specific crude oils into selected products. In general, each of a refinery’s different process units performs one of three functions:

 

   

separate through distillation the many types of hydrocarbons present in crude oil into a number of different components, ranging from light to heavy;

 

   

catalytically or thermally convert the separated hydrocarbons into more desirable products; and

 

   

treat the products by removing unwanted elements and compounds.

 

Each function in the refining process is designed to maximize the value of the refined petroleum products produced. Below is a general description of refinery process units. Not all refineries possess each of these units.

 

Distillation. Typically crude oil is initially processed at a refinery in the atmospheric and vacuum distillation units. Crude oil is separated by boiling point in the distillation units under high heat and low pressure and

 

90


Table of Contents

recovered as hydrocarbon fractions. The lowest boiling fractions, including gasoline and LPG, vaporize and exit the top part of the atmospheric distillation unit. Medium boiling liquids, including jet fuel, kerosene and distillates such as gasoil, heating oil and diesel fuel, are drawn from the middle of the distillation unit. Higher boiling liquids, such as fuel oils and the highest boiling liquids, called residuum, are drawn together from the bottom of the atmospheric distillation unit and separated further in the vacuum distillation unit. Vacuum residues can be used for fuel oil or bitumen production. The various fractions are then pumped to the next appropriate unit in the refinery for further processing into higher value products or are sent to storage tanks for sale to customers.

 

Conversion. The next step in the refining process is to convert the hydrocarbon fractions into distinct products. One of the ways of accomplishing this is through “cracking,” a process that breaks or cracks higher boiling fractions into more valuable products, such as gasoline, distillates and gasoil. The most important conversion units are the crude unit, the hydrocracker, the FCC unit and the coker. Thermal cracking is generally accomplished in the coker. The coker upgrades residuum into naphtha, distillate and gasoil and produces coke as a residual. Catalytic cracking is accomplished in the hydrocracker and/or FCC unit. Hydrocrackers receive feedstocks from cokers, FCCs and crude distillation units and convert lower value intermediate products into gasoline, naphtha, kerosene and distillates under very high pressure in the presence of hydrogen and a catalyst. The FCC unit converts gasoil and some residual from the crude distillation units into LPG, gasoline and distillates by applying heat in the presence of a catalyst. An FCC unit produces a higher percentage of gasoline, whereas a hydrocracker produces a higher percentage of diesel.

 

Reforming. The reformer converts naphtha, or low-octane gasoline fractions, into higher octane gasoline blendstocks, which are used to increase the overall octane level of the gasoline pool. The alkylation unit reduces the vapor pressure and enhances the octane of gasoline blendstocks produced by the FCC and coker units through the conversion of light olefins to heavier, high-octane paraffins.

 

Removal of Impurities. Lastly, the intermediate products from the distillation and conversion processes are treated to remove impurities, such as sulfur, nitrogen and heavy metals and are processed to enhance octane, reduce vapor pressure and to meet other product specifications. Treatment for sulfur, nitrogen and metals is most commonly accomplished in hydrotreating units by heating the intermediates under high pressure in the presence of hydrogen and catalysts.

 

Crude Oil

 

The quality of crude oil dictates the level of processing and conversion necessary to achieve the optimal mix of finished products. Crude oils are classified by their density (light to heavy) and sulfur content (sweet to sour).

 

Density. The less dense the crude, the lighter and thinner it is. Conversely, the more dense the crude, the heavier and thicker it is. Density is technically classified by the American Petroleum Institute in terms of “API degrees.” The higher the API degree, the lighter the crude oil. Light crude oils generally exceed 35° API, while heavy crude oils feature densities of 28° API or less. Crude oil varieties within the range of 28° API and 35° API are commonly known as medium crude oils.

 

Sulfur content. Crude is considered sweet, or low-sulfur, if its sulfur content is less than 1.0% and sour, or high-sulfur, if its sulfur content is 1.0% or more. The terms light, medium and heavy when used in reference to crude oils refer to their API gravity and the terms sweet and sour refer to their sulfur content. These terms are often used in conjunction with each other to describe the qualities of crude oil. Light sweet crude oils typically are more expensive than heavy, sour crude oils because they require less treatment and, therefore, lower operating costs to produce a slate of products with a greater percentage of higher value, light refined products. Heavy and sour crude oils produce a greater percentage of lower value products with simple distillation and require additional processing and higher operating costs to produce the higher value, light refined products. In seeking to maximize their refining margins, refiners strive to process the optimal mix or slate of crude oils through their refineries, depending on their refinery’s conversion and treating equipment, the desired product output and the relative price of available crude oils.

 

91


Table of Contents

Industry Terminology

 

Crack Spreads

 

Crack spreads are a proxy for refining margins and refer to the margin that would be derived from the simultaneous purchase of crude oil and the sale of refined petroleum products, in each case at the then-prevailing price. The 2-1-1 crack spread assumes two barrels of crude oil will be converted, or “cracked,” into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil or diesel fuel. Average 2-1-1 crack spreads vary from region to region throughout the United States, depending on the supply and demand balances of crude oils and refined products.

 

Actual refinery margins vary from benchmark crack spreads due to the actual crude oils used and products produced, transportation costs, regional differences and the timing of the purchase of the feedstock and sale of light products.

 

Benchmark Crudes

 

Oil prices and quality are usually stated by reference to certain benchmarks, including:

 

   

WTI, the benchmark for North American crude oil, is lighter and sweeter than Brent. WTI typically has a gravity of approximately 38° to 40° API and sulfur content of approximately 0.3%. WTI is typically priced FOB Cushing, Oklahoma, which is a price settlement point for trades on the NYMEX.

 

   

Dated Brent is the price of all ready shipments of Brent blend, a light sweet North Sea crude oil. Brent blend has a gravity of approximately 38° API and sulfur content of approximately 0.4%. Most of the Brent blend is refined in northwest Europe, but significant volumes are also shipped to the United States and the Mediterranean region. Oil production from Europe, Africa and the Middle East flowing west tends to be priced off the Dated Brent benchmark. According to the Intercontinental Exchange, this benchmark is currently used for pricing two-thirds of the world’s internationally traded crude oil supplies. Brent blend has a rolling price assessment based on the physical Brent Forties Oseberg crude oil cargoes loading not less than ten days forward and loaded FOB at the named port of shipment.

 

Light-Heavy Crude Differential

 

The light-heavy crude differential is the price differential between heavy (high density), sour (high sulfur) and light (low density), sweet (low sulfur) crude oils. In general, the heavier, sour crude blends trade at a discount to lighter, sweet crudes that are easier for refiners to process.

 

Product Differentials

 

Because refineries produce many other products that are not reflected in crack spreads, product differentials relative to the products reflected in the crack spreads are calculated to analyze a given refinery’s product mix advantage. Refineries that have an economic advantage are those that produce relatively high volumes of premium products, such as premium and reformulated gasoline, low-sulfur diesel fuel and jet fuel and relatively low volumes of lesser valued products, such as LPG, residual fuel oil, petroleum coke and sulfur.

 

Operating Costs

 

Major operating costs for refineries include employee labor, maintenance and energy. Employee labor and maintenance are relatively fixed costs that generally increase proportional to inflation. By far, the predominant variable cost is energy such as natural gas, electricity and refinery fuel gas.

 

Refinery Products

 

The main refinery products, not all of which we produce, are as follows:

 

Petroleum Gases. Petroleum gases are the lightest products of the refining process, primarily consisting of methane, ethane, propane and butane. Their primary uses include heating and use as an intermediary in

 

92


Table of Contents

petrochemical manufacturing processes. Petroleum gases are often liquefied under pressure to create LPG, consisting primarily of propane and butane, for use as a fuel and an intermediate material in the petrochemical manufacturing process.

 

Petrochemicals. Many products derived from crude oil refining, such as ethylene, propylene, butylene, isobutylene, tetramer, nonene, toluene, xylene and benzene are primarily intended for use as petrochemical feedstocks in the production of plastics, synthetic fibers, synthetic rubbers and other products. A variety of petrochemicals are produced for use as solvents, including benzene, toluene and xylene.

 

Gasoline. One of the most significant refinery products is motor gasoline. Various gasoline blendstocks, including RBOB and CBOB, are blended to achieve specifications for regular and premium grades in both summer and winter gasoline formulations. Additives are often used to enhance performance and provide protection against oxidation and rust formation.

 

Naphtha. Naphtha is a low-octane gasoline product used as a feedstock by the chemicals industry and for catalytic reforming and the production of hydrogen.

 

Middle Distillates. Middle distillates are diesel fuels, heating oil and kerosene. Diesel fuels are used for on-road vehicles, construction equipment, locomotives and stationary and marine engines. Heating oil fuels are used for home heating, oil-fired heating plants and boilers. Kerosene is used for jet fuel, cooking, space heating, lighting and solvents and for blending into diesel fuel.

 

Fuel Oil. Fuel oils are petroleum products that are used as fuels for industrial and utility boilers.

 

Residual Fuels. Many marine vessels, power plants, commercial buildings and industrial facilities use residual fuels or combinations of residual and distillate fuels for heating and power generation. Bitumen, a low-value residual product, is used primarily for asphalt coating of roads and roofing materials.

 

Petroleum Coke. Petroleum coke, a co-product of the coking process, is almost pure carbon and has a variety of uses. Fuel-grade coke is used primarily by power plants as fuel for producing electricity. Premium grades of coke, low in sulfur and metal content, are used as anodes for the manufacture of aluminum.

 

Niche Refined Petroleum Products. Various refined petroleum products are produced in relatively small quantities such as lubricant base oils, biofuels and other refined petroleum products. These products are commonly used as blending components for transportation fuels or as lubricants.

 

Industry Characteristics

 

Refinery Complexity

 

Refinery complexity refers to an oil refinery’s ability to process feedstocks, such as heavier and higher sulfur content crude oils, into value-added products. Refinery complexity is commonly measured by the Nelson Complexity Index. The Nelson Complexity Index assigns a complexity factor to each major piece of refinery equipment based on its complexity and cost in comparison to crude distillation, which is assigned a complexity factor of 1.0. The complexity of each piece of refinery equipment is then calculated by multiplying its complexity factor by its throughput ratio as a percentage of crude distillation capacity. Adding up the complexity values assigned to each piece of equipment, including crude distillation, determines a refinery’s complexity on the Nelson Complexity Index. A refinery with a complexity of 10.0 on the Nelson Complexity Index is considered ten times more complex than crude distillation for the same amount of throughput. The average Nelson Complexity Index for refineries on the East Coast and in the Midcontinent is 9.3 and 10.1, respectively.

 

Refinery Locations

 

The location of an oil refinery has an important impact on its refining margin since the location influences its ability to access feedstocks and distribute its products efficiently. The location also dictates whether the

 

93


Table of Contents

feedstocks and products can be transported via sea tanker vessels, pipelines, rail or tank trucks. Refiners seek to maximize their profits by placing their products in the markets where they receive the highest margins. Due to their lower logistics costs, oil refineries located in coastal areas typically have a competitive advantage over oil refineries located inland in sourcing crude oil supplies. Nevertheless, certain inland refineries with niche market positions may also have significant competitive advantages. For example, refiners whose refineries and logistics systems are situated in areas of high petroleum consumption enjoy a competitive advantage over other suppliers in product distribution and in satisfying local demand. The map below shows the five regions in the U.S. (called Petroleum Administration for Defense Districts, or PADDs), which have historically experienced varying levels of refining profitability due to regional market conditions.

 

LOGO

 

Our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries are located within 30 miles of each other on the East Coast in PADD 1, and our Toledo refinery is located in the Northeastern portion of PADD 2.

 

Ownership of Refineries

 

Refineries typically are owned by either integrated oil companies or independent entities.

 

Integrated oil companies have upstream operations, which are concerned with the exploration and production of crude oil, combined with downstream activities, or refining, marketing and other operations; such as gas, petrochemicals, power and transportation operations.

 

An independent refiner has no source of proprietary crude oil production; it purchases its feedstocks on the open market under term or spot contracts.

 

Refiners primarily distribute their products through either wholesale or retail channels. Oil refining companies that operate as wholesalers principally sell their refined petroleum products under term and spot contracts to their customers. Many refiners, both integrated and independent, distribute part of their refined products through retail outlets.

 

In recent years, integrated oil companies have sought to lower their exposure to the refining sector through divestments and rationalization of their refining portfolio. Of the total refining capacity in the United States, approximately 55.2% or 9.2 bpd, is currently owned and operated by independent refining companies compared to 2002 when approximately 31.6%, or 5.1 million bpd, was owned by independent refining companies. The remaining capacity is controlled by integrated oil companies. Because of this trend, the refining industry increasingly must rely on its own operations for its profitability. We believe this trend will continue.

 

94


Table of Contents

Market Trends

 

United States Supply and Demand Dynamics . Petroleum refining is an industry that historically has seasonal influences as a result of differentiated consumer demand for key refined products during certain months of the year. Most importantly, demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction work. Decreased demand during the winter months can lower gasoline prices. Consequently, refining margins and profitability have historically generally been stronger in the second and third calendar quarters of each year relative to the first and fourth calendar quarters.

 

Supply and demand dynamics can vary greatly by region, creating differentiated margin opportunities at any given time for refiners depending on the location of their facilities. The refined product volumes necessary to satisfy demand in excess of production in areas where we operate are sourced from refineries located outside of such areas, including the United States Gulf Coast.

 

Our Toledo refinery is located in the Midcontinent (PADD 2) and our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries are both located on the East Coast (PADD 1) where product demand exceeds refinery capacity. We expect that this demand/capacity imbalance may continue in PADD 1. For example, since 2009 16 refineries representing approximately 2.6 million bpd of refining capacity have been closed or idled in the Atlantic Basin (which includes PADD 1). This Atlantic Basin reduction has occurred across the United States, Europe and the Caribbean and directly affects our East Coast refineries because we compete with operating refineries in these markets. According to the EIA, total demand for refined products in the Midcontinent has represented approximately 25% of refined products demand in the United States for the past decade. Within the Midcontinent, refined product production capacity currently is insufficient to meet demand, so significant volumes are imported from other areas. The recent demand and capacity dynamic by PADD is outlined in the following chart:

 

LOGO

 

Increasing Demand for Products Meeting Tighter Specifications. We expect that products meeting new and evolving stricter fuel specifications could account for an increasing share of total fuel demand, which may

 

95


Table of Contents

benefit refiners that possess the capabilities to blend and process these fuels. Tightened petroleum product specifications and the increased role of renewable raw materials have resulted in increasing demand for new high-quality transportation fuels and other products, such as ULSD and biodiesel. Demand for low-sulfur products in the United States is expected to increase further as the mandatory maximum sulfur limit for certain distillates is lowered from the current limit of 50 PPM to 15 PPM.

 

Refined Product Cracks. During the course of 2011, as the world-wide and domestic economic outlook and performance continued to recover from the credit crisis, the demand for refined products improved. This improvement, coupled with refining capacity rationalization, has led to a positive refining margin environment for the industry. The charts below show the Dated Brent (NYH) 2-1-1 spread, the benchmark crack spread for our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries, and the WTI (Chicago) 4-3-1 spread, the benchmark crack spread for our Toledo refinery, over the last three-and-a-half-years.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

96


Table of Contents

Light-Heavy Differential Expansion. Recently the light-heavy differential has expanded. This differential expansion typically favors complex refiners, like our East Coast refineries, who are able to process the heavier crude varieties. As global economic demand for crude oil increases, the marginal barrel of crude oil produced is a heavier, more sour crude. The following two charts depict the price differentials between Dated Brent and Maya, and WTI and WCS over the last three-and-a-half-years.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Dated Brent—WTI Differential Expansion. Historically, Dated Brent has traded at a slight discount to WTI domestically, due to its higher sulfur content and higher transportation costs. Recently, Dated Brent has traded at a significant premium to WTI. The primary driver of this recent phenomenon is increasing oil production from Western Canada and the United States leading to large inventories of WTI based crude oil being subject to logistics constraints in the Midcontinent, with the primary bottleneck occurring in Cushing, Oklahoma. The over-supply of WTI at Cushing has driven the price of WTI lower, while the price of Dated Brent has increased. The following chart shows the price differential between WTI and Dated Brent over the last three-and-a-half-years, a key determinant of margins at our Toledo refinery. We expect Dated Brent to continue to trade at a premium to WTI in the near term due to the growth in WTI based crude production and continued logistics constraints.

 

LOGO

 

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are one of the largest independent petroleum refiners and suppliers of unbranded transportation fuels, heating oil, petrochemical feedstocks, lubricants and other petroleum products in the United States. We were formed in 2008 to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries and downstream assets in North America. We currently own and operate three domestic oil refineries and related assets, which we acquired in 2010 and 2011. Our refineries have a combined processing capacity, known as throughput, of approximately 540,000 bpd.

 

March 1, 2008

   PBF was formed.

June 1, 2010

   The idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets were acquired from Valero for approximately $220.0 million.

December 17, 2010

   The Paulsboro refinery was acquired from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital.

March 1, 2011

   The Toledo refinery was acquired from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital.

October 2011

   Delaware City became operational.

 

Our three refineries are located in Toledo, Ohio, Delaware City, Delaware and Paulsboro, New Jersey. Our Midcontinent refinery at Toledo processes light, sweet crude, has a throughput capacity of 170,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 9.2. The majority of Toledo’s WTI based crude is delivered via pipelines that originate in both Canada and the United States. Since our acquisition of Toledo in 2011, we have added additional truck and rail crude unloading capabilities that provide feedstock sourcing flexibility for the refinery and enables Toledo to run a more cost-advantaged crude slate. Our East Coast refineries at Delaware City and Paulsboro have a combined refining capacity of 370,000 bpd and Nelson Complexity Indices of 11.3 and 13.2, respectively. These high conversion refineries process primarily medium and heavy, sour crudes and have historically received the bulk of their feedstock via ships and barges on the Delaware River. Importantly, in May 2012 we commenced crude shipments via rail into a newly developed crude rail unloading facility at our Delaware City refinery. Currently, crude delivered to this facility is consumed at our Delaware City refinery. In the future we plan to transport some of the crude delivered by rail from Delaware City via barge to our Paulsboro refinery. The Delaware City rail unloading facility allows our East Coast refineries to source WTI based crudes from Western Canada and the Midcontinent, which provides significant cost advantages versus traditional Brent based international crudes. We are in the process of expanding the rail crude unloading capacity at Delaware City from 40,000 bpd to more than 110,000 bpd by early 2013 and have entered into agreements to lease approximately 2,400 crude railcars (comprised of approximately 1,600 coiled and insulated railcars that are capable of transporting Western Canadian bitumen without diluent and approximately 800 general purpose railcars) that will be utilized to transport crude by rail to Delaware City.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

 

Strategically located refineries with cost and supply advantages . Our Midcontinent Toledo refinery advantageously sources a substantial portion of its WTI based crude slate from sources in Canada and throughout the Midcontinent. The balance of the crude oil is delivered by truck from local sources and by rail to a nearby terminal. Recent increases in production volumes of crudes from Western Canada and the Midcontinent combined with limitations on takeaway capacity in the Midcontinent, including at Cushing, Oklahoma where WTI is priced, have resulted in a price discount for WTI based crudes compared to Brent based crudes. We believe that our access to WTI based crudes at Toledo provides us with a cost advantage versus facilities that do not have similar access to such crudes and must process Brent based feedstocks.

 

Our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries have similar supply advantages given that they have the flexibility to source crudes from around the world via the Delaware River, and can source currently price

 

98


Table of Contents

advantaged WTI based crudes from Western Canada and the Midcontinent through our Delaware City crude rail unloading facility and through third party rail unloading terminals on the East Coast. The 2,400 crude railcars that we have entered into agreements to lease will enable us to transport this crude to each of our refineries. This transportation flexibility allows our East Coast refineries to process the most cost advantaged crude available.

 

Future crude supply may emerge from other crude oil producing basins, including the development of the Utica Shale play (located in portions of the Appalachian Basin and Canada), which could potentially bring significant oil production online in regional proximity to all three of our refineries, providing an attractive feedstock source with low associated transportation cost.

 

Complex assets with a valuable product slate located in high-demand regions . Our refinery assets are located in regions where product demand exceeds refining capacity. Our refineries have a weighted average Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3, which allows us the flexibility to process a variety of crudes. Our East Coast refineries have the highest Nelson Complexity Indices on the East Coast, which allows them to process lower cost, heavier, more sour crude oils and giving us a cost advantage over other refineries in the same region. The complexity of our refining assets allows us to produce a higher percentage of more valuable light products. For example, our East Coast refineries produce a greater percentage of distillates versus gasoline than other East Coast refineries and have 100% of the East Coast’s heavy coking capacity. In addition, our Paulsboro refinery produces Group I base oils which are typically priced at a premium to both gasoline and distillates. Similarly, our Toledo refinery is a high conversion refinery with high gasoline and distillate yields and also produces high-value petrochemical products.

 

Significant scale and diversification . We currently operate three refineries with a combined crude throughput of 540,000 bpd making us the fifth largest independent refiner in the United States. Our refineries provide us diversification through crude slates, end products, customers and geographic locations. Our scale provides us buying power advantages, and we benefit from the cost efficiencies that result from operating three large refineries.

 

Recent capital investments and restructuring initiatives to improve financial returns . Since 2006, over $2.8 billion of capital has been invested in our three refineries to improve their operating performance, to meet environmental and regulatory standards, and to minimize the need for near-term capital expenditures. For example, since our acquisition of Delaware City, we have invested more than $500.0 million in turnaround and re-start projects that will improve the cost structure and profitability of the refinery, as well as in the recent strategic development of a crude rail unloading facility. In addition, we are spending approximately $57.0 million to expand and upgrade the rail unloading infrastructure that will allow us to discharge more than 110,000 bpd of cost advantaged, WTI based crudes for both our Delaware City and Paulsboro refineries by the first quarter of 2013. In conjunction with the re-start of Delaware City in 2011, we undertook a significant restructuring of the operations to improve its operating cost position, including reductions in labor costs compared to operations before shutdown by Valero, reductions in energy costs and reductions in other ongoing operating and maintenance expenses. Management estimates that the Delaware City restructuring has reduced the refinery’s annual operating expenses by over $200.0 million relative to pre-acquisition operating expense levels (without including the rail upgrades). We made significant operating improvements in the first year of operations by modifying the crude slate and product yield, changing operations of the conversion units and re-starting certain units.

 

Experienced management team with a demonstrated track record of acquiring, integrating and operating refining assets. Our management team is led by our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Thomas D. O’Malley, who has more than 30 years experience in the refining industry and has led the acquisition of more than 20 refineries during his career. In addition, our executive management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, Thomas J. Nimbley, our President, Michael D. Gayda, and our head of Commercial Operations, Donald F. Lucey, has a proven track record of successfully operating refining assets. Our core management team has significant experience working together, including while at Tosco Corporation and Premcor. These executives have a long history of acquiring refineries at attractive prices and integrating these operations into a single, consolidated platform. For example, we believe we acquired the Paulsboro, Delaware City and Toledo refineries at or near the

 

99


Table of Contents

bottom of the refining cycle at a small fraction of replacement cost. These acquisitions were made at lower prices on a per barrel basis and significantly lower prices on a complexity barrel basis than other comparable acquisitions over the past five years.

 

Support from strong financial sponsors and management with a substantial investment . Our financial sponsors, Blackstone and First Reserve, have a long history of successful investments across the energy industry. Together, our financial sponsors and management have invested substantial equity in PBF LLC to date, with management investing over $23.5 million. In addition, Thomas D. O’Malley, our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes in the notes offering.

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our primary goal is to create stockholder value by improving our market position as one of the largest independent refiners and suppliers of petroleum products in the United States. We intend to execute the following strategies to achieve our goal:

 

Maintain efficient refinery operations. We intend to operate our refineries as reliably and efficiently as possible and further improve our operations by maintaining our costs at competitive levels, seeking to optimize utilization of our refinery asset base, and making focused high-return capital improvements designed to generate incremental profits.

 

We are continuously looking for ways to improve our overall operating efficiencies. For example, our refineries in Paulsboro and Delaware City are located approximately 30 miles apart from one another on the Delaware River. Both refineries have the capability to process heavy, sour crudes and have complementary operating units and we exchange certain feedstocks and intermediates between the refineries in an effort to optimize profitability. We are able to recognize cost savings associated with the sharing of crude oil shipments for these refineries. In addition to allowing us to share crude cargoes transported to our East Coast refineries via water, the construction of our new crude rail unloading facility at Delaware City will also help us realize better crude economics, because we will be able to deliver crude via rail through our own facilities and process WTI based crudes at both Paulsboro and Delaware City. We employ a small, centralized corporate staff that provides capital control and oversight and have experienced managers making operational decisions at our refineries.

 

Continue to grow through acquisitions and internal projects. We believe that we will encounter attractive acquisition opportunities as a result of the continuing strategic divestitures by major integrated oil companies and the rationalization of specific refinery assets. In selecting future acquisitions and internal projects, we intend to consider, among other things, the following criteria: performance through the cycle, access to advantageous crude supplies, attractive refined product end market fundamentals, access to storage, distribution and logistics infrastructure, acquisition price and our ability to maintain a conservative capital structure, and synergies with existing assets. In addition, we own a number of energy-related logistical assets that qualify for the favorable tax treatment that is permitted through an MLP structure. We continue to evaluate our strategic alternatives for these assets.

 

Promote operational excellence in reliability and safety. We will continue to devote significant time and resources toward improving the reliability and safety of our operations. We will seek to improve operating performance through our commitment to our preventive maintenance program and to employee training and development programs. We will continue to emphasize safety in all aspects of our operations. We believe that a superior reliability record, which can be measured and managed like all other aspects of our business, is inherently tied to safety and profitability.

 

Create an organization highly motivated to maintain earnings and improve return on capital. We have created an organization in which employees are highly motivated to maintain earnings and improve return on capital. Our cash incentive compensation plan, which covers all non-unionized employees, is solely based on

 

100


Table of Contents

achieving earnings above designated levels. Our equity incentive plan provides participating employees with an equity stake in us and aligns their interests with our investors’ interests.

 

Refining Operations

 

We currently own and operate three refineries, all located in regions with favorable market dynamics where finished product demand exceeds operating refining capacity. We produce a variety of products at each of our refineries, including gasoline, ULSD, heating oil, jet fuel, lubricants, petrochemicals and asphalt. We sell our products throughout the Northeast and Midwest of the United States, as well as in other regions of the United States and Canada, and are able to ship products to other international destinations.

 

Delaware City Refinery

 

Acquisition and Re-Start. Through our subsidiaries, Delaware City Refining and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, we acquired the idle Delaware City refinery and its related assets, including a petroleum product terminal, a petroleum products pipeline and an electric generation facility, on June 1, 2010 from affiliates of Valero for approximately $220.0 million in cash; consisting of approximately $170.0 million for the refinery, terminal and pipeline assets and $50.0 million for the power plant complex located on the property. We also incurred approximately $4.3 million in acquisition costs.

 

The refinery was commissioned in 1956, and was most recently operated, and ultimately shut down in November 2009, by affiliates of Valero. The Delaware City refinery began production in 1957 as part of the Tidewater Oil Company. In 1967, the Tidewater Oil Company merged into Getty Oil Company. The refinery became an important part of Texaco’s domestic refining portfolio when Texaco acquired Getty in 1984. The Delaware City refinery was part of Star Enterprise, a joint venture between Texaco and Saudi Refining from 1989 until 1998, when it became one of Motiva Enterprises LLC’s refineries. A subsidiary of Premcor, which later merged with Valero in August 2005, purchased Delaware City from Motiva in 2004.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2009, due to, among other reasons, financial losses caused by one of the worst recessions in recent history, the prior owner shut down the Delaware City refinery. We were therefore able to acquire the refinery at an attractive price. In addition, at the time of acquisition, we reached an agreement with the State of Delaware that provided for a five-year operating permit and up to approximately $45.0 million of economic support to re-start the facility, and negotiated a new long-term contract with the relevant union at the refinery. We believe that the refinery’s ability to process lower quality crudes will allow us to capture a higher margin as these lower quality crudes are typically priced at discounts to benchmark crudes, and to compete effectively in a region where product demand significantly exceeds refining capacity.

 

Since our acquisition through December 31, 2011, we have invested more than $500.0 million in turnaround and re-start projects at Delaware City, as well as in the recent strategic development of a crude rail unloading facility. In the first year of operations we have also modified the crude slate and product yield, changed operations of the conversion units, and re-started certain units in order to optimize the refinery. The re-start process included the decommissioning of the gasifier unit located on the property which allowed us to decrease emissions and improve the reliability of the refinery. We have also completed a cogeneration project to convert the electric generation units at the refinery to use natural gas as a fuel and a hydrocracker corrosion control project aimed at increasing throughput. Through these capital investments and by restructuring certain operations, management estimates that we have lowered the annual operating expenses of the Delaware City refinery by approximately $200.0 million (without including rail upgrades). This estimate includes operating expense reductions (maintenance, labor, etc.) of approximately $100.0 million, reduced annual energy costs of approximately $55.0 million, approximately $15.0 million of savings from decommissioning the gasifier and approximately $30.0 million of additional savings from improved reliability of the refinery and decreased operating expenses. In 2012, we are spending approximately $57.0 million, $20.0 million of which has been spent as of September 30, 2012, to expand and upgrade the existing on-site railroad infrastructure, including the expansion of the crude rail unloading facilities that will be capable of discharging approximately 110,000 bpd.

 

101


Table of Contents

Additionally, we continue to evaluate the development of a construction project consisting of a mild hydrocracker and hydrogen plant at the refinery, which was conditionally approved by our board of directors at the end of 2011. We estimate that the construction of the project, if commenced, will take approximately three years from commencement and when completed would process streams from both Delaware City and Paulsboro.

 

In connection with our re-start of the refinery, we received a $20.0 million loan from the State of Delaware which converts to a grant contingent upon our continued operation of the refinery and certain other conditions. The State of Delaware has also agreed to reimburse us $12.0 million in the aggregate for the dredging of the Delaware River near the refinery over the next six years, granted us $1.5 million to fund employee training programs and granted us $10.0 million towards the conversion of the gas turbines at the refinery to run on natural gas. During the first years of the refinery’s operations we anticipate saving in excess of $100.0 million in capital expenditures we otherwise would have expected to make if not for our reconfiguration of the refinery and the terms of our environmental operating agreement issued by the State of Delaware.

 

Overview. The Delaware City refinery is located on a 5,000-acre site, with access to waterborne cargoes and an extensive distribution network of pipelines, barges and tankers, truck and rail. Delaware City is a fully integrated operation that receives crude via rail at the crude unloading facility, or ship or barge at its docks located on the Delaware River. The crude and other feedstocks are transported, via pipes, to an extensive tank farm where they are stored until processing. In addition, there is a 17-bay, 50,000 bpd capacity truck loading rack located adjacent to the refinery and a 23-mile interstate pipeline that is used to distribute clean products.

 

The Delaware City refinery has a throughput capacity of 190,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 11.3. As a result of its configuration and process units, Delaware City has the capability of processing a heavy slate of crudes with a high concentration of high sulfur crudes and is one of the largest and most complex refineries on the East Coast. The Delaware City refinery is one of two heavy coking refineries, in addition to Paulsboro, on the East Coast of the United States with coking capacity equal to approximately 25% of crude capacity.

 

The Delaware City refinery processes a variety of medium to heavy, sour crude oils. The refinery has large conversion capacity with its 82,000 bpd FCC unit, 47,000 bpd FCU and 18,000 bpd hydrocracking unit with vacuum distillation. Hydrogen is provided via the refinery’s steam methane reformer and continuous catalytic reformer.

 

Delaware City Process Flow Diagram

 

LOGO

 

102


Table of Contents

The following table approximates the Delaware City refinery’s major process unit capacities. Unit capacities are shown in barrels per stream day.

 

Refinery Units

   Nameplate
Capacity
 

Crude Distillation Unit

     190,000   

Vacuum Distillation Unit

     102,000   

Fluid Catalytic Cracking Unit (FCC)

     82,000   

Hydrotreating Units

     160,000   

Hydrocracking Unit

     18,000   

Catalytic Reforming Unit (CCR)

     43,000   

Benzene / Toluene Extraction Unit

     15,000   

Butane Isomerization Unit (ISOM)

     6,000   

Alkylation Unit (Alky)

     11,000   

Polymerization Unit (Poly)

     16,000   

Fluid Coking Unit (Fluid Coker)

     47,000   

 

Feedstocks and Supply Arrangements. In April 2011, we entered into a crude and feedstock supply agreement with Statoil that expires in April 2013, subject to Statoil having an option to extend the term through December 31, 2015. We are currently in discussions with Statoil to amend the agreement in anticipation of their extension. Pursuant to the agreement, we direct Statoil to purchase crude and other feedstocks for Delaware City and Statoil purchases these products on the spot market or through term agreements. Accordingly, Statoil enters into, on our behalf, hedging arrangements to protect against changes in prices between the time of purchase and the time of processing the feedstocks. In addition to procurement, for waterborne deliveries Statoil arranges transportation and insurance for the crude and feedstock supply and we pay Statoil a per barrel fee for their procurement and logistics services. Statoil generally holds title to the crude and feedstocks until we run the crude or feedstocks through our process units. We pay Statoil on a daily basis for the corresponding volume of crude or feedstocks that are consumed in conjunction with the refining process. This crude supply and feedstock arrangement helps us reduce the amount of investment we are required to maintain in crude inventories and, as a result, helps us manage our working capital.

 

Product Offtake. We sell the bulk of Delaware City’s clean products to MSCG through our offtake agreement. MSCG purchases 100% of our finished clean products at Delaware City, which includes gasoline, heating oil and jet fuel, as well as our intermediates. The remainder of our products are sold to a variety of customers on the spot market.

 

Tankage Capacity. The Delaware City refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 10.0 MMbbls. Of the total, 18 tanks with approximately 3.6 million barrels of storage capacity are dedicated to crude oil and other feedstock storage with the remaining approximately 6.4 million barrels allocated to finished products, intermediates and other products.

 

Energy and Other Utilities. Under normal operating conditions, the Delaware City refinery consumes approximately 55,000 MMBTU per day of natural gas. The Delaware City refinery has a 280 MW power plant located on-site that consists of two natural gas-fueled turbines with combined capacity of approximately 140 MW and four turbo-generators with combined nameplate capacity of approximately 140 MW. Collectively, this power plant produces electricity in excess of Delaware City’s refinery load of approximately 90 MW. Excess electricity is sold into the Pennsylvania-New Jersey-Maryland, or PJM, grid. Steam is primarily produced by a combination of three dedicated boilers and supplemented by secondary boilers at the FCC and coker.

 

103


Table of Contents

Paulsboro Refinery

 

Acquisition. We acquired the entities that owned the Paulsboro refinery (including an associated natural gas pipeline) on December 17, 2010, from Valero for approximately $357.7 million, excluding working capital. The purchase price excludes inventory purchased on our behalf by MSCG and Statoil. We invested approximately $62.8 million in capital in early 2011 to complete a scheduled turnaround at the refinery. The refinery was commissioned in 1917 and was purchased by Valero from Mobil Oil Corporation in 1998.

 

Overview. Paulsboro has a throughput capacity of 180,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 13.2. The Paulsboro refinery is located on approximately 950 acres on the Delaware River in Paulsboro, New Jersey, just south of Philadelphia and approximately 30 miles away from Delaware City. Paulsboro receives crude and feedstocks via its marine terminal on the Delaware River. Paulsboro is one of two operating refineries on the East Coast with coking capacity, the other being Delaware City. Major units at the Paulsboro refinery include crude distillation units, vacuum distillation units, an FCC unit, a delayed coking unit, a lube oil processing unit and a propane deasphalting unit.

 

The Paulsboro refinery processes a variety of medium and heavy, sour crude oils. The Paulsboro refinery predominantly produces gasoline, heating oil and jet fuel and also manufactures Group I base oils or lubricants. In addition to its finished clean products slate, Paulsboro produces asphalt and petroleum coke.

 

Paulsboro Refinery Process Flow Diagram

 

LOGO

 

104


Table of Contents

The following table approximates the Paulsboro refinery’s major process unit capacities. Unit capacities are shown in barrels per stream day.

 

Refinery Units

   Nameplate
Capacity
 

Crude Distillation Units

     168,000   

Vacuum Distillation Units

     83,000   

Fluid Catalytic Cracking Unit (FCC)

     55,000   

Hydrotreating Units

     141,000   

Catalytic Reforming Unit (CCR)

     32,000   

Alkylation Unit (Alky)

     11,000   

Lube Oil Processing Unit

     12,000   

Delayed Coking Unit (Coker)

     27,000   

Propane Deasphalting Unit

     11,000   

 

Feedstocks and Supply Arrangements . In December 2010, we entered into a crude and feedstock supply agreement with Statoil that will terminate effective March 31, 2013. Pursuant to the agreement, we direct Statoil to purchase crude and other feedstocks for Paulsboro and Statoil purchases these products on the spot market. Accordingly, Statoil enters into, on our behalf, hedging arrangements to protect against changes in prices between the time of purchase and the time of processing the feedstocks. In addition to procurement, Statoil generally arranges transportation and insurance for the crude and feedstock supply and we pay Statoil a per barrel fee for their procurement and logistics services. Statoil holds title to the crude and feedstocks until we run the crude or feedstocks through our process units. We pay Statoil on a daily basis for the corresponding volume of crude or feedstocks that are consumed in conjunction with the refining process.

 

In addition, we have a long-term contract with Saudi Aramco. We have been purchasing up to approximately 100,000 bpd of crude oil from Saudi Aramco that is processed at Paulsboro pursuant to this agreement and on a spot basis. The crude purchased is priced off ASCI.

 

Product Offtake. We sell the bulk of Paulsboro’s clean products to MSCG through our offtake agreement. With the exception of certain jet fuel sales, MSCG purchases 100% of our finished clean products and intermediates. In addition to the finished products offtake agreement with MSCG, we sell the remaining products produced at Paulsboro to third parties under various long-term contracts and on the spot market.

 

Tankage Capacity. The Paulsboro refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 7.5 MMbbls. Of the total, approximately 2.1 million barrels are dedicated to crude oil storage with the remaining 5.4 million barrels allocated to finished products, intermediates and other products. Paulsboro has a remote gauging system to monitor tank levels and all storage tanks are diked through either individual or common dikes.

 

Energy and Other Utilities. Under normal operating conditions, the Paulsboro refinery consumes approximately 30,000 MMBTU per day of natural gas. The Paulsboro refinery is virtually self-sufficient for its electrical power requirements. The refinery supplies approximately 90% of its 63 MW load through a combination of four generators with a nameplate capacity of 78 MW, in addition to a 30 MW gas turbine generator and two 15 MW steam turbine generators located at the Paulsboro utility plant. In the event that Paulsboro requires additional electricity to operate the refinery, supplemental power is available through a local utility. Paulsboro is connected to the grid via three separate 69 KV aerial feeders and has the ability to run entirely on imported power. Steam is primarily produced by three boilers, each with continuous rated capacity of 300,000-lb/hr at 900-psi. In addition, Paulsboro has a heat recovery steam generator and a number of waste heat boilers throughout the refinery that supplement the steam generation capacity. Paulsboro’s current hydrogen needs are met by the hydrogen supply from the reformer. In addition, the refinery employs a standalone steam methane reformer that is capable of producing 10 MMSCFD of 99% pure hydrogen. This ancillary hydrogen plant is utilized as a back-up source of hydrogen for the refinery’s process units.

 

105


Table of Contents

Toledo Refinery

 

Acquisition. Through our subsidiary, Toledo Refining, we acquired the Toledo refinery on March 1, 2011, from Sunoco for approximately $400.0 million, excluding working capital. We also purchased refined and certain intermediate products in inventory for approximately $299.6 million, and MSCG purchased the refinery’s crude oil inventory on our behalf. Additionally, included in the terms of the sale is a five-year participation payment of up to $125.0 million payable to Sunoco based upon post-acquisition earnings of the refinery, of which $103.0 million was paid in 2012. We currently anticipate paying the balance of the participation payment in April 2013.

 

Overview . Toledo has a throughput capacity of approximately 170,000 bpd and a Nelson Complexity Index of 9.2. Toledo processes a slate of light, sweet crudes from Canada, the Midcontinent, the Bakken region and the U.S. Gulf Coast. Toledo produces a high percentage of finished products including gasoline and ULSD, in addition to a variety of high-value petrochemicals including nonene, xylene, tetramer and toluene.

 

The Toledo refinery is located on a 282-acre site near Toledo, Ohio, approximately 60 miles from Detroit. Major units at the Toledo refinery include an FCC unit, a hydrocracker, an alkylation unit and a UDEX unit. Crude is delivered to the Toledo refinery through three primary pipelines: (1) Enbridge from the north, (2) Capline from the south and (3) Mid-Valley from the south. Crude is also delivered from local sources by truck.

 

Toledo Refinery Process Flow Diagram

 

LOGO

 

106


Table of Contents

The following table approximates the Toledo refinery’s major process unit capacities. Unit capacities are shown in barrels per stream day.

 

Refinery Units

   Nameplate
Capacity
 

Crude Distillation Unit

     170,000   

Fluid Catalytic Cracking Unit (FCC)

     79,000   

Hydrotreating Units

     95,000   

Hydrocracking Unit (HCC)

     45,000   

Catalytic Reforming Units

     45,000   

Alkylation Unit (Alky)

     10,000   

Polymerization Unit (Poly)

     7,000   

UDEX Unit (BTX)

     16,300   

 

Feedstocks and Supply Arrangements. In May 2011, we entered into a crude oil acquisition agreement with MSCG that expires in June 2013, subject to certain termination rights and automatic renewals unless otherwise terminated by either party. Pursuant to the agreement, we direct MSCG to purchase crude and other feedstocks for Toledo and MSCG purchases these products on the spot market. Accordingly, MSCG enters into, on our behalf, hedging arrangements to protect against changes in prices between the time of purchase and the time of processing the feedstocks. In addition to procurement, MSCG arranges transportation and insurance for the crude and feedstock supply and we pay MSCG a per barrel fee for their procurement and logistics services. We pay MSCG on a daily basis for the corresponding volume of crude or feedstocks two days after they are consumed in conjunction with the refining process. This arrangement helps us reduce the amount of investment we are required to maintain in crude inventories and, as a result, helps us manage our working capital.

 

Product Offtake. Toledo is connected, via pipelines, to an extensive distribution network throughout Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Pennsylvania and West Virginia. The finished products are transported on pipelines owned by Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P. and Buckeye Partners. In addition, we have proprietary connections to a variety of smaller pipelines and spurs that help us optimize our clean products distribution. A significant portion of Toledo’s gasoline and ULSD are distributed through the approximately 28 terminals in this network.

 

In March 2011, we entered into an agreement with Sunoco whereby Sunoco purchases gasoline and distillates products representing approximately one-third of the Toledo refinery’s gasoline and diesel production. The agreement has a three year term, subject to certain early termination rights. We sell the bulk of the petrochemicals produced at the Toledo refinery through short-term contracts or on the spot market and the majority of the product distribution is done via rail.

 

Tankage Capacity. The Toledo refinery has total storage capacity of approximately 4.0 MMbbls. The Toledo refinery receives its crude through pipeline connections and a truck rack. Of the total, approximately 0.4 million barrels are dedicated to crude oil storage with the remaining 3.6 million barrels in the pipeline systems.

 

Energy and Other Utilities. Under normal operating conditions, the Toledo refinery consumes approximately 17,000 MMBTU per day of natural gas. The Toledo refinery purchases its electricity from a local utility and has a long-term contract to purchase hydrogen and steam from a local third party supplier. In addition to the third party steam supplier, Toledo consumes a portion of the steam that is generated by its various process units.

 

Competition

 

The refining business is very competitive. We compete directly with various other refining companies both on the East Coast and in the Midcontinent, with integrated oil companies, with foreign refiners that import products into the United States and with producers and marketers in other industries supplying alternative forms

 

107


Table of Contents

of energy and fuels to satisfy the requirements of industrial, commercial and individual consumers. Some of our competitors have expanded the capacity of their refineries and internationally new refineries are coming on line which could also affect our competitive position.

 

Profitability in the refining industry depends largely on refined product margins, which can fluctuate significantly, as well as operating efficiency and reliability, product mix and costs of product distribution and transportation. Certain of our competitors that have larger and more complex refineries may be able to realize lower per-barrel costs or higher margins per barrel of throughput. Several of our principal competitors are integrated national or international oil companies that are larger and have substantially greater resources. Because of their integrated operations and larger capitalization, these companies may be more flexible in responding to volatile industry or market conditions, such as shortages of feedstocks or intense price fluctuations. Refining margins are frequently impacted by sharp changes in crude oil costs, which may not be immediately reflected in product prices.

 

The refining industry is highly competitive with respect to feedstock supply. Unlike certain of our competitors that have access to proprietary controlled sources of crude oil production available for use at their own refineries, we obtain substantially all of our crude oil and other feedstocks from unaffiliated sources. The availability and cost of crude oil is affected by global supply and demand. We have no crude oil reserves and are not engaged in the exploration or production of crude oil. We believe, however, that we will be able to obtain adequate crude oil and other feedstocks at generally competitive prices for the foreseeable future.

 

Employees

 

As of September 30, 2012, we had approximately 1,578 employees. At Paulsboro, 289 of our 446 employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that expires in March 2015. In addition, 639 of our 986 employees at Delaware City and Toledo are covered by a collective bargaining agreement that is currently anticipated to expire in February of 2015. None of our corporate employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with the represented employees to be satisfactory.

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

 

Refinery and pipeline operations are subject to federal, state and local laws regulating the discharge of matter into the environment or otherwise relating to human health and safety or the protection of the environment. These laws regulate among other things, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of petroleum and other regulated materials, the emission and discharge of materials into the environment, waste management, remediation of contaminated sites, characteristics and composition of gasoline and diesel and other matters otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Permits are also required under these laws for the operation of our refineries, pipelines and related operations and these permits are subject to revocation, modification and renewal. Compliance with applicable environmental laws, regulations and permits will continue to have an impact on our operations, results of operations and capital requirements. We believe that our current operations are in substantial compliance with existing environmental laws, regulations and permits.

 

Our operations and many of the products we manufacture are subject to certain specific requirements of the CAA, and related state and local regulations. The CAA contains provisions that require capital expenditures for the installation of certain air pollution control devices at our refineries. Subsequent rule making authorized by the CAA or similar laws or new agency interpretations of existing rules, may necessitate additional expenditures in future years.

 

Additionally, as of January 1, 2011 we are required to meet an EPA regulation limiting the average sulfur content in gasoline to 30 PPM. The EPA has also announced that it plans to propose new “Tier 3” motor vehicle emission and fuel standards. It has been reported that these new Tier 3 regulations may, among other things, lower the maximum average sulfur content of gasoline from 30 PPM to 10 PPM. If the Tier 3 regulations are

 

108


Table of Contents

eventually implemented and lower the maximum allowable content of sulfur or other constituents in fuels that we produce, we may at some point in the future be required to make significant capital expenditures and/or incur materially increased operating costs to comply with the new standards. As of January 1, 2011, we are required to comply with the EPA’s new Control of Hazardous Air Pollutants From Mobile Sources, or MSAT2, regulations on gasoline that impose reductions in the benzene content of our produced gasoline. We purchase benzene credits to meet these requirements. Our planned capital projects will reduce the amount of benzene credits that we need to purchase and we could implement additional benzene reduction projects to completely eliminate our benzene credit purchase requirements if we can justify such a project from a cost benefit standpoint. In addition, the renewable fuel standards will mandate the blending of prescribed percentages of renewable fuels (e.g., ethanol and biofuels) into our produced gasoline and diesel. These new requirements, other requirements of the CAA and other presently existing or future environmental regulations may cause us to make substantial capital expenditures as well as the purchase of credits at significant cost, to enable our refineries to produce products that meet applicable requirements.

 

Our operations are also subject to the federal Clean Water Act, or the CWA, the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, or the SDWA, and comparable state and local requirements. The CWA, the SDWA and analogous laws prohibit any discharge into surface waters, ground waters, injection wells and publicly-owned treatment works except in strict conformance with permits, such as pre-treatment permits and discharge permits, issued by federal, state and local governmental agencies. Federal waste-water discharge permits and analogous state waste-water discharge permits are valid for a maximum of five years and must be renewed.

 

We generate wastes that may be subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, and comparable state and local requirements. The EPA and various state agencies have limited the approved methods of disposal for certain hazardous and non-hazardous wastes.

 

The federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, also known as “Superfund,” imposes liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the current or former owner or operator of the disposal site or sites where the release occurred and companies that disposed of or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to joint and several liability for investigation and the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. As discussed more fully below, certain of our sites are subject to these laws and we may be held liable for investigation and remediation costs or claims for natural resource damages. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the environment. Analogous state laws impose similar responsibilities and liabilities on responsible parties. In our current normal operations, we have generated waste, some of which falls within the statutory definition of a “hazardous substance” and some of which may have been disposed of at sites that may require cleanup under Superfund.

 

As is the case with all companies engaged in industries similar to ours, we face potential exposure to future claims and lawsuits involving environmental matters. These matters include soil and water contamination, air pollution, personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by substances which we manufactured, handled, used, released or disposed of.

 

Current and future environmental regulations are expected to require additional expenditures, including expenditures for investigation and remediation, which may be significant, at our refineries and at pipeline transportation facilities. To the extent that future expenditures for these purposes are material and can be reasonably determined, these costs are disclosed and accrued.

 

Our operations are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. We maintain safety, training and maintenance programs as part of our ongoing efforts to ensure compliance with

 

109


Table of Contents

applicable laws and regulations. Compliance with applicable health and safety laws and regulations has required and continues to require substantial expenditures.

 

In connection with each of our acquisitions, we assumed certain environmental remediation obligations. In the case of Paulsboro, a trust fund established to meet state financial assurance requirements, in the amount of approximately $12.1 million, the current estimated cost of the remediation obligations assumed based on investigation undertaken to date, was acquired as part of the acquisition. The short term portion of the trust fund and corresponding liability are recorded as restricted cash and accrued expenses, the long term portion is recorded in other assets and other long-term liabilities. In connection with the acquisition of Delaware City, the prior owners remain responsible subject to certain limitations, for certain environmental obligations including ongoing remediation of soil and groundwater contamination at the site. Further, in connection with the Delaware City and Paulsboro acquisitions, we purchased two individual ten-year, $75.0 million environmental insurance policies to insure against unknown environmental liabilities at each refinery. In connection with the acquisition of Toledo, the seller, subject to certain limitations, initially retains remediation obligations which will transition to us over a 20-year period. However, there can be no assurance that any available indemnity, trust fund or insurance will be sufficient to cover any ultimate environmental liabilities we may incur with respect to our refineries which could be significant.

 

We cannot predict what additional health and environmental legislation or regulations will be enacted or become effective in the future or how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to our operations. Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations or adverse changes in the interpretation of existing requirements or discovery of new information such as unknown contamination could have an adverse effect on the financial position and the results of our operations and could require substantial expenditures for the installation and operation of systems and equipment that we do not currently possess.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely against us, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our subsidiary, Paulsboro Refining, formerly known as Valero Refining Company—New Jersey, is party to certain legal proceedings that arose prior to our acquisition of the entity, for which we are indemnified by Valero.

 

110


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our current directors and executive officers. Each director and executive officer will hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Thomas D. O’Malley

     71       Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

Thomas J. Nimbley

     61       Chief Executive Officer

Michael D. Gayda

     58       President

Donald F. Lucey

     59       Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

Matthew C. Lucey

     39       Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Jeffrey Dill

     51       Senior Vice President, General Counsel

Spencer Abraham

     60       Director

Jefferson F. Allen

     67       Director

Martin J. Brand

     37       Director

Timothy H. Day

     42       Director

David I. Foley

     45       Director

Dennis Houston

     61       Director

Neil A. Wizel

     35       Director

 

Thomas D. O’Malley has served as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of PBF since 2008 and was our Chief Executive Officer from inception until June 2010. Mr. O’Malley has more than 30 years experience in the refining industry. He served as Chairman of the Board of Petroplus Holdings A.G., listed on the Swiss Exchange, from May 2006 until February 2011, and was Chief Executive Officer from May 2006 until September 2007. Mr. O’Malley was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Premcor, a domestic oil refiner and Fortune 250 company listed on the NYSE, from February 2002 until its sale to Valero in August 2005. Before joining Premcor, Mr. O’Malley was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Tosco Corporation. This Fortune 100 company, listed on the NYSE, was the largest independent oil refiner and marketer of oil products in the United States, with annualized revenues of approximately $25.0 billion when it was sold to Philips Petroleum Company in September 2001.

 

Mr. O’Malley’s extensive experience in and knowledge of the refining industry, as well as his proven leadership skills and management experience provides the board with valuable leadership, and for these reasons we believe Mr. O’Malley is qualified to serve as Chairman of our board of directors.

 

Thomas J. Nimbley has served as our Chief Executive Officer since June 2010 and was our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer from March 2010 through June 2010. Prior thereto, he served as a Principal for Nimbley Consultants LLC from June 2005 to April 2010, where he provided consulting services and assisted on the acquisition of two refineries. He previously served as Senior Vice President and head of Refining for Phillips Petroleum Company and subsequently Senior Vice President and head of Refining for ConocoPhillips domestic refining system (13 locations) following the merger of Phillips and Conoco. Before joining Phillips at the time of its acquisition of Tosco in September 2001, Mr. Nimbley served in various positions with Tosco Corporation and its subsidiaries starting in April 1993.

 

Michael D. Gayda joined us as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in April 2010 and has served as our President since June 2010 and was a director from inception until October 2009. Prior

 

111


Table of Contents

thereto, from May 2006 until January 2010 Mr. Gayda served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Petroplus, for whom Mr. Gayda is currently obligated to perform limited consulting services. Prior to Petroplus, he served as an executive officer of Premcor until its sale to Valero in August 2005 and as General Counsel—Refining for Phillips 66 Company, a division of Phillips Petroleum Company, following Phillips Petroleum’s acquisition of Tosco in September 2001. Mr. Gayda previously served as a Vice President of certain of Tosco’s subsidiaries.

 

Donald F. Lucey joined us as our Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations in April 2008 and has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer since April 2010. From 2005 until April 2008, Mr. Lucey provided consulting services to a variety of energy companies. Prior thereto, Mr. Lucey served as Senior Vice President, Commercial for Premcor from April 2002 until August 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Lucey worked at both Tosco and Phillips Petroleum Company, where he managed Atlantic Basin fuel oil activities. Before joining Tosco, Mr. Lucey worked with Phibro Energy in its fuel oil products and solid fuels departments throughout the United States and abroad.

 

Matthew C. Lucey joined us as our Vice President, Finance in April 2008 and has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since April 2010. Prior thereto, Mr. Lucey served as a Managing Director of M.E. Zukerman & Co., a New York-based private equity firm specializing in several sectors of the broader energy industry, from 2001 to 2008. While at M.E. Zukerman & Co., Mr. Lucey participated in all aspects of the firm’s energy investment activities and served on the Management Committee of Penreco, a manufacturer of specialty petroleum products; Cortez Pipeline Company, a 500 mile CO2 pipeline; and Venture Coke Company, a merchant petroleum coke calciner. Before joining M.E. Zukerman & Co., Mr. Lucey spent six years in the banking industry.

 

Jeffrey Dill has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since May 2010 and from March 2008 until September 2009. Mr. Dill served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Maxum Petroleum, Inc., a national marketer and logistics company for petroleum products, from September 2009 to May 2010 and as Consulting General Counsel and Secretary for NTR Acquisition Co., a special purpose acquisition company focused on downstream energy opportunities, from April 2007 to February 2008. Previously he served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Neurogen Corporation, a drug discovery and development company, from March 2006 to December 2007. Mr. Dill has over 15 years experience providing legal support to refining, transportation and marketing organizations in the petroleum industry, including positions at Premcor, ConocoPhillips, Tosco and Unocal.

 

Spencer Abraham is the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the international strategic consulting firm The Abraham Group, which he founded in 2005. Prior to starting The Abraham Group, Mr. Abraham served as Secretary of Energy under President George W. Bush from 2001 through January 2005 and was a U.S. Senator for the State of Michigan from 1995 to 2001. Prior to serving as a U.S. Senator, Mr. Abraham held various other public and private sector positions in the public policy arena. Mr. Abraham serves as a director of Occidental Petroleum Corporation and GenOn Energy, Inc. and as Chairman of the Advisory Board of Lynx Global Realty Asset Fund Onshore LLC. He was previously a director of ICx Technologies and non-executive Chairman of Areva Inc. Mr. Abraham also serves on the boards or advisory committees of several private companies, including Deepwater Wind, LLC, Green Rock Energy, Sindicatum Sustainable Resources and C3.

 

Mr. Abraham’s extensive political and financial experience in the energy sector, including as the Secretary of Energy of the United States, as a U.S. Senator and as a board member of various public companies in the oil and gas sector, provides him with unique and valuable insights into the industry in which we operate and the markets that we serve, and for these reasons we believe that Mr. Abraham is a valuable member of our board of directors.

 

Jefferson F. Allen serves as chairman of our audit committee for PBF. Mr. Allen has over 35 years experience in the oil industry. Before his retirement in 2005, Mr. Allen most recently served as the Chief

 

112


Table of Contents

Executive Officer of Premcor at the time of its sale to Valero in 2005. In addition, from 2002 until 2005 Mr. Allen served on Premcor’s Board of Directors and from 2002 until 2004 was Chairman of its Audit Committee. Prior to his service with Premcor, Mr. Allen was the Chief Financial Officer and a director of Tosco Corporation from 1990, and served as its President from 1995, until its merger with Phillips Petroleum Company in September 2001. Before joining Tosco, his previous energy industry experience was in the international exploration and production business for 14 years.

 

Mr. Allen’s industry specific experience as a financial expert and board member of a public company, provides our board with a unique perspective and insight, and for these reason we believe Mr. Allen is a valuable member of our board of directors.

 

Martin J. Brand is a Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone. Mr. Brand joined Blackstone in 2003 in the London office and transferred to the New York office in 2005. Mr. Brand currently serves as a director of Bayview Financial, Travelport Limited, Performance Food Group and Orbitz Worldwide. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Brand worked as a derivatives trader with the FICC division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York and Tokyo and with McKinsey & Company in London.

 

Mr. Brand brings extensive financial expertise and broad-based international experience with private equity firms that invest in growing companies to our board. These attributes provide the board with critical insight into what is needed to successfully compete in the global marketplace, and for these reasons we believe Mr. Brand is a valuable member of our board.

 

Timothy H. Day serves as chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Day is a Managing Director at First Reserve and is co-head of the firm’s buyout funds. Mr. Day’s responsibilities include investment origination, structuring, execution, monitoring and exit strategy, with particular emphasis on the global natural gas chain and related services for the hydrocarbon processing industry as well as midstream and downstream assets. Prior to joining First Reserve in 2000, Mr. Day spent three years with SCF Partners, a private equity investment group specializing in the energy industry and three years with Credit Suisse First Boston and Salomon Brothers. Mr. Day serves as a director of Brand Energy & Infrastructure Services, Crestwood Midstream Partners, Diamond S Management and KA First Reserve.

 

Mr. Day’s affiliation with First Reserve, his extensive financial expertise and his significant experience in the energy industry working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors make him a valuable member of our board.

 

David I. Foley serves as chairman of our compensation committee. Mr. Foley is a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone, the Chief Executive Officer of Blackstone Energy Partners, and leads all of Blackstone’s private equity investment activities in the energy and natural resource sector on a global basis. Since joining Blackstone in 1995, Mr. Foley has been responsible for building Blackstone’s energy and natural resources practice and has played an integral role in every private equity energy deal that the firm has invested in. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Foley worked with AEA Investors in the firm’s private equity business and prior to that served as a consultant for the Monitor Company. Mr. Foley serves as a director of Cheniere Energy Inc., Cheniere Energy Partners, Kosmos Energy and several privately-held energy companies in which Blackstone is an equity investor.

 

Mr. Foley’s affiliation with Blackstone, his financial expertise and his vast experience in the energy industry working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors make him a valuable member of our board.

 

Dennis Houston has approximately 40 years experience in the oil and gas industry, including over 35 years with ExxonMobil and its related companies. At the time of his retirement from ExxonMobil in May 2010, Mr. Houston held the positions of Executive Vice President Refining & Supply Company, Chairman and

 

113


Table of Contents

President of ExxonMobil Sales & Supply LLC and Chairman of Standard Tankers Bahamas Limited. Mr. Houston’s experience also includes engineering and management positions in Exxon’s refining organization and positions in Lubes and Supply.

 

Mr. Houston’s extensive operational experience in the oil and gas industry, including as a manager of a global refining organization, provides him with valuable insight into the markets in which we operate and provides a unique perspective to our board, and for these reasons we believe that Mr. Houston is qualified to serve on our board.

 

Neil A. Wizel is a Director at First Reserve. Mr. Wizel’s responsibilities include investment origination, structuring, execution, monitoring and exit strategy, with particular emphasis on the equipment, manufacturing and services sector as well as the reserves sector and downstream assets. Prior to joining First Reserve in April 2007, Mr. Wizel worked for five years at Greenbriar Equity Group, a transportation—focused private equity firm. Prior to Greenbriar, he was a Financial Analyst in the Leveraged Finance/Financial Sponsor Group at Credit Suisse First Boston. Mr. Wizel serves as a director of the Deep Gulf Energy companies and Saxon Energy Services.

 

Mr. Wizel’s affiliation with First Reserve, his financial expertise and his investment experience across the entire energy value chain make him a valuable member of our board.

 

Mr. O’Malley, by marriage, is the uncle of Mr. M. Lucey and the first cousin of Mr. D. Lucey.

 

Board of Directors Composition

 

Our board of directors currently has eight members, two of whom were nominated by Blackstone, two of whom were nominated by First Reserve, one of whom is our Executive Chairman and three of whom are independent directors nominated by the other five directors.

 

In connection with this offering we will enter into a stockholders agreement with Blackstone and First Reserve pursuant to which our board will be comprised of nine members, three of whom shall be designees of Blackstone and three of whom shall be designees of First Reserve. Blackstone and First Reserve will retain the right to designate nominees to our board of directors subject to the maintenance of certain ownership requirements in the Company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

 

Members of the board of directors will be elected at our annual meeting of stockholders to serve for a term of one year or until their successors have been elected and qualified, subject to prior death, resignation, retirement or removal from office. Each election of directors will be by plurality vote of the stockholders.

 

Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance rules for so long as Blackstone and First Reserve continue to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock after the completion of this offering. As a result, we will be eligible for exemptions from provisions of the NYSE corporate governance standards, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement that there be an annual performance evaluation of the corporate governance and compensation committees.

 

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not be required to have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees be required to consist entirely of independent directors. In addition, although we will have adopted charters for our audit, nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees and intend to conduct annual performance evaluations for these committees, none of these committees will be required to be composed

 

114


Table of Contents

entirely of independent directors immediately following the completion of this offering. Accordingly, you would not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. In the event that we are not, or cease to be, a controlled company within the meaning of these rules, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the NYSE corporate governance rules.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Allen, Brand and Wizel. Mr. Allen serves as chairman of our audit committee and qualifies as independent as defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. We will rely on the phase-in rules of the SEC and NYSE with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one member that is independent upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days thereafter and all members that are independent within one year thereafter.

 

The purpose of our audit committee is to assist our board of directors in overseeing and monitoring (1) the quality and integrity of our financial statements; (2) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; (3) the performance of our internal audit function; (4) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and (5) our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and our related policies and procedures, including our company-wide compliance and ethics program, with the committee to make regular reports to the board of directors regarding these compliance and ethics related responsibilities.

 

Our audit committee has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all employees, a copy of which will be available on our website as soon as practicable upon the completion of this offering.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Foley, Day, Allen and Abraham. Mr. Foley serves as chairman of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and directors; (2) monitoring our incentive and equity-based compensation plans; and (3) preparing our compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our compensation committee, a copy of which will be available on our website as soon as practicable upon the completion of this offering.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

We do not anticipate any interlocking relationships between any member of our compensation committee and any of our executive officers that would require disclosure under the applicable rules promulgated under federal securities laws.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Day, Foley and Abraham. Mr. Day serves as chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate

 

115


Table of Contents

governance committee is responsible for (1) identifying individuals qualified to become new board members, consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors, subject to our stockholders agreement; (2) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that the board select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders; (3) identifying board members qualified to fill vacancies on any board committee and recommending that the board appoint the identified member or members to the applicable committee; (4) reviewing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines; (5) overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and executive officers; and (6) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by the board of directors from time to time.

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee, a copy of which will be available on our website as soon as practicable upon the completion of this offering.

 

Our chief executive officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. Our principal accounting officer reports functionally to our chief financial officer and directly to our audit committee. We believe that the board’s leadership structure provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities.

 

116


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures about our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

 

Background and Overview

 

This section discusses the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner in which compensation is earned by our executive officers and places in context the data presented in the tables that follow. Our named executive officers for 2011 were Thomas D. O’Malley, Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Thomas J. Nimbley, Chief Executive Officer, Matthew C. Lucey, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Donald F. Lucey, Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer, and Michael D. Gayda, President.

 

Since our formation, our named executive officers have not received any compensation directly from us. All of our named executive officers have employment agreements with PBF Investments LLC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of PBF LLC, which currently pays the salaries of, and provides benefits to, these employees.

 

Our Compensation Committee

 

Prior to this offering, our board of directors approved each of the employment agreements with our named executive officers, including incentive compensation arrangements and eligibility for long-term equity compensation. Our board of directors has also approved our equity incentive plans and individual grants of equity to members of the board of directors, our named executive officers and other employees. Following this offering, our compensation policies and objectives will be established by our compensation committee.

 

In order to ensure that compensation programs are aligned with appropriate performance goals and strategic direction, management works with our compensation committee in the compensation-setting process. Specifically, management will recommend to our compensation committee its opinion of executive performance, recommend business performance targets and objectives, and recommend salary levels and annual and long-term incentive levels. However, in the future, all decisions regarding executive compensation will be made by our compensation committee.

 

Our compensation committee recently engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co. as its independent compensation consultant to assist it in evaluating our executive compensation program and to make recommendations with respect to appropriate levels and forms of compensation and benefits as we transition to becoming a public company, including the following:

 

   

an assessment of the components of our executive compensation program and our executives’ equity compensation levels relative to peers;

 

   

a review of market and “best” practice with respect to executive severance/change-of-control arrangements;

 

   

assistance with a review of our equity compensation strategy, including the development of award guidelines and an aggregate spending budget;

 

   

a review of considerations and market practices related to short-term cash incentive plans; and

 

   

a review of board of director compensation market practices.

 

117


Table of Contents

The objective of this evaluation is to ensure that we remain competitive as a newly public company and that we develop and maintain a compensation framework that is appropriate for a public company. Frederic W. Cook & Co. has not yet finalized its findings and the compensation committee has not approved, or recommended for approval, any material changes to our executive compensation program. Frederic W. Cook & Co. does not provide any other services to us or to management.

 

Our compensation committee determines and approves the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers and senior management, the appropriate annual salary, as well as applicable incentive compensation arrangements.

 

Compensation Philosophy

 

Our compensation arrangements are designed to ensure that our executives are rewarded appropriately for their contributions to our growth and profitability, and that the compensation is demonstrably contingent upon and linked to our sustainable success. This linkage encourages the commonality of interest between our executives and our stockholders.

 

The following are the principal objectives in the design of our executive compensation arrangements:

 

   

our ability to attract, retain and motivate superior management talent critical to our long-term success with compensation that is competitive within the marketplace;

 

   

linking executive compensation to the creation and maintenance of long-term equity value;

 

   

the maintenance of a reasonable balance among base salary, annual cash incentive payments and long-term equity-based incentive compensation, and other benefits;

 

   

promoting equity ownership by executives to align their interests with the interests of our equity holders; and

 

   

ensuring that incentive compensation is linked to the achievement of specific financial and strategic objectives, which are established in advance and approved by the board of directors.

 

Compensation Elements and Mix

 

We believe that compensation to our executive officers should be aligned closely with our short-term and long-term financial performance goals. As a result, a portion of executive compensation will be “at risk” and will be tied to the attainment of previously established financial goals. However, we also believe that it is prudent to provide competitive base salaries and benefits to attract and retain superior talent in order to achieve our strategic objectives.

 

For 2011, the principal elements of our compensation for our named executive officers were:

 

   

Base salaries;

 

   

Annual cash incentive plan;

 

   

Long-term equity-based incentives; and

 

   

Benefits and executive perquisites.

 

Annual Base Salary

 

In general, base salary is used as a principal means of providing cash compensation for performance of a named executive officer’s essential duties. Base salaries for our named executive officers are determined on an individual basis and are based on the level of job responsibility in the organization, past experience and market comparisons and are intended to provide our named executive officers with a stable income. The base salaries are

 

118


Table of Contents

designed to compensate the named executive officer for daily duties provided to the Company. Salaries are reviewed from time to time by the board of directors, and all proposed adjustments to the base salaries of our named executive officers are reviewed and approved by the board of directors and in the future will be reviewed and approved by our compensation committee. The base salary for each named executive officer for 2011 is reported in the Summary Compensation Table below.

 

Annual Cash Incentive Plan

 

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our annual cash incentive compensation plan on the same basis as our other members of management. The cash incentive compensation plan and any amounts thereunder to be paid to a named executive officer are determined in the discretion of our compensation committee.

 

In 2011, the cash incentive plan was designed to align our named executive officers and other members of management’s short-term cash compensation opportunities with our 2011 financial goals. Awards under the 2011 cash incentive plan are based on earnings thresholds determined by our compensation committee, based on recommendations provided by our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. For 2011, the cash incentive plan was established using minimum earnings thresholds with graduated increments and a total dollar limit on the amount available for awards. The earnings thresholds are designed to be realistic and attainable though slightly aggressive, requiring strong performance and execution that in our view provides an incentive firmly aligned with stockholder interests.

 

We retain the discretion to amend or discontinue the cash incentive plan and/or any award granted under the plan in the future, subject to the terms of the existing awards and the requirements of applicable law.

 

Equity Compensation

 

Our executive officer compensation has a substantial equity component as we believe superior equity investors’ returns are achieved through a culture that focuses on long-term performance by our named executive officers and other key employees. By providing our executives with an equity stake, we are better able to align the interests of our named executive officers and our other equity holders. In addition, because employees are able to profit from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, we believe stock options provide meaningful incentives to our named executive officers and other employees to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time.

 

As discussed under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Investments in PBF LLC,” since our formation in 2008, our named executive officers, one of our directors and certain other employees were provided the opportunity to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units, and were granted additional compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units. In addition, certain of our officers, including our named executive officers, were granted PBF LLC Series B Units, which are profits interests in PBF LLC.

 

Since March 2011, PBF LLC has maintained the PBF Energy Company LLC 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to which options to purchase Series A Units of PBF LLC have been granted to one of our named executive officers and certain of our employees. The options to purchase Series A Units vest in equal annual installments over three years, subject to accelerated vesting upon certain events. The options cannot be exercised more than 10 years after the date of grant. In making equity grants to our named executive officers, we considered a number of factors, including the position the executive has or is taking with us, individual performance of the executive, the present equity ownership levels of the executive, internal pay equity and the level of the executive’s total annual compensation package compared to similar positions at other refiners and energy companies. Following this offering PBF LLC does not intend to grant any additional equity awards under its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Our board of directors intends to adopt the PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be the source of new equity-based awards for us following this offering. See “—2012 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

119


Table of Contents

We do not have a formal policy requiring stock ownership by our executives. Notwithstanding the absence of a requirement, our executives have invested personal capital in us in connection with the formation of PBF LLC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Investments in PBF LLC” and “ —Private Placement of Senior Secured Notes” and the beneficial ownership chart under “Principal Stockholders.”

 

Other Benefits

 

All executive officers, including the named executive officers, are eligible for other benefits including: medical, dental, short-term disability and life insurance. The executives participate in these plans on the same basis, terms and conditions as other administrative employees. In addition, we provide long-term disability insurance coverage on behalf of the named executive officers at an amount equal to 65% of current base salary (up to $10,000 per month). The named executive officers also participate in our vacation, holiday and sick day program which provides paid leave during the year at various amounts based upon the executive’s position and length of service.

 

Clawback Policies

 

If required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, any incentive or equity-based award provided to one of our employees shall be conditioned on repayment or forfeiture in accordance with applicable law, any company policy, and any relevant provisions in the applicable award agreement.

 

Pension and Other Retirement Benefits

 

Defined Contribution Plan . Our defined contribution plan covers all employees, including our named executive officers. Employees are eligible to participate as of the first day of the month following 30 days of service. Participants can make basic contributions up to 50 percent of their annual salary subject to Internal Revenue Service limits. We match participants’ contributions at the rate of 200 percent of the first 3 percent of each participant’s total basic contribution based on the participant’s total annual salary. Employee contributions to the defined contribution plan are fully vested immediately. Our matching contributions to the defined contribution plan vest to the employee’s account over time. Participants may receive distributions from the vested portion of their defined contribution plan accounts any time after they cease service with us.

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan . We sponsor a qualified defined benefit plan for all employees, including our named executive officers, with a policy to fund pension liabilities in accordance with the limits imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, and Federal income tax laws. Annual contributions are made to an individual employee’s pension account based on their length of service with us and base salary, up to certain limits imposed by Federal and state income tax laws. Employees become eligible to participate in the defined benefit plan after their first 30 days of employment and an employee’s interest in their plan account vests after three years of employment, with the exception of certain circumstances.

 

PBF Energy Restoration Plan . We sponsor a non-qualified plan for non-union employees, including our named executive officers. Contributions, which are made at our discretion, are made to an individual employee’s pension restoration account based on their total cash compensation over a defined period of time. Employees become eligible to participate in the non-qualified plan after their first 30 days of employment and an employee’s interest in their plan account vests after one year of employment, with the exception of certain circumstances. An employee’s pension restoration account vests immediately and is non-forfeitable upon the attainment of age 65.

 

Summary of PBF LLC Series B Units

 

Certain of our officers currently hold PBF LLC Series B Units, which are profits interests. Profits interests have no taxable value at the date of grant, and are designed to be an interest in the profits of PBF LLC after the date of issuance. The holders of PBF LLC Series B Units are entitled to share in distributions and other payments only after the financial sponsors achieve certain levels of return on their investment. Following this offering, the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units will continue to have the right to share in any profits of our financial sponsors (including any profits realized from any exchange and subsequent sale of our Class A common stock by

 

120


Table of Contents

our financial sponsors). Accordingly, the PBF LLC Series B Units only dilute the interests of our financial sponsors, and do not dilute the interests of the PBF LLC Series A Units held by our management and certain directors, the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units (PBF Energy) or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. However, our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) reflect non-cash charges for compensation related to the PBF LLC Series B Units.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, there are 1,000,000 PBF LLC Series B Units issued and outstanding, which are held as follows: Thomas O’Malley—350,000 (35%); Thomas Nimbley—160,000 (16%); Matthew Lucey—60,000 (6%); Donald Lucey—160,000 (16%); Michael Gayda—160,000 (16%); and other officers—110,000 (11%). All distributions to the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units will be made pro rata, subject to vesting.

 

The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC provides that no holder of PBF LLC Series B Units will receive any distributions made by PBF LLC (other than certain tax distributions) until each of our financial sponsors holding PBF LLC Series A Units receives the aggregate amount invested for such PBF LLC Series A Units. Following the return to each of our financial sponsors of the aggregate amount invested for such holder’s PBF LLC Series A Units, the PBF LLC Series B Units will be entitled to share in all distributions (including prior distributions other than return of amounts invested) made to such holder of PBF LLC Series A Units in amounts ranging from 0% up to 10% based on the aggregate amount of distributions made to such holder of PBF LLC Series A Units. If the aggregate amounts distributed to such holder of PBF LLC Series A Units is greater than four times the aggregate amount invested for such PBF LLC Series A Units, the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units will be entitled to receive 10% of all distributions (including prior distributions other than return of amounts invested) made to such holder of PBF LLC Series A Units. If any amounts (other than tax distributions) are to be distributed in respect of any unvested PBF LLC Series B Units, such amounts shall be set aside for distribution to such holder at the time that such units vest. If such unvested PBF LLC Series B Units shall be forfeited by or repurchased from a holder without having vested, such amounts shall revert to certain holders of PBF LLC Series A Units. All amounts received, directly or indirectly, by our financial sponsors and the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units (and each of their successors and permitted transferees) in connection with their holding of units, including amounts received upon the sale of, or as a result of the ownership of, shares of Class A common stock following an exchange of units pursuant to the exchange agreement, upon a transfer of units by the financial sponsors to an unrelated third party or upon an in-kind distribution to their limited partners, pursuant to the tax receivable agreement or as a result of any assignment or transfer of any rights or entitlements thereunder, or otherwise as a result of such holder’s ownership of PBF LLC Series A Units or PBF LLC Series B Units, as applicable, are treated as being distributed, and treated as a distribution, for purposes of the amounts payable to the holders of PBF LLC Class B Units. Any payments required to be made to the holders of Series B Units by our financial sponsors shall be made in cash. Payments made to any of our financial sponsors pursuant to the tax receivable agreement shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the applicable sharing thresholds of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units under the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC. All distributions under the amended and restated limited liability company agreement are treated as being distributed in a single distribution. Accordingly, if multiple distributions are made, the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units shall be entitled to share in the distributions at the highest then applicable sharing percentage, and if such holders have received prior distributions at a lower sharing percentage, such holders shall be entitled to a priority catch-up distribution at the applicable higher sharing percentage before any further amounts are distributed to such holders of PBF LLC Series A Units. Any amounts received as tax distributions made by PBF LLC shall be treated as an advance on and shall reduce further distributions to which such holder otherwise would be entitled to under the agreement.

 

One quarter of the PBF LLC Series B Units vested at the time of grant in June 2010 and the remaining three-quarters vest in equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversary of grant, subject to accelerated vesting upon certain events described below. Any unvested PBF LLC Series B Units of a holder automatically vest upon a change of control or upon such holder’s death or disability, and all vested and unvested PBF LLC Series B Units of a holder are automatically forfeited upon such holder’s termination for cause. In addition, if a holder’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by the holder for good reason, PBF

 

121


Table of Contents

Energy, in consultation with the Executive Chairman, may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of such holder’s unvested PBF LLC Series B Units. See “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” for further information.

 

If the employment of a holder of PBF LLC Series B Units is terminated by us for any reason other than due to death, disability or retirement, our financial sponsors will have the right to purchase for cash all or part of the holder’s PBF LLC Series B Units for the fair market value of such units as of the purchase date. In addition, upon the death or disability of a holder of PBF LLC Series B Units, the holder (or his representatives) will have the right to sell to our financial sponsors, and our financial sponsors will be required to purchase (pro rata), all of the holder’s PBF LLC Series B Units for the fair market value of such units as of the purchase date, with the purchase price payable, at the election of the purchaser, in cash or by delivery of PBF LLC Series A Units held by the purchaser.

 

Our board of directors intends to adopt the PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be the source of new equity-based awards for us following this offering. See “—2012 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

We intend to adopt and seek shareholder approval of the PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, prior to this offering. The following description of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is a summary of the material features of the plan, and this summary is not complete and is qualified by reference to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be the source of new equity-based awards permitting us to grant to our key employees, directors and consultants incentive stock options (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code), non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other awards valued in whole or in part by reference to shares of our Class A common stock and performance based awards denominated in shares or cash.

 

In connection with Frederic W. Cook & Co.’s recommendations following its evaluation of our executive compensation program, as discussed above, we would anticipate making grants under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan to certain of our employees, which may include our named executive officers.

 

Administration . Our compensation committee will administer the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Our compensation committee may delegate its authority under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in whole or in part as it determines, including to a subcommittee consisting solely of at least two non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, “independent directors” within the meaning of the NYSE listed company rules and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent such are applicable to us and the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Our compensation committee will determine who will receive awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as the form of the awards, the number of shares underlying the awards, and the terms and conditions of the awards consistent with the terms of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Our compensation committee will have full authority to interpret and administer the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which determinations will be final and binding on all parties concerned.

 

Shares Subject to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan . The total number of shares of our Class A common stock which may be issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is             . We will make available the number of shares of our Class A common stock necessary to satisfy the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The shares of our Class A common stock underlying any award granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that expires, terminates or is cancelled or satisfied for any reason without the payment of consideration, withheld or tendered to satisfy tax withholding obligations, the aggregate exercise price on the exercise of stock options or the purchase price for any other award granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or repurchased by us, in each case, will again become available for awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to adjustment as provided in the 2012 Equity

 

122


Table of Contents

Incentive Plan, no more than              shares that can be delivered under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan may be deliverable pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options, and subject to adjustment as provided for under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the maximum number of shares with respect to which options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to an individual grantee in any fiscal year of the Company shall be             . No award may be granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the plan, but awards granted prior to such date may extend beyond such tenth anniversary.

 

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights . Our compensation committee may award non-qualified or incentive stock options under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Stock options granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will become vested and exercisable at such times and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by our compensation committee at the time of grant, but an option will generally not be exercisable for a period of more than ten years after it is granted.

 

Except with respect to substitute awards, the exercise price per share for any stock option awarded will not be less than the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the day the stock option is granted. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, the purchase price for the shares as to which an option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise at the election of the grantee in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by check), under certain circumstances by transferring shares of Class A common stock, through cashless exercise, net exercise, or such other method as our compensation committee may determine.

 

Our compensation committee may grant stock appreciation rights independent of or in conjunction with a stock option. The exercise price of a stock appreciation right will not be less than the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted; except that, in the case of a stock appreciation right granted in conjunction with a stock option, the exercise price will not be less than the exercise price of the related stock option. Each stock appreciation right granted independent of a stock option shall entitle a participant upon exercise to an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of our Class A common stock over (B) the exercise price per share of our Class A common stock, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of our Class A common stock covered by the stock appreciation right, and each stock appreciation right granted in conjunction with a stock option will entitle a participant to surrender to us the stock option and to receive such amount. Payment will be made in shares of our Class A common stock and/or cash, as determined by our compensation committee.

 

Other Stock-Based Awards . Our compensation committee, in its sole discretion, may grant or sell shares of our Class A common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units and awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the fair market value of, shares of our Class A common stock. Any of these other stock-based awards may be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as our compensation committee determines, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or vest with respect to, one or more shares of our Class A common stock (or the equivalent cash value of such shares of our Class A common stock) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Our compensation committee may in its discretion determine whether other stock-based awards will be payable in cash, shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination of both cash and shares.

 

Performance Based Awards . Our compensation committee, in its sole discretion, may grant certain awards that are denominated in shares or cash, that are designed to be deductible by us under Section 162(m) of the Code. Such awards, “performance-based awards,” will be subject to the terms and conditions established by our compensation committee and will be based upon one or more objective performance criteria as determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. The foregoing criteria may relate to us, one or more of our subsidiaries or one or more of our divisions or units, or any combination of the foregoing, and may be applied on an absolute basis and/or be relative to one or more peer group companies or indices, or any combination thereof, as our compensation committee shall determine. Our compensation committee will determine whether, with respect to a performance period, the applicable performance goals have been met with respect to a given participant and, if they have, during any period when Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to us, will so

 

123


Table of Contents

certify and ascertain the amount of the applicable performance-based award. During any period when Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to us, no performance-based awards will be paid to any participant for a given period of service until our compensation committee certifies that the objective performance goals (and any other material terms) applicable to such period have been satisfied. The amount of the performance-based award actually paid to a given participant may be less than the amount determined by the applicable performance goal formula, at the discretion of our compensation committee. The amount of the performance-based award determined by our compensation committee for a performance period will be paid to the participant at such time as determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion after the end of such performance period; provided, however, that a participant may, if and to the extent permitted by our compensation committee and consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, elect to defer payment of a performance-based award. The maximum amount of performance-based awards that may be granted during a fiscal year to any participant will be (i) with respect to performance-based awards that are denominated in shares,              shares, and (ii) with respect to performance-based awards that are denominated in cash, $             million.

 

Adjustments upon Certain Events . In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock by reason of any share dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, combination or transaction or exchange of shares of our Class A common stock or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to shareholders other than regular cash dividends, or any transaction similar to the foregoing, our compensation committee in its sole discretion and without liability to any person shall make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable, as to (1) the number or kind of shares or other securities issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or pursuant to outstanding awards, (2) the maximum number of shares for which stock options or stock appreciation rights may be granted during a fiscal year to any participant, (3) the maximum amount of a performance-based award that may be granted during a calendar year to any participant, (4) the option price or exercise price of any option or stock appreciation right and/or (5) any other affected terms of such awards.

 

Change in Control . In the event of a change in control of us (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan provides that (1) if determined by our compensation committee in the applicable award agreement or otherwise, any outstanding awards then held by participants which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions will automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to such change in control and (2) our compensation committee shall take one or more of the following actions: (a) cancel the awards for fair value (as determined by our compensation committee), (b) provide for the issuance of substitute awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected awards previously granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, including without limitation, any applicable vesting conditions, or (c) provide that, with respect to any awards that are stock options or stock appreciation rights, the awards will be exercisable for a period of at least 15 days prior to the change in control.

 

Forfeiture and Clawback . Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in an award that the participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to such award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions contained in such award. Such events may include, but are not limited to, termination of employment for cause, termination of the participant’s provision of services to us, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the participant, or restatement of our financial statements to reflect adverse results from those previously released financial statements as a consequence of errors, omissions, fraud, or misconduct.

 

Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee, no award granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be transferable or assignable by a participant in the plan, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

124


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, but no amendment or termination will be made, (1) without the approval of our shareholders, to the extent such approval is required by or desirable to satisfy the requirements of any applicable law, regulation or other rule, including listing standards of the securities exchange that is the principal market for the shares of our Class A common stock or change the maximum number of shares for which awards may be granted to any participant or (2) without the consent of a participant, if such action would materially adversely affect any of the rights of the participant under any award theretofore granted to such participant under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; provided, however, that our compensation committee may amend the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and/or any outstanding awards in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and/or any outstanding awards to satisfy applicable requirements of the Code or other applicable laws.

 

Our board of directors may also amend, suspend or terminate the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan except that no such action, other than certain adjustments and related actions prescribed for under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, may be taken which would, without stockholder approval to the extent required by law, or to the extent necessary to comply with the performance-based compensation section under Section 162(m) of the Code, increase the aggregate number of shares available for awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, decrease the price of outstanding awards, change the requirements relating to the compensation committee as set forth in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or extend the term of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Impact of Tax and Accounting Principles

 

The forms of our executive compensation are largely dictated by our capital structure and have not been designed to achieve any particular accounting treatment. We do take tax considerations into account, both to avoid tax disadvantages and to obtain tax advantages, where reasonably possible consistent with our compensation goals (tax advantages for our executives benefit us by reducing the overall compensation we must pay to provide the same after-tax income to our executives), including the application of Sections 280G and 409A of the Code.

 

Section 162(m) of the Code (as interpreted by IRS Notice 2007-49) imposes a $1,000,000 cap on federal income tax deductions for compensation paid to our chief executive officer and to the three other most highly-paid executive officers (other than the principal financial officer) or such other persons which may be deemed covered persons under Section 162(m) during any fiscal year unless the compensation is “performance-based” under Section 162(m). Under a special Section 162(m) provision for newly public companies, compensation paid pursuant to a compensation plan or arrangement in existence before the effective date of this initial public offering, provided the arrangement is adequately described in this prospectus, will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation during a reliance period that ends on the earliest of: (1) the expiration of the compensation plan, (2) a material modification of the compensation plan (as determined under Section 162(m)), (3) the issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation allocated under the compensation plan, or (4) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the close of the third calendar year following the year in which the public offering occurs. With respect to stock-based compensation, this provision applies to stock options, stock appreciation rights and the substantial vesting of restricted property granted before the end of the reliance period, even if not paid until after the end of the reliance period. While our compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our named executive officers, following this initial public offering our compensation committee intends to consider the tax treatment of compensation pursuant to Section 162(m) and other applicable rules in determining the amounts of compensation for our named executive officers. However, to retain highly skilled executives and remain competitive with other employers, our compensation committee retains the right to authorize compensation on a purely discretionary basis, including compensation that would not be deductible under Section 162(m) or otherwise.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We believe that employment agreements with our executives are necessary to attract and retain key talent. They provide a minimum level of stability to our executives in the event of certain terminations and/or the

 

125


Table of Contents

occurrence of a change in control of our business, freeing the executive to focus on our business rather than personal financial concerns.

 

Thomas D. O’Malley

 

Upon completion of this offering, we are entering into an amended and restated employment agreement with Thomas D. O’Malley, pursuant to which Mr. O’Malley serves as our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors. This amended and restated agreement supersedes our prior employment agreement with Mr. O’Malley. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. O’Malley provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. O’Malley is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $1,500,000. Mr. O’Malley is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. O’Malley is also eligible to participate in our annual cash incentive plan and earn an annual bonus award. Mr. O’Malley also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. O’Malley is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC. Mr. O’Malley is also entitled to reimbursement for business travel using his personal aircraft. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Private Aircraft.”

 

The termination provisions in Mr. O’Malley’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below. In addition, the amended and restated agreement modifies the definition of Change in Control, provides for severance in the event the agreement is not renewed by us in connection with a Change in Control, and provides, that in the event of a Change in Control, the payments made under the employment agreement will be reduced under certain circumstances in order to avoid any required excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

Mr. O’Malley is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Thomas J. Nimbley

 

Upon completion of this offering, we are entering into an amended and restated employment agreement with Thomas J. Nimbley, pursuant to which Mr. Nimbley serves as our Chief Executive Officer. This amended and restated agreement supersedes our prior employment agreement with Mr. Nimbley. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. Nimbley provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. Nimbley is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $750,000. Mr. Nimbley is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. Nimbley is also eligible to participate in our annual cash incentive plan. Mr. Nimbley also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. Nimbley is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC.

 

The termination provisions in Mr. Nimbley’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In

 

126


Table of Contents

Control” below. In addition, the amended and restated agreement modifies the definition of Change in Control, provides for severance in the event the agreement is not renewed in connection with a Change in Control, and provides that, in the event of a Change in Control, the payments made under the employment agreement will be reduced under certain circumstances in order to avoid any required excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

Mr. Nimbley is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Matthew C. Lucey

 

Upon completion of this offering, we are entering into an amended and restated employment agreement with Matthew C. Lucey, pursuant to which Mr. Lucey serves as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. This amended and restated agreement supersedes our prior employment agreement with Mr. Lucey. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. Lucey provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. Lucey is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $450,000. Mr. Lucey is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. Lucey is also eligible to participate in our annual cash incentive plan. Mr. Lucey also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. Lucey is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC.

 

The termination provisions in Mr. Lucey’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below. In addition, the amended and restated agreement modifies the definition of Change in Control, provides for severance in the event the agreement is not renewed in connection with a Change in Control, and provides that, in the event of a Change in Control, the payments made under the employment agreement will be reduced under certain circumstances in order to avoid any required excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

Mr. Lucey is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Donald F. Lucey

 

Upon completion of this offering, we are entering into an amended and restated employment agreement with Donald F. Lucey, pursuant to which Mr. Lucey serves as our Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer. This amended and restated agreement supersedes our prior employment agreement with Mr. Lucey. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. Lucey provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. Lucey is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $625,000. Mr. Lucey is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. Lucey is also eligible to participate in our annual cash incentive plan. Mr. Lucey also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. Lucey is also entitled to participate in

 

127


Table of Contents

our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC.

 

The termination provisions in Mr. Lucey’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below. In addition, the amended and restated agreement modifies the definition of Change in Control, provides for severance in the event the agreement is not renewed in connection with a Change in Control, and provides that, in the event of a Change in Control, the payments made under the employment agreement will be reduced under certain circumstances in order to avoid any required excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

Mr. Lucey is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Michael D. Gayda

 

Upon completion of this offering, we are entering into an amended and restated employment agreement with Michael D. Gayda, pursuant to which Mr. Gayda, commencing on June 2, 2010, serves as our President. This amended and restated agreement supersedes our prior employment agreement with Mr. Gayda. The employment term is one year with automatic one year extensions thereafter, unless either we or Mr. Gayda provide 30 days’ prior notice of an election not to renew the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, Mr. Gayda is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $675,000. Mr. Gayda is entitled to increases in his annual base salary at the sole discretion of our board. Mr. Gayda is also eligible to participate in our annual cash incentive plan. Mr. Gayda also participates in our incentive programs and is also entitled to grants of equity based compensation, as discussed above. Mr. Gayda is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans in which our employees are eligible to participate, other than any severance plan generally offered to all of our employees, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives, and is entitled to be indemnified for certain tax liabilities and expenses arising under Section 409A of the Code in connection with his equity grants at PBF LLC.

 

The termination provisions in Mr. Gayda’s employment agreement are discussed under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control” below. In addition, the amended and restated agreement modifies the definition of Change in Control, provides for severance in the event the agreement is not renewed in connection with a Change in Control, and provides that, in the event of a Change in Control, the payments made under the employment agreement will be reduced under certain circumstances in order to avoid any required excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

Mr. Gayda is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees during his employment term and for six months following termination of his employment for any reason, subject to certain exceptions.

 

128


Table of Contents

2011 Summary Compensation Table

 

This Summary Compensation Table summarizes the total compensation paid or earned by each of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($) (1)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards

($) (2)
    Options
Awards
($) (3)
    Change in
Pension Value
And
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($) (4)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
    Total
($)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

    2011        1,500,000        6,097,500               543,000        220,711        10,950        8,372,161   

Executive Chairman of

               

the Board of Directors

               

Thomas J. Nimbley

    2011        700,000        2,845,500        51,100        108,600        77,504        14,700        3,797,404   

Chief Executive Officer

               

Matthew C. Lucey

    2011        425,000        1,727,625        51,100        59,150        46,717        14,700        2,342,292   

Senior Vice President,

               

Chief Financial Officer

               

Donald F. Lucey

    2011        600,000        2,439,000        51,100        36,200        80,314        14,700        3,221,314   

Executive Vice President,

               

Chief Commercial Officer

               

Michael D. Gayda

    2011        650,000        2,642,250        51,100        36,200        77,186        14,700        3,471,436   

President

               

 

  (1)   The annual salaries of Messrs. Nimbley, M. Lucey, D. Lucey and Gayda increased by $50,000, $25,000, $25,000 and $25,000, respectively, for 2012.
  (2)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the grant date fair value of PBF LLC Series B Units allocated in 2011 as calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718. The amounts have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 12 to the PBF LLC Consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.
  (3)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the grant date fair value of options for the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units granted to Mr. M. Lucey and compensatory warrants for the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units granted to the named executive officers in connection with their purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units. The grant date fair value was calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718 based on the assumptions set forth in Note 12 to the PBF LLC Consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.
  (4)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the aggregate change during the year in the actuarial present value of accumulated benefits under the PBF Energy Pension Plan and the PBF Energy Restoration Plan.
  (5)   The amounts set forth in this column consist of company matching contributions to our 401(k) Plan.

 

129


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011

 

The following table provides information regarding the grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

Name    Grant Date    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#) (1)
     All
Other
Option
Awards:
Number  of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#) (2)
     Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
     Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards($) (3)
 
              

Thomas D. O’Malley

   January 31, 2011      —           300,000         10.00         543,000   

Thomas J. Nimbley

   March 1, 2011      —           60,000         10.00         108,600   
   May 19, 2011      10,000         —           —           51,100   

Matthew C. Lucey

   March 1, 2011      —           2,679         10.00         4,850   
   March 4, 2011      —           30,000         10.00         54,300   
   May 19, 2011      10,000         —           —           51,100   

Donald F. Lucey

   March 1, 2011      —           20,000         10.00         36,200   
   May 19, 2011      10,000         —           —           51,100   

Michael D. Gayda

   March 1, 2011      —           20,000         10.00         36,200   
   May 19, 2011      10,000         —           —           51,100   

 

  (1)   As described in Footnote 1 to the Summary Compensation Table, amounts in this column represent the number of PBF LLC Series B Units allocated to the named executive officers in 2011.
  (2)   As described in Footnote 2 to the Summary Compensation Table, amounts in this column represent compensatory warrants and options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units.
  (3)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the total grant date fair value of (a) compensatory warrants and options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units and (b) the PBF LLC Series B Units for each of the named executive officers, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

 

Narrative Disclosure to 2011 Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011 Table

 

PBF LLC Series A Compensatory Warrants and Options

 

In conjunction with the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units by our named executive officers and certain other employees, each purchaser of PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants received a grant of compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units. The Series A Compensatory Warrants were fully vested at the time of grant and expire after ten years. 25% of the Series A Compensatory Warrants became exercisable at the grant date and the remaining 75% are exercisable over equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to acceleration upon the closing of this initial public offering or under certain other circumstances. In 2011, options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units were also granted to Mr. M. Lucey and certain other employees. The Series A options vest and become exercisable in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. As of December 31, 2011, compensatory warrants and options to purchase 1,835,579 PBF LLC Series A Units were outstanding.

 

PBF LLC Series B Units

 

In 2011, our named executive officers and certain other officers were allocated equity incentive awards by PBF LLC in the form of PBF LLC Series B Units, which are profits interests in PBF LLC. One-quarter of the PBF LLC Series B Units vested at the time of grant in June 2010 and the remaining three-quarters vest in equal annual installments on the first, second and third anniversary of grant, subject to accelerated vesting upon certain events. As of December 31, 2011, there were 1,000,000 Series B Units allocated (of which 500,000 units were

 

130


Table of Contents

vested). Any unvested PBF LLC Series B Units of a holder automatically vest upon a change of control or upon such holder’s death or disability, and all vested and unvested PBF LLC Series B Units of a holder are automatically forfeited upon such holder’s termination for cause. In addition, if a holder’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by the holder for good reason, PBF Energy, in consultation with the Executive Chairman, may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of such holder’s unvested PBF LLC Series B Units.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards At 2011 Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards of PBF LLC interests made to our named executive officers as of December 31, 2011.

 

    Option Awards (1)     Stock Awards (2)  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not
Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
($) (3)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

    86,010        86,010 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        175,000     
    15,000        15,000 (4)      10.00        10/15/2020        —            
    123,000        123,000 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    75,000        225,000 (4)      10.00        1/31/2021        —            

Thomas J. Nimbley

    22,500        22,500 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        80,000     
    22,500        22,500 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    15,000        45,000 (4)      10.00        3/1/2021        —            

Matthew C. Lucey

    1,950        1,950 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        30,000     
    900        900 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    670        2,009 (4)      10.00        3/1/2021        —            
    —          30,000        10.00        3/4/2021        —            

Donald F. Lucey

    7,500        7,500 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        80,000     
    7,500        7,500 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    5,000        15,000 (4)      10.00        3/1/2021        —            

Michael D. Gayda

    7,500        7,500 (4)      10.00        6/1/2020        80,000     
    7,500        7,500 (4)      10.00        12/17/2020        —            
    5,000        15,000 (4)      10.00        3/1/2021        —            

 

  (1)   The awards described in this table represent compensatory warrants and options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units, as described in the narrative above.
  (2)   The awards described in this table represent PBF LLC Series B Units, as described in the narrative above.
  (3)   The market or payout value of the unvested awards of PBF LLC Series B Units is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The PBF LLC Series B Units are profits interests in PBF LLC. Following this offering, the PBF LLC Series B Units only dilute the interests of certain of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units, and do not dilute the interests of the PBF LLC Series A units held by our management and certain directors, the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. However, our statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) reflects non-cash charges for compensation related to the profits interests.
  (4)   The compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units become fully exercisable upon the closing of this initial public offering.

 

131


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2011

 

The following table provides information regarding the amounts received by our named executive officers upon exercise of options or similar instruments or the vesting of stock or similar instruments during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. All of the awards described in this table were for equity interests in PBF LLC.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards

Name

   Number of Shares Acquired
on Exercise

(#)
     Value Realized  on
Exercise

($)
     Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)
     Value Realized on
Vesting

($) (1)

Thomas D. O’Malley

     —           —           87,500      

Thomas J. Nimbley

     —           —           42,500      

Matthew C. Lucey

     —           —           17,500      

Donald F. Lucey

     —           —           42,500      

Michael D. Gayda

     —           —           42,500      

 

  (1)   The market or payout value of the unvested awards of PBF LLC Series B Units is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The PBF LLC Series B Units are profits interests in PBF LLC. Following this offering, the PBF LLC Series B Units only dilute the interests of certain of the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units, and do not dilute the interests of the PBF LLC Series A units held by our management and certain directors, the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. However, our statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) reflects non-cash charges for compensation related to the profits interests.

 

Pension Benefits

 

The following table provides information regarding our named executive officers’ participation in our pension plans as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Name

 

Plan Name

  Number of Years
Credited Service
(#)
    Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit

($)
    Payments During
Last Fiscal Year
($)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

3

3

  

  

   

 

107,136

709,743

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

Thomas J. Nimbley

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

1

1

  

  

   

 

47,940

67,875

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

Matthew C. Lucey

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

3

3

  

  

   

 

79,105

37,515

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

Donald F. Lucey

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

3

3

  

  

   

 

103,398

101,767

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

Michael D. Gayda

 

PBF Energy Pension Plan

PBF Energy Restoration Plan

   

 

1

1

  

  

   

 

49,550

65,183

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

 

The PBF Energy Pension Plan is a funded, tax-qualified, non-contributory defined benefit plan covering all employees. The PBF Energy Restoration Plan is a non-qualified defined benefit plan designed to supplement the pension benefits for highly compensated employees. The Pension Plan and the Restoration Plan are structured as cash balance plans wherein each participant’s account is credited monthly with an interest credit and annually with a pay credit. Changes in the value of these plans’ investments do not directly impact the benefit amounts promised to each participant under the plans.

 

132


Table of Contents

At the end of each plan year, the Pension Plan provides for an annual pay credit equal to between 7% and 11% of pensionable earnings below the Social Security Wage Base and a pay credit of 14% on pensionable earnings above the Social Security Wage Base but below the Internal Revenue Service benefit plan compensation limit. The Restoration Plan provides for an annual pay credit equal to 14% on pensionable earnings in excess of Internal Revenue Service benefit plan compensation limits. In addition, on a monthly basis, the plans provide for an interest credit utilizing the prior year’s October 30-year Treasury Constant Maturity rate. For 2011, the interest crediting rate was 3.45%. Normal retirement age under the plans is attained at age 65.

 

133


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination Occurring on December 31, 2011, Including in Connection With a Change In Control

 

The table below provides our best estimate of the amounts that would be payable (including the value of certain benefits) to each of our named executive officers had a termination hypothetically occurred on December 31, 2011 under various scenarios, including a termination of employment associated with a Change In Control. The table does not include payments or benefits under arrangements available on the same basis generally to all other eligible employees of PBF. The potential payments were determined under the terms of each named executive officer’s employment agreement in effect on December 31, 2011 and in accordance with our plans and arrangements in effect on December 31, 2011. We also retain the discretion to provide additional payments or benefits to any of our named executive officers upon any termination of employment or Change in Control. The estimates below exclude the value of any Accrued Rights, as described in footnote 1 below, as any such amounts have been assumed to have been paid current at the time of the termination event.

 

Under the terms of each named executive officer’s employment agreement, the executive is precluded under certain circumstances from competing with us for a period of six months post-termination, and must enter into a release of claims in order to receive the severance described below.

 

     Termination (a)
for  Cause, (b)
without Good
Reason or (c)
due to non-renewal
by the executive
($) (1)
     Termination (other than
in connection with a
Change in Control), (a)
without Cause (other
than by reason of death
or disability) by us, (b)
for Good Reason or (c)
due to non-renewal by us

($) (2)
     Termination in
connection with
a Change in
Control

($) (3)
     Death or
Disability
($) (4)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

           

Cash severance payment

     —           2,250,000         4,485,000         750,000   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —           6,097,500   

Continuation of health benefits (6)

     —           —           —           —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           

Thomas J. Nimbley

           

Cash severance payment

     —           1,050,000         2,093,000         350,000   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —           2,845,500   

Continuation of health benefits (9)

     —           —           —           —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           

Matthew C. Lucey

           

Cash severance payment

     —           637,500         1,270,750         212,500   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —           1,727,625   

Continuation of health benefits (8)

     —           36,253         70,492         —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           

Donald F. Lucey

           

Cash severance payment

     —           900,000         1,794,000         300,000   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —           2,439,000   

Continuation of health benefits (6)

     —           —           —           —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           

Michael D. Gayda

           

Cash severance payment

     —           975,000         1,943,500         325,000   

Cash bonus (5)

     —           —           —           2,642,250   

Continuation of health benefits (6)

     —           —           —           —     

Accelerated equity (7)

     —           —           

 

134


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Termination for Cause, without Good Reason or due to non-renewal by the executive . In the event the executive is terminated by us for Cause, the executive terminates his employment without Good Reason or the executive does not renew his employment with us at the end of his current term, the executive will be entitled to: (1) receive accrued, but unpaid salary through the date of termination; (2) receive any earned, but unpaid portion of the previous year’s cash bonus; (3) receive unreimbursed business expenses; (4) receive applicable benefits; and (5) except in the event of a termination for Cause, exercise any vested options in accordance with the terms of the long term incentive plan, or collectively, the Accrued Rights.

 

“Good Reason” as defined in the employment agreements means, without the executive’s consent (A) the failure of the company to pay or cause to be paid the executive’s base salary or cash bonus, if any, when due, (B) any adverse, substantial and sustained diminution in the executive’s authority or responsibilities by the company from those described in the employment agreement, (C) the company requiring a change in the location for performance of the executive’s employment responsibilities to a location more than 50 miles from the company’s office (not including ordinary travel during the regular course of employment) or (D) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the company of the employment agreement; provided, that the events described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) shall constitute “Good Reason” only if the company fails to cure such event within 20 days after receipt from the executive of written notice of the event which constitutes “Good Reason;” provided, further, that “Good Reason” shall cease to exist for an event described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) on the 90th day following the later of its occurrence or the executive’s knowledge thereof, unless the executive has given the company written notice thereof prior to such date.

 

“Cause” as defined in the employment agreements includes the following: (A) the executive’s continued willful failure to substantially perform his duties (other than as a result of a disability) for a period of 30 days following written notice by the company to the executive of such failure, (B) the executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a crime constituting a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or a felony, (C) the executive’s willful malfeasance or willful misconduct in connection with the executive’s duties under the employment agreement, including fraud or dishonesty against the company, or any of its affiliates, or any act or omission which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the company, or any of its affiliates, other than an act or omission that was committed or omitted by the executive in the good faith belief that it was in the best interest of the company, (D) a breach of the executive’s representations and warranties in such employment agreement, or (E) the executive’s breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or non-disclosure provisions of the employment agreement.

 

  (2)   Termination (other than in connection with a Change in Control as described below), without Cause (other than by reason of death or disability) by us, for Good Reason or due to non-renewal by us . In the event the executive is terminated during the term of employment (other than in connection with a Change in Control as described in footnote (3) below), without Cause (other than by reason of death or disability) by us, for Good Reason or due to non-renewal by us, the executive will be entitled to: (1) the Accrued Rights; (2) a cash lump sum payment equal to 1.5 times base salary; and (3) the continuation of certain health benefits for 18 months.

 

  (3)   Termination in connection with a Change in Control . In the event the executive is terminated by us without Cause (other than by reason of death or disability) or resigns with Good Reason, in each case six months prior to or within one year subsequent to the consummation of a Change in Control, the executive will be entitled to: (1) the Accrued Rights; (2) a cash lump sum payment equal to 2.99 times the executive’s salary in effect on the date of termination; (3) immediate vesting and exercisability of outstanding options or other grants under the long term incentive plan, warrants and PBF LLC Series B Units; and (4) the continuation of certain health benefits for two years and 11 months.

 

135


Table of Contents

A “Change In Control” as defined in the employment agreements, is deemed to have occurred if:

 

   

any of the following is consummated: (x) any consolidation, reorganization, merger or similar transaction (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) involving the company, other than a consolidation, reorganization, merger or similar transaction in which the voting power of the voting securities of the company immediately prior to such transaction constitute more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity, (y) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the company, or (z) the liquidation or dissolution of the company; or

 

   

any person (as defined in sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the company outstanding at the time (in one or more related or unrelated transactions).

 

  (4)   Death or Disability . In the event of death or disability, the named executive officer’s estate or the executive, as applicable, will be entitled to receive: (1) the Accrued Rights; (2) a pro rata portion of the executive’s cash bonus for the year in which such death or disability occurs; and (3) a cash lump sum payment equal to the greater of (A) one-half of the executive’s annual salary as in effect on the date of termination or (B) one-half of the aggregate amount of the executive’s salary that the executive would have received had the full term of employment occurred under the employment agreement. The amounts shown in this column as the cash severance payment represent one-half of the executive’s annual salary as of December 31, 2011. The actual amount payable upon death or disability could vary.

 

  (5)   These amounts are equal to the named executive officer’s cash bonus award for 2011. The actual pro rata portion of an executive’s cash bonus for the year in which death or disability occurs is likely to be different.

 

  (6)   Messrs. O’Malley, Nimbley, D. Lucey and Gayda would not have been eligible to receive any continued medical benefits from us as of December 31, 2011, as they were covered by previous employer’s medical plans. Our obligation to provide continuation coverage for these named executive officers may change in future years.

 

  (7)   These amounts reflect the accelerated value of non-vested compensatory warrants and options to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units as of December 31, 2011 based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

  (8)   The continued health benefits cost for Mr. M. Lucey is based on our cost for his benefits as of December 31, 2011.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Directors who are also our employees or representatives of our affiliates receive no separate compensation for service on our board of directors or committees thereof. We reimburse all of our directors for customary expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees thereof. Following the consummation of this offering, our non-executive directors will be entitled to receive director fees as determined by our compensation committee.

 

During 2011, we paid our non-employee, independent directors (Messrs. Allen and Houston) an annual cash retainer of $50,000 each and $1,500 for each board meeting attended. Mr. Allen receives an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for his role as chairman of our audit committee and $1,500 for presiding over each audit committee meeting. Each non-employee, independent director also was granted options to purchase

 

136


Table of Contents

25,000 PBF LLC Series A Units. The options granted to Mr. Allen were fully vested and exercisable upon grant and were exercised in full in December 2011, and the options granted to Mr. Houston vest in three equal annual installments starting on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

 

During 2012, we increased the annual cash retainer payable to our non-employee, independent directors (Messrs. Abraham, Allen and Houston) to $100,000 each effective August 2012, and granted each non-employee, independent director an additional $100,000 equity award in the form of 7,968 restricted PBF LLC Series A Units, which vest in three equal annual installments starting on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to acceleration under certain circumstances.

 

The following table summarizes all compensation for our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid  in
Cash($)
     Option
Awards($) (1)
     Total
($)
 

Jefferson F. Allen

     84,000         99,550         183,550   

Dennis Houston

     39,667         45,250         84,917   

 

 

  (1)   The amounts set forth in this column represent the grant date fair value of options for the purchase of Series A Units in PBF LLC. The grant date fair value was calculated pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718 based on the assumptions set forth in Note 12 to the PBF LLC Consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

137


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Each of the related party transactions described below was negotiated on an arm’s length basis. We believe that the terms of such agreements are as favorable as those we could have obtained from parties not related to us.

 

Our Relationship with Blackstone and First Reserve

 

Since our formation, each of Blackstone and First Reserve purchased an aggregate of 44,861,169 PBF LLC Series A Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per unit, or an aggregate purchase price of approximately $448.6 million each. Blackstone and First Reserve control ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered into commercial transactions on arm’s length terms in the ordinary course of business with certain of these companies, including for the purchase of goods and services.

 

Stockholders Agreement

 

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with Blackstone and First Reserve. At the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have nine directors, of whom three will be designees of Blackstone and three will be designees of First Reserve. Under the stockholders agreement, each of Blackstone and First Reserve will have the right to nominate three directors to our board of directors so long as it owns 25% or more of the voting power of all shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, two directors for so long as it owns 15% or more, but less than 25% of the voting power of all shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, and one director so long as it owns 7.5% or more, but less than 15% of the voting power of all shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Each of Blackstone and First Reserve will lose its right to nominate any directors to our board of directors once it owns less than 7.5% of the voting power of all shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Blackstone and First Reserve have agreed to vote their shares in favor of the other’s nominees to the board of directors and to otherwise take actions to maintain board structure consistent with the stockholders agreement. In addition, in the event that a director designated by either Blackstone and First Reserve serves simultaneously on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any other company engaged in the crude oil refining business in North America, unless our board otherwise requests or the designee resigns from the board of directors of such competitor, such designee shall resign from our board or otherwise be removed. In addition, the stockholders agreement grants to each of Blackstone and First Reserve, so long as it owns at least 7.5% of the voting power of all shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and maintains a designee on our board of directors, certain customary rights to receive information upon request, subject to their agreement to keep such information confidential and not to use it for any purpose other than in connection with their investment in us, and requires us to undertake certain actions in order to allow Blackstone and/or First Reserve to qualify as “venture capital operating companies” under ERISA if so required.

 

PBF LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement

 

As a result of the Offering Transactions, PBF Energy will hold PBF LLC Series C Units and will be the sole managing member of PBF LLC. Accordingly, PBF Energy will control all of the business and affairs of PBF LLC and its operating subsidiaries.

 

Prior to this offering, there were 92,281,716 PBF LLC Series A Units issued and outstanding, of which 44,861,169 units were owned by each of Blackstone and First Reserve, 2,535,473 units were owned by our remaining existing owners, including Mr. O’Malley, and 23,904 were restricted Series A Units held by our independent directors. In addition, there are 1,000,000 PBF LLC Series B Units issued and outstanding, all of which are held by certain of our officers. The PBF LLC Series B Units are profits interests which entitle the holders to participate in the profits of PBF LLC after the date of issuance. Certain of our existing owners and other employees hold options and warrants to purchase an additional 4,774,630 PBF LLC Series A Units at a weighted average exercise price of $10.26 per unit, 4,179,610 of which will be vested and exercisable as of the date of the closing of this offering.

 

138


Table of Contents

Immediately prior to this offering, the limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate PBF Energy as the sole managing member of PBF LLC and establish the PBF LLC Series C Units which will be held by PBF Energy. Following this offering, PBF Energy will have the right to determine the timing and amount of any distributions (other than tax distributions) to be made to holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series C Units. Profits and losses of PBF LLC will be allocated, and all distributions generally will be made, pro rata to the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units (subject, under certain circumstances described below, to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units) and PBF LLC Series C Units. The PBF LLC Series A Units and the PBF LLC Series C Units are generally identical in all respects, except that the PBF LLC Series B Units share in the allocations of income and distributions that would otherwise be made to our financial sponsors holding PBF LLC Series A Units, and therefore do not dilute the interests of the PBF LLC Series A Units held by our management and certain directors, the holder of PBF LLC Series C Units (PBF Energy) or the direct holders of our Class A common stock. In addition, the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC provides that any PBF LLC Series A Units acquired by PBF Energy from our existing owners, whether at the time of this initial public offering or thereafter in accordance with the exchange agreement, will automatically, and without any further action, be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units in connection with such acquisition.

 

The holders of limited liability company interests in PBF LLC, including PBF Energy, will generally have to include for purposes of calculating their U.S. federal, state and local income taxes their share of any taxable income of PBF LLC. Taxable income of PBF LLC generally will be allocated to the holders of units (including PBF Energy) pro rata in accordance with their respective share of the net profits and net losses of PBF LLC. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC will provide for tax distributions to the members of PBF LLC, including PBF Energy, subject to available cash and applicable law and contractual restrictions (including pursuant to our debt instruments) and based on certain assumptions. Generally, these tax distributions will be an amount equal to our estimate of the taxable income of PBF LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses).

 

The limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC also will provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to PBF Energy (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by PBF Energy, income tax expenses of PBF Energy and payments on indebtedness incurred by PBF Energy, will be borne by PBF LLC.

 

Exchange Agreement

 

We will enter into an exchange agreement pursuant to which our existing owners (and certain permitted assignees thereof and holders who acquire PBF LLC Series A Units upon the exercise of certain warrants) may from time to time (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), cause PBF LLC to exchange its PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to share in a portion of the profits realized by our financial sponsors upon the sale of the shares of Class A common stock received by them upon such exchange. The exchange agreement also provides that, subject to certain exceptions, holders will not have the right to cause PBF LLC to exchange PBF LLC Series A Units if PBF Energy determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements to which PBF Energy may be subject, and that PBF Energy may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that PBF LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for United States federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges its PBF LLC Series A Units, PBF Energy’s interest in PBF LLC will be correspondingly increased.

 

139


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In connection with this offering, we will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with each of our existing owners pursuant to which we will grant them and their affiliates and permitted transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for PBF LLC Series A Units or otherwise beneficially owned by them. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described in this prospectus, to make available a shelf registration statement to register the exchange by our existing owners of PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock and the resale by them of shares of Class A common stock into the market from time to time. In addition, each of our existing owners will have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in respect of shares of Class A common stock held by them in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us. Finally, our existing owners have the right to require us to cooperate with them in disposing of their shares of Class A common stock in an underwritten public offering if the gross proceeds from such offering is reasonably anticipated to be at least $25 million, provided that we shall not have to undertake an underwritten public offering more than twice in any 365-day period or sooner than 120 days from the closing of any other underwritten public offering for which the existing owners had piggyback registration rights, and each of Blackstone and First Reserve shall be entitled to request no more than four underwritten public offerings in the aggregate.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

As described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” we intend to use a significant portion of the proceeds from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units from certain of our existing owners. In addition, our existing owners may from time to time (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) cause PBF LLC to exchange their remaining PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock of PBF Energy on a one-for-one basis. PBF LLC (and each of its subsidiaries classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes) intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of PBF LLC Series A Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs. The purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units and subsequent exchanges are expected to result, with respect to PBF Energy in increases in the tax basis of the assets of PBF LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that PBF Energy would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets.

 

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series B Units (and certain permitted assignees thereof and holders who acquire PBF LLC Series A Units upon the exercise of certain warrants) that will provide for the payment from time to time by PBF Energy to such persons of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that PBF Energy is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of PBF Energy and not of PBF LLC.

 

For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, subject to certain exceptions noted below, the benefit deemed realized by PBF Energy generally will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of PBF Energy (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that PBF Energy would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of PBF LLC as a result of the purchase or exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units and had PBF Energy not derived any tax benefits in respect of payments made under the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless (i) certain changes of control occur as described below, (ii) PBF Energy exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or (iii) PBF Energy breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if PBF Energy

 

140


Table of Contents

had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of any subsequent exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of PBF LLC at the time of each exchange;

 

   

the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of PBF LLC is affected by the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

 

   

the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and

 

   

the amount and timing of our income—PBF Energy generally will be required to pay 85% of the deemed benefits as and when deemed realized. If PBF Energy does not have taxable income, PBF Energy generally is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no benefit will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that future payments under the tax receivable agreement relating to the purchase by us of PBF LLC Series A Units as part of the offering transactions to aggregate $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and to range over the next 15 years from approximately $         million to $         million per year (or range from approximately $         million to $         million per year if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and decline thereafter. Future payments under the agreement by us in respect of subsequent exchanges would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates—the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (a) the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or (b) distributions to PBF Energy by PBF LLC are not sufficient to permit PBF Energy to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon any persons continued ownership of us.

 

The effects of the tax receivable agreement on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of our purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units with our proceeds from this offering are as follows:

 

   

we will record an increase of $         million in deferred tax assets (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) for the estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by PBF Energy based on enacted federal, state and local income tax rates at the date of the transaction. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance;

 

   

we will record         % of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into

 

141


Table of Contents
 

the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase of $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) payable to a related party pursuant to tax receivable agreement; and

 

   

we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital in an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to our existing owners under the tax receivable agreement.

 

The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the tax receivable agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in our net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

 

In certain instances (as described in the following two paragraphs), payments under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

 

The tax receivable agreement will provide that upon certain changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our (or our successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired PBF LLC Series A Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that (a) we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement and (b) that the subsidiaries of PBF LLC will sell certain nonamortizable assets (and realize certain related tax benefits) no later than a specified date. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are significantly greater than the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early or if we undergo certain changes of control, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits (based on the foregoing assumptions), which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering and that LIBOR were to be     %, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these change of control payments would be approximately $     if triggered immediately after this offering. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and there is no assurance that we will be able to finance these obligations.

 

However, payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine in accordance with the tax receivable agreement. We will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if the Internal Revenue Service subsequently disallows part or all of the tax benefit that gave rise to such prior payments. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement that are significantly in excess of the benefits that we actually realize in respect of (a) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of PBF LLC Series A Units and (b) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

Decisions made by our existing owners in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that we are required to make under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase our existing owners’ tax liability without giving rise to any obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

Payments are generally due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although

 

142


Table of Contents

interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 50 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return, however we may defer payments under the tax receivable agreement to the extent we do not have available cash to satisfy our payment obligations under the tax receivable agreement. Such deferred payments would accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 150 basis points.

 

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine in accordance with such agreement. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that PBF Energy actually realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

 

Investments in PBF LLC

 

Each of our executive officers, one of our directors and certain other employees have been provided with the opportunity to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units and non-compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units. The number of units and warrants offered for purchase were based upon the individual’s position and other relevant factors, and approved by the board of directors of PBF LLC. The table below sets forth the number of PBF LLC Series A Units and non-compensatory warrants to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units purchased and the price paid therefor by our named executive officers and one of our directors since the beginning of fiscal 2008.

 

Name

   Aggregate
Purchase
Price

($)
     Series A
Units

(#)
     Non-Compensatory
Warrants for the
Purchase of Series
A Units (1)(2)

(#)
 

Thomas D. O’Malley

     18,095,150         1,809,515         1,815,380   

Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors (3)

        

Thomas J. Nimbley

     2,225,000         225,000         300,000   

Chief Executive Officer

        

Matthew C. Lucey

     135,000         13,500         17,319   

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

        

Donald F. Lucey

     766,271         76,627         100,000   

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer

        

Michael D. Gayda

     750,000         75,000         100,000   

President

        

Jefferson F. Allen

     750,000         75,000         70,000   

Director

        

 

  (1)   Each non-compensatory warrant for the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units has an exercise price of $10.00 per unit and is immediately exercisable for a ten-year period.
  (2)   In connection with the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants, compensatory warrants for the purchase of PBF LLC Series A Units were also granted to each of these persons. See “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011” and “ Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End.”
  (3)   Thomas D. O’Malley owns 1,649,700 PBF LLC Series A Units and holds non-compensatory warrants for the purchase of 1,745,380 PBF LLC Series A Units. Thomas D. O’Malley, Jr., Thomas D. O’Malley’s son, owns 101,627 PBF LLC Series A Units. Horse Island Partners, of which Mr. O’Malley is the managing member, directly owns 58,188 PBF LLC Series A Units and non-compensatory warrants for the purchase of 70,000 PBF LLC Series A Units.

 

Consulting Agreement with Fuel Strategies International

 

Pursuant to a consulting agreement, Fuel Strategies International, Inc., the principal of which is James P. O’Malley, the brother of Thomas D. O’Malley, the Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors, provided us

 

143


Table of Contents

with monthly consulting services relating to our petroleum coke and commercial operations. The initial term of the agreement was effective from February 8, 2010 through May 1, 2010, after which time it became an evergreen contract. The agreement is automatically renewed for additional 30-day periods unless terminated by either party upon ten days notice prior to the expiration of any renewal term. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 we paid $551,079, $487,925 and $276,302, respectively, to Fuel Strategies under this agreement.

 

Private Aircraft

 

We have an agreement with Thomas D. O’Malley, our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, for the use of an airplane owned by 936MP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, owned by Mr. O’Malley. We pay a charter rate that is the lowest rate this aircraft is chartered to third-parties. Our audit committee reviews such usage of the airplane annually. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we incurred charges of $700,257, $820,524 and $393,288, respectively, related to use of this plane.

 

Private Placement of Senior Secured Notes

 

On February 9, 2012, our subsidiary, PBF Holding, sold in a private placement $25.5 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior secured notes due 2020 to Thomas D. O’Malley, our Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, at a purchase price of 98.565% thereof. These notes are identical in all material respects to the $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior secured notes offered and sold by PBF Holding (but are not expected to trade, and are not fungible, with those notes) and were sold without registration under the securities laws. These purchasers have registration rights pursuant to which, under certain circumstances, PBF Holding will file and use commercially reasonable efforts to keep effective a shelf registration statement covering resales of these notes.

 

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

 

Our board of directors has adopted a written policy that applies to transactions with related persons. For purposes of the policy, related person transactions include transactions, arrangements or relationships involving amounts greater than $120,000 in the aggregate in which we are a participant and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. Related persons are deemed to include directors, director nominees, executive officers, owners of more than five percent of our common stock, or an immediate family member of the preceding group. The policy provides that our audit committee will be responsible for the review and approval or ratification of all related-person transactions.

 

Our audit committee will review the material facts of all related person transactions that require the committee’s approval and either approve or disapprove of the entry into the related person transaction, subject to certain exceptions described below. The policy prohibits any director from participating in any discussion or approval of a related person transaction for which such director is a related person, except that such director is required to provide all material information concerning the interested transaction to the committee. As part of its review and approval of a related person transaction, the committee will consider whether the transaction is made on terms no less favorable than terms that would be generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related-person’s interest in the transaction and any other matters the committee deems appropriate.

 

Our related person transactions policy does not apply to: (1) employment of executive officers if our compensation is disclosed in the proxy statement or approved by the compensation committee; (2) director compensation that is disclosed in the proxy statement; (3) pro rata payments arising solely from the ownership of our equity securities; (4) certain indebtedness arising from ordinary course transactions or with owners of more than five percent of our common stock; (5) transactions where the rates or charges are determined by competitive bids; (6) certain charitable contributions; (7) regulated transactions; and (8) certain financial services.

 

144


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following tables set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of PBF Energy, (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Prior to this offering, PBF LLC owned 100% of our outstanding common stock. Following the closing of this offering, Blackstone and First Reserve, together with certain of our directors and executive officers, will beneficially own their interests in our Class A common stock set forth below through their ownership of PBF LLC. The number of shares of our Class A common stock and percentage of beneficial ownership before and after the Offering Transactions is presented after giving effect to the “Reorganization Transactions” and described under “Organizational Structure.” The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock and percentage of beneficial ownership after the Offering Transactions set forth below are based on shares of our Class A common stock and of PBF LLC Series A Units outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions, and assumes that we will use $         million of the proceeds we receive from this offering to purchase PBF LLC Series A Units (which will be reclassified as PBF LLC Series C Units in connection with such acquisition) held by Blackstone and First Reserve and certain of our employees.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Except as otherwise indicated, the business address for each of the following persons is One Sylvan Way, Second Floor, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054.

 

    Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned (1)   Combined Voting Power (2)(3)

Name

  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in Full
  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
    Number     %     Number   %   Number   %   %     %   %

Blackstone (4)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

First Reserve (5)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

Thomas D. O’Malley (6)

    4,301,288        4.5                4.5       

Thomas J. Nimbley (7)

    675,000        *                *       

Matthew C. Lucey (8)

    49,198        *                *       

Donald F. Lucey (9)

    226,627        *                *       

Michael D. Gayda (10)

    225,000        *                *       

Spencer Abraham

    —          —                  —         

Jefferson F. Allen (11)

    175,000        *                *       

Martin J. Brand (12)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

Timothy H. Day (13)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

David I. Foley (14)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

Dennis Houston (15)

    8,333        *                *       

Neil A. Wizel (16)

    44,861,169        48.6                48.6       

All directors and executive officers as a group
(13 persons)
(17)

    95,419,597        99.6                99.6       

 

  *   Represents less than 1%.
  (1)  

Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, the PBF LLC Series A Units are exchangeable at any time and from time to time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications and further

 

145


Table of Contents
  subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to share in a portion of the profits realized by our financial sponsors upon the sale of the shares of Class A common stock received by them upon such exchange. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—PBF LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”
  (2)   Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of PBF Energy voting together as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
  (3)   Our existing owners will hold all of the shares of our Class B common stock. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to one vote for each PBF LLC Series A Unit held by it. Accordingly, our existing owners have a number of votes in PBF Energy that is equal to the aggregate number of PBF LLC Series A Units that it holds. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.”
  (4)   Consists entirely of PBF LLC Series A Units. The Blackstone Vehicles (as hereinafter defined) are comprised of the following entities: Blackstone PB Capital Partners V Subsidiary L.L.C. (“BPBCP V”), Blackstone PB Capital Partners V-AC L.P. (“BPBCP V-AC”), Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V USS L.P. (“BFIP V”), Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-A USS SMD L.P. (“BFIP V-A”), and Blackstone Participation Partnership V USS L.P. (“BPP V”, and together with BPBCP V, BPBCP V-AC, BFIP V and BFIP V-A, the “Blackstone Vehicles”). The Blackstone Vehicles beneficially own (i) 37,131,143 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPBCP V, (ii) 6,653,361 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPBCP V-AC, (iii) 204,804 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BFIP V, (iv) 777,759 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BFIP V-A, and (v) 94,100 PBF LLC Series A Units, which are held by BPP V. Blackstone Management Associates V USS L.L.C. (“BMA”) is a general partner of each of BPBCP V and BPBCP V-AC. BCP V USS Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. (“BCP V GP L.L.C.”) is a general partner of BFIP V and BPP V. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. holds the majority of membership interests in BMA and is the sole member of BCP V GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. The sole shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., which is in turn, wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. The general partner of BFIP V-A is Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., which is in turn, wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Mr. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by the Blackstone Vehicles directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of its or his indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of Mr. Schwarzman and each of the other entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
  (5)   Consists entirely of PBF LLC Series A Units. Owned collectively by FR PBF Holdings LLC and FR PBF Holdings II LLC, which in turn are wholly owned and managed by FR XII PBF Holdings LLC, which in turn is collectively owned and managed by FR XII PBF AIV, L.P. (“FR XII”) and FR XII-A PBF AIV, L.P. (“FR XII-A”). FR XII and FR XII-A are managed by First Reserve GP XII, L.P. which, in turn , is managed by First Reserve GP XII Limited. The address of FR PBF Holdings LLC and First Reserve is c/o First Reserve Corporation, One Lafayette Place, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
  (6)  

Consists of (a) 1,649,700 PBF LLC Series A Units held directly by Mr. O’Malley, (b) 58,188 PBF LLC Series A Units and warrants to purchase an additional 100,000 PBF LLC Series A Units held by Horse Island Partners, of which Mr. O’Malley is the Managing Member, and (c) an aggregate of 2,493,400 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 350,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. O’Malley, 75% of which are currently vested. The PBF LLC Series B Units do not currently entitle the holders to any dividend payments or any rights upon liquidation or dissolution of PBF LLC but may in the future entitle them to certain interests in the profits of

 

146


Table of Contents
  our financial sponsors after the passing of certain vesting dates and performance thresholds. For more information about the PBF LLC Series B Units, see “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Summary of PBF LLC Series B Units.”
  (7)   Consists of 225,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 450,000 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 160,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Nimbley, 75% of which are currently vested.
  (8)   Consists of 13,500 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 35,698 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 60,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. M. Lucey, 75% of which are currently vested.
  (9)   Consists of 76,627 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 150,000 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 160,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. D. Lucey, 75% of which are currently vested.
  (10)   Consists of 75,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 150,000 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 160,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by Mr. Gayda, 75% of which are currently vested.
  (11)   Consists of 75,000 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 100,000 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options.
  (12)   Mr. Brand is a Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Brand disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by the Blackstone Funds or their affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.
  (13)   Mr. Day is a Managing Director of First Reserve. Mr. Day disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by such entities or their affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.
  (14)   Mr. Foley is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Foley disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by the Blackstone Funds or their affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.
  (15)   Consists of 8,333 PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding options.
  (16)   Mr. Wizel is a Director of First Reserve. Mr. Wizel disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by First Reserve or its affiliates, except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.
  (17)   Consists of 91,908,166 PBF LLC Series A Units and an aggregate of 3,511,431 of PBF LLC Series A Units that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options. In addition, does not include 1,000,000 PBF LLC Series B Units beneficially owned by the directors and officers as a group, 75% of which are currently vested.

 

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon consummation of this offering. We refer you to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Authorized Capitalization

 

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which              shares will be issued and outstanding,              shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which              shares will be issued and outstanding, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, none of which will be issued and outstanding. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

 

Class A Common Stock

 

Voting Rights . Holders of shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

 

Dividend Rights . Subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be outstanding and any contractual or statutory restrictions, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive equally and ratably, share for share dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available to pay dividends. Dividends upon our Class A common stock may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any of our funds available for dividends, such sums as the board of directors deems proper as reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any of our property, or for any proper purpose, and the board of directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Liquidation Rights . Upon liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or other winding up, the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any of our outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

Other Matters . The shares of Class A common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. All outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, including the Class A common stock offered in this offering, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Class B Common Stock

 

Voting Rights . Holders of shares of Class B common stock are entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each PBF LLC Series A Unit beneficially owned by such holder. Accordingly, our existing owners collectively have a number of votes in PBF Energy that is equal to the aggregate number of PBF LLC Series A Units that they hold. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Dividend and Liquidation Rights . Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or winding up of PBF Energy.

 

148


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

   

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

   

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

   

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

   

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

   

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company, or upon any distribution of assets of our company;

 

   

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

   

the preferences and special rights, if any, of the series and the qualifications and restrictions, if any, of the series;

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series; and

 

   

such other rights, powers and preferences with respect to the series as our board of directors may deem advisable.

 

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

 

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances (other than a public offering) equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock, as well as for certain issuances of stock in compensatory transactions. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions. One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved Class A common stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive the stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

 

149


Table of Contents

Undesignated Preferred Stock

 

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

 

No Cumulative Voting

 

The Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting.

 

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

 

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the board of directors, or Blackstone or First Reserve, for so long as Blackstone or First Reserve, in its individual capacity as the party calling the meeting, continues to beneficially own at least 25% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock.

 

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

 

The DGCL permits stockholder action by written consent unless otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation. Our certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent after the date on which Blackstone and First Reserve collectively cease to beneficially own at least a majority in voting power of all shares entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors.

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

 

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors (or a committee of the board of directors), or Blackstone or First Reserve so long as certain ownership thresholds are met in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Our bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed.

 

These provisions may defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (but subject to the terms of the stockholders agreement). In addition, our bylaws provide that any newly-created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on the board of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (but subject to the terms of the stockholders agreement).

 

150


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-takeover Statute

 

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL. However, in the event that Blackstone and First Reserve collectively cease to beneficially own at least 5% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock, we will automatically become subject to Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

Subject to specified exceptions, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. “Business combinations” include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the “interested stockholder.” Subject to various exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These restrictions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts.

 

Supermajority Provisions

 

Our certificate of incorporation will grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation but will require a 75% supermajority vote for the stockholders to amend any provision of our bylaws after the date Blackstone and First Reserve collectively cease to beneficially own a majority of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote.

 

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except:

 

   

for breach of duty of loyalty;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

 

   

for transactions from which the director derived improper personal benefit.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We are also expressly authorized to, and do, carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing coverage for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers providing for additional indemnification protection beyond that provided by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. In the indemnification agreements, we have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify and hold harmless the director or officer to the maximum extent then authorized or permitted by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the DGCL, or by any amendment(s) thereto.

 

151


Table of Contents

There is currently no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

 

Corporate Opportunity

 

Neither Blackstone nor First Reserve have any obligation to offer us an opportunity to participate in business opportunities presented to Blackstone or First Reserve even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued, and neither Blackstone or First Reserve will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of any such activities unless, in the case of any person who is our director or officer, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as our officer or director. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our certificate of incorporation.

 

Choice of Forum

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (c) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, several lawsuits involving other companies are currently pending challenging the validity of choice of forum provisions in certificates of incorporation, and it is possible that a court could rule that such provision is inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be             .

 

New York Stock Exchange Listing

 

We have applied to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “PBF.”

 

152


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been any public market for our shares of Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of Class A common stock for future sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of              shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or              shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be held or acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below and shares subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

 

Upon consummation of this offering, our existing owners will beneficially own      PBF LLC Series A Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the terms of the exchange agreement on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, and further subject to the rights of the holders of PBF LLC Series B Units to share in a portion of the profits realized by our financial sponsors upon the sale of the shares of Class A common stock received by them upon such exchange. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we have entered into a registration rights agreement with our existing owners that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “—Registration Rights Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

In addition, holders of outstanding options and warrants to purchase 4,774,630 PBF LLC Series A Units have the right, pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC and the exchange agreement described above and following exercise of such options and warrants, to cause PBF LLC to exchange their PBF LLC Series A Units for up to an equivalent number of additional shares of Class A common stock. Finally, awards for up to              shares of Class A Common Stock may be granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Class A common stock issued under or covered by our equity incentive plans. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover              shares of Class A common stock. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up agreements described below.

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Similarly, the limited liability company agreement of PBF LLC permits PBF LLC to issue an unlimited number of additional limited liability company interests of

 

153


Table of Contents

PBF LLC with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the PBF LLC Series A Units and PBF LLC Series C Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this prospectus, a person, including any of our “affiliates” who has beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              of the shares outstanding immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the Class A common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 also are subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an “affiliate,” is entitled to sell its shares freely so long as current public information about us is available and after a one year holding period without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock after this offering because a greater supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to the lock-up arrangements described below.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors, and Blackstone and First Reserve have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See “Underwriting.” We may, however, grant awards under our equity incentive plans and issue shares of Class A common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, and we may issue or sell shares of Class A common stock under certain other circumstances.

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if (a) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

 

Rule 701

 

Under Rule 701, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement and are not deemed to be an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with various restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

154


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our existing owners pursuant to which we will grant them and their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for PBF LLC Series A Units or otherwise beneficially owned by them. Securities registered under any such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

Effect of Sales of Shares

 

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our Class A common stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of Class A common stock or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Nevertheless, sales of significant numbers of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and impair our future ability to raise capital through an offering of our equity securities.

 

155


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences, as of the date hereof, of the purchase, ownership and sale or exchange of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder. This summary deals only with Class A common stock that is purchased in this offering and is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder.

 

Except as modified for United States federal estate tax purposes (as described below), a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust other than:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States if one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) was in existence on August 20, 1996, and has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to continue to be treated as a United States person.

 

If a partnership holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner in a partnership considering an investment in our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor.

 

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxation and does not deal with other United States federal taxes (such as gift taxes or the recently enacted Medicare tax on investment income) or foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. Further, this discussion does not describe all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

dealers in securities;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, “straddle,” integrated transaction or similar transaction;

 

   

partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes (or investors in such entities);

 

   

United States expatriates or certain long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

tax-exempt entities;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies; or

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax.

 

156


Table of Contents

If you are considering an investment in our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the particular United States federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and sale or exchange of our Class A common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other United States federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

The following summary assumes that a non-U.S. holder will structure its ownership of Class A common stock so as to avoid the withholding taxes that otherwise would be imposed under recently enacted legislation, as described below under “—Additional Withholding Requirements.”

 

Dividends

 

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by a non-U.S. holder within the United States are not subject to the withholding tax, provided such non-U.S. holder provides proper documentation, such as an applicable Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8 or an appropriate substitute form. Instead, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (or a lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such dividends, subject to adjustments.

 

A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty for dividends generally will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or an appropriate substitute form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our Class A common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

 

A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Gain on Sale or Exchange of Our Class A Common Stock

 

Any gain realized on the sale or exchange of our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or exchange, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes at some time during the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the sale or exchange or (b) the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A common stock in question (such shorter period, the “Applicable Period”).

 

Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale or exchange in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. A non-U.S. holder

 

157


Table of Contents

that is a foreign corporation described in the first bullet point immediately above may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such gain, subject to adjustments.

 

Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale or exchange, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

 

Although the matter is not free from doubt, we believe we currently are not a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. The determination of whether we become a “United States real property holding corporation” in the future will depend on the value of our assets treated as “real property” for this purpose relative to the value of all our assets, and such values are subject to fluctuations. If we are or become a “United States real property holding corporation,” so long as our Class A common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder who actually or constructively holds or held (at any time during the Applicable Period) more than 5% of our Class A common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on the sale or exchange of our Class A common stock. Such a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to tax on any gain in the same manner as a non-U.S. holder whose gain is effectively connected income, except that such gain should not be included in effectively connected earnings and profits for purposes of the branch profits tax.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Class A common stock held or treated as held by an individual who, at the time of death, is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with dividend payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividend payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which a non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a sale or exchange of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the non-U.S. holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

158


Table of Contents

Additional Withholding Requirements

 

Legislation was enacted in 2010 that will materially change the requirements for obtaining an exemption from United States federal withholding tax and impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. In general, and depending on the specific facts and circumstances, the failure to comply with certain certification, information reporting and other specified requirements will result in a 30% withholding tax being imposed on “withholdable payments” to such institutions and entities, including payments of dividends and proceeds from the sale or exchange of our common stock. The legislation generally applies to payments made after December 31, 2012, although Proposed Treasury Regulations from the IRS provide that withholding obligations with respect to payments of dividends will not begin until January 1, 2014, and a recent IRS notice provides that withholding obligations with respect to gross proceeds from the sale or exchange of common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017. Each prospective investor should consult its tax advisor regarding this legislation and the potential implications of this legislation on its investment in our common stock.

 

159


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as the representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   $               

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                
  

 

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the underwriters including in connection with sales of unsold allotments of Class A common stock or subsequent sales of Class A common stock purchased by the underwriters in stabilizing and related transactions.

 

We granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares of our Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to              additional shares of our Class A common stock.

 

     Per Share    Total
        Without
Option
   With Option

Public offering price

        

Underwriting discounts and commissions

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

 

160


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, are approximately $             million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration of the Class A common stock to be sold pursuant to this prospectus.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed     % of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

 

We have applied to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PBF”.

 

We and all of our directors and executive officers have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain limited exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock; or

 

   

file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, each such person will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. We have been advised by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC that they have no present intention, and there are no agreements, tacit or explicit, regarding the possible early release of the locked-up shares.

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

 

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

In order to facilitate this offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares

 

161


Table of Contents

in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of Class A common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A common stock in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Class A common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in the Class A common stock on the NYSE in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during the period before the commencement of offers or sales of Class A common stock and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bids at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of the Class A common stock. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past engaged, currently engage and may in the future engage, in transactions with and perform services for, including commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services, us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses. From time to time, certain of the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates may provide investment banking services to us. Affiliates of one or more of the underwriters act as lenders and/or agents under, and as consideration therefor received customary fees and expenses in connection with, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. UBS AG, Stamford Branch, an affiliate of one of the underwriters, is the administrative agent under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility and receives fees in connection with such role. MSCG, an affiliate of one of our underwriters, is the counterparty to our product offtake agreements for the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries, and the counterparty to our crude oil and feedstock agreement for our Toledo refinery. DB Energy, an affiliate of one of our underwriters, is the counterparty to our catalyst lease at our Delaware City and our Toledo refineries. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are participants under our L/C Facility. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters acted as initial purchasers, and received fees in connection with, our senior secured notes offering.

 

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distribution will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

162


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) (i) it is a person whose ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business and (ii) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell the shares other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or who it is reasonable to expect will acquire, hold, manage or dispose of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses where the issue of the shares would otherwise constitute a contravention of Section 19 of the FSMA by the Issuer;

 

(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

(c) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

163


Table of Contents

France

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

 

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

 

Hong Kong

 

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire

 

164


Table of Contents

share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

 

Japan

 

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

Switzerland

 

This document as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the “Shares”) do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Shares will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the Shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange.

 

The Shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the Company from time to time.

 

This document as well as any other material relating to the Shares is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the Company. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

 

Dubai International Financial Centre

 

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the “Shares”) may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

 

Prospective purchasers of the Shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the Shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

165


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the issuance of our shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

The balance sheet of PBF Energy Inc. as of December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheet is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The consolidated financial statements of PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries (combined and consolidated with PBF Investments LLC and affiliates) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The financial statements of the Paulsboro Refining Business as of December 16, 2010 and for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Toledo Refinery as of December 31, 2010 and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration statement. For further information about us and our Class A common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules.

 

You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference facility. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, and at our website at http://www.pbfenergy.com. Information on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

166


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference rooms and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

We intend to furnish our Class A common stockholders annual reports containing audited consolidated financial statements and will make available copies of quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim consolidated financial information.

 

167


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Balance Sheets of PBF Energy Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and December 31, 2011

     F-3   

Notes to Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Financial Statements of PBF Energy Company LLC and Subsidiaries

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-8   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-11   

Financial Statements of Paulsboro Refining Business

  

Report of KPMG LLP Independent Auditors

     F-43   

Balance Sheet as of December 16, 2010

     F-44   

Statements of Income for the period from January 1, 2010 through December  16, 2010 and for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-45   

Statements of Changes in Net Parent Investment for the period from January  1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-46   

Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2010 through December  16, 2010 and for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-47   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-48   

Financial Statements of Toledo Refining Business

  

Report of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Auditors

     F-60   

Statements of Revenues and Direct Expenses for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-61   

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed as of December 31, 2010

     F-62   

Notes to the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed and the Related Statements of Revenues and Direct Expenses

     F-63   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of PBF Energy Company LLC and Subsidiaries

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-70   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011

     F-71   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011

     F-72   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011

     F-73   

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-75   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

R EPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

PBF Energy Inc.

Parsippany, New Jersey

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of PBF Energy Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PBF Energy Inc. as of December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Parsippany, New Jersey

May 14, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY INC.

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

ASSETS    September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)         

Cash

   $   100       $   100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 100       $ 100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

     

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 issued and outstanding

   $ —         $ —     

Additional paid-in capital

     100         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholder's equity

   $ 100       $ 100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to balance sheet

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY INC.

 

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS

 

1—ORGANIZATION

 

PBF Energy Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 7, 2011. Pursuant to a reorganization into a holding corporation structure, the Corporation intends to become a holding corporation and its sole assets are expected to be an equity interest in PBF Energy Company LLC. The Corporation expects to be the managing member of PBF Energy Company LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses affairs of PBF Energy Company LLC and, through PBF Energy Company LLC and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Accounting

 

The Balance Sheets have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities of this entity other than those related to its formation.

 

3—STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Corporation has issued 100 shares of common stock in exchange for $100, all of which were held by PBF Energy Company LLC at September 30, 2012 (unaudited) and December 31, 2011.

 

4—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Subsequent events for the Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 have been evaluated through May 14, 2012, the date the financial statement was available to be issued. Subsequent events for the Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited) have been evaluated through November 6, 2012, the date the financial statement was available to be issued.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Members of

PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries:

 

We have audited the accompanying combined and consolidated balance sheets of PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries (combined and consolidated with PBF Investments LLC and affiliates which are both under common ownership and common management) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related combined and consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such combined and consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries (combined and consolidated with PBF Investments LLC and affiliates) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Parsippany, New Jersey

May 14, 2012

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
ASSETS     
Current assets     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 50,166      $ 155,457   

Accounts receivable, net

     316,252        36,937   

Inventories

     1,516,727        376,629   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     63,359        11,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,946,504        580,129   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,513,947        639,565   

Deferred charges and other assets, net

     160,658        54,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,621,109      $ 1,274,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 286,067      $ 36,302   

Accrued expenses

     1,180,812        366,515   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,014        1,250   

Deferred revenue

     189,234        66,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,660,127        470,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Economic Development Authority loan

     20,000        20,000   

Long-term debt

     780,851        303,814   

Other long-term liabilities

     49,213        21,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,510,191        815,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Series B Units, no par or stated value, 1,000,000 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

     3,303        1,922   

MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

Series A Units, no par or stated value , 92,257,812 and 51,393,114 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

     923,841        514,309   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     186,150        (56,521

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,376     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     1,107,615        456,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, Series B Units, and members’ equity

   $ 3,621,109      $ 1,274,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Revenues

   $ 14,960,338      $ 210,671      $ 228   

Costs and expenses

      

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

     13,855,163        203,971          

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

     658,831        25,140          

General and administrative expenses

     86,183        15,859        6,294   

Acquisition related expenses

     728        6,051          

Depreciation and amortization expense

     53,743        1,402        44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     14,654,648        252,423        6,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     305,690        (41,752     (6,110

Other income (expense)

      

Change in fair value of catalyst leases

     7,316        (1,217       

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     (5,215              

Interest (expense) income, net

     (65,120     (1,388     10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 242,671      $ (44,357   $ (6,100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss)

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 242,671      $ (44,357   $ (6,100

Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities

     5        3        (13

Defined benefit plans unrecognized net gain (loss)

     (1,332     (1,034     5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 241,344      $ (45,388   $ (6,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT UNIT DATA)

 

    PBF Energy Company LLC Members        
    Series A
Units
    Series A     PBF
Investments
LLC
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Non
Controlling
Interest
    Total
Members’
Equity
 

Balance December 31, 2008

         $      $ 10,384      $ (10   $ (6,229   $ 20,665      $ 24,810   

Member distributions

                  (8                          (8

Net loss

                                (6,100            (6,100

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                         (13                   (13

Defined benefit plan unrecognized net gain

                         5                      5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

                  10,376        (18     (12,329     20,665        18,694   

Equity reorganization

    3,087,600        30,876        (10,376            165        (20,665       

Member capital contributions

    48,305,514        483,055                                    483,055   

Stock based compensation

           378                                    378   

Net loss

                                (44,357            (44,357

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                         3                      3   

Defined benefit plan unrecognized net loss

                         (1,034                   (1,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    51,393,114        514,309               (1,049     (56,521            456,739   

Member capital contributions

    40,864,698        408,397                                    408,397   

Stock based compensation

           1,135                                    1,135   

Net income

                                242,671               242,671   

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                         5                      5   

Defined benefit plan unrecognized net loss

                         (1,332                   (1,332
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    92,257,812      $ 923,841      $      $ (2,376   $ 186,150      $      $ 1,107,615   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 242,671      $ (44,357   $ (6,100

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     56,919        1,530        43   

Stock based compensation

     2,516        2,300          

Change in fair value of catalyst leases

     (7,316     1,217          

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     5,215                 

Non-cash change in inventory repurchase obligations

     25,329        2,043          

Loss on disposition of property, plant and equipment

            56          

Pension and other post retirement benefit costs

     9,768        372        376   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions

      

Accounts receivable

     (279,315     (36,438     67   

Inventories

     (512,054     14,126          

Other current assets

     (56,953     (8,649     (74

Accounts payable

     249,765        23,294        22   

Accrued expenses

     395,093        40,474          

Deferred revenue

     122,895        3,000          

Other assets and liabilities

     (5,251     (176     (167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

     249,282        (1,208     (5,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Acquisition of Toledo refinery, net of cash received for sale of assets

     (168,156              

Acquisition of Paulsboro refinery and pipeline

            (204,911       

Acquisition of Delaware City refinery

            (224,275       

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

     (488,721     (72,118     (70

Expenditures for deferred turnaround costs

     (62,823              

Expenditures for other assets

     (23,339    

Proceeds from sale of assets

     4,700                 

Other

     (854     (8     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (739,193     (501,312     (78
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from members’ capital contributions

     408,397        483,055          

Proceeds from long-term debt

     488,894        125,000          

Members’ contribution for purchase of Series A units held by Petroplus Marketing AG

            91,000          

Proceeds from catalyst lease

     18,624        17,740          

Proceeds from Economic Development Authority loan

            20,000          

Repayment of seller note for inventory

     (299,645              

Repayments of long-term debt

     (220,401              

Purchase of Series A units held by Petroplus Marketing AG on behalf of members

            (91,000       

Deferred financing costs and other

     (11,249     (6,589     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     384,620        639,206        (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (105,291     136,686        (5,919

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     155,457        18,771        24,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 50,166      $ 155,457      $ 18,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

 

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

        

Non-cash activities:

        

Promissory note issued for Toledo refinery acquisition

   $ 200,000       $       $   

Senior secured seller note issued for Paulsboro refinery acquisition

             160,000           

Seller note issued for acquisition of inventory

     299,645                   

Fair value of Toledo refinery contingent consideration

     117,017                   

Accrued construction in progress

     5,909         40,429           

Non-cash impact of inventory supply and offtake agreements on inventory and accrued expenses

     322,399         292,353           

Cash paid during the period for:

        

Interest (including capitalized interest of $13,027 in 2011)

     67,020                   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company” or “PBF”), owns and operates oil refineries and related facilities in North America. Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, PBF Power Marketing LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC are PBF’s principal operating subsidiaries and are all wholly-owned subsidiaries of PBF Holding Company LLC (“Holdings”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PBF Energy Company LLC.

 

All of the Company’s operations are in the United States. The Company’s three oil refineries are all engaged in the refining of crude oil and other feedstocks into petroleum products, and have been aggregated to form one reportable segment. To generate earnings and cash flows from operations, the Company is primarily dependent upon processing crude oil and selling refined petroleum products at margins sufficient to cover fixed and variable costs and other expenses. Crude oil and refined petroleum products are commodities and factors largely out of the Company’s control can cause prices to vary over time. The potential margin volatility can have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, earnings and cash flow.

 

Reorganization

 

PBF Investments LLC (“PBFI”) was formed effective March 1, 2008 and served as the sole member of PBF GP LLC (the “General Partner”) and owner of Class B Units in PBF Energy Partners LP (the “Partnership”). The members of PBFI also owned Class A units of the Partnership, which was presented as a noncontrolling interest by PBFI. The entities were formed to pursue acquisitions of crude oil refineries in North America. During 2010, the entities were reorganized. In March 2010, Holdings was formed as a subsidiary of the Partnership. Effective June 1, 2010, the Partnership was converted to a limited liability company and renamed PBF Energy Company LLC. Also on June 1, 2010, the Partnership Class B Units owned by the members of PBFI were contributed to PBF and the Partnership Class B Units were cancelled. The Partnership Class A Units were also cancelled and the members of PBFI received Series A Units in PBF equal to the value of their original Class A and B Units in the Partnership. PBFI was then contributed by PBF to Holdings and PBFI became a subsidiary of Holdings. The reorganization represents a series of transactions among entities under common control of the members. Accordingly, the historical operations of PBFI are combined with Holdings for all periods presented and the transactions that affected the reorganization were reported at historical cost.

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PBFI, the General Partner, and the Partnership until June 1, 2010, the date of the reorganization and the accounts of PBF and its wholly-owned subsidiaries subsequent to the reorganization. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. For the period from March 1, 2008 to December 16, 2010, the Company was considered to be in the development stage. With the acquisition of the Paulsboro Refinery and commencement of refining operations on December 17, 2010, it ceased to be a development stage company.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of the cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of those instruments.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“MSCG”) and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) (“Sunoco”) accounted for 52% and 12% of the Company’s revenues, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, Sunoco and Statoil Marketing and Trading (US) Inc. (“Statoil”) accounted for 19% and 11% of accounts receivables, respectively.

 

MSCG accounted for 90% of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 36% of total trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2010.

 

Revenue, Deferred Revenue and Accounts Receivable

 

The Company sells various refined products through its refinery subsidiaries and recognizes revenue related to the sale of products when there is persuasive evidence of an agreement, the sales prices are fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and when products are shipped or delivered in accordance with their respective agreements. Revenue for services is recorded when the services have been provided. The Company’s Toledo refinery has a products offtake agreement with Sunoco under which Sunoco purchases approximately one-third of the refinery’s daily gasoline production. The Toledo refinery also sells its products through short-term contracts or on the spot market.

 

The Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell light finished products, certain intermediates and lube base oils to MSCG under products offtake agreements with each refinery (the “Offtake Agreements”). On a daily basis, MSCG purchases and pays for the refineries’ production of light finished products as they are produced, delivered to the refineries’ storage tanks, and legal title passes to MSCG. Revenue on these product sales is deferred until they are shipped out of the storage facility by MSCG.

 

Under the Offtake Agreements, the Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries also enter into purchase and sale transactions of certain intermediates and lube base oils whereby MSCG purchases and pays for the refineries’ production of certain intermediates and lube products as they are produced and legal title passes to MSCG. The intermediate products are held in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. The intermediates may also be sold to third parties. The refineries have the right to repurchase lube products and do so to supply other third parties with that product. When the refineries need intermediates or repurchase lube products, the products are drawn out of the storage tanks, title passes back to the refineries and MSCG is paid for those products. These transactions occur at the daily market price for the related products. These transactions are considered to be made in contemplation of each other and, accordingly, do not result in the recognition of a sale when title passes from the refineries to MSCG. Inventory remains at cost and the net cash receipts result in a liability that is recorded at market price for the volumes held in storage with any change in the market price being recorded in costs of sales. The liability represents the amount the Company expects to pay to repurchase the volumes held in storage. The Company recorded a $22,082 non-cash charge related to this liability in 2011.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Revenue, Deferred Revenue and Accounts Receivable (Continued)

 

While MSCG has legal title, it has the right to encumber and/or sell these products and any such sales by MSCG result in sales being recognized by the refineries when products are shipped out of the storage facility. As the exclusive vendor of intermediate products to the refineries, MSCG has the obligation to provide the intermediate products to the refineries as they are needed. Accordingly, sales by MSCG to others have been limited and are only made with the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ approval.

 

The Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries sell and purchase feedstocks under a supply agreement with Statoil (the “Crude Supply Agreements”). Statoil purchases the refineries’ production of certain feedstocks or purchases feedstocks from third parties on the refineries’ behalf. Legal title to the feedstocks is held by Statoil and the feedstocks are held in the refineries’ storage tanks until they are needed for further use in the refining process. At that time, the products are drawn out of the storage tanks and purchased by the refineries. These purchases and sales are settled monthly at the daily market prices related to those products. These transactions are considered to be made in contemplation of each other and, accordingly, do not result in the recognition of a sale when title passes from the refineries to Statoil. Inventory remains at cost and the net cash receipts result in a liability which is discussed further in the Inventory note below.

 

Accounts receivable are carried at invoiced amounts. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established, if required, to report such amounts at their estimated net realizable value. In estimating probable losses, management reviews accounts that are past due and determines if there are any known disputes. There was no allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Excise taxes on sales of refined products that are collected from customers and remitted to various governmental agencies are reported on a net basis.

 

Inventory

 

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of crude oil, feedstocks, blendstocks and refined products are determined under the last-in first-out (“LIFO”) method using the dollar value LIFO method with any increments valued based on average purchase prices during the year. The cost of supplies and other inventories is determined principally on the weighted average cost method.

 

The Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries acquire substantially all of their crude oil from Statoil under the Crude Supply Agreements whereby the Company takes title to the crude oil as it is delivered to the processing units, however, the Company is obligated to purchase all the crude oil held by Statoil on the Company’s behalf upon termination of the agreement at the then market price. The Company is also obligated to purchase a fixed volume of feedstocks from Statoil on the later of December 31, 2012 or when the arrangement is terminated based on a forward market price of West Texas Intermediate crude oil. As a result of the purchase obligations, the Company records the inventory of crude oil and feedstocks in the refineries’ storage facilities. The Company has deemed the purchase obligations to be contracts that contain derivatives that change in value based on changes in commodity prices. Such changes in the fair value of these derivatives are included in cost of sales.

 

The Company’s Toledo refinery acquires substantially all of its crude oil from MSCG under a crude oil supply agreement (the “Toledo Crude Oil Supply Agreement”). For the period from March 1, 2011 to May 31,

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Inventory (Continued)

 

2011, the Company took title to the crude oil as it was delivered to the refinery processing units. The Company had custody and risk of loss for MSCG’s crude oil stored on the refinery premises. As a result, the Company recorded the crude oil in the Toledo refinery’s storage facilities as inventory with a corresponding accrued liability. The Toledo Crude Oil Supply Agreement was replaced effective June 1, 2011. Under the new agreement, the Company takes title to crude oil at various pipeline locations for delivery to the refinery or sale to third parties. The Company records the crude oil inventory when it receives title. Payment for the crude oil is due to MSCG under the Toledo Crude Oil Supply Agreement three days after the crude oil is delivered to the Toledo refinery processing units or upon sale to a third party.

 

Property, Plant, and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment additions are recorded at cost. The Company capitalizes costs associated with the preliminary, pre-acquisition and development/construction stages of a major construction project. The Company capitalizes the interest cost associated with major construction projects based on the effective interest rate of total borrowings. The Company also capitalizes costs incurred in the acquisition and development of software for internal use, including the costs of software, materials, consultants and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in the application development stage.

 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Process units and equipment

   5-25 years

Pipeline and equipment

   5-20 years

Buildings

   25-40 years

Computers, furniture and fixtures

   3-15 years

Leasehold improvements

   20 years

 

Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as they are incurred. Improvements and betterments, which extend the lives of the assets, are capitalized.

 

Deferred Charges and Other Assets, Net

 

Deferred charges and other assets include refinery turnaround costs, catalyst, precious metals catalyst, linefill, deferred financing costs and intangible assets.

 

Refinery turnaround costs, which are incurred in connection with planned major maintenance activities, are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of time estimated to lapse until the next turnaround occurs (generally 3 to 5 years).

 

Precious metals catalyst and linefill are considered indefinite-lived assets as they are not expected to deteriorate in their prescribed functions. Such assets are assessed for impairment in connection with the Company’s review of its long-lived assets as indicators of impairment develop.

 

Deferred financing costs are capitalized when incurred and amortized over the life of the loan (1 to 5 years).

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Deferred Charges and Other Assets, Net (Continued)

 

Intangible assets with finite lives primarily consist of catalyst, emission credits and permits and are amortized over their estimated useful lives of 3 to 10 years.

 

Long-Lived Assets and Definite-Lived Intangibles

 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of the long-lived assets is not considered to be recoverable, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value. There have been no impairment indicators and therefore, no impairment reviews were performed in the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Impairment assessments inherently involve judgment as to assumptions about expected future cash flows and the impact of market conditions on those assumptions. Although management would utilize assumptions that it believes are reasonable, future events and changing market conditions may impact management’s assumptions, which could produce different results.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

The Company records an asset retirement obligation at fair value for the estimated cost to retire a tangible long-lived asset at the time the Company incurs that liability, which is generally when the asset is purchased, constructed, or leased. The Company records the liability when it has a legal or contractual obligation to incur costs to retire the asset and when a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the liability can be made. If a reasonable estimate cannot be made at the time the liability is incurred, the Company will record the liability when sufficient information is available to estimate the liability’s fair value. Certain of the Company’s asset retirement obligations are based on its legal obligation to perform remedial activity at its refinery sites when it permanently ceases operations of the long-lived assets. The Company therefore considers the settlement date of these obligations to be indeterminable. Accordingly, the Company cannot calculate an associated asset retirement liability for these obligations at this time. The Company will measure and recognize the fair value of these asset retirement obligations when the settlement date is determinable.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Liabilities for future remediation costs are recorded when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Other than for assessments, the timing and magnitude of these accruals generally are based on the completion of investigations or other studies or a commitment to a formal plan of action. Environmental liabilities are based on best estimates of probable future costs using currently available technology and applying current regulations, as well as the Company’s own internal environmental policies. The measurement of environmental remediation liabilities may be discounted to reflect the time value of money if the aggregate amount and timing of cash payments of the liabilities are fixed or reliably determinable. The actual settlement of the Company’s liability for environmental matters could materially differ from its estimates due to a number of uncertainties such as the extent of contamination, changes in environmental laws and regulations, potential improvements in remediation technologies and the participation of other responsible parties.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation includes the accounting effect of Series A warrants issued to employees in connection with their acquisition of Series A units, options to acquire Series A units granted to certain employees, and Series B units that were granted to certain members of management. The estimated fair value of the Series A warrants and options is based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the fair value of the Series B units is estimated based on a Monte Carlo simulation model. The estimated fair value is amortized as stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line method over the vesting period and included in general and administration expense.

 

Income Taxes

 

As a limited liability company, the members are required to include their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income or loss on their respective income tax returns. Accordingly, there is no benefit or provision for Federal or State income tax in the accompanying financial statements.

 

The Federal and state tax returns for all years since inception (March 1, 2008) are subject to examination by the respective tax authorities.

 

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

 

The Company recognizes an asset for the overfunded status or a liability for the underfunded status of its pension and post-retirement benefit plans. The funded status is recorded within other long-term liabilities. Changes in the plans’ funded status are recognized in other comprehensive income in the period the change occurs.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

A fair value hierarchy (Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3) is used to categorize fair value amounts based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. Accordingly, fair values derived from Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values derived from Level 2 inputs are based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. The Company uses appropriate valuation techniques based on the available inputs to measure the fair values of its applicable assets and liabilities. When available, the Company measures fair value using Level 1 inputs because they generally provide the most reliable evidence of fair value. In some valuations, the inputs may fall into different levels in the hierarchy. In these cases, the asset or liability level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined based on the Company’s assessment of available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The Company’s non-derivative financial instruments that are included in current assets and current liabilities are recorded at cost in the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying value due to their short-term nature. Derivative instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

The Company’s catalyst lease obligation and derivatives related to the Company’s crude oil and feedstocks purchase obligations are measured and recorded at fair value using Level 2 inputs on a recurring basis, based on observable market prices.

 

At December 31, 2011, the fair values of the Company’s term loan, revolving loan, and promissory notes approximate their carrying value, as these borrowings bear interest based upon short-term floating market interest rates.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Company is exposed to market risk, primarily related to changes in commodity prices for the crude oil and feedstocks used in the refining process as well as the prices of the refined products sold. The accounting treatment for commodity contracts depends on the intended use of the particular contract and on whether or not the contract meets the definition of a derivative. Non-derivative contracts are recorded at the time of delivery.

 

All derivative instruments, not designated as normal purchases or sales, are recorded in the balance sheet as either assets or liabilities measured at their fair values. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments that either are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or normal purchase or normal sale accounting are recognized currently in earnings. Contracts qualifying for the normal purchase and sales exemption are accounted for upon settlement. Cash flows related to derivative instruments that are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are included in operating activities.

 

The Company designates certain derivative instruments as fair value hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability. At the inception of the hedge transaction, the Company documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Derivative gains and losses related to these fair value hedges, including hedge ineffectiveness, are recorded in cost of sales along with the change in fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk. Cash flows related to derivative instruments that are designated as fair value hedges are included in operating activities.

 

Economic hedges are hedges not designated as fair value or cash flow hedges for accounting purposes that are used to (i) manage price volatility in certain refinery feedstock and refined product inventories, and (ii) manage price volatility in certain forecasted refinery feedstock, refined product, and refined product sales. These instruments are recorded at fair value and changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized currently in cost of sales.

 

Derivative accounting is complex and requires management judgment in the following respects: identification of derivatives and embedded derivatives, determination of the fair value of derivatives, documentation of hedge relationships, assessment and measurement of hedge ineffectiveness and election and designation of the normal purchases and sales exception. All of these judgments, depending upon their timing and effect, can have a significant impact on the Company’s earnings.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS

 

Toledo Acquisition

 

On March 1, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company completed the acquisition of the Toledo refinery in Ohio from Sunoco, Inc. (R&M). The Toledo refinery has a crude oil throughput capacity of 170,000 barrels per day. The purchase price for the refinery was $400,000, subject to certain adjustments, and was comprised of $200,000 in cash and a $200,000 promissory note provided by Sunoco. The note bears interest at the lower of LIBOR plus 8%, or 10% (8.5% at December 31, 2011) and is due in March 2013. The terms also include participation payments beginning in the year ending December 31, 2011 through the year ending December 31, 2016 not to exceed $125,000 in the aggregate. Participation payments are based on 25% of the purchased assets’ earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as defined in the agreement (“EBITDA”) in excess of an annual threshold EBITDA of $125,000 (prorated for 2011 and 2016). Each participation payment is due no later than one hundred and twenty days after the close of the respective calendar year end for the years 2011 through 2016.

 

The Company purchased certain finished and intermediate products for approximately $299,645 with the proceeds from a note provided by Sunoco (the “Toledo Inventory Note Payable”). The note had an interest rate at the lower of LIBOR plus 5.5%, or 7.5% and was repaid on May 31, 2011. The Company also purchased crude oil inventory for $338,395, which it concurrently sold to MSCG for its market value of $369,999. The net cash received from this transaction was recorded as a reduction in the total purchase price.

 

The Toledo acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The estimated purchase price of $784,818 includes the estimated fair value of future participation payments (contingent consideration). The fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis, a Level 3 measurement, as more fully described at Note 16. The following table summarizes the amounts recognized for assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.

 

The total purchase price and the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities at the acquisition date were as follows:

 

     Purchase
Price
 

Net cash

   $ 168,156   

Seller promissory note

     200,000   

Seller note for inventory

     299,645   

Estimated fair value of contingent consideration

     117,017   
  

 

 

 
   $ 784,818   
  

 

 

 

 

     Fair  Value
Allocation
 

Current assets

   $ 305,645   

Land

     8,065   

Property, plant and equipment

     452,084   

Other assets

     24,640   

Current liabilities

     (5,616
  

 

 

 
   $ 784,818   
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

Toledo Acquisition (Continued)

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 include the results of operations of the Toledo refinery since March 1, 2011. The actual results for the Toledo refinery for the period from March 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, are shown below. The revenues and net income of the Company assuming the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010, are shown below on a pro forma basis. The pro forma information does not purport to present what the Company’s actual results would have been had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2010, or is the financial information indicative of the results of future operations. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes the depreciation and amortization expense related to the acquisition and interest expense associated with the Toledo acquisition financing.

 

     Revenues      Net Income  

Actual results for March 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011

   $ 6,113,055       $ 489,243   

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011

   $ 15,961,529       $ 328,142   

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010

   $ 10,251,394       $ (53,199

 

Paulsboro Refinery Acquisition

 

In September 2010, subsidiaries of the Company entered into two stock purchase agreements with subsidiaries of Valero Energy Corporation (“Valero”) to acquire its Paulsboro, New Jersey refining business. The purchase price of $364,911 included $357,657 for the refinery, which has a crude oil throughput capacity of 180,000 barrels per day, and an associated natural gas pipeline and $7,254 in net working capital. The acquisition was completed on December 17, 2010 and financed with $204,911 in cash, and the issuance of a $160,000 promissory note with Valero. The note bears interest at LIBOR + 7% (8.3% at December 31, 2011) and was scheduled to mature in December 2011. The Company exercised its unilateral option to extend the note for six months at LIBOR + 9%.

 

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities at the acquisition date:

 

     Allocation  

Restricted cash

   $ 12,122   

Current assets

     27,990   

Land

     25,185   

Property, plant and equipment

     256,100   

Construction in progress

     62,298   

Other assets

     14,074   

Current liabilities

     (12,932

Environmental liabilities

     (12,653

Post retirement benefit obligation

     (7,273
  

 

 

 

Purchase price, excluding inventory

   $ 364,911   
  

 

 

 

 

In connection with the Paulsboro refinery acquisition, $130,344 of crude oil and feedstocks and $165,093 of certain light finished products, intermediates, and lube base oils were purchased by Statoil and MSCG on the

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

Paulsboro Refinery Acquisition (Continued)

 

Company’s behalf in connection with the Crude Supply Agreement and the Offtake Agreement, respectively. As of the acquisition date, the Company recorded the inventory subject to these transactions and a corresponding liability for crude oil, feedstocks, intermediates, and lube base oils and deferred revenue for light finished products. No gain or loss was recognized on these transactions, nor did they result in the recognition of revenue. Although these transactions were entered into in contemplation of the acquisition of the Paulsboro refinery, they have been excluded from the table above as the Company did not consider them to be part of the acquisition itself.

 

Delaware City Acquisition

 

In April 2010, subsidiaries of the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with subsidiaries of Valero to acquire refining and pipeline assets of Valero’s Delaware City refinery. The acquired assets included the idled refinery, which has a crude oil throughput capacity of 190,000 barrels per day, associated terminal and pipeline, and a power plant complex. The acquisition was completed on June 1, 2010 for $220,000 in cash plus $4,275 in acquisition-related costs.

 

The acquisition of the Delaware City refining and pipeline assets was accounted for as an acquisition of assets. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated relative fair value. The refinery and pipeline assets were idle at the time of the acquisition. The results of operations, which include certain minor terminal operations and substantial capital improvement activities to prepare the refinery and power plant for restart, have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since June 1, 2010. The Company commenced restarting the refinery in June 2011 and the refinery became fully operational in October 2011.

 

The following summarizes the purchase price allocation:

 

     Allocation  

Current assets

   $ 13,015   

Assets held for sale

     4,700   

Land

     28,600   

Property, plant and equipment

     156,006   

Other assets

     21,954   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 224,275   
  

 

 

 

 

The financial results of the Delaware City assets and the Paulsboro refinery have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since June 1, 2010 and December 17, 2010, respectively. As a result, the consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 include the results of both refineries for the entire period. The revenues and net loss associated with Paulsboro for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the consolidated pro forma revenue and net loss of the combined entity assuming the Paulsboro acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2009, are shown in the table below. The pro forma information does not purport to present what the Company’s actual results would have been had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2009, nor is the financial information indicative of the results of future operations. This unaudited pro forma financial information includes depreciation and amortization expense related to the acquisition and interest

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

Delaware City Acquisition (Continued)

 

expense associated with the Paulsboro acquisition financing. In addition, the 2010 unaudited supplementary pro forma loss was adjusted to exclude an $895,642 nonrecurring charge related to the impairment of refinery assets recorded in conjunction with the sale of Paulsboro to the Company.

 

     Revenues      Net Loss  

Actual results for December 17, 2010 to December 31, 2010

   $ 205,997       $ (10,606

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010

   $ 4,919,660       $ (128,890

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009

   $ 3,549,745       $ (189,279

 

Acquisition Expenses

 

The Company incurred $728, $6,051 and $0 during 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively for consulting and legal expenses related to acquisitions and non-consummated acquisitions.

 

4—INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Titled
Inventory
     Inventory
Supply and
Offtake
Arrangements
     Total  

Crude oil and feedstocks

   $ 369,377       $ 317,652       $ 687,029   

Refined products and blendstocks

     384,902         419,613         804,515   

Warehouse stock and other

     25,183                 25,183   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 779,462       $ 737,265       $ 1,516,727   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  
     Titled
Inventory
     Inventory
Supply and
Offtake
Arrangements
     Total  

Crude oil and feedstocks

   $       $ 167,271       $ 167,271   

Refined products and blendstocks

     13,196         180,284         193,480   

Warehouse stock and other

     15,878                 15,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 29,074       $ 347,555       $ 376,629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Inventory under inventory supply and offtake arrangements includes crude oil stored at the Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries’ storage facilities that the Company will purchase as it is consumed in connection with the Crude Supply Agreements; feedstocks and blendstocks sold to counterparties that the Company will repurchase for further blending into finished products; lube products sold to a counterparty that the Company will repurchase; and light finished products sold to a counterparty in connection with the Offtake Agreement and stored in the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries’ storage facilities pending shipment by the counterparty.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

4—INVENTORIES (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the replacement value of inventories exceeded the LIFO carrying value by approximately $115,624 and $6,800, respectively.

 

5—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Land

   $ 61,850      $ 53,785   

Process units, pipelines and equipment

     1,353,487        408,505   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     2,836        2,628   

Computers, furniture and fixtures

     14,098        4,444   

Construction in progress

     122,904        171,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,555,175        640,825   

Less—Accumulated depreciation

     (41,228     (1,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,513,947      $ 639,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the Delaware City refinery and pipeline were not yet in service and, accordingly, depreciation relating to those assets, with the exception of assets relating to terminal services, had not commenced. The Company commenced the restart of the Delaware City refinery during June 2011 and began depreciating the assets placed in service effective July 1, 2011. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $39,968, $1,259 and $44, respectively. The Company capitalized $13,027, $0 and $0 in interest during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in connection with construction in progress.

 

6—DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS, NET

 

Deferred charges and other assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Catalyst

   $ 68,201       $ 29,659   

Deferred turnaround costs, net

     56,338         554   

Deferred financing costs, net

     13,980         5,905   

Restricted cash

     12,104         12,122   

Linefill

     8,042         3,140   

Intangible assets, net

     1,703         3,072   

Other

     290         247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 160,658       $ 54,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded amortization expense related to deferred turnaround costs and catalyst of $11,922, $61 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

6—DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS, NET (Continued)

 

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Amount
 

Permits

   $ 3,585       $ (1,998   $ 1,587   

Emission credits

     116                116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,701       $ (1,998   $ 1,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Amount
 

Permits

   $ 3,100       $ (144   $ 2,956   

Emission credits

     116                116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,216       $ (144   $ 3,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

7—ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Inventory supply and offtake arrangements

   $ 641,588       $ 294,396   

Inventory-related accruals

     203,636         19,324   

Current portion of fair value of contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

     100,380           

Customer deposits

     59,017           

Accrued salaries and benefits

     48,300           

Excise and sales tax payable

     36,635           

Accrued utilities

     17,615           

Accrued transportation costs

     18,110           

Renewable energy credit obligation

     7,092           

Accrued construction in progress

     5,909         40,429   

Accrued interest

     1,894         1,313   

Other

     40,636         11,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,180,812       $ 366,515   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8—DELAWARE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY LOAN

 

In June 2010, in connection with the Delaware City acquisition, the Delaware Economic Development Authority (the “Authority”) granted a subsidiary of the Company a $20,000 loan to assist with operating costs and the cost of restarting the refinery. The loan is represented by a zero interest rate note and the entire unpaid principal amount is payable in full on March 1, 2017, unless the loan is converted to a grant.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

8—DELAWARE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY LOAN (Continued)

 

The loan converts to a grant in tranches of up to $4,000 annually over a five year period, starting at the one year anniversary of the “certified restart date” as defined in the agreement and certified by the Authority. In order for the loan to be converted to a grant, the Company is required to utilize at least 600,000 man hours of labor in connection with the reconstruction and restarting of the Delaware City refinery, expend at least $125,000 in qualified capital expenditures, commence refinery operations, and maintain certain employment levels, all as defined in the agreement. As of December 31, 2011, the Company believes it has satisfied the conditions for the loan to convert to a grant pending confirmation from the Authority.

 

The Company recorded the loan as a long-term liability pending approval from the Authority that it has met the requirements to convert the loan to a grant.

 

9—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

Subsidiaries of the Company maintain a short-term letter of credit facility under which the Company can obtain letters of credit of up to $480,000 consisting of a committed amount of $350,000 and an uncommitted amount of $130,000 to support certain of the Company’s crude oil purchases. The uncommitted portion of the letter of credit facility was temporarily increased from $130,000 to $370,000 for the period from July 29, 2011 to December 31, 2011. The facility matures on April 24, 2012. The Company is charged letter of credit issuance fees on each letter of credit, plus a fee on the aggregate unused portion of the committed letter of credit facility. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $241,500 of letters of credit issued under the letter of credit facility.

 

In addition, the Company had $3,037 of letters of credit issued with a financial institution not party to the letter of credit facility to support certain purchases in the ordinary course of business.

 

Paulsboro Refinery Acquisition Financing

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Paulsboro Refinery, subsidiaries of the Company issued a senior secured note (“Paulsboro Promissory Note”) to Valero in the amount of $160,000 which is secured by the refinery assets. The note was scheduled to mature in December 2011 and bears interest at LIBOR plus 7% (8.3% at December 31, 2011) and can be prepaid at any time without penalty. In December 2011, the Company exercised its unilateral option to extend the note until June 2012 at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 9%. The Paulsboro Promissory Note was included in Long-term debt at December 31, 2011 as the promissory note was repaid in connection with the issuance of long-term notes in February 2012.

 

Term Loan

 

In December 2010, subsidiaries of the Company entered into a term loan agreement (“Term Loan”) in the amount of $125,000 with a syndicate of lenders and with UBS Securities, LLC acting as agent. The Term Loan matures in December 2014 and is payable in quarterly installments of $313, followed by a final payment of $121,250 payable at maturity. The Term Loan can be prepaid at any time without penalty.

 

Interest on the Term Loan is payable quarterly in arrears, at the option of the Company, at either the Alternate Base Rate plus 6%, or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 7% (as both terms are defined in the agreement). The Adjusted LIBOR Rate is subject to a minimum of 2%. The interest rate at December 31, 2011 was 9%.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

9—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Revolving Loan

 

In December 2010, subsidiaries of the Company entered into an asset based revolving credit agreement (“Revolving Loan”) for a maximum amount of $100,000 with a syndicate of lenders and with UBS Securities, LLC acting as agent. The Revolving Loan was amended on May 31, 2011 to increase the maximum availability to $500,000. The Revolving Loan matures on May 31, 2016. Advances under the Revolving Loan cannot exceed the lesser of $500,000 or the borrowing base, as defined in the agreement. The Revolving Loan can be prepaid, without penalty, at any time.

 

Interest on the Revolving Loan is payable quarterly in arrears, at the option of the Company, either at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, or at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, all as defined in the agreement. The Applicable Margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.50% for Alternate Base Rate Loans and from 2.00% to 2.50% for Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans, depending on the Average Daily Excess Availability. In addition, the Company is required to pay a Commitment Fee which ranges from 0.375% to 0.5% depending on the unused amount of the commitment. The Company is also required to pay an LC Participation Fee on each outstanding letter of credit issued under the Revolving Loan equal to the Applicable Margin applied to Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans, plus a Fronting Fee equal to 0.125%. The interest rate at December 31, 2011 was 4.3%.

 

The Revolving Loan has a financial covenant which requires that at any time Excess Availability, as defined in the agreement, is less than the greater of (i) 17.5% of the lesser of the then Borrowing Base and the then current aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders, or (ii) $35,000, the Company will not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, determined as of the last day of the most recently completed quarter, to be less than 1.1 to 1.0.

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding loans of $270,000 and $39,832 of standby letters of credit issued under the Revolving Loan. There were no Alternate Base Rate Loans or Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans outstanding under the Revolving Loan at December 31, 2010.

 

Delaware City Construction Financing

 

In October 2010, the Company entered into a project management and financing agreement for a capital project at the Delaware City refinery. On August 5, 2011 the Delaware City construction advances in the amount of $20,000 were converted to a term financing payable in equal monthly installments of $530 over a period of sixty months beginning September 1, 2011 (“Construction Financing”). The amortization schedule is structured to provide the lender with a 12% per annum after-tax internal rate of return. As of December 31, 2011, the estimated fair value of the Construction Financing was $24,424. The estimated fair value, categorized as a Level 2 measurement, was calculated based on the present value of future expected payments utilizing market interest rates for similar classes of debt.

 

Toledo Promissory Note

 

In March 2011, the Company entered into a $200,000 secured promissory note with the seller of the Toledo refinery (“Toledo Promissory Note”) to finance the acquisition of the Toledo Refinery. The Toledo Promissory Note bears interest at the lower of LIBOR plus 8%, or 10% (8.5% at December 31, 2011) and matures in full in March 2013. The Toledo Promissory Note can be prepaid without penalty at any time.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

9—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Catalyst Leases

 

In October 2010, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which the precious metals catalyst located at the Company’s Delaware City refinery with a book value of $16,100 was sold for $17,474, net of $266 in facility fees. The catalyst will be leased back for three one-year periods. The lease fee for the first one year period was $1,076, payable quarterly. The lease fee is reset annually based on current market conditions. The Company is required to repurchase the catalyst at its market value at lease termination. The Company treated the transaction as a financing arrangement, and the lease fees are recorded as interest expense over the lease term. The lease fee for the second one year period beginning in October 2011 is $946, payable quarterly.

 

Effective July 1, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which the precious metals catalyst located at the Company’s Toledo refinery was sold for $18,345, net of a facility fee of $279. The catalyst will be leased back for three one-year periods. The lease fee for the first one year period is $997, payable quarterly. The lease fee is reset annually based on current market conditions. The Company is required to repurchase the catalyst at its market value at lease termination. The Company treated the transaction as a financing arrangement, and the lease fees are recorded as interest expense over the lease term. On July 1, 2011, the Company used $18,345 in net proceeds from the Toledo catalyst lease to repay a portion of the Toledo Promissory Note.

 

The Company has elected the fair value option for accounting for its catalyst repurchase obligations as the Company’s liability is directly impacted by the change in value of the underlying catalyst. The fair value of these repurchase obligations as reflected in the table below is measured using Level 2 inputs.

 

Long-term debt outstanding consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Paulsboro Promissory Note

   $ 160,000      $ 160,000   

Revolving Loan

     270,000          

Term Loan

     123,750        125,000   

Toledo Promissory Note

     181,655          

Catalyst leases

     30,266        18,958   

Construction Financing

     19,194        1,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     784,865        305,064   

Less—Current maturities

     (4,014     (1,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 780,851      $ 303,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

9—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Catalyst Leases (Continued)

 

Debt maturing in the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

  

2012

   $ 164,014   

2013

     201,340   

2014

     140,560   

2015

     5,012   

2016

     273,939   

Thereafter

       
  

 

 

 
   $ 784,865   
  

 

 

 

 

10—OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Noncurrent portion of fair value of contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

   $ 21,852       $   

Environmental liabilities

     10,398         12,122   

Post retiree medical plan

     8,912         7,253   

Defined benefit pension plan liabilities

     6,651         1,611   

Asset retirement obligation

     400         526   

Other

     1,000           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 49,213       $ 21,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11—SERIES B UNITS AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

Series B Units

 

Series B units are issuable by the Board of Directors only to persons who are employed by or providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries. The maximum number of Series B units authorized to be issued is 1,000,000. Series B units are intended to be “profits interests” within the meaning of Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43 of the Internal Revenue Service and have a stated value of zero at the time of issuance. Series B unit holders are not entitled to vote and are only entitled to share in distributions and other payments after the Series A unit holders receive back all of their amounts invested in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Series B units are classified outside of equity due to certain put rights that can be triggered as a result of a Series B holders death or disability, which is outside the Company’s control. The activity for compensatory Series B units is described in Note 12-Stock-based compensation.

 

Series A Units and Warrants

 

Series A units are issuable at a price of $10 per unit, unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors. The allocation of profits and losses and distributions to Series A unit holders is governed by the Limited Liability

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

11—MEMBERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

 

Series A Units and Warrants (Continued)

 

Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company, LLC, as amended (the “LLC Agreement”). Series A unit holders have voting rights. Series A units purchased by members of management include compensatory and non-compensatory warrants to purchase membership interests in the Company or a subsidiary thereof whose shares, units or membership interests are contemplated to be subject to an initial public offering. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company issued 40,864,698 and 48,305,514 Series A Units, respectively, at a price of $10.00 per unit. Also during 2011 and 2010, in connection with the sale of Series A units to certain members of management, the Company issued 1,127,638 and 1,613,080 non-compensatory Series A warrants, respectively, with an exercise price of $10.00 per unit, all of which were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2011. The weighted-average remaining contractual term of the non-compensatory warrants was 8.9 years as of that date. The activity for compensatory Series A warrants and options is described in Note 12-Stock-based compensation.

 

In connection with the reorganization described in Note 1-Organization and Description of Business, the Company issued 3,087,600 Series A units with a value of $10 per unit on June 1, 2010 in exchange for all Class A and Class B units in PBF Energy Partners LP. The exchange of Series A units for the Class A and Class B units in PBF Energy Partners LP was made on a value for value basis and there was no effect on the Statement of operations as a result of the reorganization.

 

In October 2010, certain of the members of PBF contributed $91,000 to the Company which the Company used to purchase the Series A units of another member on their behalf.

 

12—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

Stock-based compensation expense included in general and administrative expenses consisted of the following:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2010      2009  

Series A compensatory warrants and options

   $ 1,135       $ 378       $   

Series B units

     1,381         1,922           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,516       $ 2,300       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company granted compensatory warrants to employees in connection with their purchase of Series A units. One-quarter of the Series A compensatory warrants were exercisable at the date of grant and the remaining three-quarters become exercisable over equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. They are exercisable for ten years from the date of grant.

 

A total of 620,000 options to purchase Series A units were granted to certain employees, management and directors in 2011. Options granted to a director in the amount of 25,000 vested immediately and the remainder vest over equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. The options are exercisable for ten years from the date of grant.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

12—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

 

The estimated fair value of compensatory warrants and options granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
             2011                     2010          

Expected life (in years)

     5.75        5.75   

Expected volatility

     40.00     42.30

Dividend yield

     1.06     1.84

Risk-free rate of return

     2.43     2.25

Exercise price

   $ 10.00      $ 10.00   

 

The total estimated fair value of Series A compensatory warrants and options granted in 2011 and 2010 was $2,116 and $1,179, respectively, and the weighted average per unit value was $1.81 and $1.71, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to Series A compensatory warrants and options at December 31, 2011 was $1,824, which will be recognized ratably over the next three years.

 

The following table summarizes activity for Series A compensatory warrants and options for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no stock-based awards granted in 2009.

 

     Number of
Series A
Compensatory
Warrants

and Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual

Life
(in years)
 

Stock-based awards, outstanding January 1, 2010

          $           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     691,320        10.00         10.00   

Exercised

                      

Forfeited

                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     691,320      $ 10.00         9.74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     1,171,759        10.00         10.00   

Exercised

     (25,000     10.00           

Forfeited

     (2,500     10.00           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,835,579      $ 10.00         8.99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable and vested at December 31, 2011

     508,600      $ 10.00         8.85   

Exercisable and vested at December 31, 2010

     172,830      $ 10.00         9.74   

Expected to vest at December 31, 2011

     1,835,579      $ 10.00         8.99   

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, members of management of the Company had also purchased an aggregate of 2,740,718 and 1,613,080 non-compensatory Series A warrants, respectively, with an exercise price of $10.00 per unit, all of which were exercisable.

 

One-quarter of the Series B Units vested at the time of grant and the remaining three-quarters vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to accelerated vesting upon

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

12—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

 

certain events. Unrecognized compensation expense related to PBF Series B units at December 31, 2011 was $1,807, which will be recognized ratably over the next three years.

 

The following table summarizes activity for Series B units for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Number
of Series
B units
    Weighted
Average

Grant  Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested units at January 1, 2010

          $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocated

     950,000        5.11   

Vested

     (237,500     5.11   

Forfeited

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested units at December 31, 2010

     712,500      $ 5.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocated

     50,000        5.11   

Vested

     (262,500     5.11   

Forfeited

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested units at December 31, 2011

     500,000      $ 5.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

13—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company engaged Fuel Strategies International, Inc, the principal of which is the brother of the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, to provide consulting services relating to petroleum coke and commercial operations. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred charges of $462, $303, and $0 respectively, under this agreement.

 

The Company has an agreement with a company, which is owned by the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, for the use of an airplane. The Company pays a charter rate that is the lowest rate this aircraft is chartered to third-parties. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred charges of $821, $393, and $0, respectively, related to use of this plane.

 

14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Lease and Other Commitments

 

The Company leases office space, office equipment, refinery facilities and equipment, and tank cars under non-cancelable operating leases. Total rent expense was $29,233, $1,078, and $225 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively. The Company is party to agreements which provide for the treatment of wastewater and the supply of hydrogen and steam for the Paulsboro and Toledo refineries. The Company made purchases of $30,773, $0 and $0 under these supply agreements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

Lease and Other Commitments (Continued)

 

The fixed and determinable amounts of the obligations under these agreements and total minimum future annual rentals, exclusive of related costs, are approximately:

 

Year Ending December 31,

  

2012

   $ 39,395   

2013

     33,436   

2014

     29,683   

2015

     28,967   

2016

     27,582   

Thereafter

     70,629   
  

 

 

 
   $ 229,692   
  

 

 

 

 

Employment Agreements

 

During 2010, PBFI entered into one-year employment agreements with members of executive management and certain other key personnel that include automatic annual renewals, unless canceled. Under some of the agreements, certain of the executives would receive a lump sum payment of between one and a half to 2.99 times of their base salary and continuation of certain employee benefits for the same period upon termination by the Company Without Cause, or by the employee For Good Reason, or upon a Change in Control, as defined in the agreements. Upon death or disability, certain of the Company’s executives, or their estates, would receive a lump sum payment of one half of their base salary.

 

Remediation Liabilities

 

The Company’s refineries are subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment or that otherwise relate to the protection of the environment, waste management and the characteristics and the compositions of fuels. Compliance with existing and anticipated laws and regulations can increase the overall cost of operating the Company’s refineries, including remediation, operating costs and capital costs to construct, maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities.

 

In connection with the Paulsboro acquisition, the Company assumed certain environmental remediation obligations. The environmental liability of $12,086 recorded as of December 31, 2011 ($12,122 as of December 31, 2010) represents the present value of expected future costs discounted at a rate of 8%. At December 31, 2011 the undiscounted liability is $18,202 and the Company expects to make aggregate payments for this liability of $7,914 over the next five years. A trust fund for this liability in the amount of $12,104, acquired in the Paulsboro acquisition, is recorded as restricted cash in deferred charges and other assets, net.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Delaware City assets, Valero remains responsible for certain pre-acquisition environmental obligations up to $20,000 and the predecessor to Valero in ownership of the refinery retains other historical obligations.

 

In connection with the Delaware City assets and Paulsboro Refinery acquisitions, the Company and Valero purchased ten year, $75,000 environmental insurance policies to insure against unknown environmental liabilities at each site.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

Remediation Liabilities (Continued)

 

In connection with the Toledo Refinery acquisition, Sunoco remains responsible for environmental remediation for conditions that existed on the closing date for twenty years from March 1, 2011.

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company’s defined contribution plan covers all employees. Employees are eligible to participate as of the first day of the month following 30 days of service. Participants can make basic contributions up to 50 percent of their annual salary subject to Internal Revenue Service limits. The Company matches participants’ contributions at the rate of 200 percent of the first 3 percent of each participant’s total basic contribution based on the participant’s total annual salary. The Company’s contribution to the qualified defined contribution plans was $7,204, $196 and $119 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans

 

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Qualified Plan”) with a policy to fund pension liabilities in accordance with the limits imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and Federal income tax laws. In addition, the Company sponsors a supplemental pension plan covering certain employees, which provides incremental payments that would have been payable from the Company’s principal pension plan, were it not for limitations imposed by income tax regulations. The funded status is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the projected benefit obligation which is to be recognized in the balance sheet. The plan assets and benefit obligations are measured as of the balance sheet date.

 

The non-union Delaware City employees and all Paulsboro employees became eligible to participate in the Company’s defined benefit plans as of the respective acquisition dates. The union Delaware City employees became eligible to participate in the Company’s defined benefit plans upon commencement of normal operations. The Company did not assume any of the employees’ pension liability accrued prior to the respective acquisitions.

 

The Company formed the Post Retirement Medical Plan on December 31, 2010 to provide health care coverage continuation from date of retirement to age 65 for qualifying employees associated with the Paulsboro acquisition. The Company credited the qualifying employees with their prior service under Valero which resulted in the recognition of a liability for the projected benefit obligation.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans (Continued)

 

The changes in the benefit obligation, the changes in fair value of plan assets, and the funded status of the Company’s Pension and Post Retirement Medical Plans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Pension Plans     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
     2011     2010             2011                     2010          

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 2,052      $ 703      $ 7,273      $   

Service cost

     8,678        347        540          

Interest cost

     140        40        381          

Plan amendments

            125                 

Direct benefit payments

            (71              

Actuarial loss (gain)

     539        908        718          

Acquisition

                          7,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 11,409      $ 2,052      $ 8,912      $ 7,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 441      $ 324      $      $   

Actual return on plan assets

     (83     13                 

Benefits paid

            (71              

Employer contributions

     4,400        175                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 4,758      $ 441      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of funded status:

        

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 4,758      $ 441      $      $   

Less benefit obligations at end of year

     11,409        2,052        8,912        7.723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (6,651   $ (1,611   $ (8,912   $ (7,273
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligations for the Company’s Pension Plans exceed the fair value of the assets of those plans at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit plans approximated $8,979 and $1,551 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Benefit payments, which reflect expected future services, that the Company expects to pay are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 

2012

   $ 277       $ 61   

2013

     2,195         140   

2014

     1,578         241   

2015

     2,853         389   

2016

     3,582         496   

Years 2017-2021

     35,786         5,422   

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans (Continued)

 

The Company’s funding policy for its defined benefit plans is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet legal funding requirements, plus any additional amounts that may be appropriate considering the funded status of the plans, tax consequences, the cash flow generated by the Company and other factors. The Company plans to contribute approximately $5,200 to the Company’s Pension Plans during 2012.

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Pension Benefits     Post Retirement Medical Plan  
         2011             2010             2009             2011              2010              2009      

Components of net period benefit cost:

              

Service cost

   $ 8,678      $ 347      $ 369      $ 540       $       $   

Interest cost

     140        40        14        381                   

Expected return on plan assets

     (38     (15     (8                       

Amortization of prior service cost

     11               1                          

Amortization of actuarial loss

     56                                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 8,847      $ 372      $ 376      $ 921       $       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
         2011             2010             2011             2010      

Prior service costs

   $      $ (125   $      $   

Net actuarial loss (gain)

     (661     (909     (738       

Amortization of losses

     67                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes in other comprehensive loss

   $ (594   $ (1,034   $ (738   $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic costs were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
         2011             2010             2011             2010      

Prior service costs

   $ (114   $ (125   $      $   

Net actuarial loss

     (1,519     (914     (738       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,633   $ (1,039   $ (738   $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans (Continued)

 

The following pre-tax amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2011 are expected to be recognized as components of net period benefit cost during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 

Amortization of prior service costs

   $ 11       $   

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     30           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 41       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Post Retirement Medical Plan  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.45     5.25     4.45     5.25

Rate of compensation increase

     4     4              

 

The discount rate assumptions used to determine the defined benefit and Post Retirement Medical plans obligations as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were based on the Mercer Yield Curve. The Mercer Yield Curve is developed from a portfolio of high-quality investment grade bonds. To determine the discount rate, each year’s projected cash flow for the defined benefit and Post Retirement Medical plans is discounted at a spot (zero-coupon) rate appropriate for that maturity; the discount rate is the single equivalent rate that produces the same discounted present value.

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
        2011             2010             2009             2011             2010             2009      

Discount rate

    5.25     6     6     5.25              

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

    4.25     4     4                     

Rate of compensation increase

    4     4     4                     

 

The assumed health care cost trend rates as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Post Retirement
Medical Plan
 
         2011             2010      

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     7     7

Rate to which the cost trend rate was assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     4.5     4.5

Year that the rate reached the ultimate trend rate

     2024        2024   

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

15—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit and Post Retiree Medical Plans (Continued)

 

Assumed health care costs trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for retiree health care plans. A one percentage-point change in assumed health care costs trend rates would have the following effects on the medical postretirement benefits:

 

     1%
Increase
     1%
Decrease
 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ 172       $ (146

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

     978         (865

 

The tables below present the fair values of the assets of the Company’s Qualified Plan as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by level of fair value hierarchy. Assets categorized in Level 1 of the hierarchy are measured at fair value using a market approach based on published net asset values of mutual funds. As noted above, the Company’s post retirement medical plan is funded on a pay-as-you-go basis and has no assets.

 

     Fair Value Measurements  Using
Quoted Prices in Active Markets
(Level 1)
 
     December 31,  
             2011                      2010          

Government securities:

     

Vanguard Intermediate-Term Treasury Fund

   $ 4,758       $ 440   

Cash and cash equivalents

             1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,758       $ 441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company’s investment strategy for its Qualified Plan is to achieve a reasonable return on assets that supports the plan’s interest credit rating, subject to a moderate level of portfolio risk that provides liquidity. Consistent with these financial objectives as of December 31, 2011, the plan assets were 100% intermediate fixed income investments. The overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for the Qualified Plan is based on the Company’s view of long-term expectations and asset mix.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The tables below present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the inputs utilized to determine the fair values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 666       $       $       $ 666   

Commodity contracts

     72                         72   

Liabilities:

           

Catalyst lease obligations

             30,266                 30,266   

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

             3,070                 3,070   

Contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

                     122,232         122,232   

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 140,007       $       $       $ 140,007   

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

             2,043                 2,043   

Catalyst lease obligation

             18,958                 18,958   

 

The valuation methods used to measure financial instruments at fair value are as follows:

 

   

Money market funds categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are measured at fair value based on quoted market prices and included within cash and cash equivalents.

 

   

The commodity contracts categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are measured at fair value based on quoted prices in an active market.

 

   

The derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations and the catalyst lease liabilities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and are measured at fair value using a market approach based upon future commodity prices for similar instruments quoted in active markets.

 

   

The contingent consideration for refinery acquisition incurred at December 31, 2011, is categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and is estimated using a discounted cash flow model based on management’s estimate of the future cash flows of the Toledo refinery; a risk free rate of return of 0.16%; credit rate spread of 4.38%; and a discount rate of 4.54%.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the changes in fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2011
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $   

Purchases

     (117,017

Unrealized loss included in earnings

     (5,215

Transfers into Level 3

       

Transfers out of Level 3

       
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ (122,232
  

 

 

 

 

There were no transfers between levels during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

17—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

 

The Company uses derivative instruments to mitigate certain exposures to commodity price risk. The Company’s Crude Supply Agreement contains purchase obligations for certain volumes of crude oil and other feedstocks. The Company is also party to a supply agreement that contains purchase obligations for certain volumes of stored intermediates inventory. The purchase obligations related to crude oil and feedstocks are derivative instruments that have been designated as fair value hedges in order to hedge the commodity price volatility of certain refinery inventory beginning July 1, 2011. The purchase obligations related to stored intermediates inventory are derivative instruments that have not been designated as hedges. The fair value of these purchase obligation derivatives is based on market prices of crude oil and intermediates in the future. The level of activity for these derivatives is based on the level of operating inventories. As of December 31, 2011, there were approximately 3,101,333 barrels of crude oil and feedstocks (approximately 1,845,298 barrels at December 31, 2010) outstanding under these derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges and approximately 117,848 barrels of intermediates inventory (0 barrels at December 31, 2010) outstanding under these derivative instruments not designated as hedges. These volumes represent the notional value of the contract.

 

The Company also enters into economic hedges primarily consisting of commodity derivative instruments that are not designated as fair value hedges and are used to manage price volatility in certain crude oil and feedstock inventories as well as crude oil, feedstock, and refined product sales or purchases. The objective in entering into economic hedges is consistent with the objectives discussed above for fair value hedges. As of December 31, 2011, there were approximately 7,000 and 349,000 barrels of crude oil and refined products, respectively, outstanding under short and long term future commodity derivative instruments not designated as fair value hedges, representing the notional value of the contracts.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

17—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES (Continued)

 

The following tables provide information about the fair values of these derivative instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the line items in the consolidated balance sheet in which the fair values are reflected. See Note 16 for additional information related to the fair values of derivative instruments.

 

Description

   Balance Sheet Location    Fair  Value
Asset/(Liability)
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

     

December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ (1,465

December 31, 2010:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

     

December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ (1,605

Commodity contracts

   Accounts receivable    $ 72   

December 31, 2010:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ (2,043

Commodity contracts

   Accounts receivable    $   

 

The Company’s policy is to net the fair value of the derivative included with inventory supply arrangement obligations against the liability related to inventory supply arrangements with the same counterparty as the legal right of offset exists.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

17—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES (Continued)

 

The following tables provide information about the gain or loss recognized in income on these derivative instruments and the line items in the consolidated financial statements in which such gains and losses are reflected. There was no gain or loss recognized on derivative instruments in 2009.

 

Description

   Location of Gain  or
(Loss) Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives
     Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Derivatives
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

     

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ (6,076

For the year ended December 31, 2010:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

     

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ 2,829   

Commodity contracts

     Cost of sales       $ 5,604   

For the year ended December 31, 2010:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ (2,043

Commodity contracts

     Cost of sales       $   

Hedged items designated in fair value hedges:

     

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

     

Crude oil and feedstock inventory

     Cost of sales       $ 6,558   

For the year ended December 31, 2010:

     

Crude oil and feedstock inventory

     Cost of sales       $   

 

Ineffectiveness related to the Company’s fair value hedges for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted in a gain of $482. The Company did not apply hedge accounting to any of its derivative instruments prior to July 1, 2011.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

18—REVENUES

 

The following table provides information relating to the Company’s revenues from external customers for each product or group of similar products for the years ended:

 

       December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  

Gasoline and distillates

   $ 13,182,234       $ 175,083   

Lubricants

     525,095         13,718   

Asphalt and residual oils

     441,638         8,739   

Liquefied petroleum gases

     430,435         5,739   

Chemicals

     344,311           

Other

     36,625         7,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,960,338       $ 210,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 were not material as the Company was a development stage company.

 

19—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

These financial statements were approved by management and available for issuance on May 14, 2012. Management has evaluated subsequent events through this date.

 

Paulsboro Catalyst Lease

 

Effective January 6, 2012, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a one year agreement under which the catalyst precious metals located at the Company’s Paulsboro refinery was sold for $9,453. The catalyst will be consigned back to the Company through December 2012 for an aggregate fee of $267, payable upon termination of the agreement. The Company is required to repurchase the catalyst at market value at lease termination or physically deliver the consigned volume of catalyst to the counterparty. The Company treated the transaction as a financing arrangement, and the fees are recorded as interest expense over the consignment term. The Company used $9,453 in proceeds from the Paulsboro Catalyst lease to repay a portion of the Paulsboro Promissory Note.

 

Notes Offering

 

On February 9, 2012, the Company completed the offering of $675,500 aggregate principal amount of new 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020. The net proceeds, after deducting original issue discount, the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and the fees and expenses of the offering, were used to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness plus accrued interest owed under the Toledo Promissory Note, the Paulsboro Promissory Note, and the Term Loan, as well as to reduce the outstanding balance of our Revolving Loan. The Senior Secured Notes are secured on a first-priority basis by substantially all of the present and future assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries (other than assets securing the Revolving Loan). The Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, and certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25,500 aggregate principal amount of these Senior Secured Notes.

 

Revolving Loan Amendment

 

On March 13, 2012, the Revolving Loan was amended to increase the maximum availability to $750,000.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

(COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED WITH PBF INVESTMENTS LLC AND AFFILIATES)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT, AND OPTION DATA)

 

19—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

On April 24, 2012, the Company renewed and expanded the short-term letters of credit facility. Under the expanded facility, the Company can obtain letters of credit up to $750,000 consisting of a committed amount of $500,000 and an uncommitted amount of $250,000 to support certain of the Company’s crude oil purchases. The facility matures on April 23, 2013.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

R EPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors of PBF Holding Company LLC:

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of the Paulsboro Refining Business as of December 16, 2010, and the related statements of income, changes in net parent investment, and cash flows for the period from January 1 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Paulsboro Refining Business. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Paulsboro Refining Business’ internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Paulsboro Refining Business as of December 16, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

San Antonio, Texas

June 23, 2011

 

F-43


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands)

 

     December 16,
2010
 
ASSETS   

Current assets:

  

Restricted cash

     12,122   

Accounts receivable, net

     686   

Inventories

     155,332   

Prepaid expenses

     829   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     168,969   
  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

     341,236   

Accumulated depreciation

       
  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     341,236   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 510,205   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND

NET PARENT INVESTMENT

  

Current liabilities:

  

Current portion of capital lease obligation

   $ 27   

Accounts payable

     12,950   

Accrued expenses

     6,046   

Taxes other than income taxes

     162   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     19,185   
  

 

 

 

Capital lease obligation, less current portion

     107   
  

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

     23,290   
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

  

Net parent investment

     467,623   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and net parent investment

   $ 510,205   
  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1, 2010
through

December 16,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2009  

Operating revenues

   $ 4,708,989      $ 3,549,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

    

Cost of sales

     4,487,825        3,419,460   

Operating expenses

     259,768        266,319   

General and administrative expenses

     14,606        15,594   

Asset impairment loss

     895,642        8,478   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     66,361        65,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     5,724,202        3,774,954   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (1,015,213     (225,437

Interest and other income and expense, net

     500        1,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,014,713     (224,188

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (322,962     (86,586
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (691,751   $ (137,602
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET PARENT INVESTMENT

(In thousands)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     1,042,881   

Net loss

     (137,602

Net cash advances from parent

     177,989   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

     1,083,268   

Net loss

     (691,751

Net cash advances from parent

     76,106   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 16, 2010

   $ 467,623   
  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1,  2010
Through
December  16,
2010
    Year Ended
December 31,

2009
 
      

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (691,751   $ (137,602

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

     66,361        65,103   

Asset impairment loss

     895,642        8,478   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

     (283,470     13,808   

Changes in current assets and current liabilities

     (8,663     (4,906

Other, net

     (11,840     (6,814
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (33,721     (61,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (20,122     (96,754

Deferred turnaround and catalyst costs

     (17,011     (19,260

Other investing activities, net

     (5,229     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (42,362     (116,033
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Capital lease payments

     (25     (25

Net cash advances from (repayments to) parent

     76,106        177,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     76,081        177,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

     (2     (2

Cash at beginning of period

     2        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $      $ 2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

 

The Paulsboro Refining Business (the Business) includes the operations of the Paulsboro Refinery and related assets. The Paulsboro Refinery is located on 950 acres in Paulsboro, New Jersey, approximately 15 miles south of Philadelphia on the Delaware River. The refinery has a total throughput capacity, including crude oil and other feedstocks, of approximately 185,000 barrels per day. The refinery’s main processing facilities include a crude unit, a coker, a propane deasphalting unit, a fluid catalytic cracking unit, a continuous catalytic desulfurization unit, and a sulfur recovery unit. The refinery processed primarily sour crude oils into a wide slate of products including gasolines, distillates, lube oil basestocks and lube extracts, asphalt, fuel oil, petroleum coke, propane and sulfur. Feedstocks and refined products were typically transported by tanker and barge via refinery-owned dock facilities along the Delaware River, Buckeye Pipeline Company’s product distribution system into western Pennsylvania and Ohio, a local truck rack owned by NuStar Energy L.P., railcars, and the Colonial pipeline, which allowed products to be sold into the New York Harbor market.

 

The Paulsboro Refinery was acquired by a subsidiary of Valero Energy Corporation (Valero) from Mobil Oil Corporation (Mobil) on September 16, 1998. References to Valero or Parent herein may refer to Valero Energy Corporation or one or more of its direct or indirect subsidiaries that were not included in the financial statements of the Business, as the context requires.

 

As described in Note 3, the Business was sold to PBF Holding Company LLC (PBF Holding) on December 17, 2010. These financial statements include the operations of the Business through December 16, 2010.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The financial statements reflect Valero’s historical cost basis in the Business.

 

The financial statements include allocations and estimates of general and administrative costs of Valero that were attributable to the operations of the Business. The Business purchased its crude oil and other feedstocks from and sold its refined products to Valero. Purchases of feedstock by the Business from Valero were recorded at the cost paid to third parties by Valero, and sales of refined products from the Business to Valero were recorded at intercompany transfer prices, which were market prices adjusted by quality, location, and other differentials on the date of the sale. Management believes that the assumptions, estimates, and allocations used to prepare these financial statements are reasonable. However, the amounts reflected in these financial statements may not necessarily be indicative of the revenues, costs, and expenses that would have resulted if the Business had been operated as a separate entity.

 

The Business’ results of operations may have been affected by seasonal factors, such as the demand for petroleum products, which vary during the year, or industry factors that may be specific to a particular period, such as industry supply capacity and refinery turnarounds. In addition, the Business’ results of operations were dependent on Valero’s feedstock acquisition and refined product marketing activities.

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after December 16, 2010 through June 23, 2011, the date these financial statements were issued. Any material subsequent events that occurred during this time have been properly recognized or disclosed in these financial statements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, management reviewed its estimates based on currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in revised estimates.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories represent inventories located at the refinery and consisted of refinery feedstocks purchased for processing, refined products, and materials and supplies. Inventories were carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of refinery feedstocks purchased for processing and refined products were determined under the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method using the dollar-value LIFO method, with any increments valued based on purchase prices at the end of the year. The cost of materials and supplies was determined under the weighted-average cost method.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment were stated at cost. Additions to property, plant and equipment, including capitalized interest and certain costs allocable to construction and property purchases, were recorded at cost.

 

The costs of minor property units (or components of property units), net of salvage value, retired or abandoned were charged or credited to accumulated depreciation under the composite method of depreciation. Gains or losses on sales or other dispositions of major units of property were recorded in income and were reported in depreciation and amortization expense.

 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment was recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related facilities primarily using the composite method of depreciation. Leasehold improvements and assets acquired under capital leases were amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. The Business recorded additional accumulated depreciation of $354,829 in recognition of the asset impairment discussed below and in Note 3.

 

Deferred Charges and Other Assets

 

Deferred charges and other assets included the following:

 

   

refinery turnaround costs, which were incurred in connection with planned major maintenance activities at the Paulsboro Refinery and which were deferred when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of time estimated to lapse until the next turnaround occurs;

 

   

fixed-bed catalyst costs, representing the cost of catalyst that was changed out at periodic intervals when the quality of the catalyst has deteriorated beyond its prescribed function, which were deferred when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the specific catalyst; and

 

   

process royalty costs, which were deferred when incurred and amortized over the life of the specific royalty.

 

Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets were tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated that the carrying amount might not be recoverable. A long-lived asset is not recoverable if its carrying amount exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. If a

 

F-49


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

long-lived asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount by which its carrying amount exceeds its fair value, with fair value determined based on discounted estimated net cash flows or other appropriate methods. On December 16, 2010, the Business recorded an asset impairment charge of $896 million as a result of Valero’s sale of the Business to PBF Holding on December 17, 2010.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Liabilities for future remediation costs were recorded when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts were probable and the costs could be reasonably estimated. Other than for assessments, the timing and magnitude of these accruals generally were based on the completion of investigations or other studies or a commitment to a formal plan of action. Environmental liabilities were based on best estimates of probable undiscounted future costs over a 20-year time period using currently available technology and applying current regulations, as well as the Business’ own internal environmental policies. Amounts recorded for environmental liabilities were not reduced by possible recoveries from third parties.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

The Business had asset retirement obligations with respect to certain of its refinery assets due to various legal obligations to clean and/or dispose of various component parts at the time they were retired. As of December 31, 2010, the Business had recorded asset retirement obligations related to certain pond closures and a landfill closure.

 

In addition to these recorded asset retirement obligations, the Business had asset retirement obligations with respect to certain other component parts of its refinery assets. However, those component parts could be used for extended and indeterminate periods of time as long as they were properly maintained and/or upgraded. It was management’s practice and current intent to maintain those refinery assets and continue making improvements to those assets based on technological advances. As a result, management believed that those refinery assets had an indeterminate life for purposes of estimating asset retirement obligations because dates or ranges of dates upon which such refinery assets would be retired cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. When a date or range of dates can be reasonably estimated for the retirement of any component part of those refinery assets, an estimate of the cost of performing the retirement activities will be determined and a liability will be recorded for the fair value of that cost using established present value techniques.

 

Net Parent Investment

 

The net parent investment represents a net amount consisting of the Parent’s initial investment in the Business and subsequent adjustments resulting from the operations of the Business and various transactions between the Business and Valero. The Business participated in the Parent’s centralized cash management program under which all of the Business’ cash receipts were remitted to and all cash disbursements were funded by the Parent. Other transactions affecting the net parent investment include general and administrative expenses incurred by Valero and allocated to the Business. There were no terms of settlement or interest charges associated with the net parent investment.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenues were recorded by the Business upon delivery of the refined products to the Parent, which was the point at which title to the products was transferred.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales included the cost of feedstock acquired for processing by the Business, including transportation costs to deliver the feedstock to the refinery.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses consisted primarily of labor costs of refinery personnel, maintenance, fuel and power costs, chemical and catalyst costs, and third-party services. Such expenses were recognized as incurred.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Employees of the Business participate in various employee benefit plans of the Parent, including certain stock-based compensation plans as discussed in Note 9. Compensation expense for awards under the stock-based compensation plans was based on the fair value of the awards granted and was recognized in the statements of income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each award. For new grants that had retirement-eligibility provisions, the Business used the substantive vesting period approach, under which compensation cost was recognized immediately for awards granted to retirement-eligible employees or over the period from the grant date to the date retirement eligibility was achieved if that date was expected to occur before the nominal vesting periods of the awards was fulfilled.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes were accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities were recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred amounts were measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year those temporary differences were expected to be recovered or settled.

 

The Business paid the Parent the amount of its current federal income tax liability as determined under a tax-sharing arrangement with the Parent; the accrual and payment of the current federal income tax liability was recorded in net parent investment in the financial statements in the year incurred. The current state income tax liability of the Business was reflected in income taxes payable.

 

Historically, the Business’ results of operations were included in the consolidated federal income tax return filed by Valero and were included in state income tax returns of subsidiaries of Valero. The income tax provision represented the current and deferred income taxes that would have resulted if the Business were a stand-alone taxable entity filing its own income tax returns. Accordingly, the calculations of the current and deferred income tax provision necessarily require certain assumptions, allocations, and estimates that management believed were reasonable to reflect the tax reporting for the Business as a stand-alone taxpayer.

 

The Business elected to classify any interest expense and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes in income tax expense.

 

Segment Disclosures

 

The Business operated in only one segment, the refining segment of the oil and gas industry.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The Business’ financial instruments included cash, receivables, and payables. The estimated fair values of these financial instruments approximated their carrying amounts.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3. SALE OF BUSINESS

 

On December 17, 2010, the Business was sold to PBF Holding for $661 million of proceeds, of which $160 million consisted of a short-term note. Working capital, consisting primarily of inventory, was included as part of this transaction. On December 16, 2010, the Business recorded an impairment charge of $896 million to reflect the reduction in the carrying value of its assets.

 

4. INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 16,
2010
 

Refinery feedstocks

   $ 50,604   

Refined products and blendstocks

     92,664   

Materials and supplies

     12,064   
  

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 155,332   
  

 

 

 

 

A reduction in inventory volumes during the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory layers that were established in prior years. The effect of these liquidations was to decrease cost of sales by $20.8 million and $33.6 million for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

As of December 16, 2010, the replacement cost (market value) of LIFO inventories exceeded their LIFO carrying amounts by approximately $171.3 million.

 

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Major classes of property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives
     December 16,
2010
 

Land

      $ 7,564   

Crude oil processing facilities

     25 years         1,410,361   

Buildings

     40 – 42 years         3,005   

Precious metals

        5,231   

Other

     5 – 20 years         51,518   

Construction in progress

        63,664   

Asset impairment

        (1,200,107
     

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

        341,236   

Accumulated depreciation

          
     

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

      $ 341,236   
     

 

 

 

 

The Business leased an oxygen facility under a capital lease that is discussed further in Note 8. The capital lease, which is included above in “other,” had a net book value of $0.2 million, net of accumulated amortization of $0.1 million, as of December 16, 2010.

 

Depreciation expense for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $52.1 million and $52.1 million, respectively.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Management continually evaluated all of the refinery’s capital projects in progress during their construction, which at times resulted in the cancellation of certain of such projects. The cancellation of various capital projects became more significant in 2009, as the economic slowdown that began in 2008 continued throughout 2009, thereby impacting demand for refined products and putting significant pressure on refined product margins. For the year ended December 31, 2009, project costs totaling $8.5 million were written off.

 

In addition to capital projects that were written off, construction activity on various other projects were suspended until market conditions and cash flows improved. As of December 16, 2010, various projects with a total cost of approximately $56 million had been temporarily suspended. These costs were written off and included in the asset impairment charge discussed in Note 3.

 

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities as of December 16, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Accrued
Expenses
     Other
Long-Term

Liabilities
 
     2010      2010  

Asset retirement obligations

   $ 3,500       $ 7,867   

Environmental liabilities

     1,405         11,459   

Legal and regulatory liabilities

     625         1,983   

Uncertain income tax position liabilities

             1,981   

Employee wage and benefit costs

     501           

Other

     15           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,046       $ 23,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Environmental Liabilities

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Paulsboro Refinery in 1998, Valero assumed certain environmental liabilities including, but not limited to, certain remediation obligations related primarily to clean-up costs associated with groundwater contamination, landfill closure and post-closure monitoring costs, and tank farm spill prevention costs.

 

The table below reflects the changes in the environmental liabilities of the Business (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
2009
 
    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 15,008      $ 16,516   

Additions to liability

     700          

Payments, net of third-party recoveries

     (2,844     (1,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 12,864      $ 15,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

The table below reflects the changes in asset retirement obligations of the Business (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
2009
 
    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 11,807      $ 12,361   

Settlements

     (440     (554
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 11,367      $ 11,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Leases

 

The Business had long-term operating lease commitments for office facilities and office equipment. In most cases, the Business expects that in the normal course of business, its leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases.

 

The Business leased an oxygen facility under an agreement accounted for as a capital lease. The lease expires in May 2015.

 

As of December 16, 2010, future minimum rentals for leases having initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating
Leases
     Capital
Lease
 

2011

   $ 1,574       $ 34   

2012

     1,587         34   

2013

     1,610         34   

2014

     1,634         34   

2015

     1,657         14   

Remainder

     1,965           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum rental payments

   $ 10,027         150   
  

 

 

    

Less interest expense

        (16
     

 

 

 

Capital lease obligation

      $ 134   
     

 

 

 

 

Rental expense for all operating leases was $12.0 million and $14.5 million for the period ended December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

Litigation Matters

 

MTBE Litigation

 

As of June 23, 2011, Valero and several of its subsidiaries are named in numerous cases involving claims related to MTBE contamination in groundwater based on the manufacture, marketing and supply of gasoline containing MTBE. With respect to the historic operations at the Paulsboro Refinery, ten of these cases may

 

F-54


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

involve allegations of liability for gasoline containing MTBE manufactured at the Paulsboro Refinery. The Valero subsidiary that previously owned the Paulsboro Refinery has been named in four of the cases along with Valero and other Valero subsidiaries and has potential liability in the other six cases. In connection with the sale of the Business, Valero retained the liability for these matters. The plaintiffs are generally water providers, governmental authorities, and private water companies alleging that refiners and marketers of MTBE and gasoline containing MTBE are liable for manufacturing or distributing a defective product. Valero has been named in these lawsuits together with many other refining industry companies. Valero is being sued primarily as a refiner and distributor of MTBE and gasoline containing MTBE. Valero does not own or operate gasoline station facilities in most of the geographic locations in which damage is alleged to have occurred. The lawsuits generally seek individual, unquantified compensatory and punitive damages, injunctive relief, and attorneys’ fees. All but one of the cases are pending in federal court and most are consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (Multi-District Litigation Docket No. 1358, In re: Methyl-Tertiary Butyl Ether Products Liability Litigation ). Discovery is open in all cases. Valero believes that it has strong defenses to all claims and is vigorously defending the lawsuits. Although Valero has recorded a loss contingency liability with respect to the MTBE litigation portfolio, the Business had not recorded a liability for this litigation.

 

Other Litigation

 

The Business was also a party to other claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management believed that there was only a remote likelihood that future costs related to known contingent liabilities related to these legal proceedings would have a material adverse impact on the results of operations or financial position of the Business.

 

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Employees who work for the Business were included in the various employee benefit plans of the Parent. These plans included qualified, non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans, defined contribution plans, employee and retiree medical, dental, and life insurance plans, incentive plans (i.e., stock options, restricted stock, and bonuses), and other such benefits. For the incentive plans, the Business was charged with the bonus, stock option, and restricted stock expense directly attributable to its employees. For the purposes of these financial statements, the Business was considered to be participating in multi-employer benefit plans of the Parent.

 

The Business’ allocated share of the Parent’s employee benefit plan expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
     Year  Ended
December 31,
    2009    
 
     

Defined benefit plans excluding incentive plans

   $ 13,361       $ 21,529   

Incentive plans

     6,305         4,298   

 

Employee benefit plan expenses incurred by the Business were included in operating expenses with the related payroll costs.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. INCOME TAXES

 

The amounts presented below relate only to the Business and were calculated as if the Business filed separate federal and state income tax returns.

 

Components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
    2009    
 
    

Current:

    

Federal

   $ (39,492   $ (100,394

State

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     (39,492     (100,394
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (247,514     33,353   

State

     (35,955     (19,545
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (283,470     13,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (322,962   $ (86,586
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of total income tax expense (benefit) to income taxes computed by applying the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate (35% for all periods presented) to income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
      2009      
 
    

Federal income tax expense (benefit) at the U.S. statutory rate

   $ (355,150   $ (78,466

U.S. state income tax expense (benefit), net of U.S. federal income tax effect

     (23,371     (12,704

U.S. manufacturing deduction

     2,540        4,200   

Change in valuation allowance

     52,644          

Other, net

     375        384   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (322,962   $ (86,586
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tax effects of significant temporary differences representing deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 16,
2010
 

Deferred income tax assets:

  

Tax credit carryforwards

   $ 1,300   

Net operating losses (NOL)

     22,795   

Environmental liabilities

     5,255   

Compensation and employee benefit liabilities

     4,481   

Property, plant and equipment

     70,007   

Other assets

     3,664   
  

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     107,502   

Less: Valuation allowance

     (88,444
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     19,058   
  

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

  

Inventories

     (19,016

Other

     (42
  

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (19,058
  

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $   
  

 

 

 

 

The Business had the following income tax credit and loss carryforwards as of December 16, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Amount      Expiration  

U.S. state NOL (gross amount)

   $ 389,651         2029 through 2030   

U.S. state credits

     2,000         2016 through 2017   

 

The Business recorded a valuation allowance as of December 16, 2010 due to uncertainties related to its ability to utilize some of its deferred income taxes, primarily consisting of certain state NOLs, state credits, and federal deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was based on estimates of taxable income in the various jurisdictions in which the Business operated and the period over which deferred income taxes would be recoverable. The realization of net deferred income tax assets recorded as of December 16, 2010 was primarily dependent upon the ability of the Business to generate future taxable income in certain states. Because the Business was sold on December 17, 2010 and no gain was recognized from the sale, no future taxable income will be generated, and therefore the Business recorded a valuation allowance.

 

The following is a reconciliation of the change in unrecognized tax benefits, excluding the effect of related penalties and interest and the federal tax effect of state unrecognized tax benefits (in millions):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
      2009      
 
    

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 1,668      $ 2,234   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

     (510     (566
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 1,158      $ 1,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

In order to determine net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, net income (loss) was adjusted by, among other things, changes in current assets and current liabilities as follows (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
      2009      
 
    

Decrease (increase) in current assets:

    

Restricted cash

   $ (12,122   $   

Accounts receivable

     (110     (218

Inventories

     21,230        32,933   

Prepaid expenses

     412        (214

Increase (decrease) in current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

     (11,885     (30,982

Accrued expenses

     (6,140     8,026   

Taxes other than income taxes

     (48     (123

Income taxes payable

            (14,328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in current assets and current liabilities

   $ (8,663   $ (4,906
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The above changes in current assets and current liabilities differ from changes between amounts reflected in the applicable balance sheets for the respective periods for the following reasons:

 

   

the amounts shown above exclude changes in cash, deferred income taxes, and current portion of capital lease obligation, and

 

   

amounts accrued for capital expenditures and deferred turnaround and catalyst costs were reflected in investing activities when such amounts were paid.

 

Cash flows related to income taxes and interest were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
    Year  Ended
December 31,
      2009      
 
    

Income taxes paid, net of tax refunds received

   $ (39,492   $ (86,066

Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)

     7        9   

 

11. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Related-party transactions of the Business included the purchase of feedstocks by the Business from Valero, operating revenues received by the Business from its sales of refined products to Valero, and the allocation of insurance and security costs and certain general and administrative costs from Valero to the Business. Purchases of feedstock by the Business from Valero were recorded at the cost paid to third parties by Valero. Sales of refined products from the Business to Valero were recorded at intercompany transfer prices, which were market prices adjusted by quality, location, and other differentials on the date of the sale. General and administrative costs were charged by Valero to the Business based on management’s determination of such costs attributable to the operations of the Business. However, such related-party transactions cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm’s length basis as the requisite conditions of competitive, free-market dealings may not exist. For purposes of these financial statements, payables and receivables related to transactions between the Business and Valero were included as a component of the net parent investment.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

PAULSBORO REFINING BUSINESS

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Business participated in the Parent’s centralized cash management program under which cash receipts and cash disbursements were processed through the Parent’s cash accounts with a corresponding credit or charge to an intercompany account. This intercompany account was included in the net parent investment.

 

As discussed above, Valero provided the Business with certain general and administrative services, including the centralized corporate functions of legal, accounting, treasury, environmental, engineering, information technology, and human resources. For these services, Valero charged the Business a portion of its total general and administrative expenses incurred in the U.S. The general and administrative expenses represented the amount of such costs allocated to the Business for the periods presented, with this allocation based on investments in property, operating revenues, and payroll expenses. Management believed that the amount of general and administrative expenses allocated to the Business was a reasonable approximation of the costs related to the Business.

 

The following table summarizes the related-party transactions of the Business (in thousands):

 

     Period from
January 1
through

December 16,
2010
     Year Ended
December 31,

    2009    
 
     

Revenues.

   $ 4,708,989       $ 3,549,517   

Cost of sales

     4,485,451         3,412,896   

Operating expenses

     3,071         3,542   

General and administrative expenses

     14,606         15,594   

 

F-59


Table of Contents

RE PORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

To the Board of Directors of

Sunoco, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Toledo Refinery (the Toledo, Ohio manufacturing complex of Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) as described in Note 1) as of December 31, 2010 and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These statements are the responsibility of Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Toledo Refinery’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Toledo Refinery’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

As described in Note 1, the accompanying statements reflect the assets acquired and liabilities assumed pursuant to the sales agreement between Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) and Toledo Refining Company LLC dated December 1, 2010 and the revenues and direct expenses of the Toledo Refinery, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the Toledo Refinery’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In our opinion, the statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Toledo Refinery at December 31, 2010 and the statements of revenues and direct expenses for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/    Ernst & Young LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

September 12, 2011

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Toledo Refinery

 

Statements of Revenues and Direct Expenses

(Thousands of Dollars)

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2009  

Revenues

    

Sales and other operating revenue

    

(including consumer excise taxes):

    

Unaffiliated customers

   $ 3,594,463      $ 2,784,251   

Affiliated customers

     2,067,599        1,560,220   

Other losses, net

     (690     (3,980
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,661,372        4,340,491   

Direct Expenses

    

Cost of products sold

     4,992,219        3,759,672   

Operating expenses

     198,963        217,687   

Consumer excise taxes

     330,328        342,422   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     29,836        28,204   

Depreciation and amortization

     60,446        45,364   

Provision for asset write-downs and other matters

     3,578        17,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,615,370        4,411,213   

Revenues in excess of (less than) direct expenses

   $ 46,002      $ (70,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(See Accompanying Notes)

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Toledo Refinery

 

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

(Thousands of Dollars)

 

     At December 31,  
     2010  

Assets Acquired:

  

Inventories

   $ 60,890   

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     866,628   

Deferred charges and other assets

     4,091   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets Acquired

   $ 931,609   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities Assumed:

  

Liabilities associated with vacation accrual

   $ 3,013   

Asset retirement obligations

     4,374   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities Assumed

   $ 7,387   
  

 

 

 

 

(See Accompanying Notes)

 

F-62


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Business

 

The accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses consist of the accounts of and related-party allocations to the Toledo Refinery (the “Refinery”), a 170 thousand barrel per day refining and manufacturing complex located in Toledo, Ohio. On March 1, 2011, Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), a wholly owned subsidiary of Sunoco, Inc. (collectively, “Sunoco”) completed the sale of the Refinery to Toledo Refining Company LLC (“TRC”) a wholly owned subsidiary of PBF Holding Company LLC. Sunoco received net proceeds of $1,037,224 thousand consisting of $545,766 thousand in cash at closing, a $200,000 thousand two-year note receivable, and a $285,199 thousand note receivable and $6,259 thousand in cash related to working capital adjustments subsequent to closing which were both paid in May 2011. In addition, the sale also includes a participation payment of up to $125,000 thousand based on the future profitability of the Refinery. Sunoco has not recorded any amount related to the contingent consideration in accordance with its accounting policy election on such amounts. The sale consisted primarily of property, plant, and equipment and related crude and refined product inventories. The $200,000 thousand two-year note receivable is secured by the long-lived Refinery assets included in the sale.

 

In its current configuration, the Refinery processes sweet crude oils to manufacture petroleum and chemical products which are generally sold to wholesale and industrial customers.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses reflect historical cost-basis amounts of the Refinery and include charges from Sunoco for direct costs and allocations of corporate overhead. The Refinery utilized certain shared resources of Sunoco prior to the sale to TRC. As such, for the purposes of preparing these statements, Sunoco made certain allocations to the Refinery. While the basis of these allocations was considered reasonable by Sunoco, actual amounts incurred by the Refinery could differ significantly if the Refinery were operated on a stand-alone basis and/or by another party. The financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect what the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Refinery would have been if the Refinery had been a separate stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

 

The statements of revenues and direct expenses reflect revenue and related direct expenses specifically identified to the Refinery and therefore exclude certain other items such as interest income, interest expense and income taxes which are not directly related to the Refinery. The statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed includes only items which are being acquired or assumed by TRC pursuant to the sales agreement between Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) and TRC dated December 1, 2010. As such, it excludes certain assets and liabilities associated with the Refinery such as accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, retirement liabilities and deferred taxes. In addition, as this financial information is not intended to represent the Refinery’s complete financial position and results of operations for the periods presented, it does not include statements of cash flows or changes in equity or all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses were derived from the accounts of Sunoco. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these statements. Actual amounts and results could differ from these estimates.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Refinery sells various refined products (including gasoline, middle distillates and petrochemicals) and unfinished product streams.

 

Revenues related to the sale of these items are recognized when title passes. Title passage generally occurs when products are shipped or delivered in accordance with the terms of the respective sales agreements. In addition, revenues are not recognized until sales prices are fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Consumer excise taxes on sales of refined products are included in both revenues and direct expenses, with no effect on revenues in excess of (less than) direct expenses.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

Shipping and handling costs charged to customers are included in sales and other operating revenue in the statements of revenues and direct expenses. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Refinery are included in cost of products sold in the statements of revenues and direct expenses.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Crude oil and refined product inventories reflect an allocation to the Refinery of the Refinery’s share of Sunoco’s crude oil and refined product inventories, the cost of which has been determined using the last-in, first-out method (“LIFO”). Under this allocation methodology, cost of products sold includes the actual crude oil and refined product acquisition costs of the Refinery. Such costs are adjusted to reflect actual increases or decreases in crude oil and refined product inventory quantities of the Refinery, which are valued based on the changes in Sunoco’s LIFO inventory layers during the respective year. The cost of materials, supplies and other inventories is determined using principally the average cost method.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. These amounts exclude interest costs that were capitalized by Sunoco as all such financing was carried out on a Sunoco consolidated basis. Additions to property, plant and equipment, including replacements and improvements, are recorded at cost. Normal repair and maintenance expenditures are charged to expense as incurred. Refinery assets are generally depreciated using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets. While the useful lives of all depreciable assets range from 3 to 25 years, the useful lives of production assets are principally 25 years. The Refinery, including all assets acquired and liabilities assumed by TRC with the sale, was classified as an asset held for sale in Sunoco’s consolidated financial statements as of December 1, 2010. In connection therewith, depreciation and amortization expense of $5,641 thousand was not recognized in December 2010 in accordance with accounting guidance related to assets held for sale.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, other than those held for sale, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An asset is considered to be impaired when the undiscounted estimated net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset are less than its carrying amount. The impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the impaired asset.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

A decision to dispose of an asset may necessitate an impairment review. If the criteria of assets held for sale are met, an impairment would be recognized for any excess of the aggregate carrying amount of assets and liabilities included in the disposal group over their fair value less cost to sell. The Refinery, including long-lived assets, crude oil, refined product and materials and supplies inventories and goodwill, were classified as held for sale in Sunoco’s consolidated financial statements effective December 1, 2010. The aggregate fair value less cost to sell exceeded the related carrying amount of the disposal group and, as a result, no impairment was recognized.

 

Environmental Remediation

 

The Refinery accrues environmental remediation costs for work where an assessment has indicated that cleanup costs are probable and reasonably estimable. Such accruals are undiscounted and are based on currently available information, estimated timing of remedial actions and related inflation assumptions, existing technology and presently enacted laws and regulations. If a range of probable environmental cleanup costs exists, the minimum of the range is accrued unless some other point in the range is more likely in which case the most likely amount in the range is accrued.

 

Maintenance Shutdowns

 

Maintenance and repair costs in excess of $500 thousand incurred in connection with major maintenance shutdowns are capitalized when incurred and amortized over the period benefited by the maintenance activities.

 

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

The Refinery establishes accruals for the fair value of conditional asset retirement obligations (i.e., legal obligations to perform asset retirement activities in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity) if the fair value can be reasonably estimated. The Refinery has additional legal asset retirement obligations for which it is not possible to estimate when such obligations will be settled. Consequently, the retirement obligations for these assets cannot be measured at this time.

 

2. Related Party Transactions

 

Cash Management

 

The Refinery is part of Sunoco’s centralized cash management system whereby all cash receipts are transferred to, and all cash disbursements are funded by, Sunoco through the net parent investment account. There are no interest charges or other fees attributable to this activity.

 

Sales to Related Parties

 

The Refinery sells finished refined products and unfinished product streams to affiliated refineries and the marketing business of Sunoco. The Refinery also sells chemical products to Sun Petrochemicals Company, an unconsolidated marketing joint venture between Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) and Suncor, Inc.

 

Crude Oil and Refined Product Purchases

 

The Refinery purchases all of its crude oil and refined products (purchased for sale or use as feedstocks) from Sunoco. Crude oil purchases for the years 2010 and 2009 amounted to $4,220,687 and $2,696,754

 

F-65


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

thousand, respectively. Refined product purchases for the years 2010 and 2009, including purchases of product refined by Sunoco, amounted to $524,322 and $814,552 thousand, respectively. These expenses are included in cost of products sold in the statements of revenues and direct expenses. Crude oil and refined product acquisition costs are adjusted to reflect actual increases or decreases in crude oil and refined product inventory quantities for the Refinery, which are valued based on the changes in Sunoco’s LIFO inventory layers during each respective year.

 

Transportation and Terminalling Expenses

 

In 2002, Sunoco entered into a pipelines and terminals storage and throughput agreement and various other agreements with Sunoco Logistics Partners L.P., a master limited partnership (“Sunoco Logistics”). Sunoco had a 31% interest, including a 2% interest as the sole general partner, at December 31, 2010. Under these agreements, Sunoco Logistics charges fees for services provided that, in Sunoco management’s opinion, are comparable to those charged in arm’s-length, third-party transactions.

 

All crude oil is received into the Refinery via pipelines owned and operated by Sunoco Logistics. Crude oil transportation expenses are included in the total crude oil costs in the amounts paid to Sunoco as described above. Charges to the Refinery for services provided by Sunoco Logistics related to terminalling services for 2010 and 2009 amounted to $5,803 and $6,358 thousand, respectively. These expenses are included in cost of products sold in the statements of revenues and direct expenses.

 

Employee Costs and Other Allocated Expenses

 

Employees who either work at the Refinery or work primarily to support the Refinery participate in certain Sunoco incentive compensation and employee benefit plans. These include performance-based compensation plans, non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans, defined contribution 401(k) plans, employee and retiree medical, dental and life insurance plans and other such benefits. The Refinery’s share of allocated Sunoco incentive compensation and employee benefit plan expenses for these employees amounted to $11,644 and $17,119 thousand in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Such expenses are primarily allocated by payroll costs. These expenses are reflected in cost of products sold in the statements of revenues and direct expenses.

 

Costs and expenses in the statements of revenues and direct expenses include costs allocated by Sunoco to the Refinery for the years 2010 and 2009 totaling $33,734 and $30,880 thousand, respectively. These expenses include costs of centralized refining functions including crude acquisition, product distribution and optimization, as well as corporate functions used to support Sunoco’s refining operations, including legal, accounting, treasury, engineering, information technology, insurance and other corporate services. Such charges by Sunoco, if not separately determinable, are primarily allocated to each of Sunoco’s refineries based on the proportional crude run capacity at each refinery.

 

3. Provision for Asset Write-Downs and Other Matters

 

In 2009, Sunoco management implemented a business improvement initiative to reduce costs and improve business processes. In connection therewith, the Refinery recorded a $7,197 thousand provision for pension and postretirement settlement and curtailment losses, employee terminations and other related costs. In 2010, the Refinery recorded an additional $3,578 thousand provision primarily for pension settlement losses.

 

During 2009, the Refinery also recorded a $10,667 thousand provision in connection with Sunoco’s decision to discontinue certain capital projects.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

4. Inventories

 

The components of inventories were as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

     December 31,  
     2010  

Crude oil

   $ 37,051   

Petroleum products

     12,061   

Materials, supplies and other

     11,778   
  

 

 

 
   $ 60,890   
  

 

 

 

 

The current replacement cost of all inventories valued at LIFO exceeded their carrying value by $650,549 thousand at December 31, 2010. Average crude oil acquisition costs were $81 and $63 per barrel for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase (decrease) in crude oil inventory quantities were 433 and (811) thousand barrels for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, which were valued at the cost of Sunoco’s consolidated LIFO crude oil inventory change of $34 per barrel for each of 2010 and 2009. If the cost of the crude oil inventory change had been equal to the average crude oil acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, cost of products sold would have increased (decreased) by ($20,351) and $23,519 thousand, respectively. Average third party refined products acquisition costs were $89 and $71 per barrel for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase (decrease) in refined products inventory quantities were (59) and 66 thousand barrels for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, which were valued at the cost of Sunoco’s consolidated LIFO refined products inventory change of $5 and $39 per barrel for the respective years. If the cost of the refined products inventory change had been equal to the average third party refined products acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, cost of products sold would have increased (decreased) by $4,956 and ($2,112) thousand, respectively.

 

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

The components of property, plant and equipment were as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

     December 31,  
     2010  

Land and land improvements

   $ 2,268   

Plant, equipment and other

     1,249,569   

Construction-in-progress

     12,252   
  

 

 

 
     1,264,089   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (397,461
  

 

 

 
   $ 866,628
  

 

 

 

 

  *   Includes unamortized capital maintenance shutdown costs of $56,690 thousand at December 31, 2010.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

6. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

 

Leases and Other Commitments

 

The Refinery, as lessee, has noncancelable operating leases for a variety of machinery and equipment. Total rental expense for 2010 and 2009 amounted to $971 and $1,817 thousand, respectively.

 

Sunoco is a party under an agreement which provides for future payments to secure wastewater treatment services at the Refinery.

 

The fixed and determinable amounts of the obligation under this agreement are as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2011

   $ 4,069   

2012

     4,069   

2013

     4,069   

2014

     4,069   

2015

     4,069   

2016 through 2018

     10,172   
  

 

 

 

Total

     30,517   

Less: Amount representing interest

     (6,696
  

 

 

 
   $ 23,821   
  

 

 

 

 

Payments under these agreements, including variable components, totaled $11,512 and $11,710 thousand for the years 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Environmental Remediation Activities

 

The Refinery is subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment or that otherwise relate to the protection of the environment, waste management and the characteristics and compositions of fuels. As with the industry generally, compliance with existing and anticipated laws and regulations increases the overall cost of operating the Refinery, including remediation, operating costs and capital costs to construct, maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities.

 

Charges for environmental remediation totaled $268 and $404 thousand in 2010 and 2009, respectively and are included in operating expenses in the statements of revenues and direct expenses.

 

The Refinery’s expenses for environmental remediation activities reflect management’s estimates of the most likely costs that will be incurred over an extended period to remediate identified conditions for which the costs are both probable and reasonably estimable. Engineering studies, historical experience and other factors are used to identify and evaluate remediation alternatives and their related costs in determining the estimated expenses for environmental remediation activities. Losses attributable to unasserted claims are also reflected in the expenses to the extent they are probable of occurrence and reasonably estimable.

 

Total future costs for environmental remediation activities identified above will depend upon, among other things, the determination of the extent of the contamination at the Refinery, the timing and nature of required

 

F-68


Table of Contents

TOLEDO REFINERY

 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS ACQUIRED AND LIABILITIES ASSUMED AND

THE RELATED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES—(Continued)

 

remedial actions, the technology available and needed to meet the various existing legal requirements, the availability of insurance coverage, the nature and extent of future environmental laws and regulations and inflation rates. Management believes it is reasonably possible (i.e., less than probable but greater than remote) that additional environmental remediation losses will be incurred. At December 31, 2010, the aggregate of the estimated additional reasonably possible losses totaled approximately $3,100 thousand. Furthermore, the recognition of additional losses, if and when they were to occur, would likely extend over many years and, therefore, likely would not have a material impact on the Refinery’s financial position.

 

Under various environmental laws, including the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) (which relates to solid and hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal), the Refinery has initiated corrective remedial action. The Refinery has consistently assumed continued industrial use and a containment/remediation strategy focused on eliminating unacceptable risks to human health or the environment. The remediation expenses reflect that strategy. Expenses include amounts to prevent off-site migration and to contain the impact on the facility property, as well as to address known, discrete areas requiring remediation within the Refinery. Activities include closure of RCRA solid waste management units, recovery of hydrocarbons, handling of impacted soil, mitigation of surface water impacts and prevention of off-site migration.

 

Conclusion

 

The Refinery is a party to certain pending and threatened claims. Although the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot be ascertained at this time, it is reasonably possible that some portion of them could be resolved unfavorably. Management believes that these matters could have a significant impact on results of operations for any future quarter or year. However, management does not believe that any expenses which may arise pertaining to such matters would be material in relation to the financial position of the Refinery at December 31, 2010.

 

7. Subsequent Events

 

Subsequent events have been evaluated through September 12, 2011, the date the statements were available to be issued.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)

 

     September 30, 2012     December 31, 2011  
ASSETS     
Current assets     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 170,048      $ 50,166   

Accounts receivable, net

     496,241        316,252   

Inventories

     1,479,728        1,516,727   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     26,388        63,359   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,172,405        1,946,504   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,574,712        1,513,947   

Deferred charges and other assets, net

     185,390        160,658   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,932,507      $ 3,621,109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 246,914      $ 286,067   

Accrued expenses

     1,082,143        1,180,812   

Current portion of long-term debt

            4,014   

Deferred revenue

     202,953        189,234   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,532,010        1,660,127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Economic Development Authority loan

     20,000        20,000   

Long-term debt

     712,961        780,851   

Other long-term liabilities

     29,949        49,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,294,920        2,510,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

Series B Units, no par or stated value, 1,000,000 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     4,261        3,303   

MEMBERS’ EQUITY

    

Series A Units, 92,257,812 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, no par or stated value

     924,840        923,841   

Retained earnings

     710,843        186,150   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,357     (2,376
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     1,633,326        1,107,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, series B units, and members’ equity

   $ 3,932,507      $ 3,621,109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-70


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
               2012                          2011             

Revenues

   $ 15,188,327      $ 10,183,897   

Costs and expenses

    

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation

     13,871,884        9,147,063   

Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

     537,880        457,722   

General and administrative expenses

     78,042        71,533   

(Gain) on sale of asset

     (2,430       

Acquisition related expenses

            684   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     67,419        35,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     14,552,795        9,712,638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     635,532        471,259   

Other income (expense)

    

Change in fair value of catalyst lease

     (6,929     4,848   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     (2,076     (4,829

Interest (expense) income, net

     (86,753     (44,127
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 539,774      $ 427,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

    

Net income

   $ 539,774      $ 427,151   

Other comprehensive income

    

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

     2        11   

Amortization of defined benefit plans unrecognized net gain

     17          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     19        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 539,793      $ 427,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

(UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)

 

     Series A
Units
     Series A      Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Total
Members’
Equity
 

Balance December 31, 2010

     51,393,114       $ 514,309       $ (1,049   $ (56,521   $ 456,739   

Member capital contributions

     40,864,698         408,397                       408,397   

Stock based compensation

             913                       913   

Net income

                            427,151        427,151   

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                     11               11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

     92,257,812       $ 923,619       $ (1,038   $ 370,630      $ 1,293,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     92,257,812       $ 923,841       $ (2,376   $ 186,150      $ 1,107,615   

Exercise of Series A options

             250                       250   

Stock based compensation

             749                       749   

Member distribution

                            (15,081     (15,081

Net income

                            539,774        539,774   

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                     2               2   

Defined benefit plan unrecognized net gain

                     17               17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2012

     92,257,812       $ 924,840       $ (2,357   $ 710,843      $ 1,633,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2012                     2011          

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 539,774      $ 427,151   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     71,144        37,822   

Stock based compensation

     1,707        1,911   

Change in fair value of catalyst leases

     6,929        (4,848

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     2,076        4,829   

Non-cash change in inventory repurchase obligations

     5,126        (4,932

Write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees

     4,391          

Gain on sale of assets

     (2,430       

Pension and other post retirement benefit costs

     9,513        7,156   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions

    

Accounts receivable

     (179,989     (257,381

Inventories

     85,179        (647,174

Other current assets

     36,971        (14,316

Accounts payable

     (39,153     410,334   

Accrued expenses

     (56,404     397,775   

Deferred revenue

     13,719        109,307   

Other assets and liabilities

     (29,731       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

     468,822        467,634   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Acquisition of Toledo refinery, net of cash received for sale of assets

            (168,156

Expenditures for property, plant, and equipment

     (102,004     (447,063

Expenditures for refinery turnaround costs

     (27,501     (56,971

Expenditures for other assets

     (7,731     (23,256

Proceeds from sale of assets

     3,381        4,700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (133,855     (690,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from member contributions

            408,397   

Proceeds from exercise of Series A options

     250          

Proceeds from senior secured notes

     665,806          

Proceeds from long-term debt

     430,000        343,697   

Proceeds from catalyst lease

     9,452        18,624   

Distribution to members

     (15,081       

Repayment of seller note for inventory

            (299,645

Repayments of long-term debt

     (1,184,597     (169,282

Payment of contingent consideration related to acquisition of Toledo refinery

     (103,642       

Deferred financing costs and other

     (17,273     (9,529
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (215,085     292,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     119,882        69,150   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     50,166        155,457   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 170,048      $ 224,607   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)

 

(Continued)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2012                      2011          

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

     

Non-cash activities:

     

Promissory note issued for Toledo refinery acquisition

   $       $ 200,000   

Seller note issued for acquisition of inventory

             299,645   

Fair value of Toledo refinery contingent consideration

             117,017   

Accrued construction in progress

     11,710         6,090   

Non-cash impact of inventory supply and offtake agreements on inventory and accrued expenses

     48,180         359,746   

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company” or “PBF”), owns and operates oil refineries and related facilities in North America. Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, PBF Power Marketing LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC are PBF’s principal operating subsidiaries and are all wholly-owned subsidiaries of PBF Holding Company LLC (“Holdings”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PBF.

 

All of the Company’s operations are in the United States. The Company’s three oil refineries are all engaged in the refining of crude oil and other feedstocks into petroleum products, and have been aggregated to form one reportable segment. To generate earnings and cash flows from operations, the Company is primarily dependent upon processing crude oil and selling refined petroleum products at margins sufficient to cover fixed and variable costs and other expenses. Crude oil and refined petroleum products are commodities and factors largely out of the Company’s control can cause prices to vary over time. The potential margin volatility can have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, earnings and cash flow.

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PBF and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented have been included. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited combined and consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2011. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

 

2—RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2011-04 to clarify guidance relating to fair value measurements. The amended guidance also expands the disclosure requirements for entities’ fair value measurements, particularly those relating to measurements based upon significant unobservable inputs. The Company adopted the amended fair value measurement guidance on January 1, 2012 resulting in additional disclosures.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, which changes the required presentation of other comprehensive income. Under the new guidelines, entities are required to present net income and other comprehensive income, along with the components of net income and other comprehensive income, in either one continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements of net income and comprehensive income. The accounting standards update eliminates the option of presenting the components of other comprehensive income within the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2012, the Company presented the components of net income and total comprehensive income in its condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS

 

Toledo Acquisition

 

On March 1, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company completed the acquisition of the Toledo refinery in Ohio from Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) (“Sunoco”). The Toledo refinery has a crude oil throughput capacity of 170,000 barrels per day. The purchase price for the refinery was $400,000, subject to certain adjustments, and was comprised of $200,000 in cash and a $200,000 promissory note provided by Sunoco. The note was repaid in full in February 2012. The terms of the transaction also include participation payments beginning in the year ending December 31, 2011 through the year ending December 31, 2016 not to exceed $125,000 in the aggregate. Participation payments are based on 25% of the purchased assets’ earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as defined in the agreement (“EBITDA”) in excess of an annual threshold EBITDA of $125,000 (prorated for 2011 and 2016). Each participation payment is due no later than one hundred and twenty days after the close of the respective calendar year end for the years 2011 through 2016. The Company paid $103,643 to Sunoco in April 2012 related to the amount of contingent consideration earned in 2011.

 

The Company purchased certain finished and intermediate products for approximately $299,645 with the proceeds from a note provided by Sunoco (the “Toledo Inventory Note Payable”). The note had an interest rate at the lower of LIBOR plus 5.5%, or 7.5% and was repaid on May 31, 2011. The Company also purchased crude oil inventory for $338,395, which it concurrently sold to Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“MSCG”) for its market value of $369,999. The net cash received from this transaction was recorded as a reduction in the total purchase price.

 

The Toledo acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The estimated purchase price of $784,818 includes the estimated fair value of future participation payments (contingent consideration). The fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis, a Level 3 measurement, as more fully described at Note 11. The following table summarizes the amounts recognized for assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.

 

The total purchase price and the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities at the acquisition date were as follows:

 

     Purchase
Price
 

Net cash

   $ 168,156   

Seller promissory note

     200,000   

Seller note for inventory

     299,645   

Estimated fair value of contingent consideration

     117,017   
  

 

 

 
   $ 784,818   
  

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value
Allocation
 

Current assets

   $ 305,645   

Land

     8,065   

Property, plant and equipment

     452,084   

Other assets

     24,640   

Current liabilities

     (5,616
  

 

 

 
   $ 784,818   
  

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

3—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

 

Toledo Acquisition (Continued)

 

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 include the results of operations of the Toledo refinery since March 1, 2011. The actual results for the Toledo refinery for the period from March 1, 2011 to September 30, 2011, are shown below. The revenues and net income of the Company assuming the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2011, are shown below on a pro forma basis. The pro forma information does not purport to present what the Company’s actual results would have been had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2011, nor is the financial information indicative of the results of future operations. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes the depreciation and amortization expense related to the acquisition and interest expense associated with the Toledo acquisition financing.

 

     Revenues      Net Income  

Actual results for March 1, 2011 to September 30, 2011

   $ 4,402,186       $ 461,886   

Supplemental pro forma for January 1, 2011 to September 30, 2011

   $ 11,185,088       $ 512,622   

 

4—INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

     September 30, 2012  
     Titled
Inventory
     Inventory
Supply and
Offtake
Arrangements
     Total  

Crude oil and feedstocks

   $ 288,282       $ 363,715       $ 651,997   

Refined products and blendstocks

     399,411         397,439         796,850   

Warehouse stock and other

     30,881                 30,881   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 718,574       $ 761,154       $ 1,479,728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Titled
Inventory
     Inventory
Supply and
Offtake
Arrangements
     Total  

Crude oil and feedstocks

   $ 369,377       $ 317,652       $ 687,029   

Refined products and blendstocks

     384,902         419,613         804,515   

Warehouse stock and other

     25,183                 25,183   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 779,462       $ 737,265       $ 1,516,727   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Inventory under inventory supply and offtake arrangements includes crude oil stored at the Company’s Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries’ storage facilities that the Company will purchase as it is consumed in connection with its crude supply agreements; feedstocks and blendstocks sold to counterparties that the Company will repurchase for further blending into finished products; lube products sold to a counterparty that the Company will repurchase; and light finished products sold to a counterparty in connection with the offtake agreement and stored in the Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries’ storage facilities pending shipment by the counterparty. On September 17, 2012, the Company gave notice to Statoil Marketing and Trading (US) Inc. (“Statoil”), the counterparty to its crude supply agreements for its Paulsboro and Delaware City refineries, that it would terminate the crude supply agreement for its Paulsboro refinery effective March 31, 2013.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

4—INVENTORIES (Continued)

 

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the replacement value of inventories exceeded the LIFO carrying value by approximately $158,757 and $115,624, respectively.

 

5—DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS, NET

 

Deferred charges and other assets, net consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Deferred turnaround costs, net

   $ 72,224       $ 56,338   

Catalyst

     67,585         68,201   

Deferred financing costs, net

     23,668         13,980   

Restricted cash

     12,113         12,104   

Linefill

     8,042         8,042   

Intangible assets, net

     1,297         1,703   

Other

     461         290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 185,390       $ 160,658   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6—ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Inventory supply and offtake arrangements

   $ 685,038       $ 641,588   

Inventory-related accruals

     205,439         203,636   

Accrued salaries and benefits

     35,997         48,300   

Excise and sales tax payable

     26,371         36,635   

Customer deposits

     26,276         59,017   

Accrued transportation costs

     21,356         18,110   

Fair value of contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

     20,665         100,380   

Accrued utilities

     13,360         17,615   

Accrued construction in progress

     11,710         5,909   

Accrued interest

     9,030         1,894   

Renewable energy credit obligation

     3,528         7,092   

Other

     23,373         40,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,082,143       $ 1,180,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company has the obligation to repurchase certain intermediates and lube products under the products offtake agreements with MSCG that are held in the Company’s refinery storage tanks. A liability included in Inventory supply and offtake arrangements is recorded at market price for the volumes held in storage consistent with the terms of the offtake agreements with any change in the market price being recorded in costs of sales. The liability represents the amount the Company expects to pay to repurchase the volumes held in storage. The Company recorded non-cash charges of $17,309 and $4,672 related to this liability in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

7—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries maintain a short-term letter of credit facility, which was renewed and expanded in April 2012, under which the Company can obtain letters of credit of up to $750,000 consisting of a committed amount of $500,000 and an uncommitted amount of $250,000 to support certain of the Company’s crude oil purchases. The Company is charged letter of credit issuance fees on each letter of credit, plus a fee on the aggregate unused portion of the committed letter of credit facility. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had $248,200 and $241,500 of letters of credit issued under the letter of credit facility, respectively.

 

Senior Secured Notes

 

On February 9, 2012, the Company completed the offering of $675,500 aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2020. The net proceeds, after deducting the original issue discount, the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions, and the fees and expenses of the offering, were used to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness plus accrued interest owed under the Toledo Promissory Note, the Paulsboro Promissory Note, and the Term Loan, as well as to reduce the outstanding balance of our Revolving Loan. The Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, and certain of his affiliates and family members, and certain of our other executives, purchased $25,500 aggregate principal amount of these Senior Secured Notes. At September 30, 2012, the fair value of the Senior Secured Notes, categorized as a level 2 measurement, approximates $719,488.

 

The Senior Secured Notes are secured on a first-priority basis by substantially all of the present and future assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries (other than assets securing the Revolving Loan). As of September 30, 2012, payment of the Senior Secured Notes is jointly and severally guaranteed by all of the Company’s subsidiaries. The Company has optional redemption rights to repurchase all or a portion of the Senior Secured Notes at varying prices no less than 100% of the principal amounts of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. The holders of the Senior Secured Notes have repurchase options exercisable only upon a change in control, certain asset sale transactions, or in event of a default as defined in the indenture agreement. In addition, the Senior Secured Notes contain covenant restrictions limiting certain types of additional debt, equity issuances, and payments. The Company is in compliance with the covenants as of September 30, 2012.

 

Revolving Loan

 

In September 2012, the Company amended its asset based revolving credit agreement (“Revolving Loan”) to a maximum availability of $965,000. The Revolving Loan matures on May 31, 2016. Advances under the Revolving Loan cannot exceed the lesser of $965,000 or the Borrowing Base, as defined in the agreement. The Revolving Loan can be prepaid, without penalty, at any time. Interest on the Revolving Loan is payable quarterly in arrears, at the option of the Company, either at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, or at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, all as defined in the agreement. The Applicable Margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.50% for Alternate Base Rate Loans and from 2.00% to 2.50% for Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans, depending on the Average Daily Excess Availability. In addition, the Company is required to pay a Commitment Fee which ranges from 0.375% to 0.5% depending on the unused amount of the commitment. The Company is required to pay a LC Participation Fee on each outstanding letter of credit issued under the Revolving Loan equal to the Applicable Margin applied to Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans, plus a Fronting Fee equal to 0.125%.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

7—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Revolving Loan (Continued)

 

The Revolving Loan has a financial covenant which requires that at any time Excess Availability, as defined in the agreement, is less than the greater of (i) 17.5% of the lesser of the Borrowing Base and the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders, or (ii) $35,000, the Company will not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, determined as of the last day of the most recently completed quarter, to be less than 1.1 to 1.0. The Company was in compliance with this covenant as of September 30, 2012.

 

At September 30, 2012, the Company had no outstanding loans and standby letters of credit of $35,952 issued under the Revolving Loan. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding loans of $270,000 and standby letters of credit of $39,832 issued under the Revolving Loan.

 

Delaware City Construction Financing

 

In October 2010, the Company entered into a project management and financing agreement for a capital project at the Delaware City refinery. On August 5, 2011 the Delaware City construction advances in the amount of $20,000 were converted to a term financing payable in equal monthly installments of $530 over a period of sixty months beginning September 1, 2011 (“Construction Financing”). On August 31, 2012, the Company repaid all outstanding indebtness plus accrued interest owed on the Construction Financing. The Company recorded a loss of $2,797 in interest expense for the early retirement of debt for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

Catalyst Leases

 

The Company has entered into agreements at each of its refineries whereby the Company sold certain of its catalyst precious metals to large financial institutions and then leased them back. The catalyst is required to be repurchased by the Company at market value at lease termination. The Company treated these transactions as financing arrangements, and the lease payments are recorded as interest expense over the agreements’ terms. The Company has elected the fair value option for accounting for its catalyst repurchase obligations as the Company’s liability is directly impacted by the change in value of the underlying catalyst. The fair value of these repurchase obligations as reflected in the table below is measured using Level 2 inputs.

 

The Paulsboro catalyst lease was entered into effective January 6, 2012 and has a one year term. Proceeds from the lease of $9,453 were used to repay a portion of the Paulsboro Promissory Note. The annual lease fee is $267, payable at maturity. The Paulsboro catalyst lease is included in Long-term debt as of September 30, 2012 as the Company has the ability and intent to refinance this debt through proceeds from a long-term obligation if the catalyst lease is not renewed at maturity.

 

The Toledo catalyst lease was entered into effective July 1, 2011 and has a three year term. Proceeds from the lease of $18,345, net of a facility fee of $279, were used to repay a portion of the Toledo Promissory Note. The lease fee for the first one year period was $997. The lease fee is payable quarterly and will be reset annually based on current market conditions. The lease fee for the second one year period is $967.

 

The Delaware City catalyst lease was entered into in October 2010 and has a three year term. Proceeds from the lease were $17,474, net of $266 in facility fees. The lease fee for the first one year period was $1,076. The lease fee is payable quarterly and resets annually based on current market conditions. The lease fee for the second one year period beginning in October 2011 is $946.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

7—CREDIT FACILITY AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

Long-term debt outstanding consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Senior Secured Notes

   $ 666,314       $   

Revolving Loan

             270,000   

Toledo Promissory Note

             181,655   

Paulsboro Promissory Note

             160,000   

Term Loan

             123,750   

Catalyst leases

     46,647         30,266   

Construction Financing

             19,194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     712,961         784,865   

Less—Current maturities

             (4,014
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 712,961       $ 780,851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8—OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Noncurrent portion of fair value of contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

   $       $ 21,852   

Environmental liabilities

     7,725         10,398   

Post retiree medical plan

     9,683         8,912   

Defined benefit pension plan liabilities

     11,276         6,651   

Asset retirement obligation

     265         400   

Other

     1,000         1,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 29,949       $ 49,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The fair value of contingent consideration for refinery acquisition was reclassified to current liabilities as the obligation is expected to be settled within the next twelve months.

 

9—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Remediation Liabilities

 

The Company’s refineries are subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment or that otherwise relate to the protection of the environment, waste management and the characteristics and the compositions of fuels. Compliance with existing and anticipated laws and regulations can increase the overall cost of operating the refineries, including remediation, operating costs and capital costs to construct, maintain and upgrade equipment and facilities.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

9—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

 

Remediation Liabilities (Continued)

 

In connection with the Paulsboro acquisition, the Company assumed certain environmental remediation obligations. The environmental liability of $10,090 recorded as of September 30, 2012 ($12,086 as of December 31, 2011) represents the present value of expected future costs discounted at a rate of 8%. The current portion of the environmental liability is recorded in accrued expenses and the non-current portion is recorded in other long-term liabilities. A trust fund related to this liability in the amount of $12,113 and $12,104, acquired in the Paulsboro acquisition, is recorded as restricted cash in deferred charges and other assets, net as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the Delaware City assets, Valero remains responsible for certain pre-acquisition environmental obligations up to $20,000 and the predecessor to Valero in ownership of the refinery retains other historical obligations.

 

In connection with the Delaware City assets and Paulsboro refinery acquisitions, the Company and Valero purchased ten year, $75,000 environmental insurance policies to insure against unknown environmental liabilities at each site. In connection with the Toledo refinery acquisition, Sunoco remains responsible for environmental remediation for conditions that existed on the closing date for twenty years from March 1, 2011.

 

In 2010, New York State adopted a Low-Sulfur Heating Oil mandate that beginning July 1, 2012 requires all heating oil sold in New York State to contain no more than 15 PPM sulfur. Not all of the heating oil we produce meets this specification. In addition, on June 1, 2012, the Environmental Protection Agency issued final amendments to the New Source Performance Standards (“NSPS”) for petroleum refineries, including standards for emissions of nitrogen oxides from process heaters and work practice standards and monitoring requirements for flares. The Company is evaluating the impact of the regulation and amended standards on its refinery operations. The Company cannot currently estimate the cost that may be incurred, if any, to comply by July 1, 2015 with the amended NSPS.

 

The Company is also currently subject to certain other existing claims and proceedings. The Company believes that there is only a remote probability that future costs related to any of these known contingent liability exposures would have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

10—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Qualified Plan”) with a policy to fund pension liabilities in accordance with the limits imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and Federal income tax laws. In addition, the Company sponsors a supplemental pension plan covering certain employees, which provides incremental payments that would have been payable from the Company’s principal pension plan, were it not for limitations imposed by income tax regulations.

 

The non-union Delaware City employees and all Paulsboro employees became eligible to participate in the Company’s defined benefit plans as of the respective acquisition dates. The union Delaware City employees became eligible to participate in the Company’s defined benefit plans upon commencement of normal operations. The Company did not assume any of the employees’ pension liability accrued prior to the respective acquisitions.

 

The Company formed the Post Retirement Medical Plan on December 31, 2010 to provide health care coverage continuation from date of retirement to age 65 for qualifying employees associated with the Paulsboro

 

F-82


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

10—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

 

acquisition. The Company credited the qualifying employees with their prior service under Valero which resulted in the recognition of a liability for the projected benefit obligation.

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost related to the Company’s defined benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2012                     2011          

Pension Benefits

    

Components of net period benefit cost:

    

Service cost

   $ 8,578      $ 6,344   

Interest cost

     376        103   

Expected return on plan assets

     (243     (32

Amortization of prior service costs

     8        8   

Amortization of loss

     23        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 8,742      $ 6,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2012                      2011          

Post Retirement Medical Plan

     

Components of net period benefit cost:

     

Service cost

   $ 475       $ 405   

Interest cost

     296         285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 771       $ 690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The tables below present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the inputs utilized to determine the fair values as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

     As of September 30, 2012  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 65,689       $       $       $ 65,689   

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

             10,727                 10,727   

Liabilities:

           

Commodity contracts

             477                 477   

Catalyst lease obligations

             46,647                 46,647   

Contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

                     20,665         20,665   

 

F-83


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

11—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 666       $       $       $ 666   

Commodity contracts

     72                         72   

Liabilities:

           

Catalyst lease obligations

             30,266                 30,266   

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

             3,070                 3,070   

Contingent consideration for refinery acquisition

                     122,232         122,232   

 

The valuation methods used to measure financial instruments at fair value are as follows:

 

   

Money market funds categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are measured at fair value based on quoted market prices and included within cash and cash equivalents.

 

   

The commodity contracts categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are measured at fair value based on quoted prices in an active market. The commodity contracts categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are measured at fair value using a market approach based upon future commodity prices for similar instruments quoted in active markets.

 

   

The derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations and the catalyst lease liabilities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and are measured at fair value using a market approach based upon future commodity prices for similar instruments quoted in active markets.

 

   

The contingent consideration for refinery acquisition obligation at September 30, 2012 is categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and is estimated using a discounted cash flow model based on management’s estimate of the future cash flows of the Toledo refinery; a risk free rate of return of 0.16%; credit rate spread of 4.38%; and a discount rate of 4.54%. The change in fair value of the obligation during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was impacted primarily by the change in the time value of money discount as the obligation is expected to be paid in full by April 2013. A significant decrease in the estimated future cash flows used in the cash flow model would result in a decrease in the fair value for this liability.

 

The table below summarizes the changes in fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2012                     2011          

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 122,232      $   

Purchases

            117,017   

Settlements

     (103,643       

Unrealized loss included in earnings

     2,076        4,829   

Transfers into Level 3

              

Transfers out of Level 3

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 20,665      $ 121,846   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

There were no transfers between levels during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

12—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

 

The Company uses derivative instruments to mitigate certain exposures to commodity price risk. The Company’s crude supply agreements contain purchase obligations for certain volumes of crude oil and other feedstocks. The Company was also party to an agreement that contained purchase obligations for certain volumes of stored intermediates inventory during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, which was terminated during the first quarter of 2012. The purchase obligations related to crude oil and feedstocks are derivative instruments that have been designated as fair value hedges in order to hedge the commodity price volatility of certain refinery inventory beginning July 1, 2011. The fair value of these purchase obligation derivatives is based on market prices of crude oil and intermediates in the future. The level of activity for these derivatives is based on the level of operating inventories. As of September 30, 2012, there were 3,557,464 barrels of crude oil and feedstocks (3,101,333 barrels at December 31, 2011) outstanding under these derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges and no barrels (117,848 barrels at December 31, 2011) outstanding under these derivative instruments not designated as hedges. These volumes represent the notional value of the contract.

 

The Company also enters into economic hedges primarily consisting of commodity derivative contracts that are not designated as hedges and are used to manage price volatility in certain crude oil and feedstock inventories as well as crude oil, feedstock, and refined product sales or purchases. The objective in entering into economic hedges is consistent with the objectives discussed above for fair value hedges. As of September 30, 2012, there were 371,000 barrels of crude oil and 3,835,000 barrels of refined products (7,000 and 349,000, respectively, as of December 31, 2011), outstanding under short and long term future commodity derivative contracts not designated as hedges, representing the notional value of the contracts.

 

The following tables provide information about the fair values of these derivative instruments as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the line items in the consolidated balance sheet in which the fair values are reflected. See Note 11 for additional information related to the fair values of derivative instruments.

 

Description

   Balance Sheet Location    Fair  Value
Asset/(Liability)
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

     

September 30, 2012:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ 10,727   

December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ (1,465

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

     

September 30, 2012:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $   

Commodity contracts

   Accrued expenses    $ (477

December 31, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

   Accrued expenses    $ (1,605

Commodity contracts

   Accounts receivable    $ 72   

 

 

F-85


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

12—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES (Continued)

 

The Company’s policy is to net the fair value of the derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations against the liability related to inventory supply arrangements with the same counterparty as the legal right of offset exists.

 

The following tables provide information about the gain or loss recognized in income on these derivative instruments and the line items in the consolidated financial statements in which such gains and losses are reflected.

 

Description

   Location of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in

Income on
Derivatives
     Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Derivatives
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

     

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $  12,192   

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ 18,125   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

     

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ (8

Commodity contracts

     Cost of sales       $ 30,636   

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

     

Derivatives included with inventory supply arrangement obligations

     Cost of sales       $ 6,654   

Commodity contracts

     Cost of sales       $ 3,030   

Hedged items designated in fair value hedges:

     

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012:

     

Crude oil and feedstock inventory

     Cost of sales       $ (4,590

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011:

     

Crude oil and feedstock inventory

     Cost of sales       $ (12,195

 

Ineffectiveness related to the Company’s fair value hedges resulted in a loss of $7,602 and $5,930 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The gains and losses due to ineffectiveness were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The Company did not apply hedge accounting to any of its derivative instruments prior to July 1, 2011.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(UNAUDITED, AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BARREL, UNIT, WARRANT AND

OPTION DATA)

 

13—REVENUES

 

The following table provides information relating to the Company’s revenues from external customers for each product or group of similar products for the periods:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
               2012                           2011             

Gasoline and distillates

   $ 13,474,599       $ 8,894,941   

Lubricants

     420,519         405,787   

Asphalt and residual oils

     305,786         315,716   

Liquefied petroleum gases

     260,967         309,597   

Chemicals

     499,292         238,692   

Clarified slurry oil

     217,908         15,016   

Other

     9,256         4,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,188,327       $ 10,183,897   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

These financial statements were approved by management and available for issuance on November 6, 2012. Management has evaluated subsequent events through this date.

 

Revolving Loan Amendment

 

On October 26, 2012, the Revolving Loan was amended and restated to increase the maximum availability to $1,375,000 and extend the maturity date to October 26, 2017. In addition, the Applicable Margin, as defined in the agreement, was amended to a range of 0.75% to 1.50% for Alternative Base Rate Loans and 1.75% to 2.50% for Adjusted LIBOR Rate Loans, and the Commitment Fee, as defined in the agreement, was amended to a range of 0.375% to 0.5%, all depending on the Company’s debt rating.

 

Crude Supply Agreement

 

On October 29, 2012, the term of the Company’s crude supply agreement with Statoil for its Delaware City refinery (the “Delaware City crude supply agreement”) was extended to December 31, 2015. On October 31, 2012, the Delaware City crude supply agreement was amended and modified to among other things, allow the Company to directly purchase U.S. and Canadian onshore origin crude oil and feedstock that is delivered to the Delaware City refinery via rail independent of Statoil.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

             Shares

 

PBF ENERGY INC.

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Citigroup

Morgan Stanley

Credit Suisse

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

 

 

UBS Investment Bank

Barclays

 

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the expenses incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered under this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee, the New York Stock Exchange Listing fee and the Transfer Agent fee, are estimated. All amounts will be paid by the Registrant:

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee

   $ 11,460.00   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Filing Fee

   $ 10,500.00   

New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee

   $             

Transfer Agent Fee

   $             

Blue Sky Fee

   $             

Printing and Engraving

   $             

Legal Fees and Expenses

   $             

Accounting Fees and Expenses

   $             

Miscellaneous

   $             

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 102 of the DGCL allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors to a corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

 

Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify directors, officers, employees and other agents of such corporation in an action by or in the right of a corporation under the same conditions against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense and settlement of such action or suit, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the person to be indemnified has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where a present or former director or officer of the corporation is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify such person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which he or she actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

 

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable

 

II-1


Table of Contents

for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered into the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

 

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws contains provisions that provide for indemnification of officers and directors and their heirs and representatives to the full extent permitted by, and in the manner permissible under, the DGCL.

 

As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation contains a provision eliminating the personal liability of a director to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, subject to some exceptions.

 

The Registrant maintains, at its expense, a policy of insurance which insures its directors and officers, subject to exclusions and deductions as are usual in these kinds of insurance policies, against specified liabilities which may be incurred in those capacities.

 

The Registrant has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of its directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements supplement existing indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s bylaws and in it the Registrant agrees, subject to certain exceptions, to the fullest extent then permitted by the DGCL, (1) to indemnify the director or executive officer and (2) to pay expenses incurred by the director or executive officer in any proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, with the primary purpose of the agreements being to provide specific contractual assurances to the Registrant’s directors and executive officers in respect of these indemnification protections which could not be altered by future changes to the Registrant’s current bylaw indemnification provisions.

 

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

On November 9, 2011, the Registrant issued 100 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, to PBF LLC for $100.00. The issuance of such shares of common stock was not registered under the Securities Act, because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

Number

    

Description

    1.1*          Underwriting Agreement
    3.1            Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PBF Energy Inc.
    3.2            Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of PBF Energy Inc.
    4.1            Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
    4.2**       Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, PBF Finance Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Number

    

Description

    5.1*          Opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
  10.1†**       Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2010, by and among The Premcor Refining Group Inc., The Premcor Pipeline Co., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, as amended
  10.2†**       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2010, by and between Valero Refining and Marketing Company and PBF Holding Company LLC, as amended as of November 29, 2010 and December 17, 2010
  10.3†**       Asset Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2010, by and between Toledo Refining Company, LLC and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), as amended as of January 18, 2011, February 15, 2011 and February 28, 2011
  10.4†**       Offtake Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2011, by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)
  10.4.1**       Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC, PBF Holding Company LLC, and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)
  10.5†**       Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC (superseded by Exhibit 10.25, Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., PBF Holding Company LLC and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC)
  10.6†**       Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2011, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC (superseded by Exhibit 10.24, Second Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., Transmontaigne Product Services Inc., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC)
  10.7†**       Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and Toledo Refining Company LLC (superseded by Exhibit 10.23, Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC)
  10.8†**       Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, effective as of April 7, 2011, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC, as amended as of July 29, 2011
  10.8.1       Agreement on Modification to the DCR Crude Supply Agreement, effective as of October 31, 2012, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC
  10.9†**       Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, effective as of December 16, 2010, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC, as amended as of January 7, 2011, April 26, 2011 and July 28, 2011
  10.9.1†**       Fourth Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, entered into as of August 2, 2012, by and among Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., Paulsboro Refining Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC
  10.10**       Second Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, by and among PBF Holding Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC and BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Number

    

Description

  10.11       Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Co-Collateral Agents
  10.12*       Form of Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas D. O’Malley
  10.13*       Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas J. Nimbley
  10.14*       Form of Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Matthew C. Lucey
  10.15*       Form of Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Donald F. Lucey
  10.16*       Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Michael D. Gayda
  10.17       Form of Restated Warrant and Purchase Agreement between PBF Energy Company LLC and the officers party thereto, as amended
  10.18       Form of Indemnification Agreement between PBF Energy Inc. and each of the executive officers and directors of PBF Energy Inc.
  10.19*       Form of Indemnification Agreement between PBF Energy Company LLC and each of the officers party thereto
  10.20       Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
  10.21       Form of Exchange Agreement
  10.22       Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company LLC
  10.23†**       Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC
  10.23.1**       First Amendment to Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2012, by and between PBF Holding Company LLC and Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
  10.23.2       Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between PBF Holding Company LLC and Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
  10.24†**       Second Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., Transmontaigne Product Services Inc., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC, amended as of September 1, 2012
  10.24.1       Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., Transmontaigne Product Services Inc., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC
  10.25†**       Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., PBF Holding Company LLC and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC
  10.25.1       First Amendment to Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., PBF Holding Company LLC and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC
  10.26       Form of Stockholders’ Agreement of PBF Energy Inc.
  10.27*       PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
  21.1**       Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Number

  

Description

23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.4    Consent of KPMG LLP
23.5*    Consent of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
24.2    Power of Attorney of Spencer Abraham

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
  **   Previously filed.
    Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been filed separately with the Secretary of the SEC pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

See the Index to Financial Statements included on page F-1 for a list of the financial statements included in this registration statement.

 

All schedules not identified above have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the selected consolidated financial data or notes contained in this registration statement.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

(a)(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective;

 

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

(b) the undersigned will provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Township of Parsippany-Troy Hills, State of New Jersey, on November 6, 2012.

 

PBF ENERGY INC.
By:   / S /    J EFFREY D ILL
Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated, on November 6, 2012.

 

Signature

  

Title

*

Thomas J. Nimbley

   Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

*

Matthew C. Lucey

   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

*

Karen B. Davis

   Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Thomas D. O’Malley

   Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

*

Spencer Abraham

  

Director

*

Jefferson F. Allen

  

Director

*

Martin J. Brand

  

Director

*

Timothy H. Day

  

Director

*

David I. Foley

  

Director

*

Dennis Houston

  

Director

*

Neil A. Wizel

  

Director

*By:

  

/ S /    J EFFREY D ILL

Jeffrey Dill

  

Attorney-in-fact for the persons indicated

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PBF Energy Inc.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of PBF Energy Inc.
  4.1    Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
  4.2**    Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, PBF Finance Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
  5.1*    Opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
10.1†**    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2010, by and among The Premcor Refining Group Inc., The Premcor Pipeline Co., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, as amended
10.2†**    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2010, by and between Valero Refining and Marketing Company and PBF Holding Company LLC, as amended as of November 29, 2010 and December 17, 2010
10.3†**    Asset Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2010, by and between Toledo Refining Company, LLC and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), as amended as of January 18, 2011, February 15, 2011 and February 28, 2011
10.4†**    Offtake Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2011, by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)
10.4.1**    Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Toledo Refining Company LLC, PBF Holding Company LLC, and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M)
10.5†**    Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC (superseded by Exhibit 10.25, Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., PBF Holding Company LLC and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC)
10.6†**    Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2011, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC (superseded by Exhibit 10.24, Second Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., Transmontaigne Product Services Inc., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC)
10.7†**    Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and Toledo Refining Company LLC (superseded by Exhibit 10.23, Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC)
10.8†**    Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, effective as of April 7, 2011, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC, as amended as of July 29, 2011
10.8.1    Agreement on Modification to the DCR Crude Supply Agreement, effective as of October 31, 2012, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and Delaware City Refining Company LLC
10.9†**    Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, effective as of December 16, 2010, by and between Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC, amended as of January 7, 2011, April 26, 2011 and July 28, 2011


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

10.9.1†**    Fourth Amendment to Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, entered into as of August 2, 2012, by and among Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., Paulsboro Refining Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC
10.10**    Second Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2012, by and among PBF Holding Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC and BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA
10.11    Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Co-Collateral Agents
10.12*    Form of Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas D. O’Malley
10.13*    Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas J. Nimbley
10.14*    Form of Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Matthew C. Lucey
10.15*    Form of Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Donald F. Lucey
10.16*    Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between PBF Investments LLC and Michael D. Gayda
10.17    Form of Restated Warrant and Purchase Agreement between PBF Energy Company LLC and the officers party thereto, as amended
10.18    Form of Indemnification Agreement between PBF Energy Inc. and each of the executive officers and directors of PBF Energy Inc.
10.19*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between PBF Energy Company LLC and each of the officers party thereto
10.20    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
10.21    Form of Exchange Agreement
10.22    Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company LLC
10.23†**    Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. and PBF Holding Company LLC
10.23.1**    First Amendment to Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2012, by and between PBF Holding Company LLC and Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
10.23.2    Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between PBF Holding Company LLC and Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
10.24†**    Second Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., Transmontaigne Product Services Inc., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC, amended as of September 1, 2012
10.24.1    Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., Transmontaigne Product Services Inc., Delaware City Refining Company LLC and PBF Holding Company LLC
10.25†**    Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., PBF Holding Company LLC and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

10.25.1    First Amendment to Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., PBF Holding Company LLC and Paulsboro Refining Company LLC
10.26    Form of Stockholders’ Agreement of PBF Energy Inc.
10.27*    PBF Energy Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
21.1**    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.4    Consent of KPMG LLP
23.5*      Consent of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
24.2    Power of Attorney of Spencer Abraham

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
  **   Previously filed.
    Portions of this exhibit were omitted and have been filed separately with the Secretary of the SEC pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PBF ENERGY INC.

The present name of the corporation is PBF Energy Inc. (the “ Corporation ”). The Corporation was incorporated under the name “PBF Energy Inc.” by the filing of its original certificate of incorporation (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 7, 2011. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

The Original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1. Name . The name of the Corporation is PBF Energy Inc.

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1. Address . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801; and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1. Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1. Capitalization . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is              shares, consisting of (i)              shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), (ii)              shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), and (iii)              shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders


of a majority in total voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

Section 4.2. Preferred Stock .

(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

(B) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series).

Section 4.3. Common Stock .

(A) Voting Rights .

(1) Each holder of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , however , that to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(2) Each holder of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof) held by such holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the product of (x) the total number of PBF LLC Units (as defined in the Exchange Agreement dated on or about the date hereof as amended from time to time (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), by and among the Corporation and the holders of PBF LLC Units from time to time party thereto), held of

 

2


record by such holder multiplied by (y) the Exchange Rate (as defined in the Exchange Agreement), on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , further , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(3) Except as otherwise required in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters (or, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Preferred Stock).

(4) No holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to cumulate votes on behalf of any candidate for a directorship. No holder of Common Stock will have any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of capital stock issued in the future.

(B) Dividends and Distributions . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, stock of any corporation or property of the Corporation, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid ratably on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine. Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

(C) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(D) Retirement of Class B Common Stock . In the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held by a holder of a PBF LLC Unit, such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation and thereupon shall be retired.

 

3


ARTICLE V

Section 5.1. By-Laws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board is expressly authorized to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the “ By-Laws ”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the law of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, at any time which (a) affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (together with its affiliates (including, without limitation, Blackstone Group Management L.L.C.), subsidiaries, successors and assigns (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), collectively, “ Blackstone ”), and (b) affiliates of First Reserve Management, L.P. (together with its affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), collectively, “ First Reserve ”) (Blackstone and First Reserve collectively referred to herein as the “ Sponsors ,” and each individually referred to herein as a “ Sponsor ”)), collectively are the beneficial owner, in the aggregate, of less than a majority in total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal any provision of the By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1. Board of Directors .

(A) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the Board.

(B) Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. Notwithstanding Section 6.1(A), the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.1(A) hereof.

(C) Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the By-Laws shall so provide.

(D) Any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

4


(E) Any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . For so long as the Sponsors collectively continue to beneficially own at least a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation may be effected by written consent without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. From and after the date on which the Sponsors cease to beneficially own at least a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided , however , that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, or, to the extent expressly permitted by the certificate of designation relating to one or more series of Preferred Stock, by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

Section 7.2. Special Meetings of Stockholders . Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or, for so long as a Sponsor continues to beneficially own at least 25% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such Sponsor.

 

5


ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1. Limited Liability of Directors . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VIII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or such other law as so amended. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1. Indemnification . The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify and advance expenses to, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, any predecessor of the Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation, any predecessor to the Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation as and to the extent (and on the terms and subject to the conditions) set forth in the By-Laws or in any contract of indemnification entered into by the Corporation and any such person. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1. Business Combinations . The Corporation hereby elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL; provided , however , that the Corporation shall immediately and automatically, without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of stock of the Corporation, become governed by Section 203 of the DGCL at such time that the Sponsors, in the aggregate, no longer beneficially own at least 5% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

6


ARTICLE XI

Section 11.1. Certain Acknowledgment . In recognition and anticipation that: (i) the partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees and/or advisers of Blackstone and First Reserve may serve as directors and/or officers of the Corporation, (ii) Blackstone and First Reserve may engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) the Corporation and its subsidiaries may engage in material business transactions with Blackstone and First Reserve, the provisions of this Article XI are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve Blackstone and First Reserve and their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees and/or advisers, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.

Section 11.2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities . Blackstone and First Reserve, and their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees and/or advisers shall not have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. In the event that Blackstone or First Reserve, or their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees and/or advisers, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for itself and the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any expectancy in such corporate opportunity, and neither Blackstone nor First Reserve, or their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees and/or advisers, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and may pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for itself or direct such corporate opportunity to another person.

Section 11.3. Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a partner, principal, director, officer, member, manager, employee and/or adviser of Blackstone or First Reserve acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and Blackstone or First Reserve, or their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees and/or advisers, neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any expectancy in such corporate opportunity unless such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.

Section 11.4. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XI, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not financially able or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

7


Section 11.5. Renouncement . In connection with the foregoing, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy in, or being offered an opportunity to participate in, the business opportunities not allocated to the Corporation or deemed to belong to the Corporation as set forth in Sections 11.3 and 11.4 of this Article XI.

Section 11.6. Amendment of this Article . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in addition to any vote required by the DGCL, the affirmative vote of the shares held by Blackstone and First Reserve shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII

Section 12.1. Exclusive Jurisdiction for Certain Actions. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants therein; provided , that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

ARTICLE XIII

Section 13.1. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the undersigned authorized officer this     day of         , 2012.

 

PBF ENERGY INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

PBF ENERGY INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the stockholders of PBF Energy Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on such date, and at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 2. Special Meetings . Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or, for so long as a Sponsor (as such term is defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation) continues to beneficially own at least 25% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such Sponsor, and shall be held on such date, and at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the person calling such meeting.

Section 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, notice of the date, time, place (if any), the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting of stockholders shall be given not more than sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days previous thereto, to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting at such address as appears on the records of the Corporation.

Section 4. Quorum . The holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall


constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided herein, by statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders. If at any meeting of stockholders there shall be less than a quorum present, the chairman of the meeting or, by a majority in voting power thereof, the stockholders present may, to the extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting of the date, time and place, if any, of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date for notice of such adjourned meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

Section 5. Chairman of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman’s absence or at the Chairman’s direction, the Chief Executive Officer or any other director or officer of the Corporation shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order and shall act as chairman of any such meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation or, in such officer’s absence, an Assistant Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting. If neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise determined by the Board prior to the meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority in his or her discretion to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, including, without limitation, convening the meeting and adjourning the meeting (whether or not a quorum is present), announcing the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote, imposing restrictions on the persons (other than stockholders of record of the Corporation or their duly appointed proxies) who may attend any such meeting, establishing procedures for the dismissal of business not properly presented, maintaining order at the meeting and safety of those present, restricting entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and limiting the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Proxies . At all meetings of stockholders, any stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy pursuant to the DGCL, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority: (1) a stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy, and execution of the writing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such

 

2


writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature; or (2) a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a facsimile or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such facsimile or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the facsimile or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such transmissions are valid, the inspector or inspectors of stockholder votes or, if there are no such inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.

A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Section 6 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

Proxies shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting prior to or at the commencement of the meeting to which they relate.

Section 7. Voting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required and a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by shares of such class or series or classes or series shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 8. Record Date .

(A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not

 

3


be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . At any time when the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation permits action by one or more classes of stockholders of the Corporation to be taken by written consent, the provisions of this section shall apply. All consents properly delivered in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, this section and the DGCL shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its

 

4


principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 10. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date) showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 11. Inspectors . The Board, in advance of all meetings of the stockholders, may appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes, who may be employees or agents of the Corporation or stockholders or their proxies, but not directors of the Corporation or candidates for election as directors. In the event that the Board fails to so appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes or, in the event that one or more inspectors of stockholder votes previously designated by the Board fails to appear or act at the meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes to fill such vacancy or vacancies. Inspectors of stockholder votes appointed to act at any meeting of the stockholders, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector of stockholder votes with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability and the oath so taken shall be subscribed by them. Inspectors of stockholder votes shall, subject to the power of the chairman of the meeting to open and close the polls, take charge of the polls, and, after the voting, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken.

 

5


Section 12. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Article I, Section 3 of these By-Laws, (b) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote on such election or such other business at the meeting, who complied with the notice procedures set forth in subparagraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph (A) of this By-Law and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is changed by more than thirty (30) days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made; and provided further , that for purposes of the application of Rule 14a-4(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (or any successor provision), the date for notice specified in this paragraph (A)(2) shall be the earlier of the date calculated as hereinbefore provided or the date specified in paragraph (c)(1) of Rule 14a-4. For purposes of the first annual meeting following the adoption of these By-Laws, the date of the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting shall be deemed to be May 20, 2013.

Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these By-Laws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series

 

6


and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (A) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (B) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “ proponent persons ”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(2) or paragraph (B) of this By-Law) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof; such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

7


The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (A)(2) of this By-Law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased, effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph (A)(2) of this By-Law, and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least eighty (80) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this By-Law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which a public announcement of such increase is first made by the Corporation; provided that, if no such announcement is made at least ten (10) days before the meeting, then no such notice shall be required.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting pursuant to Article I, Section 3 of these By-Laws. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee thereof (or stockholders pursuant to Article I, Section 2 of these By-Laws and Article VII of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation) or (b) provided that the Board (or stockholders pursuant to Article I, Section 2 of these By-Laws and Article VII of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation) has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote on such election at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. The proposals by stockholders of other business to be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders may be made only in accordance with Article I, Section 2 of these By-Laws and Article VII of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this By-Law shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.

 

8


(C) General .

(1) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law. In addition, nominations of persons by a stockholder for election to the Board and business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the meeting if such stockholder or any proponent persons, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the notice referred to in the second paragraph of subparagraph (2) of paragraph (A) of this By-Law applicable to such nomination or business or if such notice applicable to such nomination or business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, the chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any nomination or business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws, and if he or she should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting, and any such nomination or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 12, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(2) For purposes of this By-Law, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3) For purposes of this By-Law, no adjournment or postponement or notice of adjournment or postponement of any meeting shall be deemed to constitute a new notice of such meeting for purposes of this Section 12, and in order for any notification required to be delivered by a stockholder pursuant to this Section 12 to be timely, such notification must be delivered within the periods set forth above with respect to the originally scheduled meeting.

 

9


(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-Law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law; provided , however , that to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these By-Laws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this By-Law (including paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) of this By-Law shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph (C)(4), matters properly brought under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act as amended from time to time). Nothing in these By-Laws shall be deemed to affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, or (b) of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock (as defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation) as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances. The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 12 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

Section 13. Shares .

(A) The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number and class of shares of stock in the Corporation owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. Whenever the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the Corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the DGCL. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares. The Board shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

 

10


(B) If the Board chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder a written statement of the information required on certificates by paragraph (A) of this Section 13 and any other information required by the DGCL. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

(C) Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, upon surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares to the Corporation by delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers, and the payment of all taxes due thereon. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Board shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

(D) A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Board may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated without the posting by the owner of any bond upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate.

(E) Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

(F) The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share.

 

11


ARTICLE II.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board. The Board may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number; Quorum . The Board shall consist, subject to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, of such number of directors as shall from time to time be fixed exclusively by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of the majority of the Board. Directors shall (except as hereinafter provided for the filling of vacancies and newly created directorships) be elected by the holders of a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of such directors. A majority of the total number of directors then in office (but not less than one-third of the number of directors constituting the entire Board) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, these By-Laws or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Term; Resignation; Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation, and may be removed only in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation. Subject to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, unless otherwise required by law, any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 4. Meetings . Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board or as may be specified in the notice of any meeting. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board and special meetings may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or a majority of the directors, by oral or written notice, including facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission, duly served on or sent and delivered to each director to such director’s address, e-mail address or telephone or facsimile number as shown on the books of the Corporation not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. The notice of any meeting need not specify the purposes thereof. A meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders at the same place, if any, at which such meeting is held. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board held at times fixed by resolution of the Board. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting (except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).

 

12


Section 5. Preferred Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. The number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and these By-Laws. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the terms of such series, the number of directors that may be so elected by the holders of any such series of stock shall be elected for terms expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders, and vacancies among directors so elected by the separate vote of the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors elected by such series, or, if there are no such remaining directors, by the holders of such series in the same manner in which such series initially elected a director.

Section 6. Absence of Quorum of Class or Series of Stock . If at any meeting for the election of directors, the Corporation has outstanding more than one class of stock, and one or more such classes or series thereof are entitled to vote separately as a class to elect directors, and there shall be a quorum of only one such class or series of stock, that class or series of stock shall be entitled to elect its quota of directors notwithstanding absence of a quorum of the other class or series of stock.

Section 7. Committees . The Board may designate, by resolution passed by the Board, one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation (if any) to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters of: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any By-Law of the Corporation. All committees of the Board shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board when requested or required by the Board. Each committee of the Board may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

13


Section 8. Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing (including by electronic transmission), and the writing or writings (including any electronic transmissions) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

Section 9. Remote Meeting . The members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at such a meeting.

Section 10. Compensation . The Board may establish policies for the compensation of directors and for the reimbursement of the expenses of directors, in each case, in connection with services provided by directors to the Corporation.

Section 11. Reliance on Books and Records . A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The Board, at its next meeting following each annual meeting of the stockholders, shall elect officers of the Corporation, including a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary. The Board may also from time to time elect such other officers (including, without limitation, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Commercial Officer, a Chief Accounting Officer, a Chief Legal Officer and/or General Counsel, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers) as it may deem proper or may delegate to any elected officer of the Corporation the power to appoint and remove any such other officers and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authorities and duties. Any Vice President may be designated Executive, Senior or Corporate, or may be given such other designation or combination of designations as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may determine. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Board may also elect or appoint a Chairman of the Board, who may or may not also be an officer of the Corporation. The Board may elect or appoint co-Chairmen of the Board, co-Presidents or co-Chief Executive Officers and, in such case, references in these By-Laws to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer shall refer to either such co-Chairman of the Board, co-President or co-Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

 

14


Section 2. Term; Removal . All officers of the Corporation elected by the Board shall hold office for such terms as may be determined by the Board or, except with respect to his or her own office, the Chief Executive Officer, or until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time either with or without cause by affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board then in office, or, in the case of appointed officers, by any elected officer upon whom such power of removal shall have been conferred by the Board.

Section 3. Powers . Each of the officers of the Corporation elected by the Board or appointed by an officer in accordance with these By-Laws shall have the powers and duties prescribed by law, by these By-Laws or by the Board and, in the case of appointed officers, the powers and duties prescribed by the appointing officer, and, unless otherwise prescribed by these By-Laws or by the Board or such appointing officer, shall have such further powers and duties as ordinarily pertain to that office. The Chief Executive Officer shall have authority over the general direction of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 4. Delegation of Powers and Duties . Unless otherwise provided in these By-Laws, in the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may, during such period, delegate such officer’s powers and duties to any other officer or to any director and the person to whom such powers and duties are delegated shall, for the time being, hold such office.

ARTICLE IV.

CORPORATE BOOKS

The books of the Corporation may be kept inside or outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as the Board may from time to time determine. The Board shall have power to determine to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, unless and until authorized so to by resolution of the Board or of the stockholders of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V.

CHECKS, NOTES, PROXIES, ETC.

All checks and drafts on the Corporation’s bank accounts and all bills of exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations and other instruments for the payment of money, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents as shall be authorized from time to time by the Board or such officer or officers who may be delegated such authority. Proxies to vote and consents with respect to securities of other corporations owned by or standing in the name of the Corporation may be executed and delivered from time to time on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by such officers as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time determine.

 

15


ARTICLE VI.

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board.

ARTICLE VII.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Indemnification Respecting Third Party Claims .

(A) Indemnification of Directors and Officers . The Corporation, to the fullest extent and in the manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware as in effect from time to time, shall indemnify in accordance with the following provisions of this Article VII any person (a “ Covered Person ”) who was or is made a party to, is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (including any appeal thereof), whether civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative in nature (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such Covered Person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or, at a time when he or she was a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of, or to represent the interests of, the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent (a “ Subsidiary Officer ”) of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, including any charitable or not-for-profit public service organization or trade association (an “ Affiliated Entity ”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), costs, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Covered Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify against any amount paid in settlement unless the Corporation has consented to such settlement. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Covered Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such Covered Person had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, a Covered Person shall not be entitled, as a matter of right, to indemnification pursuant to this paragraph against costs or expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such Covered Person against the Corporation or any Affiliated Entity or any person who is or was a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Corporation or a

 

16


Subsidiary Officer of any Affiliated Entity in their capacity as such unless such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board, but such indemnification may be provided by the Corporation in a specific case as permitted by Section 6 of this Article VII; provided that such Covered Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be entitled to indemnification in connection with any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such Covered Person to enforce his or her rights under this Article VII.

(B) Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may indemnify any employee or agent of the Corporation in the manner and to the same or a lesser extent that it shall indemnify any director or officer under paragraph (A) above in this Section 1.

Section 2. Indemnification Respecting Derivative Claims .

(A) Indemnification of Directors and Officers . The Corporation, to the fullest extent and in the manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware as in effect from time to time, shall indemnify in accordance with the following provisions of this Article VII any Covered Person who was or is made a party to, is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action or suit (including any appeal thereof) brought by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such Covered Person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or, at a time when he or she was a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of, or to represent the interests of, the Corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of an Affiliated Entity against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) and costs actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such action or suit if such Covered Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Covered Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such judgment was rendered shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses and costs as the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, a Covered Person shall not be entitled, as a matter of right, to indemnification pursuant to this paragraph against costs and expenses incurred in connection with any action or suit in the right of the Corporation commenced by such Covered Person unless such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board, but such indemnification may be provided by the Corporation in any specific case as permitted by Section 6 of this Article VII; provided that such Covered Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be entitled to indemnification in connection with any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such Covered Person to enforce his or her rights under this Article VII.

(B) Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may indemnify any employee or agent of the Corporation in the manner and to the same or a lesser extent that it shall indemnify any director or officer under paragraph (A) above in this Section 2.

 

17


Section 3. Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification; Claims . Any indemnification to be provided under Section 1 or 2 of this Article VII (unless ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification is proper under the circumstances because such Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such paragraph. Such determination shall be made in accordance with any applicable procedures authorized by the Board and in accordance with the DGCL. If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full within ninety (90) days after a written claim therefor by a Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, such person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the burden of proving that such person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 4. Right to Indemnification in Certain Circumstances .

(A) Indemnification Upon Successful Defense . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article VII, to the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in any of paragraphs (A) or (B) of Section 1 or 2 of this Article VII, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or in any action, suit or proceeding brought by the director or officer to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs granted pursuant to this Article VII, such Covered Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) and costs actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection therewith.

(B) Indemnification for Service As a Witness . To the extent any Covered Person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation has served or prepared to serve as a witness in any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative in nature), including any investigation by any legislative body or any regulatory or self-regulatory body by which the Corporation’s business is regulated, by reason of his or her service as a director or officer of the Corporation or his or her service as a Subsidiary Officer of an Affiliated Entity at a time when he or she was a director or officer of the Corporation (assuming such Covered Person is or was serving at the request of, or to represent the interests of, the Corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of such Affiliated Entity), but excluding service as a witness in an action or suit commenced by such person (unless such expenses were incurred with the approval of the Board, a committee thereof or the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation), the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify such Covered Person against out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection therewith and shall use its best efforts to provide such indemnity within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Corporation from such Covered Person of a statement requesting such indemnification, averring such service and reasonably evidencing such expenses and costs; it being understood, however, that the Corporation shall have no obligation under this Article VII to compensate such Covered Person for such Covered Person’s time or efforts so expended. The Corporation may indemnify any employee or agent of the Corporation to the same or a lesser extent as it may indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation pursuant to the foregoing sentence of this paragraph.

 

18


Section 5. Advances of Expenses .

(A) Advances to Directors and Officers . To the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) and costs incurred by any Covered Person referred to in paragraph (A) of Section 1 or 2 of this Article VII in defending a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided , however , that to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses and costs in advance shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking in writing by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified in respect of such costs and expenses by the Corporation as authorized by this Article VII.

(B) Advances to Employees and Agents . To the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, expenses and costs incurred by any person referred to in paragraph (B) of Section 1 or 2 of this Article VII in defending a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board, a committee thereof or an officer of the Corporation authorized to so act by the Board upon receipt of an undertaking in writing by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation in respect of such costs and expenses as authorized by this Article VII.

Section 6. Indemnification Not Exclusive .

(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any Covered Person under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any Covered Person to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such Covered Person in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such Covered Person’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the Covered Person as a director of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Covered Person in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the Covered Person may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Covered Person may have from the

 

19


indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Covered Person or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Covered Person in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Covered Person against the Corporation, and the Covered Person shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 6(B) of Article VII, entitled to enforce this Section 6(B) of Article VII.

For purposes of this Section 6(B) of Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the Covered Person has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom a Covered Person may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

(2) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or certificate of incorporation, by-laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 7. Corporate Obligations; Reliance .

(A) The rights granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII shall vest at the time a person becomes a director or officer of the Corporation and shall be deemed to create a binding contractual obligation on the part of the Corporation to the persons who from time to time are elected as officers or directors of the Corporation, and such persons in acting in their capacities as officers or directors of the Corporation or Subsidiary Officers of any Affiliated Entity shall be entitled to rely on such provisions of this Article VII without giving notice thereof to the Corporation.

(B) Without the consent of any affected Covered Person, the Corporation shall not, in connection with the settlement or resolution of any claim alleged against it in any action, suit or proceeding, seek or consent to entry of an order that releases, bars or otherwise affects the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided in this Article VII.

 

20


Section 8. Amendment or Repeal . Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any proceeding (regardless of when such proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omissions occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Section 9. Accrual of Claims; Successors . The indemnification provided or permitted under the foregoing provisions of this Article VII shall or may, as the case may be, apply in respect of any expense, cost, judgment, fine, penalty or amount paid in settlement, whether or not the claim or cause of action in respect thereof accrued or arose before or after the effective date of such provisions of this Article VII. The right of any Covered Person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to indemnification or advancement of expenses as provided under the foregoing provisions of this Article VII shall continue after he or she shall have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, distributees, executors, administrators and other legal representatives of such Covered Person.

Section 10. Insurance . The Corporation is authorized to purchase and shall maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of, or to represent the interests of, the Corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of any Affiliated Entity, against any expense, liability or loss asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the provisions of this Article VII or applicable law.

Section 11. Definitions of Certain Terms . For purposes of this Article VII, (a) references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed into the Corporation in a consolidation or merger if such corporation would have been permitted (if its corporate existence had continued) under applicable law to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request, or to represent the interests of, such constituent corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of any Affiliated Entity shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued; (b) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; (c) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Corporation or as a Subsidiary Officer of any Affiliated Entity which service imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, partner, member, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and (d) a Covered Person who acted in good faith and in a manner such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VII.

 

21


ARTICLE VIII.

CORPORATE SEAL

The Corporation shall be authorized, but shall not be required, to obtain a corporate seal in such form as the Board shall prescribe.

ARTICLE IX.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, notice of any meeting need not be given to any person who shall attend such meeting (except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).

Section 2. Section Headings . Section headings in these By-Laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 3. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these By-Laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or the DGCL, the provision of these By-Laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

Section 4. Severability . If any provision or provisions of these By-Laws shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of these By-Laws (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of these By-Laws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of these By-Laws (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of these By-Laws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

22


ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be made, amended, altered, changed, added to or repealed as set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation.

Effective: As of [            , 2012]

 

23

Exhibit 4.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

PBF ENERGY INC.

and

THE PERSONS SET FORTH ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

  

S ECTION  1.01

   D EFINITIONS      1   

S ECTION  1.02

   R EGISTRABLE S ECURITIES      3   

ARTICLE 2 REGISTRATION RIGHTS

  

S ECTION  2.01

   S HELF R EGISTRATION      4   

S ECTION  2.02

   P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION      5   

S ECTION  2.03

   D EMAND R EGISTRATION      7   

S ECTION  2.04

   O PT -O UT N OTICE      8   

S ECTION  2.05

   R EGISTRATION P ROCEDURES      8   

S ECTION  2.06

   C OOPERATION BY H OLDERS ; P ARTICIPATION IN U NDERWRITTEN O FFERING      10   

S ECTION  2.07

   R ESTRICTIONS ON P UBLIC S ALE BY H OLDERS OF R EGISTRABLE S ECURITIES      11   

S ECTION  2.08

   E XPENSES      12   

S ECTION  2.09

   I NDEMNIFICATION      12   

S ECTION  2.10

   R ULE  144 R EPORTING      14   

S ECTION  2.11

   L IMITATION ON S UBSEQUENT R EGISTRATION R IGHTS      15   

ARTICLE 3 MISCELLANEOUS

  

S ECTION  3.01

   C OMMUNICATIONS      15   

S ECTION  3.02

   S UCCESSOR AND A SSIGNS ; S UBSEQUENT H OLDERS OF R EGISTRABLE S ECURITIES      16   

S ECTION  3.03

   T RANSFER OR A SSIGNMENT OF R EGISTRATION R IGHTS      16   

S ECTION  3.04

   A GGREGATION OF R EGISTRABLE S ECURITIES      16   

S ECTION  3.05

   R ECAPITALIZATION , E XCHANGES , ETC . A FFECTING THE R EGISTRABLE S ECURITIES      16   

S ECTION  3.06

   S PECIFIC P ERFORMANCE      16   

S ECTION  3.07

   C OUNTERPARTS      17   

S ECTION  3.08

   H EADINGS      17   

S ECTION  3.09

   G OVERNING L AW      17   

S ECTION  3.10

   S EVERABILITY OF P ROVISIONS      17   

S ECTION  3.11

   E NTIRE A GREEMENT      17   

S ECTION  3.12

   A MENDMENT AND W AIVERS      17   

S ECTION  3.13

   N O P RESUMPTION      17   

 

i


AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    , 2012], by and among PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and each of the Holders (as defined below) set forth on the signature pages attached hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Holders are holders of PBF LLC Units (as defined below), which, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement (as defined below), are exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for shares of the Corporation’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”); and

WHEREAS, the Corporation has agreed to provide the Holders with the registration and other rights set forth in this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each party hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions . The terms set forth below are used herein as so defined.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Affiliate Transfer ” means any transfer of PBF LLC Units or Registrable Securities (and/or the rights granted to the Holders by the Corporation under this Agreement) from any Holder to a Permitted Transferee of such Holder and any successive Affiliate Transfers.

Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the introductory paragraph.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday for commercial banks in New York, New York.

Class A Common Stock ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.


Effectiveness Period ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(a).

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date hereof, among the Corporation and the Persons from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

Holder ” means those Persons (other than the Corporation) who shall from time to time be parties to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof (including permitted transferees thereof) who are the record holder of any Registrable Securities.

Holder Underwriter Registration Statement ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.05(k).

Included Registrable Securities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.02(a).

IPO ” means the first Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 that has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the Commission.

Lock-Up Period ” means the lock-up period pursuant to the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the IPO.

Losses ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.09(a).

Managing Underwriter ” means the book running lead manager or managers of any Underwritten Offering.

Opt Out Notice ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.04 of this Agreement.

PBF LLC ” means PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereto.

PBF LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF LLC, dated as of or about the date hereof, as amended from time to time.

PBF LLC Units ” means “Units” as such term is defined in the PBF LLC Agreement.

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given to such term in the PBF LLC Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability partnership, unincorporated organization, government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, or any other form of entity.

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.02(a).

 

2


Registrable Securities ” means any shares of Class A Common Stock that may be delivered in exchange for PBF LLC Units and any other shares of Class A Common Stock otherwise held by the Holders from time to time, including any shares of Class A Common Stock issued in respect of any Registrable Securities by reason of or in connection with any dividend, distribution, split or purchase by the Holders after the date hereof, in each case until such time as such securities cease to be Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.02. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder whenever such Person has the right to acquire such Registrable Securities (upon conversion, exchange or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right other than vesting), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.08(a).

S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(b).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Selling Expenses ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.08(a).

Selling Holder ” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement.

Selling Holder Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.09(a).

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.01(a).

Underwritten Offering ” means an offering (including an offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement) in which Class A Common Stock is sold to an underwriter on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public or an offering that is a “bought deal.”

Section 1.02 Registrable Securities . Any Registrable Security will cease to be a Registrable Security when: (a) a registration statement covering such Registrable Security has been declared effective by the Commission and such Registrable Security has been sold or disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement; (b) such Registrable Security has been disposed of pursuant to any section of Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act); (c) such Registrable Security is held by the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries or otherwise ceases to be outstanding; (d) such Registrable Security has been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of such securities; or (e) when and to the extent such securities may be publicly sold without limitation as to amount pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act or are otherwise freely transferrable to the public without further registration under the Securities Act.

 

3


ARTICLE 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.01 Shelf Registration .

(a) Shelf Registration . The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act within five business days of the expiration of the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof covering (A) the delivery from time to time by the Corporation to the Holders of all shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to the Holders in exchange for PBF LLC Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and (B) the public resale by the Holders of the Registrable Securities from time to time as permitted by Rule 415 of the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), and (ii) cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become effective no later than 90 days after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof. If a prospectus supplement will be used in connection with the marketing of an Underwritten Offering from the Shelf Registration Statement and the Managing Underwriter at any time shall notify the Corporation in writing that, in the sole judgment of such Managing Underwriter, inclusion of detailed information to be used in such prospectus supplement is of material importance to the success of the Underwritten Offering of such Registrable Securities, the Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include such information in the prospectus supplement. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.01(a) to be continuously effective, supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for exchange and, if applicable, resale of all Registrable Securities by the Holders and that it conforms in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act during the entire period beginning on the date the Shelf Registration Statement first is declared effective under the Securities Act and ending on the earlier to occur of (x) the date all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been exchanged and distributed in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Shelf Registration Statement and (y) the date on which any Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have ceased to be Registrable Securities (the “ Effectiveness Period ”). The Shelf Registration Statement when declared effective will comply as to form in all material respects with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (and, in the case of the prospectus contained in such Shelf Registration Statement, in the light of the circumstances under which a statement is made).

(b) S-3 Registration Statement . If the Corporation becomes eligible to use Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement form under the Securities Act, the Corporation shall promptly give notice of such eligibility to the Holders covered thereby and may (unless the Holders reasonably object) or shall, at the request of the Holders, promptly convert the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 to a registration statement on Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement by means of a post-effective amendment or otherwise (the “ S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ”) for the exchange and resale of any then existing Registrable Securities unless any Holder with Registrable Securities registered under the Shelf Registration Statement notifies the Corporation within 10 Business Days of receipt of the Corporation notice that such conversion would interfere with its distribution of Registrable

 

4


Securities already in progress and provides a reasonable explanation therefor, in which case the Corporation will delay the conversion of the Shelf Registration Statement for a reasonable time after receipt of the first such notice, not to exceed 30 days in the aggregate, for all Holders requesting such suspension (unless the Corporation, at such time as the conversion from Form S-1 to Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement may occur, would otherwise be required to amend the Shelf Registration Statement and require that Holders suspend sales). Upon the effectiveness of the S-3 Shelf Registration Statement, all references to the Shelf Registration Statement in this Agreement shall then automatically be deemed to be a reference to the S-3 Shelf Registration Statement.

(c) Delay Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Corporation may, at any time and from time to time, upon written notice to each Holder, postpone effecting a Shelf Registration Statement or suspend such Selling Holder’s use of any prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement (in which event the Selling Holder shall discontinue sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant thereto), for one or more periods not to exceed an aggregate of 120 days in any 365-day period exclusive of days covered by any lock-up agreement executed by a Holder in connection with any Underwritten Offering and as set forth in Section 2.07, if (i) the Corporation is pursuing a material acquisition, merger, reorganization, disposition, offering of securities or other similar transaction and the Corporation determines in good faith that the Corporation’s ability to pursue or consummate such a transaction would be materially adversely affected by any required disclosure of such transaction in the Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) the Corporation has experienced some other material non-public event or is in possession of material non-public information concerning the Corporation, the disclosure of which at such time, in the good faith judgment of the Corporation, would materially adversely affect the Corporation or (iii) at any time prior to the time when the Corporation is eligible to utilize the S-3 Shelf Registration Statement, the Corporation has prepared and filed with the Commission a post-effective amendment for the purpose of updating financial information or other information therein and such post-effective amendment has not been declared effective by the Commission. Upon disclosure of such information or the termination of the condition or expiration of the period described above, as applicable, the Corporation shall provide prompt written notice (including via email) to each Selling Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in the Shelf Registration Statement, and shall promptly terminate any suspension of exchanges or sales it has put into effect and shall take such other actions to permit registered sales of Registrable Securities as contemplated in this Agreement.

Section 2.02 Piggyback Registration .

(a) Underwritten Offering Participation . If at any time after the closing of the IPO, the Corporation proposes to file a registration statement (other than a Shelf Registration Statement or registrations on such form(s) solely for registration of shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with any employee benefit plan or dividend reinvestment plan or a merger or consolidation), including registrations pursuant to Section 2.03, for the sale of Class A Common Stock in an Underwritten Offering for its own account and/or another Person (each a “ Piggyback Registration ”), then as soon as practicable but not less than 10 Business Days prior to the filing of (x) any preliminary prospectus supplement to a prospectus that includes the Registrable Securities, relating to such Underwritten Offering pursuant to Rule 424(b), (y) the prospectus supplement to a prospectus that includes the Registrable Securities, relating to such Underwritten

 

5


Offering pursuant to Rule 424(b) (if no preliminary prospectus supplement is used) or (z) such registration statement, as the case may be, the Corporation shall give notice of such proposed Underwritten Offering to the Holders and such notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to include in such Underwritten Offering such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing. Subject to Section 2.02(b), the Corporation shall include in such Underwritten Offering all such Registrable Securities (as may be cutback below, the “ Included Registrable Securities ”) with respect to which the Corporation has received requests within five Business Days (except in the case of a “bought deal” or an “overnight transaction” where no preliminary prospectus is used, then within one Business Day) after the Corporation’s notice has been delivered in accordance with Section 3.01. If no request for inclusion from a Holder is received within the specified time, such Holder shall have no further right to participate in such Underwritten Offering. If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to undertake an Underwritten Offering and prior to the closing of such Underwritten Offering, the Corporation shall determine for any reason not to undertake or to delay such Underwritten Offering, the Corporation shall give written notice of such determination to the Selling Holders and, (i) in the case of a determination not to undertake such Underwritten Offering, shall be relieved of its obligation to sell any Included Registrable Securities in connection with such terminated Underwritten Offering, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay such Underwritten Offering, shall be permitted to delay offering any Included Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in the Underwritten Offering. Any Selling Holder shall have the right to withdraw such Selling Holder’s request for inclusion of such Selling Holder’s Registrable Securities in such offering by giving written notice to the Corporation of such withdrawal up to and including the time of pricing of such offering. No such withdrawal shall affect the Corporation’s obligation to pay any and all Registration Expenses. After the time the Corporation has caused to become effective a Shelf Registration Statement covering all shares to be registered pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof, no Holder shall be entitled to participate in any such Underwritten Offering under this Section 2.02(a) unless such Holder and its Affiliates hold at least $15 million of Registrable Securities on the date of such notice (determined by multiplying the number of Registrable Securities offered by the average of the closing price for Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days preceding the date of such notice).

(b) Priority of Registration . If the Managing Underwriter or Underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Class A Common Stock advises the Corporation in writing that the total amount of Class A Common Stock which the Selling Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have an adverse effect in any material respect on the price, timing or distribution of the Class A Common Stock offered or the market for the Class A Common Stock, then the Class A Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall include the number of Registrable Securities that such Managing Underwriter or Underwriters advises the Corporation can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated as follows: first, to the Corporation; second, if there remains availability for additional Class A Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering, pro rata among the Selling Holders who have requested participation in the Underwritten Offering to the exclusion of other Persons; and third, if there remains availability for additional Class A Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering, pro rata among any other Persons who have been granted registration rights or are granted registration rights on or after the date of this Agreement who have requested participation in the Underwritten Offering.

 

6


Section 2.03 Demand Registration .

(a) Underwritten Offering . At any time after the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, any one or more Holders may deliver written notice to the Corporation that such Holders (the “ requesting Holders ”) wish to dispose of Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to an Underwritten Offering if such Holders reasonably anticipate gross proceeds from such Underwritten Offering of at least $25 million. Upon receipt of such written request, the Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retain underwriters and effect such sale through an Underwritten Offering and take all commercially reasonable actions as are requested by the Managing Underwriter or Underwriters to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; provided , however , the Corporation shall not be required to (i) enter into any lock-up agreement or similar obligation or (ii) cause its management to participate in any “road show” or similar marketing effort in connection with any Underwritten Offering if the gross proceeds from such Underwritten Offering is reasonably anticipated to be less than $75 million, unless the Managing Underwriter or underwriters of any such proposed Underwritten Offering advise the Corporation that the failure of the Corporation to enter into a lock-up agreement or similar obligation or the Corporation’s management to participate in such road show would adversely affect the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock. The Corporation may elect to include primary shares of Class A Common Stock in any Underwritten Offering undertaken pursuant to this Section 2.03(a). If the Managing Underwriter or Underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) advises the Corporation and the requesting Holders in writing that the total amount of Class A Common Stock which the requesting Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have an adverse effect in any material respect on the price, timing or distribution of the Class A Common Stock offered or the market for the Class A Common Stock, then the Class A Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall include the number of Registrable Securities that such Managing Underwriter or Underwriters advises the Corporation and the requesting Holders can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated as follows: first, to the requesting Holders and any other Holders having piggyback registration rights pursuant to Section 2.02 pro rata among such requesting Holders and other Holders; second, if there remains availability for additional Class A Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering, to the Corporation; and third, if there remains availability for additional Class A Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering, pro rata among any other Persons who have been granted registration rights or are granted registration rights on or after the date of this Agreement who are entitled to participate in the Underwritten Offering.

(b) Appointment of Underwriters . In connection with an Underwritten Offering, the Corporation shall have the sole right to appoint the Managing Underwriters and underwriters.

(c) Limitations on Demand Registration . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) the Holders shall be entitled to request in the aggregate no more than two Underwritten Offerings pursuant to Section 2.03(a) in any 365-day period, (ii) each of Blackstone and First Reserve (each as defined in the PBF LLC Agreement) shall be entitled to request no more than four Underwritten Offerings pursuant to Section 2.03(a) in the aggregate,

 

7


and (iii) the Corporation shall not be obligated to effect any Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.03(a) prior to the expiration of 120 days from the closing of any other Underwritten Offering for which the Holders had piggyback registration rights pursuant to Section 2.02.

Section 2.04 Opt-Out Notice . Any Holder may deliver written notice (an “ Opt Out Notice ”) to the Corporation requesting that such Holder not receive notice from the Corporation of any proposed Underwritten Offering or of any blackout periods contemplated by Section 2.01(c). Such Opt Out Notice shall contain a covenant that the Holder will not attempt to effect any sales under the Shelf Registration Statement while the Opt Out Notice is in effect; however such Holder may make sales under Rule 144. Any Holder that delivers an Opt Out Notice may later revoke any such notice.

Section 2.05 Registration Procedures . In connection with its obligations contained in Sections 2.01 and 2.02 hereof, the Corporation will as promptly as reasonably practicable:

(a) subject to Section 2.01(c), prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to the Shelf Registration Statement and any prospectus used in connection therewith or reports filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as may be necessary to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective for the Effectiveness Period, and as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered thereby;

(b) furnish, upon reasonable request, to each Selling Holder (i) as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing the Shelf Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement or any supplement or amendment thereto, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (including exhibits and each document incorporated by reference into such registration statement or any supplement or amendment thereto), and provide each such Selling Holder the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Selling Holder and its plan of distribution that is contained therein and make the corrections reasonably requested by such Selling Holder with respect to such information prior to filing such registration statement and the prospectus included therein or any supplement or amendment thereto, (ii) such number of copies of such registration statement and the prospectus included therein and any supplements and amendments thereto as such Selling Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, and (iii) copies of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence with the Commission or any other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction (including any domestic or foreign securities exchange) relating to such offering of Registrable Securities;

(c) if applicable, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Selling Holder or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, the Managing Underwriter, shall reasonably request, provided that the Corporation will not be required to qualify generally to transact business in any jurisdiction where it is not then required to so qualify or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

8


(d) immediately notify each Selling Holder and each underwriter, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (i) the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus or prospectus supplement contained in any registration statement contemplated by this Agreement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to specify in the written notice to the Selling Holders the nature of such event; (ii) the issuance or threat of issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement contemplated by this Agreement, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iii) the receipt by the Corporation of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction; or (iv) any Commission request that a registration statement contemplated by the Agreement be amended or supplemented; following the provision of such notice, the Corporation agrees to as promptly as reasonably practicable amend or supplement the prospectus or prospectus supplement or take other appropriate action so that the prospectus or prospectus supplement does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and to take such other action as is necessary to remove such stop order, suspension, threat thereof or proceedings related thereto;

(e) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish upon request, (i) an opinion of counsel for the Corporation in customary form dated the date of the closing of the Underwritten Offering, and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter or letters, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and a letter or letters of like kind dated the date of the closing of the Underwritten Offering, in each case, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the financial statements included or incorporated by reference into the applicable registration statement, and each of the opinion and the “cold comfort” letter or letters shall be in customary form and covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus and any prospectus supplement included therein) and as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to the underwriters in an Underwritten Offering of securities of the Corporation and such other matters as such underwriters may reasonably request;

(f) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) or otherwise;

(g) make available to the appropriate representatives of the Managing Underwriter and each Selling Holder who is an Affiliate of the Corporation access to such information and personnel as is reasonable and customary to enable such parties to establish a due diligence defense under the Securities Act; provided that the Corporation need not disclose any information to any such representative unless and until such representative has entered into a confidentiality agreement with the Corporation;

 

9


(h) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange or nationally recognized quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Corporation are then listed;

(i) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(j) enter into customary agreements and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by any Selling Holder or the underwriters, if any, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; and

(k) if any Holder could reasonably be deemed to be an “underwriter,” as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, in connection with the registration statement in respect of any registration of Registrable Securities of such Holder pursuant to this Agreement, and any amendment or supplement thereof (any such registration statement or amendment or supplement, a “ Holder Underwriter Registration Statement ”), then the Corporation will cooperate with such Holder in allowing such Holder to conduct customary “underwriter’s due diligence” with respect to the Corporation and satisfy its obligations in respect thereof. In addition, at any Holder’s request, the Corporation will furnish to such Holder, on the date of the effectiveness of any Holder Underwriter Registration Statement and thereafter from time to time on such dates as such Holder may reasonably request, (i) a letter, dated such date, from the Corporation’s independent certified public accountants in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to such Holder, (ii) an opinion, dated as of such date, of counsel representing the Corporation for purposes of such Holder Underwriter Registration Statement, in form, scope and substance as is customarily given in an underwritten public offering, including a standard “10b-5” assurance for such offering, addressed to such Holder and (iii) a standard officer’s certificate from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation addressed to such Holder. The Corporation will also permit one legal counsel to such Holder(s) to review and comment upon any such Holder Underwriter Registration Statement at least five Business Days prior to its filing with the Commission and all amendments and supplements to any such Holder Underwriter Registration Statement within a reasonable number of days prior to their filing with the Commission and not file any Holder Underwriter Registration Statement or amendment or supplement thereto in a form to which such Holder’s legal counsel reasonably objects.

Section 2.06 Cooperation by Holders; Participation in Underwritten Offering .

(a) Effect of Certain Events . Each Selling Holder, upon receipt of notice from the Corporation of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.05(d), shall forthwith discontinue exchanges or dispositions of the Registrable Securities until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.05(d) or until it is advised in writing by the Corporation that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings incorporated by reference in the prospectus, and, if so directed by the Corporation, such Selling Holder will, or will request the Managing Underwriter or underwriters, if any, to deliver to the Corporation (at the Corporation’s expense) all copies in their possession or control, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the prospectus and any prospectus supplement covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

10


(b) Compliance with Securities Act . The Corporation shall have no obligation to include in any registration statement contemplated hereunder Registrable Securities of a Selling Holder who has failed to timely furnish such information which, in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation, is reasonably required in order for the registration statement or prospectus supplement, as applicable, to comply with the Securities Act.

(c) General Procedures . In connection with an Underwritten Offering, each Selling Holder and the Corporation shall be obligated to enter into an underwriting agreement which contains such representations, covenants, indemnities and other rights and obligations as are customary in underwriting agreements for firm commitment offerings of securities. No Selling Holder may participate in such Underwritten Offering unless such Selling Holder agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in such underwriting agreement and completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, securities escrow agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement, and to furnish to the Corporation such information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in writing for inclusion in the Piggyback Registration or Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, as the case may be. Each Selling Holder may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Corporation to and for the benefit of such underwriters also be made to and for such Selling Holder’s benefit and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also be conditions precedent to its obligations. No Selling Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Corporation or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Selling Holder’s authority to enter into such underwriting agreement and to sell the securities being registered on its behalf, its ownership of the securities being registered on its behalf and its intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law. If any Selling Holder disapproves of the terms of an Underwritten Offering contemplated by this Section 2.06, such Selling Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by notice to the Corporation and the Managing Underwriter and such withdrawal may be made up to and including the time of pricing of the Underwritten Offering. No such withdrawal or abandonment shall affect the Corporation’s obligation to pay Registration Expenses.

Section 2.07 Restrictions on Public Sale by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each Holder who, along with its Affiliates, beneficially owns at least twenty five percent (25%) of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock then outstanding (giving effect to the exchange of all PBF LLC Units held by Persons other than the Corporation for shares of Class A Common Stock) shall agree not to effect any public sale or distribution of the Registrable Securities during the 90 calendar day period beginning on the date of a prospectus or prospectus supplement filed with the Commission with respect to the pricing of an Underwritten Offering, provided that (i) the duration of the foregoing restrictions shall be no longer than the duration of the shortest restriction generally imposed by the underwriters on the Corporation or the officers, directors or any other similarly situated stockholder of the Corporation on whom a restriction is imposed; (ii) such restrictions shall not apply on or after the third anniversary of the IPO; and (iii) the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.07 shall not apply to any Registrable Securities that are included in such Underwritten Offering by such Holder.

 

11


Section 2.08 Expenses .

(a) Certain Definitions . “ Registration Expenses ” means all expenses incident to the Corporation’s performance under or compliance with this Agreement to effect the registration of Registrable Securities in a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2.01, a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 2.02 or an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.03, and the disposition of such securities, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, securities exchange listing and quotation system fees, all registration, filing, qualification and other fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws, fees of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (formerly the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), transfer taxes and fees of transfer agents and registrars, all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Corporation, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.08 hereof, the Corporation shall not be responsible for legal fees or other costs incurred by Holders in connection with the exercise of such Holders’ rights hereunder. In addition, the Corporation shall not be responsible for any “ Selling Expenses ,” which means all underwriting fees, discounts and selling commissions allocable to the sale of the Registrable Securities.

(b) Expenses . The Corporation will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement, a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 2.02 or an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.03, whether or not the applicable registration statement becomes effective or any sale is made pursuant thereto. Each Selling Holder shall pay all Selling Expenses in connection with any sale of its Registrable Securities hereunder.

Section 2.09 Indemnification .

(a) By the Corporation . In the event of a registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Corporation will indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder thereunder, its Affiliates and their respective directors and officers, and each underwriter, pursuant to the applicable underwriting agreement with such underwriter, of Registrable Securities thereunder and each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (collectively, the “ Selling Holder Indemnified Persons ”), against any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “ Losses ”), joint or several, to which such Selling Holder Indemnified Person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Losses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact (in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) contained in the Shelf Registration Statement or any other registration statement contemplated by this Agreement, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)

 

12


prepared by or on behalf of the Corporation or used or referred to by the Corporation, in each case in connection therewith, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and will reimburse each such Selling Holder Indemnified Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or actions or proceedings as such expenses are incurred and the Selling Holder Indemnified Person notifies the Corporation of such expenses; provided , however , that the Corporation will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by such Selling Holder Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in such registration statement, or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, as applicable. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Selling Holder Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Selling Holder.

(b) By Each Selling Holder . Each Selling Holder agrees severally and not jointly to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation, its Affiliates and their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Corporation within the meaning of the Securities Act or of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Corporation to the Selling Holders, but only with respect to information regarding such Selling Holder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement or such other registration statement, or prospectus supplement relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto; provided , however , that the liability of each Selling Holder shall not be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of any Selling Expenses) received by such Selling Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification.

(c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 2.09 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced by such failure and shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party other than under this Section 2.09. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 2.09 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and of liaison with counsel so selected; provided , however , that, (i) if the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party or (ii) if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and counsel to the indemnified party shall have concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or if the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed

 

13


to conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, then the indemnified party shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to assume such legal defense and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the reasonable expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other reasonable expenses related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no indemnifying party shall settle any action brought against any indemnified party without the consent of the indemnified party, unless the settlement thereof imposes no liability or obligation on, and includes a complete and unconditional release from all liability of, the indemnified party and does not contain any admission of wrongdoing or illegal activity by the indemnified party.

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.09 is held by a court or government agency of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to the Corporation or any Selling Holder or is insufficient to hold them harmless in respect of any Losses, then each such indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and of such Selling Holder on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that in no event shall such Selling Holder be required to contribute an aggregate amount in excess of the dollar amount of proceeds (net of Selling Expenses) received by such Selling Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification. The relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and each Selling Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact has been made by, or relates to, information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this paragraph were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to include any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any Loss which is the subject of this paragraph. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Other Indemnification . The provisions of this Section 2.09 shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which an indemnified party may have pursuant to law, equity, contract or otherwise.

Section 2.10 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Corporation agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) make and keep public information regarding the Corporation available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Corporation for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

14


(b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Corporation under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time that it is subject to such reporting);

(c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Corporation, if any, filed with the Commission, and such other reports and documents filed with the Commission as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Holder to sell any such Registrable Securities without registration; and

(d) take such additional actions as may be reasonably required to permit the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 as a result of subsequent amendments or modifications thereto or interpretive guidance provided by the Commission.

Section 2.11 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date hereof, the Corporation shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any current or future holder of any securities of the Corporation that would allow such current or future holder to require the Corporation to include securities in any registration statement filed by the Corporation on a basis that is senior in any way to the piggyback rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01 Communications . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by facsimile, courier service or personal delivery:

(a) if to any of the Holders, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.01, which address initially is the address set forth in the PBF LLC Agreement,

(b) if to a Permitted Transferee of a Holder, to such Person at the address furnished by such Permitted Transferee, and

(c) if to the Corporation, to PBF Energy Inc., One Sylvan Way, Parsippany, New Jersey, Attn: General Counsel, Facsimile: (973) 455-7562, with a copy to Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, Attn: Todd E. Lenson, Facsimile: (212) 806-7793.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when receipt acknowledged, if sent via facsimile; and when actually received, if sent by any other means. Any party may specify such other address as shall be provided in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.01.

 

15


Section 3.02 Successor and Assigns; Subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities to the extent permitted herein. To the extent that PBF LLC issues PBF LLC Units in the future (including, without limitation, PBF LLC Units issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants to purchase PBF LLC Units), then the holder of such PBF LLC Units shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto, whereupon such holder shall become a Holder hereunder.

Section 3.03 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights granted to the Holders by the Corporation under this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by any Holder to one or more transferee(s) or assignee(s) of such Registrable Securities so long as (a) such transfer or assignment is not in contravention of the PBF LLC Agreement and following such transfer or assignment such transferee or assignee holds Registrable Securities having an aggregate market value (based on the most recent closing price of the Class A Common Stock) at the time of such transfer or assignment of at least $10 million, or (b) any transferee or assignee of such Registrable Securities is already a party to this Agreement; provided that in any case, (x) the Corporation is given written notice prior to any said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of each such transferee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned, and (y) each such transferee assumes in writing responsibility for its portion of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement (unless it is already a party to this Agreement); and provided further, that the requirements in this Section 3.03(a) and 3.03(b) shall not apply to an Affiliate Transfer.

Section 3.04 Aggregation of Registrable Securities . All Registrable Securities held or acquired by Persons who are Affiliates of one another shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

Section 3.05 Recapitalization, Exchanges, etc. Affecting the Registrable Securities . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to any and all Class A Common Stock or other equity securities of the Corporation or any successor or assign of the Corporation (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of, the Registrable Securities, including any Class A Common Stock or other equity securities that may be issued in exchange for PBF LLC Units in connection with any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving the Corporation, PBF LLC or any of their subsidiaries, and shall be appropriately adjusted for combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date of this Agreement.

Section 3.06 Specific Performance . Damages in the event of breach of this Agreement by a party hereto may be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, and it is therefore agreed that each such Person, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, will have the right to an injunction or other equitable relief, including specific performance, in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any such breach, and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof, and each of the parties hereto hereby waives any and all defenses it may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief. The existence of this right will not preclude any such Person from pursuing any other rights and remedies at law or in equity which such Person may have.

 

16


Section 3.07 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

Section 3.08 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 3.09 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 3.10 Severability of Provisions . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting or impairing the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 3.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the rights granted by the Corporation set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including, without limitation, the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2008, by and among PBF Energy Partners LP and the Purchasers (as defined therein) party thereto.

Section 3.12 Amendment and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or changed, and any provision hereof may be waived or terminated, only by means of a written instrument signed by the Corporation and each of the Holders who, together with its Affiliates and Permitted Transferees, beneficially owns at least [            ] 1 shares of Class A Common Stock; provided , however , that no such amendment or waiver shall materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder hereunder, relative to any other Holder, without the consent of such Holder.

Section 3.13 No Presumption . In the event any claim is made by a party relating to any conflict, omission, or ambiguity in this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion shall be implied by virtue of the fact that this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of a particular party or its counsel.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 

 

1  

Insert 1% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock giving effect to all Exchanges.

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

PBF ENERGY INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
HOLDERS:
[                                       ]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) is a joinder to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2012 (as amended, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), by and among PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and each of the Holders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have their meanings given to them in the Registration Rights Agreement. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, the terms of this Joinder Agreement shall control.

The undersigned hereby joins and enters into the Registration Rights Agreement having acquired PBF LLC Units in PBF LLC. By signing and returning this Joinder Agreement to the Corporation, the undersigned accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of a Holder contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of a Holder thereunder. The parties to the Registration Rights Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder Agreement by the Corporation, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                

 

Address for Notices:      With copies to:

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Attention:                                                                                                           

 

Exhibit A-1

Exhibit 10.8.1

 

Agreement on Modifications to the DCR Crude Supply Agreement 1

 

Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. (“Statoil”) has exercised its term extension right under Section 3(b) of the Crude Oil / Feedstock Supply / Delivery and Services Agreement dated effective April 7, 2011 (as amended and modified from time to time, the “DCR CSA”) between Statoil and Delaware City Refining Company LLC (“DCR”) 2 , to extend the term of the DCR CSA through December 31, 2015. 3

 

The parties hereto hereby agree that the DCR CSA shall be and hereby is amended and modified to incorporate the following terms 4 :

 

  #      Subject   Modification related to the DCR CSA
  1.      Procurement of U.S. and Canadian Onshore Oil by Rail  

a)      On and after January 1, 2013, DCR, independent of Seller, shall have the right to directly purchase and deliver U.S. and Canadian onshore origin Oil (including other feedstocks or diluents) that is transported by railroad for use in the Refinery to the Refinery and may transfer such Oil to refineries it or its affiliates own. All Oil or Feedstock delivered by vessel to the Refinery will be supplied by Seller. The Parties agree that if a currently unforeseen opportunity arises to deliver Oil and Feedstock to the Refinery by railroad from an area not currently in production and not covered by the prior sentence, that the Parties shall negotiate in good faith arrangements to facilitate supply to the Refinery of such Oil and Feedstock if desired by the Refinery.

 

b)      DCR, except in the event of operational upsets or logistics disruptions to or from the Refinery, shall maintain segregated storage for all of the Oil it purchases and supplies to the Refinery and will not comingle such Oil with the Oil or Feedstock owned by Statoil. In the event of commingling, the parties shall reasonably cooperate with one another to resolve the situation.

  2.      Waterborne Crude Supplied to the Refinery   Statoil will continue to have the exclusive right to supply waterborne crude to the Refinery in accordance with the terms of the DCR CSA as amended hereby.
  3.      Conforming Provisions  

The DCR CSA is hereby revised to include the following items: (a) per Barrel service fees payable to Statoil of 5 cents per barrel for Supply Point Method transactions and 20 cents per barrel for Execution Method transactions, and (b) adjustment to the PDA to align the payment to Statoil with the percentage of Oil and Feedstock run by the Refinery that is supplied by Statoil.

The parties hereto may include additional modifications to the DCR CSA as appropriate by their mutual agreement, such as: modifications to the manner of shifting the pricing index between WTI CME and ICE Brent, simplifying small volume intermediate feedstock transactions by using a single month end net payment process, line of credit modifications, shipping and lightering, and end of contract Oil inventory run off period provisions, but the parties are not bound to incorporate other issues that have been discussed in prior negotiations unless final language is mutually agreed upon.

 

1    

Referred to herein as the “Agreement.”

2    

As used herein, “DCR” shall include its parent, PBF Holding Company LLC (“PBFH”), which shall be included, jointly and severally, in the definition of Buyer for purposes of the DCR CSA and this Agreement.

3    

The term extension notice is being delivered prior to or concurrently with this Agreement.

4    

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings attributed to them in the DCR CSA.


  4.      PBFH identified Waterborne Cargos to be split between the Refinery and the Paulsboro Refinery  

Upon termination of the CSA for the Paulsboro Refinery including as such CSA may be amended and restated, PBFH will be an active market participant in supplying waterborne Oil and Feedstock to the Paulsboro Refinery and as such will have access to market information. If PBFH identifies a cargo that it would like to have supplied in part to the Paulsboro Refinery and in part to the Refinery, PBFH may direct Statoil to purchase such cargo, Statoil will execute the purchase and arrange for delivery, and (a) for the portion to be delivered to the Refinery, PBFH will pay Statoil fees in accordance with the DCR CSA (as modified hereby) under either Execution Method or Supply Point Method as agreed by DCR and Statoil, and (b) for the portion to be delivered to the Paulsboro Refinery, PBFH will purchase the volume as a spot cargo on Statoil’s general terms and conditions for spot transactions subject to any changes the Parties may mutually agree upon.

 

Statoil recognizes that under special circumstances (due to operational and/or technical emergency situations at the Paulsboro Refinery) PBFH may need to discharge Oil or Feedstock that was intentionally acquired for the Paulsboro Refinery into DCR storage tanks. Such Oil or Feedstock can either be run at the Refinery or shipped back to the Paulsboro Refinery, but in either case such Oil or Feedstock will have to be purchased by Statoil, and the terms of the DCR CSA will apply. The volume of Oil or Feedstock treated in this manner will be limited, and no waterborne Oil or Feedstock will be intentionally acquired by PBFH pursuant to this provision for use at the Refinery.

  5.      PBFH identified Waterborne Cargos for the Refinery   If PBFH identifies a cargo that it would like to acquire for the Refinery, PBFH will direct Statoil to purchase such cargo, Statoil will execute the purchase and arrange for delivery to the Refinery, and PBFH will pay fees and expenses for such cargo as an Execution Method transaction in accordance with the DCR CSA terms as modified hereby.
  6.      Intentionally Omitted.    
  7.      Intent and Cooperation of Parties   In line with the basic tenets of the existing DCR CSA, it will be the intent of the parties to provide the optimal Oil/Feedstock to the refinery in order to maximize the profitability of the refinery and the parties shall work together towards this objective. This should be achieved using the well-defined mechanisms in the current transaction documents as modified hereby.

 

-2-


The parties hereby agree to promptly negotiate in good faith an amendment and restatement of the DCR CSA which incorporates all of the modifications described above with appropriate details thereto. However, the parties hereby expressly agree that upon the execution of this Agreement each of the modifications described in this Agreement in the above table shall become fully binding, and as of the effective date set forth on the signature page, are and shall be enforceable regardless of whether the parties have yet executed the amendment and restatement which shall set forth the details of the modifications set forth above.

 

-3-


Executed by each of the parties hereto effective as of October 31, 2012.

 

STATOIL MARKETING & TRADING (US) INC.

By:

  /s/ Ragnar Bulie

Name:

  Ragnar Bulie

Title:

  Vice President, SMT (US) INC.
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC

By:

  /s/ Donald Lucey

Name:

  D.F. Lucey

Title:

  EVP Commercial
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC

By:

  /s/ Donald Lucey

Name:

  D.F. Lucey

Title:

  EVP Commercial

 

 

(Signature Page to the Agreement on Modifications to the DCR Crude Supply Agreement)

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.11

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of October 26, 2012

among

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC,

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC and

TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC,

as Borrowers,

and

THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES PARTY HERETO,

as Loan Parties,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as a Co-Documentation Agent and a Co-Syndication Agent,

and

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

CITIBANK, N.A.,

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH,

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Lead Bookmanagers

and

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent

and a Co-CollateralAgent,

and

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,

as Swingline Lender

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as a Co-Syndication Agent

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Co-Collateral Agent and a Co-Syndication Agent

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

as a Co-Collateral Agent and a Co-Documentation Agent

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as a Co-Documentation Agent

Winston & Strawn LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

       Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.01

 

Defined Terms.

     2   

Section 1.02

 

Classification of Loans and Borrowings.

     44   

Section 1.03

 

Terms Generally.

     44   

Section 1.04

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP.

     44   

Section 1.05

 

Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities.

     45   
ARTICLE II   
THE CREDITS   

Section 2.01

 

Commitments.

     45   

Section 2.02

 

Loans.

     45   

Section 2.03

 

Borrowing Procedure.

     47   

Section 2.04

 

Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans.

     48   

Section 2.05

 

Fees.

     49   

Section 2.06

 

Interest on Loans.

     50   

Section 2.07

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

     51   

Section 2.08

 

Interest Elections.

     52   

Section 2.09

 

[Intentionally Omitted].

     53   

Section 2.10

 

Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Loans.

     53   

Section 2.11

 

Alternate Rate of Interest.

     55   

Section 2.12

 

Yield Protection.

     55   

Section 2.13

 

Breakage Payments.

     57   

Section 2.14

 

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs.

     57   

Section 2.15

 

Taxes.

     59   

Section 2.16

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

     62   

Section 2.17

 

Swingline Loans.

     63   

Section 2.18

 

Letters of Credit.

     65   

Section 2.19

 

Defaulting Lenders.

     71   

Section 2.20

 

Increase in Commitments.

     73   

Section 2.21

 

Determination of Borrowing Base.

     75   

Section 2.22

 

Accounts; Cash Management.

     79   
ARTICLE III   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   

Section 3.01

 

Organization; Powers.

     81   

Section 3.02

 

Authorization; Enforceability.

     81   

Section 3.03

 

No Conflicts.

     81   

Section 3.04

 

Financial Statements; Projections.

     82   

Section 3.05

 

Properties.

     82   

 

-i-


         Page  

Section 3.06

 

Intellectual Property.

     83   

Section 3.07

 

Equity Interests and Subsidiaries.

     84   

Section 3.08

 

Litigation; Compliance with Laws.

     84   

Section 3.09

 

[Reserved].

     85   

Section 3.10

 

Federal Reserve Regulations.

     85   

Section 3.11

 

Investment Company Act.

     85   

Section 3.12

 

Use of Proceeds.

     85   

Section 3.13

 

Taxes.

     85   

Section 3.14

 

No Material Misstatements.

     85   

Section 3.15

 

Labor Matters.

     86   

Section 3.16

 

Solvency.

     86   

Section 3.17

 

Employee Benefit Plans.

     86   

Section 3.18

 

Environmental Matters.

     87   

Section 3.19

 

Insurance.

     88   

Section 3.20

 

Security Documents.

     88   

Section 3.21

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws.

     90   

Section 3.22

 

Location of Material Inventory.

     90   

Section 3.23

 

Accuracy of Borrowing Base.

     90   
ARTICLE IV   
CONDITIONS TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS   

Section 4.01

 

Conditions to Closing.

     90   

Section 4.02

 

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension.

     92   

Section 4.03

 

Conditions to All Credit Extensions.

     92   

Section 4.04

 

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension to an Eligible Subsidiary.

     93   
ARTICLE V   
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS   

Section 5.01

 

Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

     94   

Section 5.02

 

Litigation and Other Notices.

     96   

Section 5.03

 

Existence; Businesses and Properties.

     97   

Section 5.04

 

Insurance.

     97   

Section 5.05

 

Obligations and Taxes.

     98   

Section 5.06

 

Employee Benefits.

     99   

Section 5.07

 

Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Annual Meetings.

     99   

Section 5.08

 

Use of Proceeds.

     100   

Section 5.09

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws; Environmental Reports.

     100   

Section 5.10

 

Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors.

     100   

Section 5.11

 

Security Interests; Further Assurances.

     101   

Section 5.12

 

Information Regarding Collateral.

     102   

Section 5.13

 

[Reserved].

     103   

Section 5.14

 

Affirmative Covenants with Respect to Leases.

     103   

Section 5.15

 

Borrowing Base-Related Reports.

     103   

Section 5.16

 

Inventory Appraisals.

     104   

 

-ii-


         Page  

Section 5.17

 

Preservation of Certain Agreements.

     104   

Section 5.18

 

Designation of Borrowers and Excluded Subsidiaries.

     104   
ARTICLE VI   
NEGATIVE COVENANTS   

Section 6.01

 

Indebtedness.

     105   

Section 6.02

 

Liens.

     108   

Section 6.03

 

Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

     112   

Section 6.04

 

Investment, Loan, Advances and Acquisition.

     112   

Section 6.05

 

Mergers and Consolidations.

     114   

Section 6.06

 

Asset Sales.

     114   

Section 6.07

 

Dividends.

     116   

Section 6.08

 

Transactions with Affiliates.

     117   

Section 6.09

 

Financial Covenant.

     119   

Section 6.10

 

Prepayments of Other Indebtedness; Modifications of Organizational Documents and Other Documents, etc.

     119   

Section 6.11

 

Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiary Guarantors.

     120   

Section 6.12

 

Business.

     121   

Section 6.13

 

Fiscal Year.

     121   

Section 6.14

 

Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

     121   
ARTICLE VII   
GUARANTEE   

Section 7.01

 

The Guarantee.

     122   

Section 7.02

 

Obligations Unconditional.

     122   

Section 7.03

 

Reinstatement.

     123   

Section 7.04

 

Subrogation; Subordination.

     123   

Section 7.05

 

Remedies.

     124   

Section 7.06

 

Instrument for the Payment of Money.

     124   

Section 7.07

 

Continuing Guarantee.

     124   

Section 7.08

 

General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations.

     124   

Section 7.09

 

Release of Loan Parties.

     124   

Section 7.10

 

Right of Contribution.

     125   
ARTICLE VIII   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT   

Section 8.01

 

Events of Default.

     125   

Section 8.02

 

Application of Proceeds.

     128   
ARTICLE IX   
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT   

Section 9.01

 

Appointment and Authority.

     129   

 

-iii-


         Page  

Section 9.02

 

Rights as a Lender.

     129   

Section 9.03

 

Exculpatory Provisions.

     130   

Section 9.04

 

Reliance by Agent.

     131   

Section 9.05

 

Delegation of Duties.

     131   

Section 9.06

 

Resignation of Agent.

     131   

Section 9.07

 

Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.

     132   

Section 9.08

 

Withholding Tax.

     132   

Section 9.09

 

No Other Duties, etc.

     133   

Section 9.10

 

Enforcement.

     133   
ARTICLE X   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 10.01

 

Notices.

     134   

Section 10.02

 

Waivers; Amendment.

     137   

Section 10.03

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

     140   

Section 10.04

 

Successors and Assigns.

     142   

Section 10.05

 

Survival of Agreement.

     146   

Section 10.06

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.

     146   

Section 10.07

 

Severability.

     146   

Section 10.08

 

Right of Setoff.

     146   

Section 10.09

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

     147   

Section 10.10

 

Waiver of Jury Trial.

     148   

Section 10.11

 

Headings.

     148   

Section 10.12

 

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.

     148   

Section 10.13

 

USA PATRIOT Act Notice and Customer Verification.

     149   

Section 10.14

 

Interest Rate Limitation.

     149   

Section 10.15

 

Lender Addendum.

     149   

Section 10.16

 

Obligations Absolute.

     149   

Section 10.17

 

Intercreditor Agreements.

     150   

Section 10.18

 

Release of Collateral.

     150   

Section 10.19

 

Permitted Amendments.

     150   

Section 10.20

 

Amendment and Restatement.

     151   

 

-iv-


ANNEXES

  

Annex I

  

Applicable Margin

Annex II

  

Account Debtors

Annex III

  

Hydrocarbon Inventory Insurance

SCHEDULES

  

Schedule 1.01(b)

  

Subsidiary Guarantors

Schedule 2.22

  

Blocked Accounts

Schedule 3.03

  

Governmental Approvals; Compliance with Laws

Schedule 3.06(c)

  

Violations or Proceedings

Schedule 3.08

  

Litigation

Schedule 3.18

  

Environmental Matters

Schedule 3.19

  

Insurance

Schedule 3.22

  

Material Inventory

Schedule 6.01(b)

  

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02(c)

  

Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04(b)

  

Existing Investments

Schedule 6.08

  

Transactions with Affiliates

EXHIBITS

  

Exhibit A

  

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

Exhibit B

  

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit C

  

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit D

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit E

  

Form of Interest Election Request

Exhibit F

  

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit G

  

Form of Landlord Access Agreement

Exhibit H

  

Form of LC Request

Exhibit I

  

Form of Lender Addendum

Exhibit J

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit K-1

  

Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit K-2

  

Form of Swingline Note

Exhibit L-2

  

Form of Perfection Certificate Supplement

Exhibit M

  

[Reserved]

Exhibit N

  

Form of Opinion of Company Counsel

Exhibit O

  

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit P

  

Form of Intercompany Note

Exhibit Q

  

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

Exhibit R

  

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit S

  

Form of Letter of Credit

 

-v-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of October 26, 2012, among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”) and Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ”, and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given to it in Article I ), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (the “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as Joint Lead Arrangers (in such capacities, the “ Joint Lead Arrangers ”) and Joint Lead Bookmanagers, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent and a Co-Collateral Agent, UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as a Co-Syndication Agent (the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Co-Collateral Agent and as a Co-Syndication Agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ”, and together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a Co-Collateral Agent and a Co-Documentation Agent (the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a Co-Documentation Agent (the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Holdings, Delaware City, Paulsboro and Toledo, as Borrowers, the Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the other Agents party thereto are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to date, the “ Existing Revolving Credit Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend and restate the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement in its entirety, as and to the extent set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Lenders are willing to extend such credit to Borrowers and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue letters of credit for the account of Borrowers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

A&R Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 of this Agreement are satisfied and this Agreement becomes effective pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.06 .

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, is used when such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

ABR Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

ABR Loan ” shall mean any ABR Revolving Loan.

ABR Revolving Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II .

Accepting Lenders ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.19(a) .

Account Debtor ” shall mean any person who may become obligated to another person under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account.

Accounts ” shall mean all “accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, in which such Person now or hereafter has rights.

Acquisitions ” shall mean the Paulsboro Acquisition and the Toledo Acquisition.

Acquisition Agreements ” shall mean the Paulsboro Acquisition Agreement and the Toledo Acquisition Agreement.

Acquisition Consideration ” shall mean the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition and all other payments by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, any Permitted Acquisition, whether paid in cash or by exchange of Equity Interests or of properties or otherwise and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time in respect thereof, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, “earn-outs” and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business; provided that any such future payment that is subject to a contingency shall be considered Acquisition Consideration only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP at the time of such sale to be established in respect thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

-2-


Acquisition Documents ” shall mean the Toledo Acquisition Documents and the Paulsboro Acquisition Documents.

Activation Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22 .

Adjusted LIBOR Rat e” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, (a) an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Eurodollar Borrowing in effect for such Interest Period divided by (b) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto and includes each other person appointed as the successor pursuant to Article IX .

Administrative Borrower ” shall mean Holdings or any successor entity serving in that role pursuant to Section 2.03 .

Administrative Agent Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b) .

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit A .

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified.

Agents ” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents; and “Agent” shall mean any of them.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto. “Alternate Base Rate” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Base Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50% and (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for an Interest Period of one-month beginning on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 100 basis points. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be prima facie evidence thereof absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Base Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” shall mean any Requirement of Law related to terrorism financing or money laundering including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (“ USA PATRIOT Act ”) of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56), The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (also known as the “Bank Secrecy

 

-3-


Act”, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5330 and 12 U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820(b) and 1951-1959), the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended) and Executive Order 13224 (effective September 24, 2001).

Applicable Fee ” shall mean, for any day, with respect to the aggregate Commitments, the applicable percentage set forth in Annex I under the appropriate caption.

Applicable Margin ” shall mean, for any day, with respect to any Revolving Loan the applicable percentage set forth in Annex I under the appropriate caption.

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Loans and Commitments represented by such Lender’s Loans and Commitments.

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Aramco ” shall mean Saudi Arabian Oil Company, a company with limited liability (organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia) and its Affiliates.

Asset Sale ” shall mean, in each case to the extent in excess of (i) $10,000,000 in respect of transactions or series of related transactions affecting Revolving Credit Priority Collateral; and (ii) $20,000,000 per transactions or series of related transactions otherwise, (a) any conveyance, sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation and including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of any property (but excluding in any event sales of inventory, transactions pursuant to the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements and/or the Oil Supply Agreements, dispositions of cash and cash equivalents (including Cash Equivalents but excluding payments made in cash to the extent such payments are not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement) and licenses of any Intellectual Property by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business) and (b) any issuance or sale of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of Holdings, in each case, to any person other than (i) Borrowers, (ii) any Subsidiary Guarantor or (iii) other than for purposes of Section 6.06 , any other Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, the granting of a Permitted Lien shall not constitute an “Asset Sale.”

Assignment and Assumption ” shall mean an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.04(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B , or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attributable Indebtedness ” shall mean, when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(c)(iii) .

Available Amount Basket ” shall mean (i) the sum of (without duplication) (A) $40,000,000, plus (B) fifty percent (50%) of Consolidated Net Income (to the extent zero or positive) for

 

-4-


the most recent date of determination, plus (C) the proceeds of any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) by Holdings, plus (D) capital contributions to Holdings, plus (E) unsecured debt issued by Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors after the Closing Date which is permitted to be issued under Section 6.01(l) , plus (F) Disqualified Capital Stock issued after the Closing Date that has been exchanged or converted into Equity Interests not constituting Disqualified Capital Stock, together with the fair value of any property received upon such exchange or conversion, plus (G) the net proceeds of sales of Investments made under Section 6.04(n) , plus (H) returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received on Investments made under Section 6.04(n) (up to, but not in excess of, the amount of the original Investment), plus (I) the Investments of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in any Excluded Subsidiary that has been re-designated as a Subsidiary Guarantor or that has been merged or consolidated into Holdings, another Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Subsidiary Guarantor or the fair market value of the assets of any Excluded Subsidiary that have been transferred to Holdings, another Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that is a Subsidiary Guarantor, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses to the extent not used or otherwise applied to consummate Investments, Dividends and junior debt repayments, in the case of any such Investments, Dividends or junior debt repayments to the extent permitted under the terms of this Agreement and made pursuant to Sections 6.04(n) , 6.07(d) and 6.10(a)(iv) , respectively, plus (J) the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor from any minority interest, Excluded Subsidiary or other Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) after the Closing Date and on or prior to the relevant determination date, minus (ii) 100% of Consolidated Net Income (to the extent negative) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the relevant period of determination.

Bailee Letter ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Security Agreements.

Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum that is equal to the corporate base rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent from time to time; each change in the Base Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The corporate base rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to its customers.

Blocked Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22 .

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Board of Directors ” shall mean, with respect to any person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such person, (iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such person and (iv) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the preamble hereto and shall include any Eligible Subsidiary which becomes a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.20(b)(iv) , Section 5.18(a) and Section 4.04 from time to time.

Borrowing ” shall mean (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

 

-5-


Borrowing Availability ” shall mean at any time the lesser of (a) the Borrowing Base at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments at such time, in each case, less the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

Borrowing Base ” shall mean at any time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.21 , an amount equal to the sum of, without duplication:

(a) the book value of Eligible Accounts of the Borrowers with respect to investment grade obligors multiplied by the advance rate of 90%, plus,

(b) the book value of Eligible Accounts of the Borrowers with respect to non-investment grade obligors multiplied by the advance rate of 85%, plus,

(c) the Cost of Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory of the Borrowers multiplied by the advance rate of 80%, plus

(d) 100% of the cash and Cash Equivalents in deposit accounts subject to Control Agreements under Section 2.22 , minus

(e) the sum of (i) any Reserves established from time to time by the Co-Collateral Agents in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and (ii) Hedging Reserves.

The Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent so long as the Borrowing Base is calculated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” shall mean an Officers’ Certificate from Administrative Borrower, substantially in the form of, and containing the information prescribed by, Exhibit R , delivered to the Administrative Agent setting forth Borrowers’ calculation of the Borrowing Base.

Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by Administrative Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C , or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Assets ” shall mean, with respect to any person, all equipment, fixed assets and Real Property or improvements of such person, or replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that, in accordance with GAAP, have been or should be reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on the balance sheet of such person.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, without duplication, all expenditures made directly or indirectly by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries during such period for Capital Assets (whether paid in cash or other consideration, financed by the incurrence of Indebtedness or accrued as a liability) as determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding (i) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution or restoration of property pursuant to Section 2.10(d) , (ii) any portion

 

-6-


of such increase attributable solely to acquisitions of property, plant and equipment in Permitted Acquisitions, and (iii) except for purposes of the definition of “Excluded Issuance,” any leases that as of the date hereof qualify as operating leases under GAAP (whether or not such leases are required to be accounted for as capital leases under GAAP after the date hereof). For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment or other fixed assets that are purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing assets or with insurance proceeds shall be included in Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount by which such purchase price exceeds the credit granted by the seller of such assets for the assets being traded in at such time or the amount of such insurance proceeds, as the case may be.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean, as to any person,

(1) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank in the United States having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

(4) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service Inc. or at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or “A2” or higher from Moody’s Investors Service Inc. with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(5) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having a rating of “BBB+” or higher from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or “Baa1” or higher from Moody’s Investors Service Inc. with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; or

(6) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated within the top three ratings category by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service Inc.

Cash Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Interest Expense for such period paid or payable in cash, and excluding in any event the sum of (a) interest on any debt paid by

 

-7-


the increase in the principal amount of such debt including by issuance of additional debt of such kind or otherwise paid other than in cash, (b) items described in clause (c) or, other than to the extent paid in cash, clause (g) of the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” and (c) an amount equal to the gross interest income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period.

Cash Management System ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22 .

Casualty Event ” shall mean any involuntary loss of title, any involuntary loss of, damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking (including by any Governmental Authority) of, any property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries). “Casualty Event” shall include but not be limited to any taking of all or any part of any Real Property of Holdings or any Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) or any part thereof, in or by condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any Requirement of Law, or by reason of the temporary requisition of the use or occupancy of all or any part of any Real Property of any person or any part thereof by any Governmental Authority, civil or military, or any settlement in lieu thereof.

Catalyst Assets ” shall mean all existing and hereafter acquired catalyst assets and inventory, precious metals assets and precious metals inventory and all additions and accessions thereto, all proceeds resulting therefrom, including insurance proceeds, and all rights and privileges incident thereto.

CERCLA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. and all implementing regulations.

“Certain Hydrocarbon Assets” shall mean crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock and other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type supplied and sold to the Loan Parties by Statoil and/or its Affiliates (or any permitted successor of the foregoing) or MSCG and/or its Affiliates (or any permitted successor of the foregoing), as applicable, in each instance, other than to the extent owned by Toledo, Paulsboro and/or Delaware City, respectively, and all proceeds of such crude oil, feedstock, indigenous feedstock or other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type (it being understood and agreed that immediately upon any payment in cash to the Loan Parties in respect of such crude oil, feedstock or other hydrocarbon inventory of the same type, such proceeds shall cease to be “Certain Hydrocarbon Assets”). For the avoidance of doubt, Certain Hydrocarbon Assets shall not include Intermediate Products.

“Certain MSCG Receivables” shall mean accounts originated by the sale of finished gasoline, lube oil, specialty grades, slurry, diesel fuel, heating oil, jet fuel and other finished refined products of the same type sold by the Loan Parties to MSCG and/or its Affiliates under the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements (it being understood and agreed that upon collection of such accounts by virtue of payment in cash in respect thereof to any Loan Party, the proceeds of such accounts will cease to be “Certain MSCG Receivables”). For the avoidance of doubt, “Certain MSCG Receivables” shall include accounts originating from specialty grades and lube oil but shall exclude accounts originating from Intermediate Products, components of gasoline, heating oil, diesel or jet fuel and all other products other than those specifically listed above in this definition.

A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) Holdings at any time ceases to own 100% of the Equity Interests of Delaware City, Paulsboro or Toledo;

 

-8-


(b) at any time a change of control occurs under any Material Indebtedness;

(c) prior to an IPO, the Permitted Holders (collectively) shall fail, directly or indirectly, (i) to own, or to have the power to vote or direct the voting of, Voting Stock of Parent representing a majority of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Parent or (ii) to own Equity Interests representing a majority of the total economic interests of the Equity Interests of Parent; or

(e) upon and following an IPO, (A) the Permitted Holders (collectively) shall fail (i) to own, or to have the power to vote or direct the voting of, Voting Stock of Holdings representing more than 35% of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings, or (ii) to own Equity Interests representing more than 35% of the total economic interests of the Equity Interests of Holdings and a “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) ( but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person and its Subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than the Permitted Holders, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the then outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings, and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings, owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially by the Permitted Holders; and (B) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Holdings (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings, which members comprising such majority are then still in office and were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings.

For purposes of this definition, a person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of Equity Interests subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

Change in Law ” shall mean the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking into effect of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Charges ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.14 .

 

-9-


Class, ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment or Swingline Commitment, in each case, under this Agreement as originally in effect or pursuant to Section 2.20 , of which such Loan, Borrowing or Commitment shall be a part.

Closing Date ” shall mean December 17, 2010.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, all of the Security Agreement Collateral and all other property of whatever kind and nature subject or purported to be subject from time to time to a Lien under any Security Document. For the avoidance of doubt, “Collateral” does not include any assets of and any Equity Interests issued by any Excluded Subsidiary.

Co-Collateral Agents ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., each in their capacities as co-collateral agents under this Agreement.

Co-Documentation Agents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Co-Syndication Agents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Collection Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22 .

Commercial Letter of Credit ” shall mean any letter of credit or similar instrument issued for the purpose of providing credit support in connection with the purchase of materials, goods or services by, and/or other general corporate purpose of, Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.

Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or Swingline Commitment, and any Commitment to make Revolving Loans extended by such Lender as provided in Section 2.20 .

Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a) .

Commodity Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any agreement (including any master agreement or master netting agreement) that evidences or provides for a swap, cap, collar, floor, put, call, option, future, other derivative, spot purchase or sale, forward purchase or sale, supply or off-take, transportation agreement, storage agreement or other commercial or trading agreement in or involving crude oil, natural gas, any feedstock, blendstock, intermediate product, finished product, refined product or other hydrocarbons product, carbon credit, pollution credits and/or any other “cap and trade” assets or any other energy, weather or emissions related commodity (including any crack spread), or any prices or price indices relating to any of the foregoing commodities, or any economic index or measure of economic risk or value, or other benchmark against which payments or deliveries are to be made (including any combination of such transactions).

Companies ” shall mean Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries); and “ Company ” shall mean any one of them.

 

-10-


Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of a Financial Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Consolidated Amortization Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the amortization expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Depreciation Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the depreciation expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, adjusted (without duplication) by (x)  adding thereto , in each case only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income and without duplication (and with respect to the portion of Consolidated Net Income attributable to any Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary of Holdings only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be distributed to Holdings by such Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its Organizational Documents and all agreements, instruments and Requirements of Law applicable to such Subsidiary):

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, plus

(b) Consolidated Amortization Expense for such period, plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense for such period, plus

(d) Consolidated Tax Expense for such period, plus

(e) fees, costs, liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, plus

(f) the aggregate amount of all other non-cash charges, expenses or losses reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any non-cash charge, expense or loss that results in an accrual of a reserve for cash charges in any future period and any non-cash charge, expense or loss relating to write-offs, write-downs or reserves with respect to accounts or inventory) for such period, plus

(g) any fees, charges and expenses incurred during such period (other than Consolidated Depreciation Expense or Consolidated Amortization Expense), in connection with any acquisition, merger, consolidation, Investment, Asset Sale, other disposition of assets, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction (including, without limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with the Transactions), plus

 

-11-


(h) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses or other business optimization expenses, including, without limitation, costs associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, costs or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, plus

(i) any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses or expenses, severance, relocation costs or payments and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, plus

(j) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write offs or write downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

(k) the amount of customary indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Sponsors and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,500,000 in any fiscal year, plus

(l) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds by third Persons that are not Loan Parties contributed to the capital of Holdings or any Subsidiary, plus

(m) any net loss from disposed or discontinued operations, and

(n) to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA shall include the amount of cash proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, and

(y) subtracting therefrom (A) any net gain from disposed or discontinued operations and (B) the aggregate amount of all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business) for such period.

Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to the Acquisitions, any Permitted Acquisition and Asset Sales (other than any dispositions in the ordinary course of business) and the conversion of any Excluded Subsidiary into a Subsidiary Guarantor consummated at any time on or after the first day of the Test Period and prior to the date of determination as if such Acquisition and each such Permitted Acquisition or conversion of an Excluded Subsidiary into a Subsidiary Guarantor had been effected on the first day of such period and as if each such Asset Sale had been consummated on the day prior to the first day of such period.

 

-12-


For purposes of the covenants set forth in Article VI, Consolidated EBITDA shall not include any Consolidated Net Income or, without duplication, any other amounts attributable to an Excluded Subsidiary, except to the extent actually distributed in cash to, and actually received by, a Loan Party.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such Test Period. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated EBITDA shall not include any Consolidated Net Income or, without duplication, any other amounts attributable to an Excluded Subsidiary, except to the extent actually distributed in cash to, and actually received by, a Loan Party.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” shall mean, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period;

(b) the aggregate amount of Unfinanced Capital Expenditures of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period;

(c) all cash payments in respect of income taxes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries which are not part of the consolidated tax group of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor) made during such period (net of any cash refund in respect of income taxes actually received during such period);

(d) the principal amount of all scheduled amortization payments on all Indebtedness (including the principal component of all Capital Lease Obligations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period (as determined on the first day of the respective period);

(e) all cash dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) (other than dividend payments to Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors); and

(f) all cash dividend payments on any Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) (other than dividend payments to Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors).

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the ratio of (x) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Test Period.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the total consolidated interest expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus, without duplication:

(a) imputed interest on Capital Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period;

 

-13-


(b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings for such period;

(c) amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period;

(d) cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust made by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any person (other than Delaware City, Paulsboro, Toledo or any of their respective Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness incurred by such plan or trust for such period;

(e) all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period;

(f) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period;

(g) all interest on any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the type described in clause (f) or (k) of the definition of “Indebtedness” for such period;

(h)  minus the total consolidated interest income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period;

provided that (a) to the extent directly related to the Transactions, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees, costs and expenses shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense and (b) Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect to Hedging Agreements related to interest rates (including associated costs), but excluding unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Agreements related to interest rates.

Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred for ordinary course working capital needs under ordinary course revolving credit facilities) incurred, assumed or permanently repaid or extinguished at any time on or after the first day of the Test Period and prior to the date of determination in connection with the Acquisitions, any Permitted Acquisitions and Asset Sales (other than any dispositions in the ordinary course of business) as if such incurrence, assumption, repayment or extinguishing had been effected on the first day of such period.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (except for Excluded Subsidiaries unless distributed in cash to, and actually received by, a Loan Party) determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

(a) the net income (or loss) of any person (other than a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor) in which any person other than Holdings, the other Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors; Guarantors has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors;

 

-14-


(b) the net income of any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) of that income is not permitted as of the relevant date of determination by operation of the terms of its Organizational Documents or any agreement, instrument or Requirement of Law applicable to that Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) during such period, except that Holdings’ equity in net loss of any such Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income;

(c) the after-tax effect of any extraordinary gain (or loss) realized during such period by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries upon any Asset Sale by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(d) the after-tax effect of gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values determined in accordance with GAAP for such period;

(e) earnings resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up of assets;

(f) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations for such period;

(g) the after-tax effect of any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or extraordinary or non-recurring loss) recorded or recognized by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries during such period;

(h) the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles during such period;

(i) the after-tax effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, inventory and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof,

(j) the after-tax effect of income (or loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or swap obligations under Hedging Agreements or other derivative instruments;

(k) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP,

(l) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded, and

(m) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Asset Sale, other disposition of assets, recapitalization, Investment, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction.

 

-15-


Consolidated Tax Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the tax expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Contested Collateral Lien Conditions ” shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Lien of the type described in clauses (b), (e) and (f) of Section 6.02 , the following conditions:

(a) Borrowers shall cause any proceeding instituted contesting such Lien to stay the sale or forfeiture of any portion of the Collateral on account of such Lien; and

(b) at the option and at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, to the extent such Lien is in an amount in excess of $1,500,000, the appropriate Loan Party shall maintain cash reserves in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge such Lien and the Administrative Agent’s reasonable estimate of all interest and penalties related thereto.

Contingent Obligation ” shall mean, as to any person, any obligation, agreement, understanding or arrangement of such person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation; (d) with respect to bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and similar credit arrangements, until a reimbursement obligation arises; or (e) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or any product warranties and other customary contractual indemnities. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such person may be liable, whether singly or jointly, pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such person in good faith.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreements.

Controlled Investment Affiliate ” shall mean, as to any person, any other person which directly or indirectly is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such person and is organized by such person (or any person Controlling such person) primarily for making equity or debt investments in Holdings or other portfolio companies.

 

-16-


Cost ” shall mean, as determined by the Co-Collateral Agents acting reasonably and in good faith consistent with customary industry practice for asset-based financings in the refining industry, with respect to hydrocarbon Inventory, the market value; provided , that for purposes of the calculation of the Borrowing Base, (a) the Cost of the hydrocarbon Inventory shall not include: (i) the portion of the cost of hydrocarbon Inventory equal to the profit earned by any Affiliate on the sale thereof to a Loan Party or (ii) write-ups or write-downs in cost with respect to currency exchange rates, and (b) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the cost of the hydrocarbon Inventory shall be computed in the same manner and consistent with the most recent Inventory Appraisal which has been received and approved by the Co-Collateral Agents acting reasonably consistent with customary industry practice for asset-based financings in the refining industry.

Credit Extension ” shall mean, as the context may require, (i) the making of a Loan by a Lender or (ii) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or the amendment, extension or renewal of any existing Letter of Credit to the effect of increasing its face amount or extending its expiration date, by the Issuing Bank.

DCR Facility ” shall mean Delaware City’s petroleum refinery, terminalling facility and all related assets and properties located in New Castle County, Delaware City, Delaware.

Debt Issuance ” shall mean the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of any Indebtedness after the Closing Date (other than as permitted by Section 6.01 ).

DEDA ” shall mean The Delaware Economic Development Authority, a body corporate and politic constituted as an instrumentality of the State of Delaware.

DEDA Loan and Security Agreement” shall mean that certain Loan and Security Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2010 by and among Delaware City, as borrower and DEDA, as lender under which DEDA agreed to make a loan to Paulsboro in the amount of $20,000,000, which loan is evidenced by a promissory note dated June 1, 2010 and has a maturity date of March 1, 2017.

DEDA Specified Collateral” shall mean all equipment or fixtures of Delaware City of every kind and nature, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and any accessions thereto, and including all property rights owned by Delaware City in all such equipment or fixtures or in which Delaware City has or may acquire any interest, wherever located, together with all substitutions therefor, and all replacements and renewals thereof, and all accessions, additions, replacement parts, manuals, warranties and packaging relating thereto, including, all proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds) of such equipment and fixtures and supporting obligations in respect of such equipment and fixtures and any and all proceeds of the foregoing.

Default ” shall mean any event, occurrence or condition which is, or upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute, an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(c) .

 

-17-


Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender, as determined by the Administrative Agent, that (a) has failed to fund any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, any Lender and/or Borrowers in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under any other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within two Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, (d) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) in the case of a Lender that has a Commitment, LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure outstanding at such time, shall take, or is the Subsidiary of any person that has taken, any action or be (or is) the subject of any action or proceeding of a type described in Section 8.01(g) or (h)  (or any comparable proceeding initiated by a regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Lender or such person).

Delaware City Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement” shall mean the Products Off-Take Agreement entered into by and between MSCG and Delaware City, which agreement shall be either (i) in substantially the same form as the Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement and, to the extent with a third party that is not a Loan Party, subject to an intercreditor agreement in substantially the same form as the MSCG Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, to the extent with a third party that is not a Loan Party, subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, compliance with Section 5.17 of this Agreement.

Delaware City Statoil Oil Supply Agreement” shall mean the Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement entered into by and between Statoil and Delaware City, which agreement shall be either (i) in substantially the same form as the Paulsboro Statoil Oil Supply Agreement and, to the extent with a third party that is not a Loan Party, subject to an intercreditor agreement in substantially the same form at the Statoil Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, to the extent with a third party that is not a Loan Party, subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time to the extent not prohibited by the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 5.17 of this Agreement.

Disqualified Capital Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than in Equity Interests that are otherwise not Disqualified Capital Stock), on or prior to the ninety-first (91st) day after the Final Maturity Date, (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interests referred to in (a) above (other than in Equity Interests that are otherwise not Disqualified Capital Stock), in each case at any time on or prior to the ninety-first (91st) day after Final

 

-18-


Maturity Date, or (c) contains any repurchase obligation for cash purchase which may come into effect prior to payment in full of all Obligations; provided , however , that any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests is convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the issuer thereof to redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in control or an asset sale occurring prior to the ninety-first (91) day after the Final Maturity Date shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock if such Equity Interests provide that the issuer thereof will not redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the repayment in full of the Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations).

Dividend ” with respect to any person shall mean that such person has declared or paid a dividend or returned any equity capital to the holders of its Equity Interests or authorized or made any other distribution, payment or delivery of property (other than Qualified Capital Stock of such person) or cash to the holders of its Equity Interests in each case, in their capacity as such, or redeemed, retired, purchased or otherwise acquired, for consideration any of its Equity Interests outstanding (or any options or warrants issued by such person with respect to its Equity Interests), or set aside any funds in a sinking or other similar fund for any of the foregoing purposes, or shall have permitted any of its Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any of the Equity Interests of such person outstanding (or any options or warrants issued by such person with respect to its Equity Interests). Without limiting the foregoing, “Dividends” with respect to any person shall also include all payments made or required to be made by such person with respect to any stock appreciation rights, plans, equity incentive or achievement plans or any similar plans or setting aside in a sinking or other similar fund of any funds for the foregoing purposes.

dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Eligible Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a) .

Eligible Assignee ” shall mean any person to whom it is permitted to assign Loans and Commitments pursuant to Section 10.04(b)(i) ; provided that “Eligible Assignee” shall not include Sponsor, Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any natural person.

Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b) .

Eligible Subsidiary ” shall mean any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Borrower that is (i) a Domestic Subsidiary and (ii) owns Accounts and/or hydrocarbon Inventory, in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary.

Embargoed Person ” shall mean any party that (i) is publicly identified on the most current list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” published by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) or resides, is organized or chartered, or has a place of business in a country or territory subject to OFAC sanctions or embargo programs or (ii) is publicly identified as prohibited from doing business with the United States under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Trading With the Enemy Act, or any other Requirement of Law.

 

-19-


Environment ” shall mean ambient air, indoor air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, natural resources, the workplace or as otherwise defined in any Environmental Law.

Environmental Claim ” shall mean any claim, notice, demand, order, action, suit, proceeding or other communication alleging liability for or obligation with respect to any investigation, remediation, removal, cleanup, response, corrective action, damages to natural resources, personal injury, property damage, fines, penalties or other costs resulting from, related to or arising out of (i) the presence, Release or threatened Release in or into the Environment of Hazardous Material at any location or (ii) any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, and shall include any claim seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from, related to or arising out of the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material or alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the Environment.

Environmental Law ” shall mean any and all present and future treaties, laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, rules, decrees, orders, judgments, consent orders, consent decrees, code or other binding requirements of Governmental Authorities, and the common law, relating to protection of public health or the Environment, the Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material, natural resources or natural resource damages, or occupational safety or health, and any and all Environmental Permits.

Environmental and Necessary Capex ” shall mean capital expenditures to the extent deemed reasonably necessary, as determined by the Companies, in good faith and pursuant to prudent judgment, that are required by Applicable Law (including to comply with Environmental Laws) or are undertaken for health and safety reasons.

Environmental Permit ” shall mean any permit, license, approval, registration, notification, exemption, consent or other authorization required by or from a Governmental Authority under Environmental Law.

Equipment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreements.

Equity Interest ” shall mean, with respect to any person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such person, including, if such person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, whether outstanding on the date hereof or issued after the Closing Date, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

Equity Investors ” shall mean Sponsor, its Controlled Investment Affiliates (other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries) and one or more other investors (which other investors are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers).

Equity Issuance ” shall mean, without duplication, (i) any issuance or sale by Parent after the Closing Date of any Equity Interests in Parent (including any Equity Interests issued upon exercise of any warrant or option) or any warrants or options to purchase Equity Interests or (ii) any contribution to the capital of Parent or Holdings; provided , however , that an Equity Issuance shall not include any Excluded Issuance.

 

-20-


ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any person, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such person, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived by regulation); (b) with respect to a Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA (or after the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Section 412(c) of the Code and Section 302(c) of ERISA) of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the incurrence by any Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (f) the receipt by any Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (g) the incurrence by any Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by any Company or its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (i) the “substantial cessation of operations” within the meaning of Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to a Plan; (j) the making of any amendment to any Plan which could result in the imposition of a lien or the posting of a bond or other security; and (k) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could reasonably be expected to result in liability to any Company.

Eurodollar Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Loans.

Eurodollar Loan ” shall mean any Eurodollar Revolving Loan.

Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Revolving Loans.

Eurodollar Revolving Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II .

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.01 .

Excess Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(e) .

Excess Availability ” shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to (A) the then effective Borrowing Availability, plus (B) Suppressed Availability.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-21-


Excluded Deposit Account ” means any Deposit Account (i) for which all or substantially all of the funds on deposit therein are used solely to fund payroll, 401(k) and other retirement plans and employee benefits or health care benefits, and any trust accounts or (ii) holding at all times less than $500,000 individually or $2,000,000 in the aggregate, together with all such other Deposit Accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (ii) .

Excluded Issuance ” shall mean an issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Parent to the Equity Investors, to the extent such Qualified Capital Stock is used, or the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be, within 90 days of the consummation of such issuance and sale, used, by Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries without duplication, to finance Capital Expenditures, one or more Permitted Acquisitions or a Specified Equity Contribution.

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean each Domestic Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Closing Date that is designated as an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.18(b) . For the avoidance of doubt, each Excluded Subsidiary shall not be a Subsidiary Guarantor, and to the extent that an Excluded Subsidiary’s net income would otherwise be included in the definition of Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA or any component thereof such Excluded Subsidiary’s net income shall not be included for purposes of calculating Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA unless actually distributed in cash to, and actually received by, a Loan Party.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of Borrowers hereunder: (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income or profits and franchise taxes (including any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction) imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), however denominated, by a jurisdiction (i) as a result of the recipient being organized or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office in such jurisdiction, or (ii) as a result of a trade or business, a permanent establishment, or a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or other recipient and the jurisdiction of the taxing authority imposing such tax (other than any connection resulting solely from being a Lender hereunder); (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by Administrative Borrower under Section 2.16) , any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on payments hereunder pursuant to any Requirements of Law that are in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto, except to the extent that such Foreign Lender’s assignor, if any, was entitled, immediately prior to such assignment, to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments from Borrowers with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.15 ; provided that this subclause (b)  shall not apply to any tax imposed on a Lender in connection with an interest or participation in any Loan or other obligation that such Lender was required to acquire pursuant to Section 2.14(d) ; (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender who designates a new lending office, any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on payments hereunder pursuant to any Requirements of Law that are in effect at the time of such change in lending office, except to the extent that such Foreign Lender was entitled, immediately prior to such change in lending office, to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments from Borrowers with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.15 ; (d) any U.S. federal withholding tax that is attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.15(e) ; and (e) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Lien ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02(c) .

 

-22-


Existing Securities Collateral ” shall mean “Securities Collateral” as defined in the Existing Security Agreements.

Existing Security Agreements ” shall mean (i) that certain ABL Security Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010, among Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, as Borrowers, the other Loan Parties party thereto and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, restated, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time and (ii) that certain Security Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, by and between Toledo and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, restated, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time.

Existing Security Documents ” shall mean the Existing Security Agreements, the Parent Limited Recourse Guaranty, the Parent Pledge Agreement, and each other security document or pledge agreement delivered prior to the A&R Effective Date in accordance with applicable local or foreign law to grant a valid, perfected security interest in any property as collateral for the Secured Obligations, and all UCC or other financing statements or instruments of perfection required by this Agreement, the Existing Security Agreements, the Parent Limited Recourse Guaranty, the Parent Pledge Agreement or any other such security document or pledge agreement to be filed with respect to the security interests in property and fixtures created pursuant to the Existing Security Agreements and any other document or instrument utilized prior to the A&R Effective Date to pledge or grant or purport to pledge or grant a security interest or lien on any property as collateral for the Secured Obligations.

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System of the United States arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” shall mean the confidential fee letter, dated as of October 26, 2012, by and among UBS AG, Stamford Branch, UBS Securities LLC and the Borrowers.

Fees ” shall mean the Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the LC Participation Fees, the Fronting Fees and any other fees which are provided for in the Fee Letter.

Final Maturity Date ” shall mean the Revolving Maturity Date.

Financial Covenant Testing Amount ” shall mean (as of any date of determination) an amount equal to 10.0% of the lesser of (i) the then existing Borrowing Base and (ii) the then current aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders at such time.

Financial Officer ” of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.

FIRREA ” shall mean the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended.

 

-23-


Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust. In addition, solely for purposes of clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, a Foreign Lender shall include a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, but only to the extent the partners of such partnership (including indirect partners if the direct partners are partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof ) are treated as Foreign Lenders under the preceding sentence (in which event, the determination of whether a U.S. federal withholding tax on interest payments was imposed pursuant to any Requirements of Law in effect at the time such Foreign Lender became a party hereto will be made by reference to the time when the applicable direct or indirect partner became a direct or indirect partner of such Foreign Lender, but only if such date is later than the date on which such Foreign Lender became a party hereto).

Foreign Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Company with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Fronting Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c) .

Fund ” shall mean any person that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP ” subject to Section 1.04 , shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union, the European Central Bank or the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development).

Governmental Real Property Disclosure Requirements ” shall mean any Requirement of Law of any Governmental Authority requiring notification of the buyer, lessee, mortgagee, assignee or other transferee of any Real Property, facility, establishment or business, or notification, registration or filing to or with any Governmental Authority, in connection with the sale, lease, mortgage, assignment or other transfer (including any transfer of control) of any Real Property, facility, establishment or business, of the actual or threatened presence or Release in or into the Environment, or the use, disposal or handling of Hazardous Material on, at, under or near the Real Property, facility, establishment or business to be sold, leased, mortgaged, assigned or transferred.

 

-24-


Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01 .

Guarantees ” shall mean the guarantees issued pursuant to Article VII by the Loan Parties.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean the following: hazardous substances; hazardous wastes; polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) or any substance or compound containing PCBs; asbestos or any asbestos-containing materials in any form or condition; radon or any other radioactive materials including any source, special nuclear or by-product material; and any other pollutant or contaminant or chemicals, wastes, materials, compounds, constituents or substances, subject to regulation or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Laws.

Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements or arrangements dealing with interest rates or currency exchange rates, either generally or under specific contingencies and any Commodity Hedging Agreement.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean obligations under or with respect to Hedging Agreements.

Hedging Reserves ” shall mean the determination by the Co-Collateral Agents, in consultation with any Lender or any of its Affiliates that enters into a Hedging Agreement in respect of interest rates or commodity prices with any of the Loan Parties, reasonably and in good faith from the perspective of an asset-based lender, of an appropriate reserve against the Borrowing Base with respect to the exposures of the Loan Parties in respect of such Hedging Agreement relating to interest rates or commodity prices; provided, that, the maximum amount of “Hedging Reserves” shall in no event exceed $20.0 million.

High Yield Indebtedness ” shall mean collectively, (i) the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of February 9, 2012 by and among Holdings, PBF Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar, transfer agent, authenticating agent and collateral agent, with respect to the issuers 8.25% senior secured notes due 2020, as amended, restated, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time, (ii) senior secured notes, that if secured by the Revolving Priority Collateral, are subordinated in right of priority only with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral and are subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, or, in the case of secured notes which do not have any Liens on any of the Revolving Priority Collateral, either (A) such secured notes are subject to a collateral access agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agents (it being understood and agreed that the form and substance of the Revolving Credit Collateral Access Letter Agreement dated as of February 9, 2012 is acceptable) or (B) the Co-Collateral Agents shall have established Reserves in connection with the issuance of such secured notes, and (iii) senior unsecured notes or other similar high yield indebtedness.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

-25-


Holdings-MSCG Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012, by and among MSCG and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Revolving Agent and Holdings.

Increase Effective Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a) .

Increase Joinder ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c) .

Incremental Revolving Loan ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c) .

Indebtedness ” of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (c) [Reserved]; (d) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such person; (e) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not overdue by more than 120 days); (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, but limited to the fair market value of such property; (g) all Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations (other than those constituting Indebtedness pursuant to clause (e)  above) and synthetic lease obligations of such person; (h) all Hedging Obligations to the extent required to be reflected on a balance sheet of such person; (i) all Attributable Indebtedness of such person; (j) all obligations of such person for the reimbursement of any obligor in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions; and (k) all Contingent Obligations of such person in respect of Indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (j) above. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such person is a general partner) to the extent such person is liable therefor as a result of such person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except (other than in the case of general partner liability) to the extent that terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such person is not liable therefor.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.03(b) .

Information ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.12 .

Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.06(a) .

Intercompany Note ” shall mean a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit P .

Intercreditor Agreements ” shall mean the Toledo-MSCG Intercreditor Agreement, the Statoil Intercreditor Agreement, the Holdings-MSCG Intercreditor Agreement and the MSCG Intercreditor Agreement.

 

-26-


Interest Election Request ” shall mean a request by Administrative Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08(b) , substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including Swingline Loans), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December to occur during any period in which such Loan is outstanding, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, (c) with respect to any Revolving Loan, Incremental Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan, the Revolving Maturity Date or such earlier date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated.

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or nine or twelve months if agreed to by all affected Lenders) thereafter, as Administrative Borrower may elect; provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing; provided , however , that an Interest Period shall be limited to the extent required under Section 2.03(d ).

Intermediate Products ” shall mean hydrocarbons intermediate products and blendstocks. For the avoidance of doubt, Intermediate Products shall not include Certain Hydrocarbon Assets.

Inventory ” shall mean all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the UCC as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, wherever located, in which any Person now or hereafter has rights.

Inventory Appraisal ” shall mean an inventory appraisal conducted by an independent appraisal firm selected by Administrative Agent (i) in consultation with the Administrative Borrower (except during the existence and during the continuance thereof of an Event of Default) or (ii) in its sole discretion (during the existence and during the continuance thereof of an Event of Default).

Investment Grade ” shall mean, with respect to Account Debtors, Account Debtors having ratings of BBB- or higher from Moody’s Investors Service Inc. or Baa3 or higher from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group.

Investments ” shall mean, as to any person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such person, whether by means of (i) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another person, (ii) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other person, (iii) the

 

-27-


purchase or ownership of a futures contract, or becoming liable for the sale or purchase of currency or commodities at a future date in the nature of a futures contract, or (iv) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such person. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the amount of an Investment will be its fair market value as determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the case of any Investment made by any Company in a Person substantially concurrently with a cash distribution by such Person to the any Company (a “ Concurrent Cash Distribution ”), then the amount of such Investment shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Investment, less the amount of the Concurrent Cash Distribution.

IPO ” shall mean the first underwritten public offering by PBF Energy Inc. or a Subsidiary (including any partnership) of Parent (which Subsidiary shall not be below Holdings) formed specifically for this purpose of its respective Equity Interests after the Closing Date pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act which raises Net Cash Proceeds of at least $50.0 million.

Issuing Bank ” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit issued by it; (b) any other Lender or Affiliate of a Lender that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant to Sections 2.18(i) and (j)  in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit issued by such Lender; or (c) collectively, all of the foregoing.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F .

Joint Lead Arrangers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Landlord Access Agreement ” shall mean a Landlord Access Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , or such other form as may reasonably be acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Last-Out Portion ” shall mean, from time to time, the excess of Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to Hedging Agreements entered into with Lenders or any of their Affiliates over the Hedging Reserves.

LC Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of an Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.18 . The aggregate amount of the LC Commitments of all Issuing Banks in the aggregate shall initially be $1,000,000,000, but in no event shall (i) the aggregate amount of the LC Commitments of all Issuing Banks exceed the Revolving Commitment or (ii) the LC Commitment of any one Issuing Bank exceed $500,000,000.

LC Disbursement ” shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a drawing under a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ” shall mean at any time the sum (without duplication) of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Reimbursement Obligations outstanding at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall mean its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate LC Exposure at such time.

 

-28-


LC Participation Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c) .

LC Request ” shall mean a request by Administrative Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.18(b) and substantially in the form of Exhibit H , or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Leases ” shall mean any and all leases, subleases, tenancies, options, concession agreements, rental agreements, occupancy agreements, franchise agreements, access agreements and any other similar agreements (including all amendments, extensions, replacements, renewals, modifications and/or guarantees thereof), whether or not of record and whether now in existence or hereafter entered into, affecting the use or occupancy of all or any portion of any Real Property.

Lender Addendum ” shall mean with respect to any Lender on the A&R Effective Date, a lender addendum in the form of Exhibit I , to be executed and delivered by such Lender on the A&R Effective Date as provided in Section 10.15 .

Lenders ” shall mean (a) the financial institutions that have become a party hereto pursuant to a Lender Addendum and (b) any financial institution that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than, in each case, any such financial institution that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term “Lenders” shall include the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” shall mean any (i) Standby Letter of Credit and (ii) Commercial Letter of Credit, in each case, issued or to be issued by an Issuing Bank for the account of a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18 .

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” shall mean the date which is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date.

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic mean of the offered rates for deposits in dollars with a term comparable to such Interest Period that appears on the Telerate British Bankers Assoc. Interest Settlement Rates Page (as defined below) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the second full London Business Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period; provided , however , that (i) if no comparable term for an Interest Period is available, the LIBOR Rate shall be determined using the weighted average of the offered rates for the two terms most nearly corresponding to such Interest Period and (ii) if there shall at any time no longer exist a Telerate British Bankers Assoc. Interest Settlement Rates Page, “LIBOR Rate” shall mean, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to Eurodollar Borrowings comprising part of the same Borrowing, (A) the rate that is the successor rate thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer determining the “LIBOR Rate”, and only absent such a successor rate, (B) the rate per annum equal to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered deposits in dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m., London, England time, two London Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period in the London interbank market for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to its portion of the amount of such Eurodollar Borrowing to be outstanding

 

-29-


during such Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of clause (c) of the definition of Alternate Base Rate, the rates referred to above shall be the rates as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the date of determination (rather than the second London Business Day preceding the date of determination). “ Telerate British Bankers Assoc. Interest Settlement Rates Page ” shall mean the display designated as Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace or succeed such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market).

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any property, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge, collateral assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any arrangement effective to provide priority or preference or any filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other similar notice of lien under any similar notice or recording statute of any Governmental Authority, including any easement, right-of-way or other encumbrance on title to Real Property, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law; (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property; and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Notes (if any), and the Security Documents and the Fee Letter.

Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Loans ” shall mean, as the context may require, a Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan (and shall include any Loans contemplated by Section 2.20 ).

London Business Day ” shall mean any day on which banks are generally open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

Market Disruption Loans ” shall mean Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Market Disruption Rate, and the Applicable Margin with respect thereto shall be the same as the Applicable Margin then applicable to Eurodollar Loans; provided that, other than with respect to the rate of interest and Applicable Margin applicable thereto, Market Disruption Loans shall for all purposes hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be treated as ABR Loans.

Market Disruption Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to (as determined by in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent in good faith pursuant to its reasonable judgment in consultation with Administrative Borrower), either (i) the Alternate Base Rate for such day or (ii) the rate for such day reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be the cost of funds of representative participating members in the interbank eurodollar market selected by the Administrative Agent (which may include Lenders) for maintaining loans similar to the relevant Market Disruption Loans. Any change in the Market Disruption Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of any change in the relevant component of the Market Disruption Rate.

 

-30-


Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse effect on the business, property, results of operations or financial condition of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties to fully perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document; or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights of or benefits or remedies available to the Lenders, the Co-Collateral Agents or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document; provided , however , that in no event shall any effect that results from any of the following be deemed to constitute a Material Adverse Effect: (i) this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any actions taken in compliance with this Agreement or the Loan Documents, or the pendency or announcement thereof; (ii) changes or conditions generally affecting the industry in which the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries operate; (iii) changes in general economic, regulatory or political conditions (including interest rate, commodities and currency fluctuations); (iv) changes in law or Environmental Laws; (v) changes in accounting principles; or (vi) acts of war, insurrection, sabotage or terrorism, unless, in the case of each of the clauses (iii)-(vi)  above, such change has a disproportionate effect on the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or their assets as compared to the effect on other participants in the industry or their assets, as the case may be.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit) or Hedging Obligations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount exceeding $40,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” in respect of any Hedging Obligations of any Loan Party at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting or set-off agreements) that such Loan Party would be required to pay if the related Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.14 .

MNPI ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d) .

Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements” shall mean collectively (i) the Delaware City Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement and (ii) the Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement; as such agreements may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty) modified or supplemented from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided , that any agreement with a third party that is not a Loan Party which replaces or supersedes a Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement in effect as of the A&R Effective Date shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, it being understood that an intercreditor agreement in the form of the MSCG Intercreditor Agreement is acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Morgan Stanley-Toledo Crude Oil Agreement” shall mean that certain amended and restated crude oil acquisition agreement entered into by MSCG and Holdings and dated as of March 1, 2012, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

MSCG ” shall mean Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. or any successor or assign thereof (including as a result of a changed counterparty) to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.17 .

MSCG Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2011, by and among Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc., UBS

 

-31-


AG, Stamford Branch, as Revolving Agent, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Term Loan Agent, Holdings, Delaware City, Paulsboro and the other Loan Parties party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, replaced, superseded, modified or supplemented (including as to changes of counterparties) in accordance with its terms.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) (a) to which any Company or any ERISA Affiliate is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions; (b) to which any Company or any ERISA Affiliate has within the preceding five plan years made contributions; or (c) with respect to which any Company could incur liability.

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean:

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale (other than any issuance or sale of Equity Interests) or Casualty Event, the cash proceeds actually received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) (including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary)) in respect of non-cash consideration initially received) net of (i) selling expenses (including reasonable brokers’ fees or commissions, legal, accounting and other professional, advisory, consulting, investment banking and transactional fees, transfer and similar taxes and Borrowers’ good faith estimate of income taxes actually paid or payable in connection with such sale); (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against (x) any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale or (y) any other liabilities retained by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries associated with the properties sold in such Asset Sale ( provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall then constitute Net Cash Proceeds); (iii) Borrowers’ good faith estimate of payments required to be made with respect to unassumed liabilities relating to the properties sold within 180 days of such Asset Sale ( provided that, to the extent such cash proceeds are not used to make payments in respect of such unassumed liabilities within 180 days of such Asset Sale, such cash proceeds shall then constitute Net Cash Proceeds); (iv) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness or indebtedness which is secured by a Lien on the properties sold in such Asset Sale (so long as such Lien was permitted to encumber such properties under the Loan Documents at the time of such sale) and which is repaid with such proceeds (other than any such Indebtedness or indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such properties); (v) any survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees in respect of any such Asset Sale; and (vi) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable in connection therewith; and

(b) with respect to any Equity Issuance or any other issuance or sale of Equity Interests by Parent, Holdings or any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries, the cash proceeds thereof, net of customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” shall mean each Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (including any Excluded Subsidiary).

Notes ” shall mean any notes evidencing the Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans issued pursuant to this Agreement, if any, substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 , or K-2 .

 

-32-


Obligations ” shall mean (a) obligations of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties from time to time arising under or in respect of the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of Reimbursement Obligations, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral and (iii) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (b) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

OFAC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Embargoed Person .”

Officers’ Certificate ” shall mean a certificate executed by the chairman of the Board of Directors (if an officer), the chief executive officer or the president and one of the Financial Officers and, with respect to certificates other than as to financial, borrowing base and/or other collateral matters, any other officer of a Loan Party, in each case in his or her official (and not individual) capacity.

Oil Supply Agreements” shall mean collectively (i) the Statoil Oil Supply Agreements and (ii) the Morgan Stanley-Toledo Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement.

Organizational Documents ” shall mean, with respect to any person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar documents) of such person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iii) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of formation and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iv) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such person and (v) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (and any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto).

Overadvance ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02(f) .

Parent” shall mean PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Parent Limited Recourse Guaranty ” shall mean that certain Parent Limited Recourse Guaranty Agreement (ABL) issued by Parent, dated as of the Closing Date, as amended, restated, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-33-


“Parent Pledge Agreement ” shall mean that certain Parent Pledge Agreement (ABL) by and among Parent, Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agents, dated as of the Closing Date, as amended, restated, supplemented, reaffirmed or otherwise modified from time to time.

Participant ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(d) .

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(d) .

Paulsboro Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition of Paulsboro from Valero Refining and Marketing Company pursuant to the terms of the Paulsboro Acquisition Agreement.

Paulsboro Acquisition Agreement ” shall mean that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof), with Valero Refining and Marketing Company (“ Seller ”), a Delaware corporation, with respect to the acquisition of Paulsboro.

Paulsboro Acquisition Documents ” shall mean the collective reference to the Paulsboro Acquisition Agreement and each other document entered into in connection with the Paulsboro Acquisition.

Paulsboro Facility ” shall mean Paulsboro’s petroleum refinery, terminalling facility and all related assets and properties located in Paulsboro, New Jersey.

Paulsboro Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreement” shall mean that certain Products Off-Take Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, between MSCG and Paulsboro, as assignee of Holdings, as such agreement may be replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, compliance with Section 5.17 of this Agreement.

Paulsboro Statoil Oil Supply Agreement” shall mean that certain Crude Oil/Feedstock Supply/Delivery and Services Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2010, between Statoil and Paulsboro, as assignee of Holdings, as replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparty), modified or supplemented from time to time to the extent not prohibited by the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 5.17 of this Agreement.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

Perfection Certificates ” shall mean (i) that certain Perfection Certificate delivered by the Borrowers (other than Toledo) to the Administrative Agent in connection with the closing of initial Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 17, 2010 and (ii) that certain Perfection Certificate delivered by Toledo to the Administrative Agent on the closing date of the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement, in each case, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.

Perfection Certificate Supplement ” shall mean a certificate supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

-34-


Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean any transaction for the (a) acquisition of all or substantially all of the property of any person, or of any business or division, or business line or unit of any person; or (b) acquisition (including by merger or consolidation) of the Equity Interests of any person that becomes a Subsidiary after giving effect to such transaction; provided that each of the following conditions shall be met:

(i) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom;

(ii) after giving effect to such transaction Pro Forma Excess Availability is greater than the Threshold Amount;

(iii) [Reserved];

(iv) the person or business to be acquired shall be, or shall be engaged in, a business of the type that Borrowers and the Subsidiaries are permitted to be engaged in under Section 6.12 and the property acquired in connection with any such transaction shall be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents (in each case, except to the extent the equivalent assets of a Loan Party (such Loan Party as of the date hereof) are not required to be subject to the Lien of the Security Documents) and shall be free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens (in each case, to the extent, and within the time period set forth in Article V of this Agreement);

(v) the Board of Directors of the person to be acquired shall not have indicated publicly its opposition to the consummation of such acquisition (which opposition has not been publicly withdrawn);

(vi) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law;

(vii) with respect to any transaction involving Acquisition Consideration of more than $30,000,000, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree, Borrowers shall have provided the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with in each case, if and to the extent available, historical financial statements for the last three fiscal years (or, if less, the number of years since formation) of the person or business to be acquired (audited if available without undue cost or delay) and unaudited financial statements thereof for the most recent interim period which are available;

(viii) at least 5 Business Days prior to the proposed date of consummation of the transaction, Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to the Agents and the Lenders an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such transaction complies with this definition (which shall have attached thereto reasonably detailed backup data and calculations showing such compliance); and

(ix) the business to be acquired and its Subsidiaries, shall, subject to an election by Administrative Borrower under Section 5.18(b) , become Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with Section 5.10 .

Permitted Amendment ” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth the terms and conditions of Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments made in accordance with and pursuant to Section 10.19 of this Agreement.

 

-35-


Permitted Holders ” shall mean (a) Sponsor, (b) its Controlled Investment Affiliates and (c) and such person’s Related Parties.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02 .

Permitted Tax Distributions ” shall mean payments, dividends or distributions by Borrowers, Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries in order to pay federal, state or local income and franchise taxes attributable to the income of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the income and franchise tax liabilities that would have been payable by Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis if Holdings were treated as a taxable corporation and each Subsidiary thereof a disregarded entity, reduced by any such income taxes paid or to be paid directly by Holdings or its Subsidiaries.

person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which is maintained or contributed to by any Company or its ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any Company could incur liability (including under Section 4069 of ERISA).

Preferred Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any person, any and all preferred or preference Equity Interests (however designated) of such person whether now outstanding or issued after the Closing Date.

Preferred Stock Issuance ” shall mean the issuance or sale by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Preferred Stock after the Closing Date (other than (x) as permitted by Section 6.01 or (y) any Excluded Issuance).

Private Side Communications ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d) .

Private Siders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d) .

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean on a basis in accordance with GAAP and Regulation S-X and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Pro Forma Excess Availability ” shall mean, for any date of determination, the average Excess Availability for 90 days prior to, and including, such date, after giving effect to the transactions occurring on such date, based on assumptions and calculations reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; it being agreed that, for purposes of calculating Pro Forma Excess Availability, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree in its reasonable discretion, no Accounts or hydrocarbon Inventory to be acquired in an Investment otherwise permitted under Section 6.04 shall be included in the Borrowing Base until the Administrative Agent shall have completed a preliminary field audit and Inventory Appraisal in scope and with results reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agents.

Pro Rata Percentage ” of any Revolving Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders represented by such Lender’s Revolving

 

-36-


Commitment; provided that for purposes of Section 2.19(b) and (c) , “Pro Rata Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding the Revolving Commitment of any Defaulting Lender to the extent its Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders) represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Pro Rata Percentage shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, after giving effect to any assignments.

property ” shall mean any right, title or interest in or to property or assets of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible and including Equity Interests or other ownership interests of any person and whether now in existence or owned or hereafter entered into or acquired, including all Real Property.

Public Siders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01(d) .

Purchase Money Obligation ” shall mean, for any person, the obligations of such person in respect of Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of any property (including Equity Interests of any person) or the cost of installation, construction, development or improvement of any property and any refinancing thereof; provided , however , that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred within one year after such acquisition, installation, construction or improvement of such property by such person and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed 100% of the cost of such acquisition, installation, construction or improvement plus any costs, fees, expenses and other liabilities related thereto, as the case may be.

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any person shall mean any Equity Interests of such person that are not Disqualified Capital Stock.

Real Property ” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(c) .

Regulation D ” shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation S-X ” shall mean Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

-37-


Reimbursement Obligations ” shall mean Borrowers’ obligations under Section 2.18(e) to reimburse LC Disbursements.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any person, such person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person and of such person’s Affiliates.

Release ” shall mean any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating of any Hazardous Material in, into, onto or through the Environment.

Required Lenders ” shall mean Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding, LC Exposure and unused Commitments; provided that the Loans, LC Exposure and unused Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Requirements of Law ” shall mean, collectively, any and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority including any and all laws, judgments, orders, executive orders, decrees, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes or case law.

Reserves ” shall be determined by the Co-Collateral Agents from time to time, acting reasonably and in good faith, pursuant to standards and practices generally applied by the Co-Collateral Agents (from the standpoint of an asset-based lender) to borrowing base debtors in the refining markets, and shall not limit Borrowing Availability on account of conditions or circumstances already addressed in the eligibility criteria for the assets in the Borrowing Base and/or otherwise result in a duplicative adverse impact on Borrowing Availability under the Borrowing Base and shall not include Hedging Reserves. Once the Reserves have been so determined by the Co-Collateral Agents, the Reserves will not be changed in a manner adverse to the Borrowers except to address circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies underlying the determination of the Reserves that adversely impact the value of the Borrowing Base, and then only in a manner and to an extent that bears a reasonable relationship to changes in circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies; provided that circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies arising prior to the A&R Effective Date of which the Co-Collateral Agents have actual knowledge prior to the A&R Effective Date shall not be the basis for any establishment or modification of any Reserve unless such circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies shall have changed since the A&R Effective Date.

Response ” shall mean (a) ”response” as such term is defined in CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(24), and (b) all other actions required by any Governmental Authority or voluntarily undertaken to (i) clean up, remove, treat, abate or in any other way address any Hazardous Material in the Environment; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize the further Release, of any Hazardous Material; or (iii) perform studies and investigations in connection with, or as a precondition to, or to determine the necessity of the activities described in, clause (i)  or (ii)  above.

Responsible Officer ” of any person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof with responsibility for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.

 

-38-


Revolving Availability Period ” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (A) the Business Day preceding the Revolving Maturity Date and (B) the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

Revolving Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.

Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder up to the amount set forth on Schedule I to the Lender Addendum executed and delivered by such Lender or by an Increase Joinder, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.04 . The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments on the A&R Effective Date is $1,375,000,000.

Revolving Credit Priority Collateral ” shall mean (i) all deposit accounts of any Loan Party (other than zero-balance accounts, trust accounts and/or payroll accounts) as well as all funds on deposit therein, (ii) all accounts receivable of any Loan Party, (iii) all hydrocarbon inventory of any Loan Party, (iv) all related instruments, letters of credit, letter of credit rights, credit support, insurance, chattel paper, documents, supporting obligations, related payment intangibles, cash, cash equivalents, other related rights, claims, causes of action, books and records, accounting systems and other similar personal property of any Loan Party and (v) any proceeds or products of any of the foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, “Revolving Credit Priority Collateral” shall not include any plant, property or equipment of any Loan Party.

Revolving Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time (without duplication), the aggregate principal amount at such time of all then outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s LC Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s Swingline Exposure.

Revolving Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Commitment.

Revolving Loan ” shall mean a Loan made by the Lenders to Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(b) . Each Revolving Loan shall either be an ABR Revolving Loan or a Eurodollar Revolving Loan.

Revolving Maturity Date ” shall mean the date which is five (5) years after the A&R Effective Date.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03 .

Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” shall mean the United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Saudi Oil” shall mean the crude oil purchased by the Loan Parties from Aramco and/or its affiliates pursuant to the Saudi Oil Supply Agreement.

Saudi Oil Assets ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(v) .

 

-39-


Saudi Oil Supply Agreement” shall mean that certain Crude Oil Supply Agreement by and among Holdings and Aramco.

Secured Obligations ” shall mean (a) the Obligations, (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under each Hedging Agreement entered into with any counterparty that is a Secured Party and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties (including overdrafts and related liabilities) under each Treasury Services Agreement entered into with any counterparty that is a Secured Party.

Secured Parties ” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents, each other Agent, the Lenders and each counterparty to a Hedging Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement if at the time of entering into such Hedging Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement such person was an Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or a Lender and such person executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such person (i) appoints each Co-Collateral Agent as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents and (ii) agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 9.03 , 10.03 and 10.09 as if it were a Lender.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933.

Securities Collateral ” shall mean the Existing Securities Collateral.

Security Agreements ” shall mean the Existing Security Agreements.

Security Agreement Collateral ” shall mean all property pledged, granted or reaffirmed as collateral pursuant to the Security Agreements (a) on the Closing Date or (b) thereafter pursuant to Section 5.10 .

Security Documents ” shall mean the Existing Security Documents, and each other security document or pledge agreement delivered in accordance with applicable local or foreign law to grant a valid, perfected security interest in any property as collateral for the Secured Obligations, and all UCC or other financing statements or instruments of perfection required by this Agreement, the Existing Security Documents or any other such security document or pledge agreement to be filed with respect to the security interests in property and fixtures created pursuant to any Security Agreement and any other document or instrument utilized to pledge or grant or purport to pledge or grant a security interest or lien on any property as collateral for the Secured Obligations.

Sponsor ” shall mean First Reserve Corporation, the Blackstone Group, and each of their respective Affiliates.

Standby Letter of Credit ” shall mean any standby letter of credit.

Statoil ” shall mean Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc. or any successor or assign thereof (including as a result of a changed counterparty) to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.17 hereof.

Statoil Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2011, by and among Statoil Marketing & Trading (US) Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Revolving Agent, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Term Loan Agent, Holdings, Delaware City, Paulsboro and the other Loan Parties party thereto.

 

-40-


Statoil Oil Supply Agreements” shall mean collectively (i) the Paulsboro Statoil Oil Supply Agreement and (ii) the Delaware City Statoil Oil Supply Agreement.

Statutory Reserves ” shall mean for any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing in dollars, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Borrowings shall be deemed to constitute Eurodollar liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

Subordinated Debt Payment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.10(a) .

Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness of any Loan Party that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any person (the “ parent ”) at any date, (i) any person the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, (ii) any other corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of all Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent, (iii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or (b) the only general partners of which are the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent and (iv) any other person that is otherwise Controlled by the parent and/or one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless the context requires otherwise, “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of a Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01(b) , and each other Subsidiary that is or becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.10 and that has not been designated by the Administrative Borrower, in accordance with Section 5.18(b) , as an Excluded Subsidiary and in any event, excluding any Foreign Subsidiary.

Supermajority Lenders ” shall mean Lenders having more than 66 2/3 % of the sum of all Loans outstanding, LC Exposure and unused Commitments; provided that the Loans, LC Exposure and unused Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders.

Suppressed Availability ” shall mean as of any date of determination the amount, if any, by which the Borrowing Base on such date exceeds the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders then outstanding.

 

-41-


Swingline Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make loans pursuant to Section 2.17 , as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 or Section 2.17 . As of the A&R Effective Date, the amount of the Swingline Commitment shall be $100,000,000 but shall in no event exceed the Revolving Commitments.

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Swingline Loan ” shall mean any loan made by the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 .

Tax Return ” shall mean all returns, statements, filings, attachments and other documents or certifications required to be filed in respect of Taxes.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

A “ Test Period ” at any time shall mean the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrowers ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period).

Threshold Amount ” shall mean (as of any date of determination) an amount equal to 12.5% of the lesser of the then existing Borrowing Base and the then current aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders at such time.

Threshold Basket Amount ” shall mean (as of any date of determination) an amount equal to 17.5% of the lesser of the then existing Borrowing Base and the then current aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders at such time.

Title Company ” shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrowers and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Title Policy ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(o)(iii) .

Toledo Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition of Toledo from Sunoco, Inc. (R&M) pursuant to the terms of the Toledo Acquisition Agreement.

Toledo Acquisition Agreement ” shall mean that certain Asset Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2010, by and between Toledo, as the Buyer and Sunoco, Inc. (R&M), as the Seller.

Toledo Acquisition Documents ” shall mean the collective reference to the Toledo Acquisition Agreement and each other document entered into in connection with the Toledo Acquisition.

 

-42-


Toledo Facility ” shall mean Toledo’s petroleum refinery, terminalling facility and all related assets and properties located in Toledo, Ohio.

Toledo-MSCG Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, by and among MSCG and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Revolving Agent and acknowledged by Toledo.

Transaction Documents ” shall mean the Acquisition Documents and the Loan Documents.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, the transactions to occur on or prior to the A&R Effective Date pursuant to the Transaction Documents, including (a) the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the borrowings hereunder; and (b) the payment of any and all fees, costs and expenses to be paid on or prior to the A&R Effective Date and owing in connection with the foregoing.

Transferred Guarantor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.09 .

Treasury Services Agreement ” shall mean any agreement relating to treasury, depositary and cash management services or automated clearinghouse transfer of funds.

Trigger Event ” shall mean either (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) Excess Availability is less than (A) the Threshold Amount for a period of time greater than five (5) consecutive Business Days or (B) $35 million at any time; provided that such Trigger Event shall continue until (i) no Event of Default exists and (ii) Excess Availability shall have exceeded the Threshold Amount and $35 million for a period of at least thirty (30) consecutive days.

Type ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time (except as otherwise specified) in any applicable state or jurisdiction.

Unasserted Contingent Obligations ” means taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other claims or liabilities in respect of which no written assertion of liability or no claim or demand for payment has been made at such time.

Unfinanced Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, with respect to any Person and for any period, Capital Expenditures made by such Person during such period and not financed from the proceeds of Indebtedness, Equity Issuances, Casualty Events or Asset Sales or other dispositions of assets.

United States ” shall mean the United States of America.

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Anti-Terrorism Laws .”

 

-43-


Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of such person.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any person, (a) any corporation 100% of whose capital stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is at the time owned by such person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such person and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity in which such person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such person have a 100% equity interest at such time.

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings .

For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g . , a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally .

The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any Loan Document, agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or in effect (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any person shall be construed to include such person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP .

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all financial statements to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time and

 

-44-


all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the date hereof unless otherwise agreed to by Borrowers and the Required Lenders. Lenders and Administrative Agent acknowledge and agree that Borrowers may, at their sole option and in their sole discretion, switch from a GAAP method of accounting to a method of accounting based on the Internal Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) as promulgated from time to time by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “ IASB ”). From and after the date the Borrowers adopt IFRS, references herein and in any other Loan Document shall mean and refer to IFRS. If at any time any such change from GAAP to IFRS would affect the computation of any financial covenant or other covenant set forth in any Loan Document, and the Administrative Borrower shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend any such financial covenant or other such covenant or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in accounting principles; provided , that , until so amended, such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for all purposes during the term of this Agreement and any other Loan Document, each lease that pursuant to GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date would be classified as a capital lease or an operating lease will continue to be so classified, notwithstanding any change in characterization of that lease subsequent to the Closing Date based on changes to GAAP or interpretation of GAAP.

SECTION 1.05 Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities .

Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and thereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against any party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof or thereof.

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01 Commitments .

Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly to make Revolving Loans to Borrowers, at any time and from time to time on or after the commencement of the Revolving Availability Period until the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and provided that after making a Revolving Loan, the sum of the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the total Revolving Commitments and (B) the Borrowing Base then in effect.

Within the limits set forth above and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans from time to time.

SECTION 2.02 Loans .

(a) Each Loan (other than Swingline Loans) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided

 

-45-


that the failure of any Lender to make its Loan shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(i) and (ii) , (x) ABR Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than $5.0 million or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments and (y) the Eurodollar Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than $5.0 million or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.

(b) Subject to Sections 2.11 and 2.12 , each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as Administrative Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03 . Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that Administrative Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than eight Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any one time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

(c) Except with respect to Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.18(e)(ii) , each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account as directed by Administrative Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request maintained with the Administrative Agent or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date (in the case of any Eurodollar Borrowing), and at least 2 hours prior to the time (in the case of any ABR Borrowing), of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent at the time of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrowers on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, each such Lender and the Borrowers severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to Borrowers until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of Borrowers, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement, and Borrowers’ obligation to repay the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.02(d) shall cease and be discharged thereby.

 

-46-


(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Borrowers shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall not, without the prior consent of Required Lenders, make (and shall prohibit the Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, as applicable, from making) any Revolving Loans or provide any Letters of Credit to the Borrowers intentionally and with actual knowledge that such Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, or Letters of Credit would be made when one or more of the conditions precedent to the making of the Loans hereunder cannot be satisfied except, that, the Administrative Agent may make (or cause to be made) such additional Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans or provide such additional Letters of Credit on behalf of the Lenders (each an “ Overadvance ” and collectively, the “ Overadvances ”), intentionally and with actual knowledge that such Loans or Letters of Credit will be made without the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent, if the Administrative Agent deems it necessary or advisable in its discretion to do so, provided, that: (A) the total principal amount of the Overadvances to the Borrowers which the Administrative Agent may make or provide (or cause to be made or provided) after obtaining such actual knowledge that the conditions precedent have not been satisfied, shall not exceed, $25,000,000 at any time and shall not cause the aggregate Revolving Exposures to exceed the Revolving Commitments of all of the Lenders or the Revolving Exposure of a Lender to exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (B) without the consent of the Required Lenders, no Overadvance shall be outstanding for more than sixty (60) days and (C) Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such funds, on demand from the Borrowers together with interest thereon for each day from the date such payment was due until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent at the interest rate provided for in Section 2.06(c) ; provided further that upon written notice by the Required Lenders, no further Overadvances shall be made. Each Lender shall be obligated to pay Administrative Agent the amount of its Pro Rata Percentage of any such Overadvance.

SECTION 2.03 Borrowing Procedure .

To request Loans, Administrative Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery, telecopier or email attachment, a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent (i) in the case of Eurodollar Loans in dollars, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (ii) in the case of ABR Loans, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

(a) the aggregate amount of such borrowing;

(b) the date of such borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(c) whether such borrowing is to be for ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans;

(d) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; (e) the location and number of Borrowers’ account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.02(c) ; and

 

-47-


(f) that the conditions set forth in Sections 4.03(b)-(e)  have been satisfied as of the date of the notice.

If no election as to the Type of Loans is specified, then the requested borrowing shall be for ABR Loans. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Loan, then Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and constitutes Holdings, in its capacity as Administrative Borrower, as its agent to request and receive Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to this Agreement in the name or on behalf of such Borrower. The Administrative Agent and Lenders may disburse the Loans to such bank account of Administrative Borrower or a Borrower or otherwise make such Loans to a Borrower and provide such Letters of Credit to a Borrower as Administrative Borrower may designate or direct, without notice to any other Borrower or Loan Party. Administrative Borrower hereby accepts the appointment by Borrowers to act as the agent of Borrowers and agrees to ensure that the disbursement of any Loans to a Borrower requested by or paid to or for the account of such Borrower, or the issuance of any Letter of Credit for a Borrower hereunder, shall be paid to or for the account of such Borrower. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and constitutes Administrative Borrower as its agent to receive statements on account and all other notices from the Agents and Lenders with respect to the Obligations or otherwise under or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any notice, election, representation, warranty, agreement or undertaking by or on behalf of any other Borrower by Administrative Borrower shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by such Borrower, as the case may be, and shall be binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower to the same extent as if made directly by such Borrower. No termination of the appointment of Administrative Borrower as agent as aforesaid shall be effective, except after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.04 Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans .

(a) Promise to Repay . Borrowers hereby unconditionally promise to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Revolving Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date and (ii) to the Swingline Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, Borrowers shall repay all Swingline Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.

(b) Lender and Administrative Agent Records . Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall maintain records including (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type and Class thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from Borrowers to each Lender hereunder; and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and

 

-48-


each Lender’s share thereof. The entries made in the records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender pursuant to this paragraph shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such records or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms. In the event of any conflict between the records maintained by any Lender and the records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the records of the Administrative Agent shall be prima facie evidence of the information therein in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Promissory Notes . Any Lender by written notice to Administrative Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, Borrowers shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) in the form of Exhibit K-1 , or K-2 , as the case may be. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.04 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.05 Fees .

(a) Commitment Fee . Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee (a “ Commitment Fee ”) equal to the Applicable Fee per annum on the average daily unused amount of each Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates. Accrued Commitment Fees shall be payable in arrears (A) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof, and (B) on the date on which such Commitment terminates. Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing Commitment Fees with respect to Revolving Commitments, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) Administrative Agent Fees and Other Fees . Borrowers agree to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent Fees ”) and (ii) any other fees otherwise payable under the Fee Letter in the amounts, at the times and in the manner separately agreed to therein.

(c) LC and Fronting Fees . Borrowers agree to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee (“ LC Participation Fee ”) with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at a rate equal to the Applicable Margin from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06 on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Reimbursement Obligations) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee (“ Fronting Fee ”), which

 

-49-


shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Reimbursement Obligations) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s customary fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Accrued LC Participation Fees and Fronting Fees shall be payable in arrears (i) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (ii) on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate. Any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand therefor. All LC Participation Fees and Fronting Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(d)  Closing Fees . Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders having a Commitment on the A&R Effective Date: (i) for each Lender which has a Commitment under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement immediately prior to the closing of this Agreement and which continues to be a Lender upon the closing of this Agreement, and has affirmatively voted all of its Loans and interests as a Lender in effect immediately prior to the A&R Effective Date to consummate the Transactions occurring on the A&R Effective Date, a non-refundable closing fee equal to 0.25% of the amount of such Lender’s Commitment as of immediately prior to the A&R Effective Date, which remains in effect on the A&R Effective Date; and (ii) for each Lender which has a new or increased Commitment under this Agreement at the time of the closing of this Agreement, a non-refundable closing fee equal to 0.75% of the amount of (x) if such Lender is a new Lender under this Agreement without any prior existing Commitment, the amount of such Lender’s new Commitment as in effect on the A&R Effective Date and (y) if such Lender is a continuing Lender which has increased its Commitment as part of the closing of this Agreement, of the aggregate amount by which (A) the total Commitment of such Lender in effect under this Agreement on the A&R Effective Date exceeds (B) the Commitment of such Lender as in effect immediately prior to the A&R Effective Date.

(e) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds in dollars, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that Borrowers shall pay the Fronting Fees directly to the Issuing Bank and Borrowers shall pay any other fees payable under the Fee Letter at the times and in the manner separately agreed to therein. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.06 Interest on Loans .

(a) ABR Loans . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(c) , the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, including each Swingline Loan, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

(b) Eurodollar Loans . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(c) , the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

 

-50-


(c) Default Rate . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an Event of Default or if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by Borrowers hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, any such amount of principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by Borrowers hereunder that is past due shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue amounts constituting principal on any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.06 or (ii) in the case of any other outstanding and overdue amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in Section 2.06(a) (in either case, the “ Default Rate ”).

(d) Interest Payment Dates . Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.06(c) shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan without a permanent reduction in Revolving Commitments), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) Interest Calculation . All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and such determination shall be prima facie evidence thereof absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.07 Termination and Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Termination of Commitments . The Revolving Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.

(b) Optional Terminations and Reductions . At their option, Borrowers may at any time terminate, or from time to time permanently reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than $2.0 million and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall not be terminated or reduced if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.10 , the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments.

(c) Borrower Notice . Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under Section 2.07(b) at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by Administrative Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by Administrative Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of another credit facility or the closing of a securities offering or other transaction which will result in the repayment of

 

-51-


the Obligations in full in cash (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) and the termination of all of the Commitments, in which case such notice may be revoked by Administrative Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

SECTION 2.08 Interest Elections .

(a) Generally . Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, Borrowers may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. Borrowers may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any conversion or continuation that, if made, would result in more than eight Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any one time. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) Interest Election Notice . To make an election pursuant to this Section, Administrative Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery, telecopier or email attachment, a duly completed and executed Interest Election Request to the Administrative Agent not later than the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if Borrowers were requesting Loans of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable. Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, or if outstanding Borrowings are being combined, allocation to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

-52-


Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(c) Automatic Conversion to ABR Borrowing . If an Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing is not timely delivered prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require, by notice to Administrative Borrower, that (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.09 [Intentionally Omitted] .

SECTION 2.10 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Loans .

(a) Optional Prepayments . Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, subject to the requirements of Section 2.10 and Section 2.13 ; provided that each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $1.0 million or, if less, the outstanding principal amount of such Borrowing.

(b) Revolving Loan Prepayments .

(i) In the event of the termination of all the Revolving Commitments, Borrowers shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all their outstanding Revolving Borrowings and all outstanding Swingline Loans and replace all outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize all outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) .

(ii) In the event of any partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments, then (x) at or prior to the effective date of such reduction, the Administrative Agent shall notify Borrowers and the Revolving Lenders of the sum of the Revolving Exposures after giving effect thereto and (y) if the sum of the Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such reduction, then Borrowers shall, on the date of such reduction, first , repay or prepay Swingline Loans, second , repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings and third , replace outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) , in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(iii) In the event that the sum of all Lenders’ Revolving Exposures exceeds either (A) the Borrowing Base then in effect or (B) the Revolving Commitments then in effect, Borrowers shall, without notice or demand, promptly first , repay or prepay Swingline Loans, second , repay or prepay Revolving Borrowings, and third , cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) , in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(iv) In the event that the aggregate LC Exposure exceeds the LC Commitment then in effect, Borrowers shall, without notice or demand, promptly replace outstanding Letters of Credit or cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) , in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

 

-53-


(v) In the event that the aggregate Swingline Exposure exceeds the Swingline Commitment then in effect Borrowers shall, without notice or demand, promptly repay or prepay Swingline Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(c) Asset Sales . Subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement, not later than five Business Days following the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale of Revolving Credit Priority Collateral by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, Borrowers shall make prepayments in accordance with Section 2.10(e) in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (i) the then outstanding Loans and (ii) 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(d) Casualty Events . Subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement, not later than five Business Days following the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from a Casualty Event involving Revolving Credit Priority Collateral (other than Certain Hydrocarbon Assets and Intermediate Products subject to a Lien in favor of MSCG or Statoil), by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, Borrowers shall make prepayments in accordance with Section 2.10(e) in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (i) the then outstanding Loans and (ii) 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(e) Application of Prepayments . Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment hereunder, Borrowers shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(f) , subject to the provisions of this Section 2.10 (e) . Subject to Section 8.02 , and so long as no Default shall then exist and be continuing, all mandatory prepayments shall be applied as follows: first , to the Swingline Loans until the same has been reduced to zero (0); second , to the Revolving Loans until the same has been reduced to zero (0); and third , to cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) . Such mandatory prepayments of the Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans shall not cause a corresponding reduction in the Swingline Commitment or Revolving Commitments.

Amounts to be applied pursuant to this Section 2.10 to the prepayment of Revolving Loans shall be applied, as applicable, first to reduce outstanding ABR Revolving Loans. Any amounts remaining after each such application shall be applied to prepay Eurodollar Revolving Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of any prepayment of Loans required under this Section 2.10 shall be in excess of the amount of the ABR Loans at the time outstanding (an “ Excess Amount ”), only the portion of the amount of such prepayment as is equal to the amount of such outstanding ABR Loans shall be immediately prepaid and, at the election of Borrowers, the Excess Amount shall be either (A) deposited in an escrow account on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and applied to the prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on the last day of the then next-expiring Interest Period for Eurodollar Loans; provided that (i) interest in respect of such Excess Amount shall continue to accrue thereon at the rate provided hereunder for the Loans which such Excess Amount is intended to repay until such Excess Amount shall have been used in full to repay such Loans and (ii) at any time while a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and upon written direction from the Required Lenders shall, apply any or all proceeds then on deposit to the payment of such Loans in an amount equal to such Excess Amount or (B) prepaid immediately, together with any amounts owing to the Lenders under Section 2.13 .

(f) Notice of Prepayment . Administrative Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by written notice of

 

-54-


any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment and (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of prepayment delivered by Administrative Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of another credit facility or the closing of a securities offering, in which case such notice may be revoked by Administrative Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified payment date) if such condition is not satisfied. Each such notice shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of a Credit Extension of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02 , except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing and otherwise in accordance with this Section 2.10 . Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.06 .

SECTION 2.11 Alternate Rate of Interest .

If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (which determination shall be prima facie evidence of the facts so determined absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent reasonably determines or is advised in writing by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to Borrowers and the Lenders as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Eurodollar Borrowing requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as a Market Disruption Loan, (ii) any Borrowing that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be continued as a Market Disruption Loan and (iii) any outstanding Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to a Market Disruption Loan; in each case, except to the extent the Borrowers in their sole discretion elect to have any such Borrowing to be made as an, or converted into an, ABR Loan.

SECTION 2.12 Yield Protection .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in, by any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBOR Rate) or the Issuing Bank;

 

-55-


(ii) subject any Lender or the Issuing Bank to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the Issuing Bank in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 2.15 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank); or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, continuing, converting into or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, upon request of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines (in good faith) that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the Issuing Bank or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)  Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.12 and delivered to Borrowers shall be prima facie evidence of the facts determined therein absent manifest error. Borrowers shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrowers shall not be required

 

-56-


to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

SECTION 2.13 Breakage Payments .

In the event of (a) the payment or prepayment, whether optional or mandatory, of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan earlier than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan earlier than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Euro-dollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan earlier than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by Administrative Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16(b) , then, in any such event, Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount reasonably equal to the actual loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by such Lender to maintain such Loss. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be delivered to Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be prima facie evidence of the facts determined therein absent manifest error. Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 5 days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.14 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs .

(a) Payments Generally . Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made by them hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or Reimbursement Obligations, or of amounts payable under Section 2.12 , 2.13 , 2.15 or 10.03 , or otherwise) on or before the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff, deduction or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Stamford, Connecticut, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.12 , 2.13 , 2.15 and 10.03 shall be made directly to the persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, unless specified otherwise, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars, except as expressly specified otherwise.

 

-57-


(b) Pro Rata Treatment .

(i) Each payment by Borrowers of interest in respect of the Loans shall be applied to the amounts of such obligations owing to the Lenders pro rata according to the respective amounts then due and owing to the Lenders.

(ii) Each payment on account of principal of the Revolving Borrowings shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders, except as expressly provided in Section 2.20(d) .

(c) Insufficient Funds . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, Reimbursement Obligations, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , toward payment of principal and Reimbursement Obligations then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and Reimbursement Obligations then due to such parties. It is understood that the foregoing does not apply to any adequate protection payments under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding, and that the Administrative Agent may, subject to any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar orders, distribute any adequate protection payments it receives on behalf of the Lenders to the Lenders in its sole discretion ( i.e ., whether to pay the earliest accrued interest, all accrued interest on a pro rata basis or otherwise).

(d) Sharing of Set-Off . If any Lender (and/or the Issuing Bank, which shall be deemed a “Lender” for purposes of this Section 2.14(d) ) shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other Obligations resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other Obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Requirements of Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation. If under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or any similar law any Secured Party receives a secured

 

-58-


claim in lieu of a setoff or counterclaim to which this Section 2.14(d) applies, such Secured Party shall to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights to which the Secured Party is entitled under this Section 2.14(d ) to share in the benefits of the recovery of such secured claim.

(e) Borrower Default . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Administrative Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

SECTION 2.15 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent) to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased by the Loan Parties as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by Borrowers . Without limiting the provisions of paragraph (a) above, Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

(c) Indemnification by Borrowers . Without duplication of amounts paid by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.15(a) , Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrowers by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the calculations of such payment or liability and including reasonable supporting evidence shall be prima facie evidence thereof absent manifest error.

 

-59-


(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by Borrowers to a Governmental Authority, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e)  Status of Lenders . On or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement, including by assignment, any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to Administrative Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law or reasonably requested by Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the above two sentences, in the case of any taxes that are not U.S. federal withholding taxes, the completion, execution and submission of non-U.S. federal forms shall not be required if in the Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense or would be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that any Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America, any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement including by assignment (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party,

(ii) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit Q , or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and that no payments in connection with the Loan Documents are effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor forms),

 

-60-


(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms), accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit Q , Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more beneficial owners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit Q, on behalf of such beneficial owner(s),

(v) if a payment made to a Lender hereunder or pursuant to any Notes would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender fails to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Administrative Agent and Administrative Borrower (A) a certification signed by the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller and (B) other documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and Administrative Borrower sufficient for Administrative Agent and Administrative Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such applicable reporting requirements, or

(vi) any other form prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

Each Foreign Lender shall, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Foreign Lender of the forms described above, whenever a lapse in time or change in such Foreign Lender’s circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence so delivered obsolete or inaccurate, promptly (1) deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) renewals, amendments or additional or successor forms, properly completed and duly executed by such Foreign Lender, together with any other certificate or statement of exemption required in order to confirm or establish such Foreign Lender’s status or that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax or (2) notify Administrative Agent and Borrowers of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence.

Any Lender that is not a Foreign Lender shall deliver to Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter as prescribed by applicable law or upon the request of Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly executed and properly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that it is not subject to backup withholding.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a Loan Party or with respect to which a Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the applicable Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Loan Party under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of

 

-61-


all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that such Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender or in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to Borrowers or any other person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to a Loan Party the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender in a less favorable net after-tax position than the Administrative Agent or such Lender would have been in if the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund had never been imposed in the first instance.

(g) Payments . For purposes of this Section 2.15 , (i) any payments by the Administrative Agent to a Lender of any amounts received by the Administrative Agent from Borrowers on behalf of such Lender shall be treated as a payment from Borrowers to such Lender and (ii) if a Lender is treated as a partnership by a jurisdiction imposing an Indemnified Tax, any withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the Lender in respect of any of such Lender’s partners shall be considered a withholding or payment of such Indemnified Tax by the Borrowers.

(h) Issuing Bank . For all purposes of this Section 2.15 , the term Lender shall include the Issuing Bank.

SECTION 2.16 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12 , or requires Borrowers to indemnify or pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.15 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. A certificate setting forth such costs and expenses submitted by such Lender to Administrative Borrower, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the calculations of such costs and expenses and including reasonable supporting evidence, shall be prima facie evidence thereof absent manifest error.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12 , or if Borrowers are required to indemnify or pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or if Borrowers exercise their replacement rights under Section 10.02(d) , then Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.04 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:

(i) Borrowers shall have paid (or shall have caused to be paid) to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 10.04(b) ;

 

-62-


(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 2.13 ) (other than indemnities and other Contingent Obligations not then due and payable), assuming for this purpose (in the case of a Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 2.12 , 2.15 or 10.02(d) ) that the Loans of such Lender were being prepaid) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts)

(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Requirements of Law.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Each Lender agrees that, if Borrowers elect to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 2.16(b) , they shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence the assignment and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if Notes have been issued in respect of such Lender’s Loans) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register.

SECTION 2.17 Swingline Loans .

(a) Swingline Commitment . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.17 and in its discretion, to make Swingline Loans to Borrowers from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding the Swingline Commitment or (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the lesser of (A) the total Revolving Commitments and (B) the Borrowing Base; provided that the Borrowers shall not use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) Swingline Loans . To request a Swingline Loan, Administrative Borrower shall deliver, by hand delivery, telecopier or email attachment, a duly completed and executed Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify

 

-63-


the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount of the requested Swingline Loan. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to Borrowers to an account as directed by Administrative Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request maintained with the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.18(e) , by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan. Administrative Borrower shall not request a Swingline Loan if at the time of or immediately after giving effect to the Extension of Credit contemplated by such request a Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom. Swingline Loans shall be made in minimum amounts of $1.0 million and integral multiples of $100,000 above such amount.

(c) Prepayment . Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to repay any Swingline Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving written notice to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent before 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the proposed date of prepayment.

(d) Participations . The Swingline Lender may at any time in its discretion, and shall, at least once each week, by written notice given to the Administrative Agent ( provided such notice requirement shall not apply if the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent are the same entity) not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day following such notice require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans then outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever (so long as such payment shall not cause such Lender’s Revolving Exposure to exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment). Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.02 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify Administrative Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired by the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from Borrowers (or other party on behalf of Borrowers) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent. Any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve Borrowers of any default in the payment thereof.

 

-64-


SECTION 2.18 Letters of Credit .

(a) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Administrative Borrower may request the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank agrees, to issue Letters of Credit for a Borrower’s own account or the account of a Subsidiary in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank (provided, however, that the form attached as Exhibit S hereto shall be acceptable in any event to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank), at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period ( provided that the applicable Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and be jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary). The Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue, and Administrative Borrower shall not request the issuance of, any Letter of Credit at any time if after giving effect to such issuance, the LC Exposure would exceed the LC Commitment or the total Revolving Exposure would exceed the lesser of (A) total Revolving Commitments and (B) the Borrowing Base. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by Administrative Borrower to, or entered into by Borrowers with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Request for Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions and Notices . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit, Administrative Borrower shall deliver, by hand or telecopier (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank), an LC Request to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the second Business Day preceding the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (or such later date and time as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank).

A request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be provided and delivered by the Administrative Borrower and shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:

(i) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day);

(ii) the amount thereof;

(iii) the expiry date thereof (which shall not be later than the close of business on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date);

(iv) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof;

(v) whether the Letter of Credit is to be issued for its own account or for the account of one of its Subsidiaries ( provided that such Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and therefore jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary);

(vi) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing thereunder;

 

-65-


(vii) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in connection with any drawing thereunder; and

(viii) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may require.

A request for an amendment, renewal or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:

(i) the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended;

(ii) the proposed date of amendment, renewal or extension thereof (which shall be a Business Day);

(iii) the nature of the proposed amendment, renewal or extension; and

(iv) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require.

If requested by the Issuing Bank, Administrative Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and, upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit, Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed the LC Commitment, (ii) the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the total Revolving Commitments and (B) the Borrowing Base and (iii) the conditions set forth in Article IV in respect of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension shall have been satisfied. Unless the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall agree otherwise, no Letter of Credit shall be in an initial amount less than $100,000, in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit, or $100,000, in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit.

Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment, renewal, extension or modification to a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, who shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender, thereof, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment, renewal, extension or modification to a Letter of Credit and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.18(d) . If the Issuing Bank is not the same person as the Administrative Agent, on the first Business Day of each calendar month, the Issuing Bank shall provide to the Administrative Agent a report listing all outstanding Letters of Credit and the amounts and beneficiaries thereof and the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide such report to each Revolving Lender.

(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) (x) the date which is one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (y) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, and (ii) if Administrative Borrower so requests in any Letter of Credit Request, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the Issuing Bank to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day in each such twelve-month period to be

 

-66-


agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the Issuing Bank, Borrowers shall not be required to make a specific request to the Issuing Bank for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Issuing Bank to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time prior to an expiry date but not later than the earlier of (i) one year from the date of such renewal and (ii) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the Issuing Bank shall not permit any such renewal if (x) the Issuing Bank has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.18(k) or otherwise), or (y) it has received notice on or before the day that is two Business Days before the date which has been agreed upon pursuant to the proviso of the first sentence of this paragraph, (1) from the Administrative Agent that any Revolving Lender directly affected thereby has elected not to permit such renewal or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Borrowers that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.03 are not then satisfied.

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by Borrowers on the date due as provided in Section 2.18(e) , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to Borrowers for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, or expiration, termination or cash collateralization of any Letter of Credit and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement .

(i) If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Issuing Bank an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made if Administrative Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by Administrative Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that Administrative Borrower receives such notice; provided that Administrative Borrower may request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with ABR Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans (which ABR Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, as the case may be, will not be subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein) in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, Borrowers’ obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.

(ii) If Borrowers fail to make such payment when due, the Issuing Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable

 

-67-


LC Disbursement, the payment then due from Borrowers in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each Revolving Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Revolving Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on any day, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the unreimbursed LC Disbursement in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Revolving Lender, and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. To the extent of any payments made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18(e)(ii) , no Default or Event of Default will result from the failure of the Borrowers to make reimbursement in respect of the relevant LC Disbursement. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from Borrowers pursuant to the above paragraph prior to the time that any Revolving Lender makes any payment pursuant to the preceding sentence and any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent from Borrowers thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as appropriate.

(iii) If any Revolving Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such LC Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, each of such Revolving Lender and Borrowers severally agrees to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with the foregoing to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of Borrowers, the rate per annum set forth in Section 2.18(g) and (ii) in the case of such Lender, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules or practices on interbank compensation.

(f) Obligations Absolute . The Reimbursement Obligation of Borrowers as provided in Section 2.18(e) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid and performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein; (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit being proved to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that fails to comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing (other than payment), that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.18 , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the obligations of Borrowers hereunder; (v) the fact that a Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or (vi) any material adverse change in the business, property, results of operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries. None of the Agents, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or any of their Affiliates shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable

 

-68-


Requirements of Law) suffered by Borrowers that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures . The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly give written notice to the Administrative Agent and Administrative Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve Borrowers of their Reimbursement Obligation to the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement (other than with respect to the timing of such Reimbursement Obligation set forth in Section 2.18(e) ).

(h)  Interim Interest . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement or such LC Disbursement is repaid with Revolving Loans as set forth in clause (c) above in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest payable on demand, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to and including the date that Borrowers are required to reimburse such LC Disbursement under Section 2.18(e)(i) , at the interest rate then in effect for ABR Loans, and thereafter, at the rate per annum determined pursuant to Section 2.06(c) until (but excluding) the date that Borrowers reimburse such LC Disbursement or such LC Disbursement is repaid with Revolving Loans as set forth in clause (e) above. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that Administrative Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, Borrowers shall deposit on terms and in accounts reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 103% of the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to Borrowers described in Section 8.01(g) or (h) . Funds so deposited shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of outstanding Reimbursement Obligations or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing

 

-69-


greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Obligations of Borrowers under this Agreement. If Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral under this Section 2.18(i) as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount plus any accrued interest or realized profits with respect to such amounts (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to Borrowers within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(j) Additional Issuing Banks . Borrowers may, at any time and from time to time, designate one or more additional Revolving Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Issuing Bank and such Revolving Lender(s). Any Revolving Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (j)  shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under the Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by it, and all references in the Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Bank” shall, with respect to such Letters of Credit, be deemed to refer to such Revolving Lender in its capacity as the Issuing Bank, as the context shall require. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such additional Issuing Bank. If at any time there is more than one Issuing Bank hereunder, Borrowers may, in their discretion, select which Issuing Bank is to issue any particular Letter of Credit.

(k) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank . The Issuing Bank may resign as Issuing Bank hereunder at any time upon at least 30 days’ prior notice to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and Administrative Borrower. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among Borrowers, each Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such resignation of the Issuing Bank shall become effective, Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the retiring Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.05(c) . From and after the effective date of any such resignation or replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued by it thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or replacement of an Issuing Bank, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(l) Other. The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if

(i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it; or

(ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Bank.

 

-70-


The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit. For the avoidance of doubt, any Letter of Credit issued and outstanding under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement as of the A&R Effective Date immediately prior to giving effect to this Agreement shall automatically be deemed issued as a Letter of Credit under this Agreement from and after the A&R Effective Date.

SECTION 2.19 Defaulting Lenders .

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) the Commitment Fee shall cease to accrue on the Commitment of such Lender so long as it is a Defaulting Lender (except to the extent it is payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to clause (c)(v) below);

(b) if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of such Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrowers shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i)  above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized pursuant to clause (ii)  above, Borrowers shall not be required to pay the LC Participation Fee with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure so long as it is cash collateralized;

(iv) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (i)  above, then the LC Participation Fee with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages; or

(v) if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.19(b) , then, without prejudice to

 

-71-


any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, the Commitment Fee that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and the LC Participation Fee payable with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated;

(c) so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateralized in accordance with Section 2.19(b) , and participations in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and

(d) any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.14(d) but excluding Section 2.16(b) ) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirements of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i)  first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii)  second , pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder, (iii)  third , to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any participation in any Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iv)  fourth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Administrative Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (v)  fifth , pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrowers or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrowers or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vi)  sixth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or Reimbursement Obligations in respect of LC Disbursements which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, Administrative Borrower, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Percentage. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.19 are in addition

 

-72-


to other rights and remedies that Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the non-Defaulting Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.19 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

SECTION 2.20 Increase in Commitments .

(a) Borrower Request . Administrative Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request after the commencement of the Revolving Availability Period and prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, an increase to the existing Revolving Commitments by an amount determined by the Administrative Borrower not in excess of $425,000,000 in the aggregate and not less than $10,000,000 individually. Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, an “ Increase Effective Date ”) on which Administrative Borrower proposes that the increased or new Revolving Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 5 Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the identity of each Eligible Assignee to whom Administrative Borrower proposes any portion of such increased or new Revolving Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that any existing Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the increased or new Revolving Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such increased or new Revolving Commitment.

(b) Conditions . The increased or new Revolving Commitments shall become effective, as of such Increase Effective Date; provided that:

(i) each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 shall be satisfied on or prior to the Increase Effective Date;

(ii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result after giving effect thereto;

(iii) Borrowers shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.13 in connection with any adjustment of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.20(d) ;

(iv) Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agents shall have received audits and an Inventory Appraisal, in each case, reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agents with respect to any new Accounts or hydrocarbon Inventory being added to the Borrowing Base, if any, in connection with the Incremental Revolving Loans prior to such Accounts or hydrocarbon Inventory being included for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base; provided , that this requirement to obtain such audits and Inventory Appraisals shall only be required to the extent the new Accounts and/or hydrocarbon Inventory being added to the Borrowing Base equals or exceeds 10% of the then-existing Borrowing Base;

(v) [Reserved];

(vi) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party set forth in Article III hereof or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Increase Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; and

 

-73-


(vii) Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.

(c) Terms of New Loans and Commitments . The terms and provisions, including, without limitation, interest, commitment fees and letter of credit participation fees, of Loans made pursuant to the new Revolving Commitments (“ Incremental Revolving Loans ”) shall be identical from and after the date of effectiveness of the relevant Increase Joinder in all respects to the Revolving Loans.

The increased or new Commitments shall be effected by a joinder agreement (the “ Increase Joinder ”) executed by Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each Lender making such increased or new Commitment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of them. The Increase Joinder may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20 . In addition, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in Loan Documents to Revolving Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include references to Revolving Loans made pursuant to new Revolving Commitments as set forth in this Section 2.20 .

(d) Adjustment of Revolving Loans . Each Revolving Lender that is acquiring a new or additional Revolving Commitment on the Increase Effective Date shall make a Revolving Loan, the proceeds of which will be used to prepay the Revolving Loans of the other Revolving Lenders that did not acquire or agree to provide new or additional Revolving Commitments on such Increase Effective Date immediately prior to such Increase Effective Date, so that, after giving effect thereto, the Revolving Loans outstanding are held by the Revolving Lenders pro rata based on their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such Increase Effective Date. If there is a new borrowing of Revolving Loans on such Increase Effective Date, the Revolving Lenders after giving effect to such Increase Effective Date shall make such Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.01 .

(e) In addition to increased Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.20(a) , the Borrowers may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more new tranches of Revolving Commitments (the “ Refinancing Loan Commitments ”), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000, the proceeds of which shall be used solely to permanently replace then existing Revolving Commitments, and to pay fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, a “ Refinancing Amount Date ”) on which the Borrowers proposes that the Refinancing Loan Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than five Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent. Such Refinancing Loan Commitments shall become effective as of such Refinancing Amount Date; provided , that: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Refinancing Amount Date immediately before or immediately after giving effect to any such Refinancing Loan Commitments; (ii) any such Refinancing Loan Commitments shall be made effective pursuant to one or more joinder agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by the Borrowers, the Lenders providing such Refinancing Loan Commitments and the Administrative Agent (each such joinder agreement, a “ Refinancing Joinder Agreement ”), each of which Refinancing Joinder Agreements shall be recorded in the Register; (iii) the Borrowers shall pay all fees and expenses due and payable to the Administrative Agent

 

-74-


and the Lenders in connection with any such Refinancing Loan Commitments; and (iv) the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered any and all customary and appropriate legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.

(i) The terms and provisions of any Refinancing Revolving Loans and Refinancing Loan Commitments shall be such that, except as otherwise set forth herein or in the applicable Refinancing Joinder Agreement, they shall be identical to those of the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments as in effect on the Refinancing Amount Date with respect to such Refinancing Revolving Loans and Refinancing Loan Commitments, in each case, from and after the Refinancing Amount Date; provided , however , that: (i) the applicable maturity date of any such Refinancing Revolving Loans shall be later than the Revolving Maturity Date; (ii) the Liens securing any such Refinancing Revolving Loans and Refinancing Loan Commitments shall be secured on a pari passu basis with (or on a junior basis to) the Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents to secure the then existing Secured Obligations; and (iii) the rate of interest applicable to such Refinancing Revolving Loans shall be determined by the Borrowers and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Refinancing Joinder Agreement.

(ii) On any Refinancing Amount Date on which any Refinancing Loan Commitments are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (A) each Lender with a Refinancing Loan Commitment (each, a “ Refinancing Revolving Credit Lender ”) shall commit to make Revolving Loans available to the Borrowers (“ Refinancing Revolving Loans ”) in an amount equal to its Refinancing Loan Commitment, and (B) each Refinancing Revolving Credit Lender shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Refinancing Loan Commitment.

(iii) Each Refinancing Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20(e) .

(f) Equal and Ratable Benefit . The Loans and Commitments established pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Security Documents. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien and security interests granted by the Security Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such Class of Loans or any such new Commitments.

SECTION 2.21 Determination of Borrowing Base .

(a) Eligible Accounts . On any date of determination of the Borrowing Base, all of the Accounts owned by Borrowers and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agents shall be “Eligible Accounts” for the purposes of this Agreement, except any Account to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. In addition, the Co-Collateral Agents shall have the right from time to time to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves and Hedging Reserves (without duplication) against Eligible Accounts. Eligible Accounts shall not include any of the following Accounts:

(i) any Account in which the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties does not have a perfected, first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens);

 

-75-


(ii) any Account that is not owned by a Borrower;

(iii) [Reserved];

(iv) any Account due from MSCG or Statoil, including any Account due from Statoil in respect of the sale of Saudi Oil by a Loan Party to Statoil, except to the extent paid in cash to a Loan Party;

(v) any Account due from an Account Debtor that is not domiciled in the United States or any political subdivision thereof or Canada or any province or territory thereof and (if not a natural Person) organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or Canada or any province or territory thereof unless supported by an irrevocable letter of credit (up to the face amount of such letter of credit); provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, this clause (v)  shall not exclude (i) Account Debtors specified on Part A of Annex II attached hereto so long as each Account Debtor set forth on Part A of Annex II remains Investment Grade and (ii) Account Debtors specified on Part B of Annex II or otherwise agreed to by the Co-Collateral Agents which are not domiciled or organized in the United States or any political subdivision thereof or Canada or any province or territory thereof to the extent such Account Debtor’s parent entity is domiciled or organized in the United States or any political subdivision thereof or Canada or any province or territory thereof;

(vi) any Account that is payable in any currency other than in dollars;

(vii) any Account that does not arise from the sale of goods or the performance of services by the Borrowers in the ordinary course of their business;

(viii) any Account that does not comply in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements, including, without limitation, all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority;

(ix) any Account (a) to the extent that the applicable Borrower’s right to receive payment is not absolute or is contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever unless such condition is satisfied or (b) as to which a Borrower is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial or administrative process or (c) that represents a progress billing consisting of an invoice for goods sold or used or services rendered pursuant to a contract under which the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay that invoice is subject to such Borrower’s completion of further performance under such contract or is subject to the equitable lien of a surety bond issuer; in each case set forth in (a), (b) or (c), to the extent such Account is subject to such condition, inability to bring suit or subject to progress billing or lien;

(x) to the extent that any defense, counterclaim, setoff or dispute is asserted as to such Account, it being understood that the remaining balance of the Account shall be eligible;

(xi) any Account that is not bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Account for merchandise sold to or services rendered and accepted by the applicable Account Debtor;

 

-76-


(xii) any Account with respect to which an invoice or other electronic transmission (reasonably acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents in form and substance) constituting a request for payment, has not been sent on a timely basis to the applicable Account Debtor according to the normal invoicing and timing procedures of the applicable Borrower;

(xiii) any Account that arises from a sale to any director, officer, other employee or Affiliate of a Loan Party, or to any entity that has any common officer or director with a Loan Party;

(xiv) to the extent a Borrower is liable for goods sold or services rendered by the applicable Account Debtor to a Borrower but only to the extent of the potential offset, except to the extent any waivers of offset rights, which are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents, are in effect in respect of such Account;

(xv) any Account that arises with respect to goods that are delivered on a bill-and-hold, cash-on-delivery basis or placed on consignment, guaranteed sale or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor is or may be conditional;

(xvi) any Account that is in default; provided that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an Account shall be deemed in default upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(A) any Account not paid within 90 days following its original invoice date; or

(B) the Account Debtor obligated upon such Account suspends business, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to pay its debts generally as they come due; or

(C) in respect of which a petition is filed by or against any Account Debtor obligated upon such Account under any bankruptcy law or any other federal, state or foreign (including any provincial) receivership, insolvency relief or other law or laws for the relief of debtors;

(xvii) any Account that is the obligation of an Account Debtor if 50% or more of the dollar amount of all Accounts owing by that Account Debtor are ineligible under the other criteria set forth in this Section 2.21(a) (other than clauses (i) , (v)  and (vi) );

(xviii) any Account as to which any of the representations or warranties in the Loan Documents in respect of Accounts are untrue;

(xix) to the extent such Account is evidenced by a judgment, Instrument or Chattel Paper;

(xx) to the extent such Account exceeds any credit limit established by the Co-Collateral Agents, in their reasonable credit judgment exercised in good faith; or

(xxi) any Account on which the Account Debtor is a Governmental Authority, unless (a) if the Account Debtor is the United States of America, any State or political subdivision

 

-77-


thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or any State or political subdivision thereof, the applicable Borrower has assigned its rights to payment of such Account to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, in the case of any such federal Governmental Authority, and pursuant to any requirements of applicable law, if any, in the case of any such other Governmental Authority, and (b) if the Account Debtor is any other Governmental Authority, the applicable Borrower has, if required by any applicable law, assigned its rights to payment of such Account to the Administrative Agent pursuant to applicable law, if any, and, in each such case where such acceptance and acknowledgment is required by applicable law, such assignment has been accepted and acknowledged by the appropriate government officers to the extent so required.

(b) Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory . On any date of determination of the Borrowing Base, all of the hydrocarbon Inventory owned by the Borrowers and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agents shall be “Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory” for the purposes of this Agreement, except any hydrocarbon Inventory to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. In addition, the Co-Collateral Agents shall have the right from time to time to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves and Hedging Reserves (without duplication) against hydrocarbon Inventory. Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory shall not include any hydrocarbon Inventory that:

(i) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, does not have a perfected, first priority Lien upon (subject to Permitted Liens);

(ii) any Inventory that is not owned by a Borrower

(iii) (a) is stored at a leased location where the aggregate value of hydrocarbon Inventory exceeds $5,000,000 (unless the Administrative Agent shall have given its prior consent to a higher amount and unless either (x) a reasonably satisfactory Landlord Access Agreement has been delivered to the Co-Collateral Agents, or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents (not to exceed three (3) months of periodic rent) have been established with respect thereto), or (b) is stored with a bailee or warehouseman where the aggregate value of hydrocarbon Inventory exceeds $5,000,000 unless either (x) a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged bailee waiver letter has been received by the Co-Collateral Agents or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents (not to exceed three (3) months of periodic rent) have been established with respect thereto, or (c) is stored at a location where the aggregate value of hydrocarbon Inventory is less than $1,000,000;

(iv) is placed on consignment, unless a valid consignment agreement which is reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent is in place with respect to such hydrocarbon Inventory;

(v) is (a) not located in the United States or Canada or (b) in transit outside the United States or Canada on the high seas; provided , that any such hydrocarbon Inventory in transit on the high seas outside the United States or Canada shall constitute Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory in an amount on any date of determination not to exceed 33.33% of the total amount of the Borrowing Base at such time so long as (I) such hydrocarbon Inventory does not constitute an Account, (II) if purchased with a letter of credit such letter of credit shall be issued by an Issuing Bank hereunder, (III) such hydrocarbon Inventory is covered by insurance in form and substance

 

-78-


reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided, it being understood and agreed that the insurance described on Annex III shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (IV) all applicable documents of title (including electronic copies thereof) relating to such hydrocarbon Inventory shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent (or a designee (including, if so designated by the Administrative Agent, a Borrower or other Loan Party) of the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days (or one (1) Business Day in the case of electronic copies) of receipt by the Borrowers thereof;

(vi) is covered by a negotiable document of title, unless such document has been delivered to the Administrative Agent with all necessary endorsements, free and clear of all Liens except those in favor of the Administrative Agent and landlords, carriers, bailees and warehousemen if clause (iii)  above has been complied with;

(vii) is to be returned to suppliers;

(viii) is obsolete, unsalable, shopworn, damaged or unfit for sale;

(ix) consists of display items or packing or shipping materials, manufacturing supplies or, with respect to the DCR Facility and the Paulsboro Facility;

(x) is not of a type held for sale in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business;

(xi) breaches any of the representations or warranties pertaining to hydrocarbon Inventory set forth in the Loan Documents;

(xii) is subject to any licensing arrangement the effect of which would prohibit or materially restrict Administrative Agent, or any Person selling the hydrocarbon Inventory on behalf of Administrative Agent from selling such hydrocarbon Inventory in enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s Liens, without further consent or payment (other than ordinary course royalty payments or other similar payments) to the licensor or other Person, unless such consent has been obtained; or

(xiii) is not covered by casualty insurance maintained as required by Section 5.04 .

For the avoidance of doubt, “Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory” (A) shall not include Intermediate Products located at the DCR Facility or at the Paulsboro Facility that are not owned by a Loan Party or that are subject to any Lien or ownership interest of MSCG; (B) shall include Intermediate Products located at the Toledo Facility; and (C) shall not include Certain Hydrocarbon Assets.

SECTION 2.22 Accounts; Cash Management . Borrowers and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall, prior to the commencement of the Revolving Availability Period, maintain a cash management system (the “ Cash Management System ”), which shall operate as follows:

(a) All proceeds of Collateral held by Borrowers or any other Loan Party (other than funds being collected pursuant to the provisions stated below) shall be deposited in one or more bank accounts, as set forth on Schedule 2.22 or other accounts in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent subject to the terms of the Security Agreement and applicable Control Agreements.

 

-79-


(b) Borrowers shall establish and maintain, at their sole expense, and shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor to establish and maintain, at its sole expense accounts subject to Control Agreements, which, on and after the commencement of the Revolving Availability Period, shall consist of accounts maintained by the financial institutions as described on Schedule 2.22 hereto (in each case, except for Excluded Deposit Accounts, the “ Blocked Accounts ”), or with such other banks as are acceptable to the Administrative Agent into which Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors shall promptly deposit and direct their respective Account Debtors to directly remit all payments on Accounts and all payments constituting proceeds of hydrocarbon Inventory or other Revolving Credit Priority Collateral in the identical form in which such payments are made, whether by cash, check or other manner and shall be identified and segregated from all other funds of the Loan Parties. On or prior to the commencement of the Revolving Availability Period (or such later time as permitted hereunder), Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Administrative Agent a Control Agreement duly authorized, executed and delivered by each bank where a Blocked Account for the benefit of Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor is maintained. Borrowers shall further execute and deliver, and shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver, such agreements and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with such Blocked Accounts and such Control Agreements. Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors shall not establish any deposit accounts after the commencement of the Revolving Availability Period into which proceeds of Revolving Credit Priority Collateral are deposited, unless the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor has complied in full with the provisions of this Section 2.22(b) with respect to such deposit accounts. Each Borrower agrees that from and after the delivery of an Activation Notice all payments made to such Blocked Accounts or other funds received and collected by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, whether in respect of the Accounts or as proceeds of hydrocarbon Inventory shall be treated as payments to the Administrative Agent and Lenders in respect of the Obligations and therefore, after giving effect to such payments shall constitute the property of Administrative Agent and Lenders to the extent of the then outstanding applicable Obligations.

(c) The applicable bank at which any Blocked Accounts are maintained shall agree from and after the receipt of a notice (an “ Activation Notice ”) from Administrative Agent (which Activation Notice may, or upon instruction of the Required Lenders, as applicable, shall, be given by Administrative Agent at any time and after the occurrence of a Trigger Event which is continuing at the time of such notice) pursuant to the applicable Control Agreement, to forward, daily, all amounts in each Blocked Account to the account designated as collection account (the “ Collection Account ”) which shall be under the exclusive dominion and control of Administrative Agent.

(d) From and after the delivery of an Activation Notice, Administrative Agent shall apply all such funds in the Collection Account on a daily basis to the repayment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 . Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, after payment in full has been made of the amounts required under Subsections 8.02(a) through (d) , upon Borrowers’ request and as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and all other conditions precedent to a Borrowing have been satisfied, any additional funds deposited in the Collection Account shall be released to Borrowers.

(e) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, Borrowers shall promptly deposit or cause the same to be deposited, any monies, checks, notes, drafts or any other payment relating to and/or proceeds of Accounts or hydrocarbon Inventory or other Revolving Credit Priority Collateral which come into their possession or under their control in the applicable Blocked Accounts, or remit the same or cause the same to be remitted, in kind, to the Administrative Agent. Borrowers agree to reimburse

 

-80-


Administrative Agent on demand for any amounts owed or paid to any bank at which a Blocked Account is established or any other bank or person involved in the transfer of funds to or from the Blocked Accounts arising out of Administrative Agent’s payments to or indemnification of such bank or person.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders (with references to the Companies being references thereto after giving effect to the Transactions unless otherwise expressly stated) that:

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers .

Each Company (a) is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its property and (c) is qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in the applicable jurisdiction) to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no existing material default under any Organizational Document of any Company or any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute a material default by any Company thereunder.

SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability .

The Transactions to be entered into by each Loan Party are within such Loan Party’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of such Loan Party. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03 No Conflicts .

Except as set forth on Schedule 3.03 , the Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings necessary to perfect or maintain Liens created by the Loan Documents and (iii) consents, approvals, registrations, filings, permits or actions the failure to obtain or perform which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate the Organizational Documents of any Company, (c) will not violate any Requirement of Law, except for any such violation which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (d) will not violate or result in a default or require any consent or approval under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Company or its property, including, without limitation, the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements or the Oil Supply Agreements, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Company, except for violations, defaults

 

-81-


or the creation of such rights that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of any Company, except Liens created by the Loan Documents and Permitted Liens.

SECTION 3.04 Financial Statements; Projections .

(a) Historical Financial Statements . Administrative Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Lenders (i) the audited financial statements of Paulsboro, PBF Investments LLC, PBF Power Marketing LLC and Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, audited by and accompanied by the unqualified opinions of KPMG LLP (with respect to Paulsboro and Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC ) and Deloitte & Touche LLP (with respect to PBF Investments LLC and PBF Power Marketing LLC), in each case, independent public accountants, and (ii) audited financial statements for Holdings as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 audited by and accompanied by the unqualified opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants and (iii) unaudited financial statements for Holdings as of and for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012 and the fiscal months ended July 31, 2012 and August 31, 2012 and for the comparable periods of the preceding fiscal year, in each case, certified by a Financial Officer of Administrative Borrower. Such financial statements and all financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) , (b)  and (c)  have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and present fairly and accurately in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods to which they relate, except for, in the case of the statements provided under clause (ii) and statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(b) and( c) , the absence of footnote disclosures and normal year-end adjustments.

(b) No Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2011, there has been no event, change, circumstance or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Forecasts . The forecasts of financial performance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries furnished to Agents and the Lenders have been prepared in good faith by Borrowers and based on assumptions believed by Borrowers to reasonable at the time of preparation of such forecasts, it being understood that actual results may differ from such forecasts and such differences may be material.

SECTION 3.05 Properties .

(a) Generally . Each Company has good title to, a license to or valid leasehold interests in, all its property material to its business, free and clear of all Liens except for, in the case of Collateral, Permitted Liens and, in the case of all other material property, Permitted Liens and minor irregularities or deficiencies in title that, individually or in the aggregate, do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such property for its intended purpose and except where the failure to have such title or other interest is not reasonably expected to have individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Companies, taken as a whole, (i) is in good operating order, condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and (ii) constitutes all the property which is required for the business and operations of the Companies as presently conducted.

 

-82-


(b) Real Property . Schedules 8(a) and 8(b) to the Perfection Certificates contain a true and complete list of each interest in Real Property (i) owned by any Company as of the date hereof and describes the type of interest therein held by such Company and whether such owned Real Property is leased and if leased whether the underlying Lease contains any option to purchase all or any portion of such Real Property or any interest therein or contains any right of first refusal relating to any sale of such Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein and (ii) leased, subleased or otherwise occupied or utilized by any Company, as lessee, sublessee, franchisee or licensee, as of the date hereof and describes the type of interest therein held by such Company and, in each of the cases described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 3.05(b) , whether any Lease requires the consent of the landlord or tenant thereunder, or other party thereto, to the Transactions.

(c) No Casualty Event . No Company has received any written notice of, nor has any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event affecting all or any portion of its property, which Casualty Event could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Collateral . Each Loan Party owns or has rights to use all of the Collateral and all rights with respect to any of the foregoing used in, necessary for or material to each Company’s business as currently conducted. The use by each Loan Party of such Collateral and all such rights with respect to the foregoing do not infringe on the rights of any person other than such infringement which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been made and remains outstanding that any Loan Party’s use of any Collateral does or may violate the rights of any third party that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.06 Intellectual Property .

(a) Ownership/No Claims . Each Loan Party owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights, technology, trade secrets, proprietary information, know-how and processes necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted (the “ Intellectual Property ”), except for those the failure to own or license which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) No claim has been asserted against any Loan Party in writing and is pending by any person challenging or questioning the use of any such Intellectual Property by such Loan Party or the validity or enforceability of any such Intellectual Property owned by such Loan Party (other than office actions issued in connection with the prosecution of any applications for Intellectual Property), except for such claims that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(ii) the use of such Intellectual Property by each Loan Party does not infringe the rights of any person, except for such infringements in that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Registrations . Except pursuant to licenses and other agreements entered into by each Loan Party that are listed in Schedule 12(a) or 12(b) to the Perfection Certificates, on and as of the date hereof (i) each Loan Party owns and possesses the right to use, and has not licensed any other person to use, any copyright or trademark (as such terms are defined in the Security Agreements) listed in Schedule 12(a) or 12(b) to the Perfection Certificates and (ii) all registrations listed in Schedule 12(a) or 12(b) to the Perfection Certificates are in existence.

 

-83-


(c) No Violations or Proceedings . To each Loan Party’s knowledge, on and as of the date hereof, there is no infringement by others of any right of such Loan Party with respect to any copyright, patent or trademark listed in Schedule 12(a) or 12(b) to the Perfection Certificates, pledged by it under the name of such Loan Party except as may be set forth on Schedule 3.06(c) , except for such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect

SECTION 3.07 Equity Interests and Subsidiaries .

(a) Equity Interests . Schedules 1(a) and 10(a) to the Perfection Certificates set forth a list of (i) all the Subsidiaries of Holdings and their jurisdictions of organization as of the A&R Effective Date and (ii) the number of each class of its Equity Interests authorized, and the number outstanding, on the A&R Effective Date and the number of shares covered by all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights at the A&R Effective Date. All Equity Interests of each Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) are duly and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable (if applicable), and, other than the Equity Interests of Holdings, are owned by Holdings, directly or indirectly through Wholly Owned Subsidiaries. All Equity Interests of Delaware City and Paulsboro are owned directly by Holdings. Each Loan Party is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Equity Interests pledged by it under the Security Agreements, free of any and all Liens, rights or claims of other persons, except the security interest created by the Security Agreements and Permitted Liens, and there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase, or shareholder, voting trust or similar agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is convertible into, or that requires the issuance or sale of, any such Equity Interests.

(b) No Consent of Third Parties Required . Except for any consent which has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect, no consent of any person including any other general or limited partner, any other member of a limited liability company, any other shareholder or any other trust beneficiary is necessary from the perspective of a secured party in connection with the creation, perfection or priority (subject to, and as described in, the Intercreditor Agreements) status of the security interest of the Administrative Agent in any Equity Interests pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Security Agreements or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in the Security Agreements or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

SECTION 3.08 Litigation; Compliance with Laws .

Except as set forth on Schedule 3.08 , there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of any Company, threatened in writing against or affecting any Company or any business, property or rights of any Company (i) that involve any Loan Document or any of the Transactions or (ii) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except for matters covered by Section 3.18 , no Company or any of its property is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of its property as currently conducted violate, any Requirements of Law (including any zoning or building ordinance, code or approval or any building permits) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting any Company’s Real Property or is in default with respect to any Requirement of Law, where such violation or default, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-84-


SECTION 3.09 [Reserved] .

SECTION 3.10 Federal Reserve Regulations .

No Company is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X. The pledge of the Securities Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents does not violate such regulations.

SECTION 3.11 Investment Company Act .

No Company is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” as defined in and subject to registration under, or is subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

SECTION 3.12 Use of Proceeds .

Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made during the Revolving Availability Period, on the A&R Effective Date and thereafter, for working capital and general corporate purposes (including providing credit support ( i.e. supporting letters of credit or cash collateral) in respect of Commodity Hedging Agreements and payments to counterparties thereunder, entered into consistent with prudent industry practice).

SECTION 3.13 Taxes .

Each Company has (a) timely filed or caused to be timely filed all federal Tax Returns and all material state, local and foreign Tax Returns required to have been filed by it and all such Tax Returns are true and correct in all material respects, (b) duly and timely paid, collected or remitted or caused to be duly and timely paid, collected or remitted all Taxes (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) due and payable, collectible or remittable by it and all assessments received by it, except Taxes (i) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Company has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP or (ii) which could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect and (c) satisfied all of its withholding tax obligations except for failures that could not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Company has made adequate provision in accordance with GAAP for all material Taxes not yet due and payable. Each Company is unaware of any proposed or pending tax assessments, deficiencies or audits that could be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, no Company has ever “participated” in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4.

SECTION 3.14 No Material Misstatements .

No written information, report, financial statement, certificate, Borrowing Request, LC Request, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of any Company to the Administrative Agent or

 

-85-


any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto, taken as a whole, contained or contains any material misstatement of fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were or are made, not misleading in any material respect as of the date such information is dated or certified; provided that to the extent any such written information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection (including pro forma financial information), each Company represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of such preparation and due care in the preparation of such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule, it being understood that such projections or forecasts may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.

SECTION 3.15 Labor Matters .

As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against any Company pending or, to the knowledge of any Company, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of any Company have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, or any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters in any manner which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from any Company, or for which any claim may be made against any Company, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such Company except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Company is bound.

SECTION 3.16 Solvency .

Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the A&R Effective Date and immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of each Loan, (a) the sum of the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis, on a going concern basis, is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis as they become absolute and matured, the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities having been computed at an amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at the A&R Effective Date, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability; (b) the Loan Parties do not, on a consolidated basis, have unreasonably small capital in relation to their business; and (c) the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, have not incurred, do not intend to incur, and do not believe they will incur, debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as such debts mature in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 3.17 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Company and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder; (ii) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of any Company or the imposition of a Lien on any of the property of any Company; (iii) the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting

 

-86-


Standards No. 87) of each Plan did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the property of such Plan; (iv) and using actuarial assumptions and computation methods consistent with subpart I of subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA, no Company would have liability to any Multiemployer Plan in the event of a complete withdrawal therefrom, as of the close of the most recent fiscal year of such Multiemployer Plan.

(b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, and to the extent applicable, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable Requirements of Law and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities; (ii) no Company has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan; (iii) the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan which is funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of the respective Company on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the property of such Foreign Plan; and (iv) for each Foreign Plan which is not funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued.

SECTION 3.18 Environmental Matters .

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 or except in the event of (i)  through (v)  below, inclusive, as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) The Companies and their businesses, operations and Real Property are in compliance with, and the Companies have no liability under, any applicable Environmental Law; and under the currently effective business plan of the Companies, no expenditures or operational adjustments will be required in order to comply with applicable Environmental Laws during the next five years;

(ii) The Companies have obtained all Environmental Permits required for the conduct of their businesses and operations, and the ownership, operation and use of their property, under Environmental Law, all such Environmental Permits are valid and in good standing and, under the currently effective business plan of the Companies, no expenditures or operational adjustments which are not provided for in such business plan will be required in order to renew or modify such Environmental Permits during the next five years;

(iii) There has been no Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Property or facility presently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Companies or their predecessors in interest that could result in liability by the Companies under any applicable Environmental Law;

(iv) There is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the knowledge of the Companies, threatened against the Companies, or relating to the Real Property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Companies or their predecessors in interest or relating to the operations of the Companies, and there are no actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents that could form the basis of such an Environmental Claim; and

 

-87-


(v) No Person with an indemnity or contribution obligation to the Companies relating to compliance with or liability under Environmental Law is in default with respect to such obligation.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 or except, in the case of (i) through (v) below, inclusive, as individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) No Company is obligated to perform any action or otherwise incur any expense under Environmental Law pursuant to any order, decree, judgment or agreement by which it is bound or has assumed by contract, agreement or operation of law, and no Company is conducting or financing any Response pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to any Real Property or any other location;

(ii) No Real Property or facility owned, operated or leased by the Companies and, to the knowledge of the Companies, no Real Property or facility formerly owned, operated or leased by the Companies or any of their predecessors in interest is (i) listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or (ii) listed on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or (iii) included on any similar list maintained by any Governmental Authority including any such list relating to petroleum;

(iii) No Lien has been recorded or, to the knowledge of any Company, threatened under any Environmental Law with respect to any Real Property or other assets of the Companies;

(iv) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not require any notification, registration, filing, reporting, disclosure, investigation, remediation or cleanup pursuant to any Governmental Real Property Disclosure Requirements or any other applicable Environmental Law; and

(v) The Companies have made available to the Lenders all material records and files in the possession, custody or control of, or otherwise reasonably available to, the Companies concerning compliance with or liability under Environmental Law, including those concerning the actual or suspected existence of Hazardous Material at Real Property or facilities currently or formerly owned, operated, leased or used by the Companies.

SECTION 3.19 Insurance .

Schedule 3.19 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by each Company as of the A&R Effective Date. All insurance maintained by the Companies is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, and no Company has received notice of any material violation or cancellation thereof. Each Company has insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are customary for companies of a similar size engaged in similar businesses in similar locations.

SECTION 3.20 Security Documents .

(a) Security Agreements . The Security Agreements are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable (except as

 

-88-


enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) Liens on, and security interests in, the Security Agreement Collateral to the extent that a legal, valid and enforceable Lien in such Security Agreement Collateral may be created under any applicable law of the United States or any state thereof , including, without limitation, the applicable UCC and, except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.20(a) , when (i) financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 7 to the Perfection Certificates with payment of any associated filing fee and (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Administrative Agent of the Security Agreement Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Administrative Agent to the extent possession or control by the Administrative Agent is required by each Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Agreements shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors in the Security Agreement Collateral (other than such Security Agreement Collateral in which a security interest cannot be perfected under the UCC as in effect at the relevant time in the relevant jurisdiction), in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) PTO Filing; Copyright Office Filing . When each Security Agreement or a short form thereof is filed along with payment of any associated filing fee in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and the applicable UCC filings are made along with payment of any associated filing fee, the Liens created by such Security Agreement shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in Patents (as defined in the Security Agreement) that constitute the Security Agreement Collateral and are owned by any Loan Party and issued or applied for with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or Copyrights (as defined in such Security Agreement) that constitute the Security Agreement Collateral and are owned by any Loan Party and registered or applied for with the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens. For the avoidance of doubt, no filings in connection with any intellectual property (including Intellectual Property) other than filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office are required.

(c) [Reserved] .

(d) Valid Liens . Each Security Document delivered pursuant to Sections 5.10 and 5.11 will, upon execution and delivery thereof, be effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable (except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) Liens on, and security interests in, all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Collateral thereunder, to the extent that a legal, valid and enforceable Lien in such Collateral may be created under any applicable law of the United States or any state thereof , including, without limitation, the applicable UCC, and (i) when all appropriate filings or recordings are made in the appropriate offices as may be required under applicable law and (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Administrative Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Administrative Agent to the extent required by any Security Document), such Security Document will constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral (other than such Collateral in which a security interest cannot be perfected under the UCC as in effect at the relevant time in the relevant jurisdiction), in each case subject to no Liens other than the applicable Permitted Liens.

 

-89-


SECTION 3.21 Anti-Terrorism Laws .

(a) No Loan Party, none of its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, none of its Affiliates and none of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Loan Party, such Subsidiary or Affiliate (i) has violated or is in violation of Anti-Terrorism Laws or (ii) has engaged or engages in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine Special Recommendations” published by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering.

(b) No Loan Party, none of its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, none of its Affiliates and none of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Loan Party, such Subsidiary or such Affiliate is acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans is an Embargoed Person.

(c) No Loan Party, none of its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, none of its Affiliates and none of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Loan Party, such Subsidiary or such Affiliate acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Embargoed Person, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction related to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

SECTION 3.22 Location of Material Inventory .

Schedule 3.22 sets forth, as of the A&R Effective Date, all locations in the United States where the aggregate value of hydrocarbon Inventory owned by the Borrowers exceeds $5,000,000.

SECTION 3.23 Accuracy of Borrowing Base .

At the time any Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the Accounts and the items of hydrocarbon Inventory included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base satisfy in all material respects the criteria for Eligible Accounts and Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

SECTION 4.01 Conditions to Closing .

This Agreement shall become effective, subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

(a) Loan Documents . All legal matters incident to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be satisfactory to the Lenders, to the Issuing Bank and to the Administrative Agent

 

-90-


and there shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent with respect to each applicable Loan Party an executed counterpart of (A) a reaffirmation of each Existing Security Document, and (B) each other applicable Loan Document.

(b) Corporate Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) a certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of each Loan Party dated the A&R Effective Date, certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of each Organizational Document of such Loan Party certified (to the extent applicable) as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party (together with a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the secretary or assistant secretary executing the certificate in this clause (i) ); and

(ii) a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party (in so-called “long-form” if available) as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State (or other applicable Governmental Authority); and

(c) Opinion of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the other Agents, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties (i) dated the A&R Effective Date, (ii) addressed to the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and (iii) covering the matters set forth in Exhibit N and such other matters relating to the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

(d) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate in the form of Exhibit O , dated the A&R Effective Date and signed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of Borrowers.

(e) Fees . The Joint Lead Arrangers and Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the A&R Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal fees and expenses of Winston & Strawn LLP, special counsel to the Administrative Agent, and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of any local counsel, foreign counsel, appraisers, consultants and other advisors) required to be reimbursed or paid by Borrowers hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(f) [Reserved] .

(g) [Reserved] .

(h) [Reserved] .

 

-91-


(i) Officers’ Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the A&R Effective Date and signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of Administrative Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.01 .

SECTION 4.02 Conditions to Initial Credit Extension .

The obligation of each Lender and, if applicable, each Issuing Bank to fund the initial Credit Extension on and after the commencement of the Revolving Availability Period requested to be made by it shall be subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.02 :

(a)  Officers’ Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the date of the initial Credit Extension and signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of Administrative Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.02 and Sections 4.03(b) , (d)  and (e) .

(b) Minimum Liquidity . The Borrowers shall have demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that, after giving effect to the Transactions, the sum of (i) Excess Availability plus (ii) (without double counting any cash and Cash Equivalents included in the Borrowing Base pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of “Borrowing Base”) cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrowers exceeds 20.0% of the total amount of the Borrowing Base then in effect.

SECTION 4.03 Conditions to All Credit Extensions .

The obligation of each Lender and each Issuing Bank to make any Credit Extension (including the initial Credit Extension) shall be subject to, and to the satisfaction of, each of the conditions precedent set forth below.

(a) Notice . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.03 ) if Loans are being requested or, in the case of the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received an LC Request as required by Section 2.18(b) or, in the case of the Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.17(b) .

(b) No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or would result from the making of any such Credit Extension.

(c) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party set forth in Article III hereof or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; provided , however , that this condition shall not apply to any request for the amendment of a Letter of Credit for purposes of decreasing its face amount.

 

-92-


(d) Borrowing Base . After giving effect to such Credit Extension the sum of the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the total Revolving Commitments and (B) the Borrowing Base then in effect.

(e) No Legal Bar . No order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall purport to restrain any Lender from making any Loans to be made by it. No injunction or other restraining order shall have been issued with respect to any action, suit or proceeding seeking to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the making of Loans hereunder.

(f) USA PATRIOT Act . With respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of a Subsidiary only, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have timely received the information required under Section 10.13 .

Each of the delivery of a Borrowing Request or an LC Request and the acceptance by Borrowers of the proceeds of such Credit Extension shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrowers and each other Loan Party that on the date of such Credit Extension (both immediately before and after giving effect to such Credit Extension and the application of the proceeds thereof) the conditions contained in Sections 4.03(b)-(e)  have been satisfied.

SECTION 4.04 Conditions to Initial Credit Extension to an Eligible Subsidiary .

The obligation of each Lender and each Issuing Bank to make the initial Credit Extension to an Eligible Subsidiary shall be subject to, and to the satisfaction of, each of the conditions precedent set forth below and thereupon, such Eligible Subsidiary shall become a “Borrower” for purposes of this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(a) Opinion of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the other Agents, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of (i) a special counsel for such Eligible Subsidiary reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that Kirkland & Ellis LLP shall be reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent), (A) dated the date of the proposed initial Credit Extension to such Eligible Subsidiary (each, an “ Initial Borrowing Date ”), (B) addressed to the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and (C) covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4.01(e) and such other matters relating to the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

(b) Corporate Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) a certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of such Eligible Subsidiary dated the Initial Borrowing Date, certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of each Organizational Document of such Eligible Subsidiary certified (to the extent applicable) as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Eligible Subsidiary authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended

 

-93-


and are in full force and effect and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Eligible Subsidiary (together with a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the secretary or assistant secretary executing the certificate in this clause (i) );

(ii) a certificate as to the good standing of such Eligible Subsidiary (in so-called “long-form” if available) as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State (or other applicable Governmental Authority); and

(iii) such other documents as the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(c) USA PATRIOT Act . The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have timely received the information required under Section 10.13 .

(d) To the extent that such Eligible Subsidiary was not a Loan Party prior to becoming a Borrower under this Agreement, the conditions of Sections 4.01(h) and ( i)  and Section 5.10 shall have been satisfied with respect to such Eligible Subsidiary.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full (or been cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank), unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) to:

SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

Furnish to the Administrative Agent for prompt distribution to each Lender:

(a) Annual Reports . As soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such earlier date on which Holdings is required to file a Form 10-K under the Exchange Act): (i) the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as of the end of such fiscal year and related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for such fiscal year, in comparative form with such financial statements as of the end of, and for, the preceding fiscal year, and notes thereto, accompanied by an opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope or contain any going concern or other qualification, other than any going concern or other qualification with respect to the regularly scheduled maturity date of the Revolving Commitments), stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of

 

-94-


operations and cash flows of Holdings as of the dates and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; (ii) a management report in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent setting forth (A) statement of income items and Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings for such fiscal year, showing variance, by dollar amount and percentage, from amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts and (B) key operational information and statistics for such fiscal year consistent with internal and industry-wide reporting standards; and (iii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts (it being understood that the information required by clause (i)  may be furnished in the form of a Form 10-K);

(b)  Quarterly Reports . As soon as available and in any event within 45 days (or such earlier date on which Holdings is required to file a Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2012, (i) the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as of the end of such fiscal quarter and related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, in comparative form with the consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year (provided that with respect to any fiscal quarter that ends on or prior to December 17, 2011, the foregoing requirement that such financial statements be presented in comparative form shall only apply to the extent financial statements of Holdings or Paulsboro exist for such comparable periods in the previous fiscal year), and notes thereto, and accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Holdings as of the date and for the periods specified therein in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and on a basis consistent with audited financial statements referred to in clause (a)  of this Section, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts (it being understood that the information required by clause (i)  may be furnished in the form of a Form 10-Q);

(c)  Monthly Reports . Within 30 days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal quarter, beginning with October 31, 2012, the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as of the end of each such month and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings for such month and for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Holdings as of the date and for the periods specified therein in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures;

(d)  Financial Officer’s Certificate . Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(a) , (b)  or (c) , a Compliance Certificate certifying that no Default has occurred or, if such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and which Compliance Certificate shall, in the case of any Compliance Certificate delivered in connection with financial statements delivered under Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) , include a calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;

 

-95-


(e)  Financial Officer’s Certificate Regarding Collateral . Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(a) , a certificate of a Financial Officer setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate Supplement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the dates of the Perfection Certificates or latest Perfection Certificate Supplement;

(f)  Public Reports . Promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by any Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange;

(g)  Management Letters . Promptly after the receipt thereof by any Company, a copy of any “management letter” received by any such person from its certified public accountants and the management’s responses thereto;

(h)  Budgets . Within 90 days after the beginning of each fiscal year, a budget for Holdings in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, but to include a balance sheet, statement of income and sources and uses of cash, for such fiscal year prepared in detail with appropriate presentation and discussion of the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based, accompanied by the statement of a Financial Officer of Holdings to the effect that the budget of Holdings is a reasonable estimate for the periods covered thereby and has been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions stated therein, which such assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such budget, it being understood that actual results may vary from the budget and such variances may be material;

(i)  Organization . Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 5.01(a) , confirmation that there are no changes to Schedule 10(a) to the Perfection Certificates;

(j)  Organizational Documents . Promptly provide copies of any Organizational Documents that have been amended or modified in accordance with the terms hereof and deliver a copy of any notice of default given or received by any Company under any Organizational Document within 15 days after such Company gives or receives such notice; and

(k)  Other Information . Promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Company, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

SECTION 5.02 Litigation and Other Notices .

Furnish to the Administrative Agent written notice of the following promptly (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days of the occurrence thereof):

(a) any Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

-96-


(b) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority, (i) against any Company or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) with respect to any Loan Document;

(c) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) the occurrence of a Casualty Event (i) to any portion of Revolving Credit Priority Collateral in excess of $15,000,000 or (ii) to any portion of Collateral of any type whatsoever in excess of $25,000,000.

SECTION 5.03 Existence; Businesses and Properties .

(a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05 or Section 6.06 or, in the case of any Subsidiary, where the failure to perform such obligations, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises and authorizations material to the conduct of its business; maintain and renew patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; maintain and operate such business in substantially the manner in which it is presently conducted and operated; comply with all applicable Requirements of Law (including any and all zoning, building, Environmental Law, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting the Real Property) and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted, except where the failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; pay and perform its material obligations under all Leases and Transaction Documents; and at all times maintain, preserve and protect all property material to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (other than wear and tear occurring in the ordinary course of business and casualty and condemnation) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that nothing in this Section 5.03(b) shall prevent (i) sales of property, consolidations or mergers by or involving any Company or Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.05 or Section 6.06 ; (ii) the withdrawal by any Company or Excluded Subsidiary of its qualification as a foreign legal entity in any jurisdiction where such withdrawal, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) the abandonment by any Company of any rights, franchises, licenses, trademarks, trade names, copyrights or patents that such person reasonably determines are not useful to its business or no longer commercially desirable.

SECTION 5.04 Insurance .

(a) Generally . Keep its insurable property adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks

 

-97-


as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including insurance with respect to properties material to the business of the Companies against such casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts with such deductibles as is customary in the case of similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

(b) Requirements of Insurance . All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice thereof or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (ii) name the Administrative Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or additional insured on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable, (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, include a breach of warranty clause and (iv) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Notice to Agents . Notify the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents promptly whenever any separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.04 is taken out by any Company; and promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies.

(d) [Reserved] .

(e) Broker’s Report . Deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to such insurance and such supplemental reports with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents may from time to time reasonably request; provided , that absent an Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents shall not make such request more than once per calendar year.

SECTION 5.05 Obligations and Taxes .

(a) Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge promptly when due all Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, services, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, give rise to a Lien other than a Permitted Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as (x)(i) the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings timely instituted and diligently conducted and the applicable Company shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (ii) such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested obligation, Tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien other than a Permitted Lien and (iii) in the case of Collateral, the applicable Company shall have otherwise complied with the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions or (y) the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Filing of Returns . Timely and correctly file all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it. Withhold, collect and remit all material Taxes that it is required to collect, withhold or remit.

 

-98-


SECTION 5.06 Employee Benefits .

(a) Comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code (except where any failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), and (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent (x) as soon as possible after, and in any event within 5 days after any Responsible Officer of any Company or any ERISA Affiliates of any Company knows or has reason to know that, any ERISA Event has occurred that, alone or together with any other ERISA Event could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Companies or any of their ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000 or the imposition of a Lien on the assets of any Loan Party, a statement of a Financial Officer of Administrative Borrower setting forth details as to such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that the Companies propose to take with respect thereto; (y) upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by any Company or any ERISA Affiliate with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Plan; (iii) all notices received by any Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor or any governmental agency concerning an ERISA Event; and (iv) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Plan (or employee benefit plan sponsored or contributed to by any Company) as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request and (z) promptly following any request therefor, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that any Company or its ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(1) of ERISA that any Company or its ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if any Company or its ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, the applicable Company or ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.

SECTION 5.07 Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Annual Meetings .

(a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and all Requirements of Law are made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Upon at least two (2) Business Days prior written notice, each Loan Party will permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect the financial records (other than the records of the Board of Directors) and the property of such Company at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to discuss the affairs, finances, accounts and condition of any Loan Party with the officers and employees thereof and advisors therefor (including independent accountants); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.07(a) and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than three times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default that is continuing, each time to be at the Borrowers’ expense; provided , further that when an Event of Default exists and is continuing, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrowers at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Loan Parties the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrowers’ advisors (including independent public accountants). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.07(a) , none of the Loan Parties

 

-99-


will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or binding agreement or (ii) that is subject to attorney-client privilege or constitutes attorney work product;

(b) Within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Companies, at the written request of the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders, hold a meeting which, at Borrowers’ option, may be by conference call (the costs of any such call to be paid by Borrowers), with all Lenders who choose to attend such meeting, at which meeting shall be reviewed the financial results of the previous fiscal year and the financial condition of the Companies and the budgets presented for the current fiscal year of the Companies.

SECTION 5.08 Use of Proceeds .

Use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes set forth in Section 3.12 and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes set forth in the definition of Commercial Letter of Credit or Standby Letter of Credit, as the case may be.

SECTION 5.09 Compliance with Environmental Laws; Environmental Reports .

(a) Except as could not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, comply, and cause all lessees and other persons occupying Real Property owned, operated or leased by any Company to comply, in all material respects with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits applicable to its operations and Real Property; obtain and renew all material Environmental Permits applicable to its operations and Real Property; and conduct all Responses required of the Companies by, and in accordance with, Environmental Laws; provided , further that no Company shall be required to undertake any Response to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

(b) If an Event of Default, if any, caused by reason of a breach of Section 3.18 or Section 5.09(a) shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 30 days without the Companies commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Event of Default, if any, in accordance with Environmental Laws, at the written request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, provide to the Lenders within 60 days after such request, at the expense of Borrowers, an environmental assessment report regarding the matters which are the subject of such Event of Default, including, where appropriate, soil and/or groundwater sampling, prepared by an environmental consulting firm and, in the form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance or Response to address them.

SECTION 5.10 Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors .

(a) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements and this Section 5.10 , with respect to any property acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include assets held by, or any Equity Interests issued by, any Excluded Subsidiary) that is intended to be subject to the Lien created by any of the Security Documents but is not so subject, promptly (and in any event within 30 days after the acquisition thereof (or such longer period of time not to exceed

 

-100-


an additional 30 days as may be permitted by written consent by Administrative Agent)) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents such amendments or supplements to the relevant Security Documents or such other documents as the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents shall deem reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties, a Lien on such property subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens, and (ii) take all actions necessary to cause such Lien to be duly perfected to the extent required by such Security Document in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. Borrowers shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents shall require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of the Security Documents on such after-acquired properties.

(b) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements and the Administrative Borrower’s election under Section 5.18 , with respect to any person that is or becomes a Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) after the Closing Date, promptly (and in any event within 30 days after such person becomes a Subsidiary) (or such longer period of time not to exceed an additional 30 days as may be permitted by written consent by Administrative Agent) cause such new Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) (A) to execute a Joinder Agreement or such comparable documentation to become a Subsidiary Guarantor (or Borrower, in the case of Eligible Subsidiaries) and a joinder agreement to the applicable Security Agreement, substantially in the form annexed thereto, and (B) to take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents to cause the Lien created by the applicable Security Agreement to be duly perfected to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable Requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary which holds as its only assets the Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to take the actions specified in this Section 5.10(b) .

(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Security Document to the contrary, this Section 5.10 (i) applies to Toledo and its assets and (ii) applies to the other Loan Parties and their assets, in each case, solely as to the Revolving Credit Priority Collateral.

SECTION 5.11 Security Interests; Further Assurances .

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, promptly, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents, at Borrowers’ expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of any document or instrument supplemental to or confirmatory of the Security Documents or otherwise deemed by the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents reasonably necessary or desirable for the continued validity, perfection and priority of the Liens on the Collateral covered thereby subject to no other Liens except as permitted by the applicable Security Document, or obtain any consents or waivers as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Security Document to the contrary, except for filings under Article 9 of the UCC and with the United States Patent and

 

-101-


Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, in no event shall any registrations, filings or recordations in connection with any intellectual property (including Intellectual Property) be required. Deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents from time to time such other documentation, consents, authorizations, approvals and orders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents as the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents shall reasonably deem necessary to perfect or maintain the Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents. Upon the exercise by the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents or any Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to any Loan Document which requires any consent, approval, registration, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents or such Lender may reasonably require. If the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents or the Required Lenders determine that they are required by a Requirement of Law to have appraisals prepared in respect of the Real Property of any Loan Party constituting Collateral, Borrowers shall provide to the Administrative Agent appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA and are otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents.

SECTION 5.12 Information Regarding Collateral .

(a) Not effect any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, (ii) in the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, (iii) in any Loan Party’s organizational structure, (iv) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (v) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), until (A) it shall have given the Co-Collateral Agents and the Administrative Agent not less than 30 days’ prior written notice (in the form of an Officers’ Certificate), or such lesser notice period agreed to by the Administrative Agent, of its intention so to do, clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Co-Collateral Agents or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (B) it shall have taken all action reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral, if applicable. Each Loan Party agrees to promptly provide the Administrative Agent with certified Organizational Documents reflecting any of the changes described in the preceding sentence. Each Loan Party also agrees to promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in the location of any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility), other than changes in location to a leased property subject to a Landlord Access Agreement.

(b) Concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) , deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents a Perfection Certificate Supplement.

 

-102-


SECTION 5.13 [Reserved] .

SECTION 5.14 Affirmative Covenants with Respect to Leases .

With respect to each Lease, the respective Loan Party shall perform all the obligations required of it under such Lease and enforce all of the tenant’s obligations thereunder, except where the failure to so perform or enforce could not reasonably be expected to result in a Property Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.15 Borrowing Base-Related Reports .

Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered (at the expense of Borrowers) to the Administrative Agent the following:

(a) in no event later than 20 days after the end of each month for the month most recently ended, a Borrowing Base Certificate from Borrowers accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by the Co-Collateral Agents in their reasonable credit judgment; provided , that if Excess Availability is less than or equal to 20% of the Borrowing Base for a period in excess of three (3) continuing Business Days, then Borrowing Base Certificates shall be delivered on a weekly basis, for each calendar week, no later than Friday of the following calendar week, until Excess Availability shall have exceeded 20% of the Borrowing Base for at least ten (10) consecutive Business Days.

(b) upon request by the Co-Collateral Agents, and in no event later than 30 days after the end of (i) each month, a monthly trial balance showing Accounts outstanding aged from statement date as follows: 1 to 30 days, 31 to 60 days, 61 to 90 days and 91 days or more, accompanied by a comparison to the prior month’s trial balance and such supporting detail and documentation as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent or Co-Collateral Agents in their reasonable credit judgment and (ii) each month, a summary of hydrocarbon Inventory by location and type accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by the Co-Collateral Agents in their reasonable credit judgment;

(c) at the time of delivery of each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and (b)  upon the request of the Administrative Agent, a reconciliation of the Accounts trial balance and quarter-end hydrocarbon Inventory reports of Borrowers to the general ledger of Borrowers, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by the Co-Collateral Agents in their reasonable credit judgment; and

(d) such other reports, statements and reconciliations with respect to the Borrowing Base or Collateral of any or all Loan Parties as the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents shall from time to time request in their reasonable credit judgment.

The delivery of each certificate and report or any other information delivered pursuant to this Section 5.15 shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrowers that the statements and information contained therein are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date.

 

-103-


SECTION 5.16 Inventory Appraisals .

Any of the Co-Collateral Agents’ officers, designated employees or agents shall have the right, at any reasonable time or times subject to the following limitations on prior written notice to Borrowers to conduct field audits of the financial affairs and Collateral of the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall cooperate fully with the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents and its agents during all (x) Collateral field audits, which shall be at Borrowers’ expense and shall be conducted, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents, not more than one (1) time during any twelve month period, absent an Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing, (y) Inventory Appraisals, which shall be at Borrowers’ expense and shall be conducted, at the request of the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents, not more than one (1) time, during any twelve month period, absent an Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing, or (z) in the case of both Collateral field audits and Inventory Appraisals, following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, more frequently at the Administrative Agent’s or the Co-Collateral Agents’ request; provided, that: (a) if Excess Availability is less than 40% of the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base or (ii) the then current aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders for a period in excess of five consecutive Business Days, Agents shall be entitled to two Collateral field audits and Inventory Appraisals annually; and (b) if Excess Availability is less than 12.5% of the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base or (ii) the then current aggregate Revolving Commitments of the Lenders for a period in excess of five consecutive Business Days, Agents shall be entitled to three Collateral field audits and Inventory Appraisals annually; provided, further, that none of the foregoing limitations on the number of Collateral Field audits or Inventory Appraisals shall apply during the continuance of an Event of Default.

SECTION 5.17 Preservation of Certain Agreements .

The Loan Parties shall preserve the existence and continuance of the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements and the Oil Supply Agreements, in each case, as replaced, superseded, amended (including as to changes of counterparties), modified, supplemented or terminated from time to time, in a manner as is not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.18 Designation of Borrowers and Excluded Subsidiaries .

(a) Administrative Borrower may designate any Eligible Subsidiary as a “Borrower” under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the conditions set forth in Section 4.04 shall have been satisfied with respect to such Eligible Subsidiary and (iii) immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, Borrowers shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the covenant set forth in Section 6.09 , to the extent the covenant is then applicable and is being tested. Until such time as the requirements set forth in the preceding clauses (i)  through (iii)  shall have been satisfied with respect to such Eligible Subsidiary, such Eligible Subsidiary shall not be a “Borrower” for purposes of this Agreement and the Accounts and hydrocarbon Inventory of such Eligible Subsidiary shall not be counted towards calculating the Borrowing Base.

(b) Administrative Borrower may designate any Domestic Subsidiary acquired or formed after the Closing Date, within 30 days of the formation or acquisition thereof (or such longer period of time as may be permitted by the Administrative Agent), as an Excluded Subsidiary by written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that immediately before and after such designation, no Default or

 

-104-


Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided further that such Excluded Subsidiary may be re-designated by Administrative Borrower as a “Subsidiary Guarantor” upon 10 Business Days (or such shorter period of time as may be permitted by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent as long as the requirements of Section 5.10 are satisfied either before or concurrently with it becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor.

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full (in each case, other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, no Loan Party will, nor will they cause or permit any Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) to:

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness .

Incur, create, assume or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, except

(a) Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) (i) Indebtedness outstanding on the A&R Effective Date (and to the extent in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate, is listed on Schedule 6.01(b)) , and (ii) refinancings or renewals thereof; provided that (A) any such refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount plus any unutilized commitments of the Indebtedness being renewed or refinanced, plus the amount of any premiums required to be paid thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated therewith, (B) such refinancing Indebtedness has a later or equal final maturity and longer or equal weighted average life than the Indebtedness being renewed or refinanced and (C) the terms and conditions thereof (including any guarantees thereof) shall be, in the aggregate and taken as a whole, no less favorable to the Lenders than those contained in the Indebtedness being renewed or refinanced.

(c) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations entered into consistent with prudent industry practice; provided that if such Hedging Obligations relate to interest rates, (i) such Hedging Obligations relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by the Loan Documents and (ii) the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate;

(d) Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.04(f) ;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of Purchase Money Obligations, Attributable Indebtedness and Capital Lease Obligations, and any other Indebtedness financing the acquisition, construction repair, replacement or improvement of any fixed or capital assets and refinancings or renewals thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed (i) $150,000,000 or (ii) if the Pro Forma

 

-105-


Excess Availability is in excess of the Threshold Basket Amount immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Indebtedness (as determined on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness), $200,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(f) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds, workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations and bankers acceptances issued for the account of any Company in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations of any Company with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety bonds, workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations and bankers acceptances (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $35,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(g) Contingent Obligations (including guarantees) of any Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this Section 6.01 ;

(h) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

(i) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Indebtedness arising from an unsecured guaranty;

(k) Indebtedness under the DEDA Loan and Security Agreement;

(l) secured or unsecured Indebtedness and Subordinated Indebtedness of any Company; provided that (A) that such Indebtedness has a later final maturity date than the Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (B) at the time of incurrence, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis for the incurrence of such Indebtedness is not less than 2.00:1.00;

(m) (i) Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, provided , that (x) such Indebtedness (A) was not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, (B) is secured only by the assets acquired in the applicable Permitted Acquisition (including any acquired Equity Interests), (C) the only obligors with respect to any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (m)(i) shall be those persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such Permitted Acquisition, and (y) both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto no Default shall exist or result therefrom and (ii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the financing of any Permitted Acquisition, provided , that (x) such Indebtedness (A) is secured only by the assets (other than assets constituting Revolving Credit Priority Collateral) acquired in the applicable Permitted Acquisition (including any acquired Equity Interests), (B) the only obligors with respect to any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (m)(ii) shall be those persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such Permitted Acquisition and/or Affiliates of the Loan Parties (and in the case of the Loan Parties, solely to the extent permitted by Section 6.05 ), and (y) both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto (A) no Default shall exist or result therefrom and (B) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and all Indebtedness

 

-106-


resulting from any Permitted Refinancing thereof at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (m)(ii) does not exceed (x) $400,000,000 or (y) if the Pro Forma Excess Availability is in excess of the Threshold Basket Amount both before and immediately after giving Pro Forma effect thereto, $500,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(n) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of any Loan Parties incurred in the ordinary course of business, and/or incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

(o) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of any Loan Parties;

(p) Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Asset Sale permitted hereunder, in each case to the extent constituting Indebtedness as a result of indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earn-outs) or other similar adjustments;

(q) Indebtedness resulting from obligations with respect to Treasury Services Agreements and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Indebtedness consisting of customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased;

(t) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations under (i) the Oil Supply Agreements, and (ii) the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements;

(u) Indebtedness incurred in connection with Environmental and Necessary Capex in an amount not to exceed $40,000,000 in the aggregate;

(v) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit and/or other credit support issued in connection with the purchase by the Loan Parties of Saudi Oil from Aramco; provided , that any such Indebtedness shall be secured solely by the purchased Saudi Oil, accounts receivable (including accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, general intangibles, instruments and all other rights to payment) arising from the sale or other disposition of such Saudi Oil, contracts, bills of lading, other documents of title and books and records pertaining to the foregoing, proceeds and products of the foregoing and proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect to any of the foregoing (and any cash collateral and deposit accounts holding such cash collateral, if any, provided therefor) (collectively, the “ Saudi Oil Assets ”) (it being understood and agreed that notwithstanding any term or condition to the contrary in any Loan Document (including any Security Document), any and all items set forth in this proviso are not Collateral for the Obligations);

(w) [Reserved];

 

-107-


(x) [Reserved];

(y) the High Yield Indebtedness;

(z) Indebtedness arising from an unsecured guaranty provided by any Loan Party in respect of the Indebtedness described in the preceding clause (y) ;

(aa) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit issued by any Person;

(bb) Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $55,000,000 incurred in connection with Sale and Leaseback Transactions with respect to Catalyst Assets permitted pursuant to Section 6.03; and

(cc) general Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by clauses (a)  through (bb) above in an aggregate amount not to exceed $35,000,000 outstanding at any time.

The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends solely in the form of additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.01 .

SECTION 6.02 Liens .

Create, incur, assume or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on any property now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except the following (collectively, the “ Permitted Liens ”):

(a) inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable or delinquent and Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies, which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, which proceedings (or orders entered in connection with such proceedings) have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to any such Lien;

(b) Liens in respect of property of any Company imposed by Requirements of Law, which were incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlords’, workmen’s, suppliers’, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, and (i) which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Companies, taken as a whole, and do not materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Companies, taken as a whole and (ii) which, if they secure obligations that are then due and unpaid, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, which proceedings (or orders entered in connection with such proceedings) have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to any such Lien;

(c) any Lien in existence on the A&R Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.02(c) and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that any such replacement or substitute Lien (i) except as permitted by Section 6.01(b)(ii)(A), does not secure

 

-108-


an aggregate amount of Indebtedness, if any, greater than that secured on the A&R Effective Date and (ii) does not encumber any property other than the property subject thereto on the A&R Effective Date and accessions thereto (any such Lien, an “ Existing Lien ”);

(d) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions and other similar permits), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances, and minor title deficiencies on or with respect to any Real Property, in each case whether now or hereafter in existence, not individually or in the aggregate materially interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Companies at such Real Property;

(e) Liens arising out of judgments, attachments or awards not resulting in a Default and in respect of which such Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review in respect of which there shall be secured a subsisting stay of execution pending such appeal or proceedings and, in the case of any such Lien which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such Lien and the contest thereof shall satisfy the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions;

(f) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) (x) imposed by Requirements of Law or deposits made in connection therewith in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security legislation, (y) incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations (other than excise taxes), surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, statutory bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of Indebtedness) or (z) arising by virtue of deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance brokers, carriers or insurance companies; provided that (i) with respect to clauses (x) , (y)  and (z)  of this paragraph (f) , such Liens are for amounts being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP and, in connection with such proceedings, orders have been entered that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to any such Lien, (ii) to the extent such Liens are not imposed by Requirements of Law, such Liens shall in no event encumber any property other than cash and Cash Equivalents (or in respect of subclause (z) , cash, Cash Equivalents and/or insurance proceeds), and (iii) in the case of any such Lien against any of the Collateral, such Lien and the contest thereof shall satisfy the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions;

(g) Leases of the properties of any Company granted by such Company to third parties, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of such Company’s business so long as such Leases do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Company;

(h) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or storage of goods entered into by any Company in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(e ); provided , that (i) any such Liens attach only to the property being financed pursuant to such Indebtedness and do not encumber any other property of any Company (other than improvements and accessions thereon) and (ii) Liens solely on the Saudi Oil

 

-109-


Assets (it being understood and agreed that notwithstanding any term or condition to the contrary in any Loan Document (including any Security Document), any and all items set forth in this clause (ii)  are not Collateral for the Obligations);

(j) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more deposit, securities and/or other similar accounts maintained by any Company, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management, depository and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements;

(k) Liens on property of a person existing at the time such person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with any Company to the extent permitted hereunder (and not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof); provided that such Liens do not extend to property not subject to such Liens at the time of acquisition (other than improvements and accessions thereon);

(l) Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents to secure the Secured Obligations;

(m) licenses of intellectual property (including Intellectual Property) granted by any Company in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of the Companies;

(n) the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods or the filing of UCC financing statements in connection with the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements or the Oil Supply Agreements;

(o) (i) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing obligations with respect to Commodity Hedging Agreements with any Person and (ii) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing letters of credit permitted under Section 6.01(aa) ;

(p) Liens on Intermediate Products in favor of MSCG;

(q) Liens on the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements pursuant to the Statoil Oil Supply Agreements;

(r) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(v) ;

(s) Liens granted to MSCG on MSCG Assets and Collateral (as defined in the Toledo-MSCG Intercreditor Agreement) and on the MSCG Assets (as defined in the MSCG Intercreditor Agreement);

(t) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred with respect to Commodity Hedging Agreements to be secured on a pari passu basis with (or on a junior basis to) the Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents to secure the Secured Obligations;

 

-110-


(u) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of any Company with respect to obligations that do not in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding, so long as such Liens, to the extent covering any Revolving Credit Priority Collateral, are junior to the Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents;

(v) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(w) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired as part of a Permitted Acquisition or (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a Asset Sale permitted hereunder, in each case, solely to the extent such Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(x) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers in the ordinary course of business;

(y) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(z) Liens placed upon the assets of such person and any of its Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness (or to secure a guaranty of such Indebtedness) incurred pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.01(m) in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and Liens on Equity Interests issued by an Excluded Subsidiary;

(aa) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of storage arrangements, documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person, in each case, to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(bb) Liens on assets constituting Environmental and Necessary Capex securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(u) ;

(cc) Liens on Certain Hydrocarbon Assets (including Certain Hydrocarbon Assets in the possession Statoil or its Affiliates) in favor of Statoil, its Affiliates and/or an agent of any of the foregoing;

(dd) Liens on Certain MSCG Receivables in favor of Statoil, its Affiliates and/or any agent of any of the foregoing (it being understood and agreed that upon the payment in cash to a Loan Party with respect to any Certain MSCG Receivable, no Lien shall be permitted to exist, directly or indirectly, on such Certain MSCG Receivable in favor of Statoil, its Affiliates and/or any agent of any of the foregoing);

(ee) Liens solely on Catalyst Assets securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(bb);

(ff) Liens securing the High Yield Indebtedness;

 

-111-


(gg) Liens solely on the DEDA Specified Collateral in favor of DEDA securing Indebtedness under the DEDA Loan and Security Agreement;

(hh) Liens on assets other than Revolving Credit Priority Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(l) ; and

(ii) other Liens not otherwise permitted in clauses (a)  through (hh) above securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided , that no more than $4,000,000 of such Indebtedness may be secured by Liens on any of the Revolving Credit Priority Collateral;

provided , however , that no consensual Liens shall be permitted to exist, directly or indirectly, on any Securities Collateral, other than Liens granted pursuant to the Security Documents.

SECTION 6.03 Sale and Leaseback Transactions .

Except for Sale and Leaseback Transactions (as hereinafter defined) with respect to Catalyst Assets, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a “ Sale and Leaseback Transaction ”) unless at the time of consummation of any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, Excess Availability is greater than the Threshold Basket Amount.

SECTION 6.04 Investment, Loan, Advances and Acquisition .

Directly or indirectly, make any Investment, except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) the Companies may consummate the Transactions in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Documents;

(b) Investments outstanding on the A&R Effective Date, to the extent in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate identified on Schedule 6.04(b) ;

(c) the Companies may (i) acquire and hold accounts receivables owing to any of them if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) invest in, acquire and hold cash and Cash Equivalents, (iii) endorse negotiable instruments held for collection in the ordinary course of business or (iv) make lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(c) ;

(e) loans and advances to directors, employees and officers of Borrowers and the Subsidiaries for bona fide business purposes and to purchase Equity Interests of Parent, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 at any time outstanding;

(f) Investments by any Company in any Borrower or any existing Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any Investment by or in a Loan Party in the form of a loan or advance shall be evidenced by the Intercompany Note pledged by such Loan Party as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

-112-


(g) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business received upon foreclosure or settlement or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or liquidation or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;

(h) Permitted Acquisitions;

(i) mergers and consolidations in compliance with Section 6.05 ;

(j) Investments made by Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 6.06 ;

(k) Capital Expenditures made by Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor on behalf of itself or as would otherwise be permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(f) ;

(l) to the extent constituting Investments, purchases and other acquisitions of inventory, materials, equipment and other tangible property in the ordinary course of business;

(m) leases of real or personal in the ordinary course of business which are not in violation of the Loan Documents;

(n) other Investments in an aggregate amount that, as of the time made, do not in the aggregate exceed the then existing the Available Amount Basket, provided , further , that after giving effect to any such Investment, (I) Pro Forma Excess Availability shall be greater than the Threshold Basket Amount, (II) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or shall result therefrom and (III) the Loan Parties shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenant set forth in Section 6.09(a) at such time (tested without regard to whether or not such covenant is otherwise being tested at such time);

(o) to the extent constituting Investments, such Investments resulting from Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Asset Sales, other dispositions of assets and Dividends expressly permitted under another section of this Article VI ;

(p) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Equity Interests of Parent (or any direct or indirect parent of Parent);

(r) Investments that are held at the time of the acquisition thereof by a Subsidiary acquired after the A&R Effective Date (and not made in contemplation of such acquisition) or of a person merged with or consolidated with any Company in accordance with Section 6.05 after the A&R Effective Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; and

(s) other Investments not otherwise permitted by clauses (a)  through (r)  above in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 

-113-


An Investment shall be deemed to be outstanding to the extent not returned in the same form as the original Investment or in cash or Cash Equivalents to Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, any Investment made by a Loan Party in, or for the benefit of, an Excluded Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment hereunder and be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.04 and any Investment made by an Excluded Subsidiary is not subject to the provisions of this Section 6.04 .

SECTION 6.05 Mergers and Consolidations .

Wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs or consummate any transaction of merger or consolidation, except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) the Transactions as contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

(b) Asset Sales and other dispositions of assets in compliance with Section 6.06 ;

(c) acquisitions and other Investments in compliance with Section 6.04 ;

(d) any Company may merge or consolidate with or into a Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (as long as a Borrower is the surviving person in the case of any merger or consolidation involving a Borrower and a Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving person and remains a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings in any other case); provided that the Lien in such property constituting Collateral granted or to be granted in favor of the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents shall be maintained or created in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10 or Section 5.11 , as applicable; and

(e) any Subsidiary Guarantor may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time; provided that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

To the extent the Required Lenders or all the Lenders, as applicable, waive the provisions of this Section 6.05 with respect to the conveyance, sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any Collateral, or any Collateral is conveyed, sold, assigned, transferred or disposed of as permitted by this Section 6.05 or any other express term and condition of any Loan Document, such Collateral (unless sold to a Loan Party) shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Security Documents.

SECTION 6.06 Asset Sales .

(a) Consummate any Asset Sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Paulsboro Facility or the DCR Facility or the Toledo Facility.

(b) At any time when Excess Availability is below the Threshold Basket Amount, consummate any Asset Sale (other than Asset Sales described in Section 6.06(b)(i) ) other than:

(i) disposition of used, worn out, damaged, obsolete or surplus property by any Company in the ordinary course of business and the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual

 

-114-


property (including Intellectual Property) that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrowers, no longer commercially desirable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Companies taken as a whole;

(ii) leases of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business and not in violation of the Loan Documents;

(iii) the Transactions as contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

(iv) mergers and consolidations in compliance with Section 6.05 ;

(v) Investments in compliance with Section 6.04 ;

(vi) Asset Sales in connection with Sale and Leaseback Transactions with respect to Catalyst Assets permitted under Section 6.03; and

(vii) other Asset Sales at fair market value; provided that , (i) at the time of such Asset Sale, no Default shall exist or would result from such Asset Sale, (ii) at the time of such Asset Sale, both before and after giving effect thereto, Excess Availability shall be greater than the Threshold Basket Amount and (iii) at least 75% of the purchase price for all property subject to such Asset Sale shall be paid solely in cash and Cash Equivalents, it being understood that notes and other property convertible into cash within 90 days after the date of receipt shall be considered cash for purposes of this Section 6.06(b) ;

(c) dispositions of immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;

(d) dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased);

(e) to the extent Asset Sales, transactions permitted by Sections 6.03 , 6.05 and 6.07 ;

(f) Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business of Cash Equivalents;

(g) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Companies, taken as a whole;

(h) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

(i) Asset Sales of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.06 ; provided that (i) at the time of such Asset Sale (other than any such Asset Sale made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists, no Default shall exist or would result from such Asset Sale, (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all property disposed of in reliance on this clause (i)  shall not exceed $20,000,000 per calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the succeeding calendar years);

 

-115-


(j) Asset Sales of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(k) Asset Sales of accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(l) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Excluded Subsidiary; and

(m) the unwinding of any Hedging Agreement pursuant to its terms.

To the extent the Required Lenders or all the Lenders, as applicable, waive the provisions of this Section 6.06 with respect to the sale of any Collateral, or any Collateral is sold as permitted by this Section 6.06 , such Collateral (unless sold to a Loan Party) shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Security Documents.

SECTION 6.07 Dividends .

Authorize, declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any Dividends, except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) Dividends by any Company to Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of any Borrower;

(b) payments to Parent to permit Parent, and the subsequent use of such payments by Parent, to repurchase or redeem Qualified Capital Stock of Parent held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) of any Company, upon their death, disability, retirement, severance, resignation or termination of employment or service or pursuant to any employee or directors’ and/or officers’ equity or stock compensation plan; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for all such redemptions and payments shall not exceed, in any fiscal year, $10,000,000 (and up to 50% of such $10,000,000 not used in any fiscal year may be carried forward to the next succeeding (but no other) fiscal year).

(c) (A) to the extent actually used by Holdings to pay such taxes, costs and expenses, payments by Borrowers to or on behalf of Holdings in an amount sufficient to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain the legal existence of Holdings and (B) payments by Borrowers to or on behalf of Holdings in an amount sufficient to pay out-of-pocket legal, accounting and filing costs and other expenses in the nature of overhead in the ordinary course of business of Holdings in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year;

(d) Dividends, that in the aggregate do not exceed the then existing Available Amount Basket, provided, further , that both before and after giving effect to any such Dividend, (I) Pro Forma Excess Availability shall be greater than the Threshold Basket Amount, (II) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or shall result therefrom and (III) the Loan Parties shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenant set forth in Section 6.09(a) at such time (tested without regard to whether or not such covenant is otherwise being tested at such time);

 

-116-


(e) Permitted Tax Distributions;

(f) (i) Parent may purchase or redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests for another class of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or rights to acquire its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock); provided that any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders, when taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) are no less favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby and (ii) the Borrowers and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of such Person;

(g) to the extent contributed to Holdings or any other Borrower, the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Parent and, to the extent contributed to Holdings or any other Borrower, Equity Interests of any of Parent’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case, to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any other Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries;

(h) Holdings and the Borrowers may make Dividends to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the proceeds of which shall be used to pay:

(i) its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries (including any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings and the Borrowers attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries);

(ii) customary costs, fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement; and/or

(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and the Borrowers to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries; and

(i) Parent may pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition.

SECTION 6.08 Transactions with Affiliates .

Enter into, directly or indirectly, any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate of any Company (other than between or among Borrowers and any Loan Party), other than any transaction or series of related transactions on terms and conditions at least as favorable to such Company as would reasonably be obtained by such Company at that time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person other than an Affiliate, except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) Dividends permitted by Section 6.07 ;

 

-117-


(b) Investments permitted by Sections 6.04(e) and (f) ;

(c) reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements, in each case approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or such other Borrower;

(d) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited by the Loan Documents;

(e) sales of Qualified Capital Stock of Parent to Affiliates of Borrowers not otherwise prohibited by the Loan Documents and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;

(f) any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by any Loan Party is Qualified Capital Stock of Parent;

(g) the Transactions as contemplated by the Transaction Documents and the payment of fees and expenses in connection therewith;

(h) transactions with any person that becomes a Loan Party as a result of such transaction;

(i) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer, director, employee or consultant of the Companies or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or the Borrowers;

(j) Investments, loans and other transactions by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries to the extent permitted under this Article VI ;

(k) employment and severance arrangements between any of the Companies and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements;

(l) payments by any of the Companies (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) pursuant to any tax sharing agreements on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Companies;

(m) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, current and former directors, officers, employees and consultants of any of the Companies or any direct or indirect parent of the Companies in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Companies;

 

-118-


(n) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the A&R Effective Date (and set forth on Schedule 6.08 ) or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any material respect; and

(o) customary payments by the Companies to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by the person making such payment in good faith; provided , that , (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or shall result therefrom and (ii) such payments shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year.

SECTION 6.09 Financial Covenant .

(a) Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . During the Revolving Availability Period, at any time when Excess Availability is less than, at any time, the greater of (i) the Financial Covenant Testing Amount and (ii) $35 million, and until such time as Excess Availability is greater than the Financial Covenant Testing Amount and $35 million for a period of twelve (12) or more consecutive days, permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, to be less than 1.1 to 1.0.

(b) Right to Cure Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . For purposes of determining compliance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth in Section 6.09(a) , any Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock by Holdings that has been contributed to Holdings as common equity or other equity on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the day that is five (5) Business Days (the “ Last Cure Date ”) after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for a fiscal quarter will, at the request of the Administrative Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter for the purposes of determining compliance with such financial covenant for the Test Period as at the end of such fiscal quarter and any applicable subsequent Test Periods that include such fiscal quarter (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”), provided that (i) in each 4 fiscal quarter period, there shall be at least two (2) fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (ii) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than 120% of the amount required to cause the Loan Parties to be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement, (iii) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for purposes of determining any baskets, tests, or pro forma tests, with respect to the covenants contained in any applicable Loan Documents and (iv) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are applied in prepayment of the Revolving Commitments following the last day of the relevant fiscal quarter and on or prior to the Last Cure Date, the Net Cash Proceeds shall be deducted when calculated net indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.09(a) .

SECTION 6.10 Prepayments of Other Indebtedness; Modifications of Organizational Documents and Other Documents, etc .

Directly or indirectly:

(a) make any payment or prepayment of principal on or redemption or acquisition for value of, or any prepayment or redemption as a result of any asset sale, change of control or

 

-119-


similar event of (collectively, a “ Subordinated Debt Payment ”), any Indebtedness outstanding under any Subordinated Indebtedness, except (i) any payment of principal at scheduled maturity, (ii) a refinancing permitted by Section 6.01 , (iii) any payment to the extent made with the proceeds of Qualified Capital Stock of Parent; (iv) prepayments or redemptions of Indebtedness outstanding under any Subordinated Indebtedness if such prepayments or redemptions do not in the aggregate exceed the then existing Available Amount Basket, provided , further , that both before and after giving effect to such prepayment or redemption (I) Pro Forma Excess Availability shall be greater than the Threshold Basket Amount, (II) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or shall result therefrom and (III) the Loan Parties shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the covenant set forth in Section 6.09(a) at such time (tested without regard to whether or not such covenant is otherwise then being tested); (v) Subordinated Debt Payments in the form of Equity Interests of Parent, or resulting from the conversion of such Subordinated Indebtedness to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Parent; and (vi) Subordinated Debt Payments with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Equity Issuances for the purpose of making such Subordinated Debt Payment; or

(b) terminate, amend or modify, or permit the termination, amendment or modification of, any provision of (i) any document governing Subordinated Indebtedness, or (ii) any Organizational Document of any Company (it being agreed that changes that are not adverse to the material interests of the Lenders in their capacities as such shall not be subject to this clause (b)(ii) ).

SECTION 6.11 Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiary Guarantors .

Create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary Guarantor to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock or any other interest or participation in its profits owned by Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or pay any Indebtedness owed to Borrowers or a Subsidiary Guarantor, (b) make loans or advances to Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (c) transfer any of its properties to Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable Requirements of Law; (ii) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (iii) [Reserved]; (iv) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Subsidiary Guarantor; (v) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into by a Subsidiary Guarantor in the ordinary course of business; (vi) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 6.06 pending the consummation of such sale; (vii) any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor of Borrowers, so long as such agreement was not entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such person becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor of Borrowers; (viii) any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any person, or the properties or assets of any person, other than the person or the properties or assets of the person so acquired; (ix) any Permitted Liens in respect of assets subject thereto; (x) restrictions that exist on the A&R Effective Date and to the set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such obligation; (xi) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or written arrangements applicable to joint ventures permitted hereunder and applicable solely to such joint venture; (xii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses, asset sale or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other similar agreements, otherwise permitted hereby

 

-120-


so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto; (xiii) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Company; (xiv) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement; (xv) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or otherwise permitted hereunder; (xvi) the Oil Supply Agreements and/or the Morgan Stanley Off-Take Agreements; (xvii) obligations under any Hedging Agreements entered into with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; (xviii) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in connection with a Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to Catalyst Assets permitted under Section 6.03 or (xiv) the indenture and other operative documents for the High Yield Indebtedness.

SECTION 6.12 Business .

(a) With respect to Holdings, engage in any business activities or have any properties or liabilities, other than its ownership of the Equity Interests of Delaware City, Paulsboro, Toledo, and other (direct or indirect) Subsidiaries and such other businesses in which Holdings is engaged on the Closing Date.

(b) With respect to Paulsboro, Delaware City and the other (direct or indirect) Subsidiaries of Holdings, engage (directly or indirectly) in any business other than those businesses in which Paulsboro, Delaware City, Toledo, and the other then existing Subsidiaries of Holdings are engaged on the Closing Date.

SECTION 6.13 Fiscal Year .

Change its fiscal year-end to a date other than December 31.

SECTION 6.14 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws .

(a) Directly or indirectly, in connection with the Loans, knowingly (i) conduct any business or engage in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Embargoed Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

(b) Directly or indirectly, in connection with the Loans, knowingly cause or permit any of the funds of such Loan Party that are used to repay the Loans to be derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the making of the Loans would be in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law.

(c) Knowingly cause or permit (i) an Embargoed Person to have any direct or indirect interest in or benefit of any nature whatsoever in the Loan Parties or (ii) any of the funds or properties of the Loan Parties that are used to repay the Loans to constitute property of, or be beneficially owned directly or indirectly by, an Embargoed Person.

(d) The Loan Parties shall deliver to the Lenders any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by any Lender in its reasonable discretion, confirming the Loan Parties’ compliance with this Section 6.14 .

 

-121-


ARTICLE VII

GUARANTEE

SECTION 7.01 The Guarantee .

The Loan Parties hereby jointly and severally guarantee, as a primary obligor and not as a surety to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of the Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code) the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes held by each Lender of, Borrowers, and all other Secured Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Loan Party under any Loan Document or any Hedging Agreement or Treasury Services Agreement entered into with a counterparty that is a Secured Party, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Loan Parties hereby jointly and severally agree that if Borrowers or other Loan Party(ies) shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Loan Parties will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

SECTION 7.02 Obligations Unconditional .

The obligations of the Loan Parties under Section 7.01 shall constitute a guaranty of payment and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of Borrowers under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Loan Party (except for payment in full or an amendment or waiver adopted in accordance with Section 10.02 or any other express provision set forth in a Loan Document). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Loan Parties hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Loan Parties, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents

 

-122-


or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, Issuing Bank or any Lender or Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(v) the release of any other Loan Party pursuant to Section 7.09 , Section 10.02 or Section 10.16 .

The Loan Parties hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against Borrowers under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Loan Parties waive any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between Borrowers and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against Borrowers or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Loan Parties and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding until payment in full thereof (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations, or any amendment or waiver adopted in accordance with Section 10.02 or any other express provision set forth in a Loan Document).

SECTION 7.03 Reinstatement .

The obligations of the Loan Parties under this Article VII shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of Borrowers or other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

SECTION 7.04 Subrogation; Subordination .

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in

 

-123-


Section 7.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Borrowers or any other Loan Party of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(d) shall be subordinated to such Loan Party’s Secured Obligations in the manner set forth in the Intercompany Note evidencing such Indebtedness.

SECTION 7.05 Remedies .

Subject to the terms of any applicable Intercreditor Agreement, the Loan Parties jointly and severally agree that, as between the Loan Parties and the Lenders, the obligations of Borrowers under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 8.01 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 8.01 ) for purposes of Section 7.01 , notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against Borrowers and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by Borrowers) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Loan Parties for purposes of Section 7.01 .

SECTION 7.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money .

Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article VII constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Loan Party in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

SECTION 7.07 Continuing Guarantee .

The guarantee in this Article VII is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

SECTION 7.08 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations .

In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Loan Party under Section 7.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 7.01 , then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Loan Party, any Loan Party or any other person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 7.10 ) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

SECTION 7.09 Release of Loan Parties .

If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any Loan Party are sold or otherwise transferred (a “ Transferred Guarantor ”) to a person or persons, none of which is a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Transferred Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Section 10.03 hereof) and its obligations to pledge and

 

-124-


grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Security Document and the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreements shall be automatically released, and, so long as Borrowers shall have provided the Agents such reasonable certifications or reasonable documents as any Agent shall reasonably request, the Administrative Agent shall take such actions as are necessary or reasonably requested by the Borrowers to effect each release described in this Section 7.09 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Security Documents.

SECTION 7.10 Right of Contribution .

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 7.04 . The provisions of this Section 7.10 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 8.01 Events of Default .

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

(a) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment (whether voluntary or mandatory) thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

(b) default shall be made in the payment of (i) any interest on any Loan or any Fee due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days; or (ii) any other amount due under any Loan Document (other than an amount referred to in paragraph (a) above), when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of ten (10) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by a Loan Party in or in connection with any Loan Document or the borrowings or issuances of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any written report, certificate, financial statement or other written instrument furnished by a Loan Party in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Loan Party of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in: (i)  Sections 2.22 , 5.02 (other than 5.02(d), for which default shall continue unremedied or shall not be waived for a period of five (5) Business Days), 5.03(a) , 5.08 , 5 .15 , 5.16 or in Article VI ; or (ii)  Section 5.17 and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;

 

-125-


(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by any Loan Party of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraphs (a), (b) or (d) immediately above) and such default shall continue unremedied or shall not be waived for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to Borrowers;

(f) (i) any Loan Party shall (A) fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Indebtedness (other than any Obligation and any Hedging Obligation), when and as the same shall become due and payable beyond any applicable grace period, or (B) fail to observe or perform any other term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any such Indebtedness if the effect of any failure referred to in this clause (B)  is to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or become subject to a mandatory offer purchase by the obligor; provided that, other than in the case of the Oil Supply Agreements, it shall not constitute an Event of Default pursuant to this paragraph (f)  unless the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness referred to in clauses (A) and (B) in respect of which a Default has occurred then exceeds $40,000,000 at any one time; provided that this clause shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such a sale or transfer is expressly permitted hereunder;

(ii) An “early termination event” or other similar event shall be incurred by any Loan Party in respect of any Hedging Obligation in an amount in excess of $40,000,000, which event shall extend beyond any applicable cure periods or grace periods, provided that, in respect of Hedging Obligations of such Loan Party owed to the applicable counterparty at such time, the amount for purposes of this Section 8.01(f)(ii) shall be the amount payable by on a net basis by such Loan Party to such counterparty as if all Hedging Agreements relating to such Hedging Obligations were terminated at such time) and provided, further , that such event in each case described in this clause (f)(ii) is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Hedging Obligations;

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of any Loan Party, or of a substantial part of the property of any Loan Party, under Title 11 of the U.S. Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law; (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or for a substantial part of the property of any Loan Party; or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of any Loan Party; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 90 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(h) any Loan Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law; (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (g)  above; (iii) apply for or consent to the

 

-126-


appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or for a substantial part of the property of any Loan Party; (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding; (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or (viii) wind up or liquidate (other than as permitted by Section 6.05 );

(i) one or more judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $40,000,000 shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged, unvacated or unbonded for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon properties of any Loan Party to enforce any such judgment;

(j) one or more ERISA Events or similar events with respect to Foreign Plans shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or in the imposition of any Lien on any properties of a Loan Party;

(k) any security interest and Lien purported to be created by any Security Document after delivery thereof shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or shall cease to give the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created and granted under such Security Document (including a perfected first priority security interest in and Lien on all of the Revolving Credit Priority Collateral thereunder (except as otherwise expressly provided in such Security Document)) in favor of the Administrative Agent, or shall be asserted by Borrowers or any other Loan Party not to be a valid, perfected, and in the case of Revolving Credit Priority Collateral, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Security Document) security interest in or Lien on the Collateral covered thereby; except, in each case, described in this Section 8.01(k) to the extent that any such loss of force and effect, loss of benefit, Liens, rights, powers and privileges, perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file UCC continuation statements;

(l) any Loan Document or any material provisions thereof shall at any time and for any reason be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be null and void, or a proceeding shall be commenced by any Loan Party seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof (exclusive of questions of interpretation of any provision thereof), or any Loan Party shall repudiate or deny (in writing) any material portion of the Collateral, or any portion of its liability, Guarantee, or obligation for the Obligations; or

(m) there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrowers described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to Borrowers, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable

 

-127-


in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other Obligations of Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrowers and the Loan Parties, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event, with respect to the Borrowers described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other Obligations of Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrowers and the Loan Parties, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

SECTION 8.02 Application of Proceeds .

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, the proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its remedies shall be applied, in full or in part, together with any other sums then held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, promptly by the Administrative Agent as follows:

(a) First , to the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses, fees, commissions and taxes of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith and all amounts for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of any Loan Document, together with interest on each such amount at the highest rate then in effect under this Agreement from and after the date such amount is due, owing or unpaid until paid in full;

(b) Second , to the payment of all other reasonable costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the other Secured Parties and their agents and counsel and all costs, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the other Secured Parties in connection therewith, together with interest on each such amount at the highest rate then in effect under this Agreement from and after the date such amount is due, owing or unpaid until paid in full;

(c) Third , without duplication of amounts applied pursuant to clauses (a)  and (b)  above, to the payment in full in cash, pro rata , of (A) interest and other amounts constituting Obligations (other than principal, Reimbursement Obligations and obligations to cash collateralize Letters of Credit) and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Hedging Agreements, but excluding the Last-Out Portion, and/or Treasury Services Agreements constituting Secured Obligations and any interest accrued thereon, in each case equally and ratably in accordance with the respective amounts thereof then due and owing; and (B) principal amount of the Obligations and any premium thereon, including Reimbursement Obligations and obligations to cash collateralize Letters of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.18(i) , and any breakage, termination or other payments under Hedging Agreements, but excluding the Last-Out Portion, and Treasury Services Agreements constituting Secured Obligations and any interest accrued thereon;

 

-128-


(d) Fourth , to the to the payment in full in cash, pro rata (A) of interest and any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under Hedging Agreements; and (B) of principal amount and any premium thereon and any breakage, termination or other payments under Hedging Agreements, in the case of clauses (A) and (B), constituting the Last-Out Portion; and

(e)  Fifth , the balance, if any, to the person lawfully entitled thereto (including the applicable Loan Party or its successors or assigns) or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

In the event that any such proceeds are insufficient to pay in full the items described in clauses (a) through (d) of this Section 8.02 , the Loan Parties shall remain liable, jointly and severally, for any deficiency.

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENTS

SECTION 9.01 Appointment and Authority .

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints UBS AG, Stamford Branch, to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent and UBS Collateral Agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in their capacity as Co-Collateral Agents, to act on its behalf as Co-Collateral Agents hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes such Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agents by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and neither Borrowers nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. In the event that the Co-Collateral Agents disagree as to the exercise of any power that is delegated jointly to the Co-Collateral Agents, such disagreement shall be settled as separately determined by them. The Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents hereby agree that, to the extent that they are otherwise unable to reach a mutually acceptable agreement as to any matter related to Borrowing Base eligibility criteria, Reserves or any other matter related to the Borrowing Base or the Collateral that is to be determined by, or at the discretion of, the Administrative Agent and/or the Co-Collateral Agents under the terms of this Agreement, the consenting vote of two of the three Co-Collateral Agents shall prevail; provided that if there are only two Co-Collateral Agents at the time of such determination, the position of the individual Co-Collateral Agent which results in more restrictive eligibility criteria or the larger Reserve or that is more protective of the Collateral shall prevail.

SECTION 9.02 Rights as a Lender .

Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrowers or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

-129-


SECTION 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions .

No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Agent:

(i) shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirements of Law; and

(iii) shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrowers or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (x) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02 ) or (y) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by Borrowers, a Lender or the Issuing Bank.

No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term us used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may use an outside service provider for the tracking of all UCC financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the Loan Documents and notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that any such service provider will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of Borrowers and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider.

 

-130-


SECTION 9.04 Reliance by Agent .

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with such advice.

SECTION 9.05 Delegation of Duties .

Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

SECTION 9.06 Resignation of Agent .

(a) Each Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrowers, to appoint a successor, which shall be a Lender that is a bank with an office in the United States or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify Borrowers and the Lenders that no qualifying person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Issuing Bank directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers,

 

-131-


privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

(b) Any resignation by UBS AG, Stamford Branch as Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.06(a) shall, unless UBS AG, Stamford Branch gives notice to Borrowers otherwise, also constitute its resignation as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, and such resignation as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall become effective simultaneously with the discharge of the Administrative Agent from its duties and obligations as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph (except as to already outstanding Letters of Credit and LC Obligations and Swingline Loans, as to which the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender shall continue in such capacities until the LC Exposure relating thereto shall be reduced to zero and such Swingline Loans shall have been repaid, as applicable, or until the successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to the roles of Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender in accordance with the next sentence and perform the actions required by the next sentence). Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, unless UBS AG, Stamford Branch and such successor gives notice to Borrowers otherwise, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender and (ii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit. At the time any such resignation of the Issuing Bank shall become effective, Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the retiring Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.05(c) .

SECTION 9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders .

Each Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender further represents and warrants that it has had the opportunity to review the documents made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 9.08 Withholding Tax .

To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.15(a) or (c) , each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 30 days after demand

 

-132-


therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender or the Issuing Bank by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or Issuing Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.08 . The agreements in this Section 9.08 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

SECTION 9.09 No Other Duties, etc .

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Joint Lead Bookmanagers, the Joint Lead Arrangers, Co-Syndication Agents or Co-Documentation Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Co-Collateral Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder.

SECTION 9.10 Enforcement .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent, or as the Required Lenders may require or otherwise direct, for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Bank; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of this Agreement, or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any bankruptcy or insolvency law.

 

-133-


ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01 Notices .

(a) Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows:

(i) if to any Loan Party, to Holdings at:

PBF Holding Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd Floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: Jeffrey Dill

Telecopier No.: (973) 455-7562

Email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Andres C. Mena, Esq.

Telecopier No.: (212) 446-4900

Email: andres.mena@kirland.com

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, UBS Collateral Agent or Issuing Bank, to it at:

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: David Urban

Telecopier No.: (203) 719-4176

Email: DL-UBSAgency@ubs.com

with a copy to:

Winston & Strawn LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Attention: William D. Brewer, Esq.

Telecopier No.: (212) 294-4700

Email: wbrewer@winston.com

 

-134-


(iii) if to Bank of America, N.A., as a Co-Collateral Agent, to it at:

Bank of America, N.A.

TX1-492-11-23

901 Main Street

Dallas, TX 75202

Attention: BABC Portfolio Management

Telecopier No.: 214-209-4766

Email: james.allin@baml.com

(iv) if to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as a Co-Collateral Agent, to it at:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

2450 Colorado Avenue, Suite 3000 West

Santa Monica, CA 90404

Attention: Peter Aziz

Telecopier No.: 866-615-7803

Email: peter.aziz@wellsfargo.com

(v) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopier number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire; and

(vi) if to the Swingline Lender, to it at:

UBS Loan Finance LLC

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: David Urban

Telecopier No.: (203) 719-4176

Email: DL-UBSAgency@ubs.com

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b). Any party hereto may change its address or telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by written notice to Borrowers, the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender.

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may (subject to the provisions of this Section 10.01 ) be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents or Borrowers may, in their

 

-135-


discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it (including pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.01 ); provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Document, including all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials (the “ Communications ”), by transmitting them in an electronic medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent at DL-UBSAGENCY@UBS.COM or at such other e-mail address(es) provided to Borrowers from time to time or in such other form as the Administrative Agent shall require. In addition, each Loan Party agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in such other form as the Administrative Agent shall require. Nothing in this Section 10.01 shall prejudice the right of the Agents, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Loan Party to give any notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any other manner specified in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or as any such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall require.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

To the extent consented to by the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time, the Administrative Agent agrees that receipt of the Communications (other than any such Communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder) by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address(es) set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents.

(c) Platform . Each Loan Party further agrees that any Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on SyndTrak or a substantially similar secure electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”). The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agents do not warrant the accuracy or completeness of the Communications, or the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall any Agent or any of its Related Parties have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or

 

-136-


any other person for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or such Agent’s transmission of communications through the Internet, except to the extent the liability of such person is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Public/Private . Each Loan Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to distribute (i) to Private Siders all Communications, including any Communication that Borrowers identify in writing is to be distributed to Private Siders only (“ Private Side Communications ”), and (ii) to Public Siders all Communications other than any Private Side Communication. “ Private Siders ” shall mean Lenders’ employees and representatives who have declared that they are authorized to receive MNPI. “ Public Siders ” shall mean Lenders’ employees and representatives who have not declared that they are authorized to receive MNPI; it being understood that Public Siders may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to Borrowers’ or their affiliates’ securities or loans. “ MNPI ” shall mean material non-public information (within the meaning of United States federal securities laws) with respect to Borrowers, their affiliates and any of their respective securities.

Each Lender acknowledges that United States federal and state securities laws prohibit any person from purchasing or selling securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other person. Each Lender confirms that it has developed procedures designed to ensure compliance with these securities laws.

Each Lender acknowledges that circumstances may arise that require it to refer to Communications that may contain MNPI. Accordingly, each Lender agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to designate at least one individual to receive Private Side Communications on its behalf in compliance with its procedures and applicable law and identify such designee (including such designee’s contact information) on such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time of such Lender’s designee’s e-mail address to which notice of the availability of Private Side Communications may be sent by electronic transmission.

Each Lender that elects not to be given access to Private Side Communications does so voluntarily and, by such election, (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Agents and other Lenders may have access to Private Side Communications that such electing Lender does not have and (ii) takes sole responsibility for the consequences of, and waives any and all claims based on or arising out of, not having access to Private Side Communications.

SECTION 10.02 Waivers; Amendment .

(a) Generally . No failure or delay by any Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of each Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by this Section 10.02 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific

 

-137-


instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on Borrowers in any case shall entitle Borrowers to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Required Consents . Subject to Section 10.02(c) , and (d) , neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Borrowers and the Administrative Agent or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents (in the case of any Security Document) and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are party thereto, in each case with the written consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that no amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any condition precedent, mandatory prepayment covenant or Default shall constitute an increase in the Commitment of any Lender);

(ii) reduce the principal amount or premium, if any, of any Loan (except in connection with a payment contemplated by clause (viii) below) or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon including any provision establishing a minimum rate (other than interest pursuant to Section 2.06(c) ), or reduce any Fees payable hereunder, or change the form or currency of a payment of any Obligation, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being understood that any amendment or modification to the financial definitions in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest for purposes of this clause (ii)  and it being understood that, for the avoidance of doubt, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be required to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest or any other payment due hereunder or under any other Loan Document at the Default Rate);

(iii) (A) change the scheduled final maturity of any Loan, (B) postpone the fixed date for payment of any Reimbursement Obligation or any interest, premium or Fees payable hereunder, (C) reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment (other than waiver of any increase in the interest rate pursuant to Section 2.06(c) ), or (D) postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment or any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Maturity Date, in any case, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(iv) increase the maximum duration of Interest Periods hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(v) permit the assignment or delegation by Borrowers of any of their rights or obligations under any Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender;

(vi) except pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements, release Borrowers or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their Guarantee (except as expressly provided in Article VII ), or limit their liability in respect of any such Guarantee, without the written consent of each Lender;

 

-138-


(vii) except pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements, release all or a substantial portion of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents or alter the relative priorities of the Secured Obligations entitled to the Liens of the Security Documents, in each case without the written consent of each Lender (it being understood that additional Classes of Loans consented to by the Required Lenders may be equally and ratably secured by the Collateral with the then existing Secured Obligations under the Security Documents);

(viii) change Section 2.14(b) , (c)  or (d)  in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments or setoffs required thereby or any other provision in a manner that would alter the pro rata allocation among the Lenders of Loan disbursements, including the requirements of Sections 2.02(a) , 2.17(d) and 2.18(d) , without the written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby;

(ix) change any provision of this Section  10.02(b) or Section 10.02(c) or (d) , without the written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby (except for additional restrictions on amendments or waivers for the benefit of Lenders of additional Classes of Loans pursuant to Section 2.20 or consented to by the Required Lenders);

(x) change the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders,” or any other provision of any Loan Document (including this Section) specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be), other than to increase such percentage or number or to give any additional Lender or group of Lenders such right to waive, amend or modify or make any such determination or grant any such consent;

(xi) subordinate the Obligations to any other obligation, without the written consent of each Lender;

(xii) change or waive any provision of Article IX as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the written consent of such Agent;

(xiii) change or waive any obligation of the Lenders relating to the issuance of or purchase of participations in Letters of Credit, without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank;

(xiv) change or waive any provision hereof relating to Swingline Loans (including the definition of “Swingline Commitment”), without the written consent of the Swingline Lender; or

(xv) change or waive any provision hereof as the same directly applies to the rights or obligations of any Issuing Bank without the written consent of such Issuing Bank;

provided, further , that (A) that no amendment or waiver that would change the definition of “Borrowing Base”, including, without limitation, the advance rates contained therein, the definition of “Eligible Accounts” or “Eligible Hydrocarbon Inventory”, the definition of “Reserves”, the definition of “Hedging

 

-139-


Reserves” or any other defined terms contained in the definition of “Borrowing Base” in order to increase Borrowing Availability shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Supermajority Lenders, the Borrowers and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent and the Co-Collateral Agents and (B) any waiver, amendment or modification of the Intercreditor Agreements (and any related definitions) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Required Lenders but without the consent of any Loan Party, so long as such amendment, waiver or modification does not impose any additional duties or obligations on the Loan Parties or alter or impair any right of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein:

(I) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except to the extent the consent of such Lender would be required under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 10.02(b) (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders); and

(II) any Loan Document may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (without the consent of any Lender) solely to cure a defect or error, or to grant a new Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties or extend an existing Lien over additional property;

(c) Collateral . Without the consent of any other person, the applicable Loan Party or Parties and the Administrative Agent and/or Co-Collateral Agents may (in its or their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any amendment or waiver of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable Requirements of Law.

(d) Dissenting Lenders . If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 10.02(b) , the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained, then Borrowers shall have the right to replace all, but not less than all, of such non-consenting Lender or Lenders (so long as all non-consenting Lenders are so replaced) with one or more persons pursuant to Section 2.16(b) so long as at the time of such replacement each such new Lender consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination.

SECTION 10.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . Borrowers shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents and their respective Affiliates (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one (1) counsel, together with local counsel, as appropriate, for the Administrative Agent and/or the Co-Collateral Agents) in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein (including the obtaining and maintaining of CUSIP numbers for the Loans), the due diligence investigation, travel expenses, preparation,

 

-140-


negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendment, amendment and restatement, modification or waiver of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), including in connection with post-closing searches to confirm that security filings and recordations have been properly made and including any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the service provider referred to in Section 9.03 , (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents, any Lender or the Issuing Bank (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the Administrative Agent and one (1) counsel for the other Lenders (absent actual conflict) and one (1) local counsel for the Secured Parties (absent actual conflict) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 10.03 , or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit and (iv) all documentary and similar taxes and charges in respect of the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

(b) Indemnification by Borrowers . Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), the Co-Collateral Agents (and any sub-agent thereof) each Lender and the Issuing Bank, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable out-of-pocket related expenses (including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Indemnitees, and if reasonably necessary, one local counsel to the Indemnitees in each relevant jurisdiction, and solely, in the case of conflicts of interest, appropriate counsel in each applicable material jurisdiction to the affected Indemnitee) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any party hereto or any third party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any amendment, amendment and restatement, modification or waiver of the provisions hereof or thereof, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property owned, leased or operated by any Company at any time, or any Environmental Claim related in any way to any Company, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrowers or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a claim brought by Borrowers or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for material breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if Borrowers or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) result from any dispute solely among Indemnitees other than claims

 

-141-


against any Joint Lead Arranger in its capacity or fulfilling its role as Administrative Agent, Co-Collateral Agent or Joint Lead Arranger, as the case may be, and other than claims arising out of any act or omission on the part of the Borrowers, any Loan Party or their respective Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.03(b) shall not apply to Taxes other than Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses with respect to a non-Tax claim.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that Borrowers for any reason fail to pay in cash any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 10.03 to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Co-Collateral Agents, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Co-Collateral Agents (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (such indemnity shall be effective whether or not the related losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses are incurred or asserted by any party hereto or any third party); provided that (i) the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Co-Collateral Agents (or any sub-agent thereof), the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Co-Collateral Agents (or any sub-agent thereof), the Swingline Lender or Issuing Bank in connection with such capacity and (ii) such indemnity for the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not include losses incurred by the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank due to one or more Lenders defaulting in their obligations to purchase participations of Swingline Exposure under Section 2.17(d) or LC Exposure under Section  2.18(d) or to make Revolving Loans under Section 2.18(e) (it being understood that this proviso shall not affect the Swingline Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s rights against any Defaulting Lender). The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c)  are subject to the provisions of Section 2.14 . For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “ pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the total Revolving Exposure and unused Commitments at the time.

(d)  Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto hereby waives, any claim against any other party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e)  Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than 5 Business Days after written demand therefor.

SECTION 10.04 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations

 

-142-


hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agents, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b)  of this Section 10.04 , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d)  of this Section 10.04 or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f)  of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by Borrowers shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d)  of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the other Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders .

(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) Borrowers; provided that no consent of Borrowers shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Sections 8.01 (a), (b), (g)  or ( h ), any other assignee;

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Revolving Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Revolving Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; and

(C) the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of any assignment made in connection with the primary syndication of the Commitment and Loans by the Joint Lead Arrangers or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5.0 million (with increments of $1.0 million in excess thereof), in the case of any assignment in respect of Revolving Loans and/or Revolving Commitments, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

-143-


(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii)  shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate tranches on a non- pro rata basis; and

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c)  of this Section 10.04 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12 , 2.13 , 2.15 and 10.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.04(d) .

(c)  Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrowers, shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrowers, the Issuing Bank (with respect to Revolving Lenders only), the Co-Collateral Agents, the Swingline Lender (with respect to Revolving Lenders only) and any Lender (with respect to its own interest only), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. This Section 10.04(c) shall be construed so that the Loans and Obligations are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender sell participations to any person (other than a natural person or Borrowers or any of their Affiliates) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and Issuing Bank shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

-144-


Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the first proviso to Section 10.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (e)  of this Section, Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12 , 2.13 and 2.15 (subject to the requirements of those Sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b)  of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender.

Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(e) Limitations on Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.12 , 2.13 and 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrowers’ prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In the case of any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, such Lender may, without the consent of Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, collaterally assign or pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, including the Loans and Notes or any other instrument evidencing its rights as a Lender under this Agreement, to any holder of, trustee for, or any other representative of holders of, obligations owed or securities issued, by such fund, as security for such obligations or securities.

(g) Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Requirement of Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

-145-


SECTION 10.05 Survival of Agreement .

All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Agents, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (unless back stopped or cash collateralized in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank) and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.12 , 2.14 , 2.15 and Article X (other than Sections 10.02 , 10.04 , 10.08 , 10.12 , 10.14 and 10.19 ) shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the payment of the Reimbursement Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

SECTION 10.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier or other electronic transmission (i.e. a “pdf” or “tif” document) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.07 Severability .

Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.08 Right of Setoff .

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the Issuing Bank, and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency), but excluding accounts

 

-146-


used solely for payroll, taxes, employee benefits or trust or fiduciary purposes, at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of Borrowers or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of Borrowers or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of Borrowers or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the Issuing Bank or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to notify Borrowers and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

SECTION 10.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

(b) Submission to Jurisdiction . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Venue . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in Section 10.09(b) . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Service of Process . Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, in the manner provided for notices (other than telecopier) in Section 10.01 . Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Requirements of Law.

 

-147-


SECTION 10.10 Waiver of Jury Trial .

Each Loan Party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (whether based on contract, tort or any other theory). Each party hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other parties hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section.

SECTION 10.11 Headings .

Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 10.12 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.12 , to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Borrowers and their obligations or (iii) any rating agency for the purpose of obtaining a credit rating applicable to any Lender, (g) with the consent of Borrowers, (h) to any credit insurance provider relating to the Borrowers and their obligations or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrowers. In addition, the Administrative Agent and Lenders may publish or disseminate general information concerning this credit facility for league table, tombstone and advertising purposes. For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates relating to Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section

 

-148-


shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 10.13 USA PATRIOT Act Notice and Customer Verification .

Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notify Borrowers that pursuant to the “know your customer” regulations and the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, they are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number (and other identifying information in the event this information is insufficient to complete verification) that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to verify the identity of each Loan Party. This information must be delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent no later than five days prior to the Closing Date and thereafter promptly upon request. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 10.14 Interest Rate Limitation .

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Requirements of Law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 10.15 Lender Addendum .

Each Lender to become a party to this Agreement on the date hereof shall do so by delivering to the Administrative Agent a Lender Addendum duly executed by such Lender, Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 10.16 Obligations Absolute .

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, all obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Loan Party;

(b) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto against any Loan Party;

 

-149-


(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(d) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations;

(e) any exercise or non-exercise, or any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof or any Loan Document; or

(f) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense (other than the defense of payment in full in cash) available to, or a discharge of, the Loan Parties.

SECTION 10.17 Intercreditor Agreements .

To the extent, if any, that there shall be a conflict between the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, on the one hand, and any Intercreditor Agreement, on the other hand, the terms of the applicable Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 10.18 Release of Collateral .

(a) Upon the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any item of Collateral of any Loan Party (including, without limitation, as a result of the sale, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, of the Loan Party that owns such Collateral) in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, the Liens on such items of Collateral and guarantees by such Loan Parties are automatically released and the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrowers’ expense, execute and deliver to such Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and, if applicable, the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantees.

(b) Upon the payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (A) Unasserted Contingent Obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Hedging Agreements and Treasury Services Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable counterparties to each such agreement shall have been made), the cancellation or termination of the Commitments and the cancellation or expiration of all outstanding Letters of Credit (or the cash collateralization or back-stopping thereof on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank), the security interest granted under the Security Documents (other than with respect to any cash collateral in respect of Letters of Credit) shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable Loan Party. Upon any such termination Administrative Agent will, at Borrowers’ expense, execute and deliver to the Loan Parties such documents as Borrowers shall reasonably request to evidence the repayment of the Obligations and such termination provided in this Section 10.18 .

SECTION 10.19 Permitted Amendments .

(a) The Borrowers may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, make one or more offers to all Lenders of an applicable Class to make one or more Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative

 

-150-


Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Borrower. Such notice shall set forth (i) the terms and conditions of the requested Permitted Amendment and (ii) the date by which responses from the applicable Lenders in respect of such Permitted Amendment are required to be received (which shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date of such notice). Only those Lenders that consent to such Permitted Amendment (the “ Accepting Lenders ”) will have the maturity of their applicable Loans and Commitments extended and be entitled to receive any increase in the Applicable Margin and any fees (including prepayment premiums or fees), in each case, as provided in such Permitted Amendment; provided , however , that if the initial yield on any Loans and/or Commitments the final maturity date of which is extended pursuant to any Permitted Amendment (such Loans and/or Commitments, collectively, the “ Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments ”) (as determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the sum of (x) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin applicable to the Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments and (y) if the Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments are initially made at a discount or the Lenders making the same receive a fee directly or indirectly from the Borrowers or any Subsidiary for doing so (the amount of such discount or fee, expressed as a percentage of the Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments, being referred to herein as the “ Permitted Amendment Discount ”), such Permitted Amendment Discount, divided by the lesser of (A) the average life to maturity of such Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments and (B) four, exceeds by more than 75 basis points (the amount of such excess above 75 basis points being referred to herein as the “ Permitted Amendment Yield Differential ”) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin then in effect for any Class of Loans, then the Applicable Margin then in effect for such Class of Loans, as applicable, shall automatically be increased by the Permitted Amendment Yield Differential, effective upon the making of the Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments (and if the Applicable Margin on the Permitted Amendment Loans and/or Commitments is subject to an Excess Availability-based pricing grid, appropriate increases to the other Applicable Margins for such Class of Loans, as applicable, consistent with the foregoing, shall be made).

(b) The Borrowers and each Accepting Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the acceptance of the Permitted Amendments and the terms and conditions thereof. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Permitted Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Permitted Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended, as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the terms and provisions of the Permitted Amendment with respect to the Loans and Commitments of the Accepting Lenders (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments of the Accepting Lenders in a manner consistent with the other Loans and Commitments under this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Permitted Amendment shall become effective under this Section 10.19 unless the Administrative Agent, to the extent so reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, shall have received board resolutions and officer’s certificates consistent with those delivered pursuant to Section 4.01 .

SECTION 10.20 Amendment and Restatement .

This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement and upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement shall, subject to this Section 10.20 , be superseded in all respects hereby. All references to the “Credit Agreement” contained in the Loan Documents delivered in connection with the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement or this Agreement shall, and shall be deemed to, refer to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Existing Revolving Credit

 

-151-


Agreement by this Agreement, the Secured Obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties outstanding under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of the A&R Effective Date shall remain outstanding and shall constitute continuing Secured Obligations and shall continue as such to be secured by the Collateral. Such Secured Obligations shall in all respects be continuing and this Agreement shall not be deemed to evidence or result in a novation or repayment and reborrowing of such Secured Obligations. The Liens securing payment of the Secured Obligations under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended and restated in the form of this Agreement, shall in all respects be continuing, securing the payment of all Secured Obligations.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-152-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC , as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC , as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC , as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC , as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


PBF POWER MARKETING, LLC , as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
DELAWARE PIPELINE COMPANY LLC , as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PAULSBORO NATURAL GAS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC , as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PBF INVESTMENTS LLC , as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


PBF FINANCE CORPORATION , as a Subsidiary Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Matthew Lucey

  Name:   Matthew Lucey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


UBS SECURITIES LLC , as a Joint Lead Arranger, a Co-Syndication Agent and a Co-Documentation Agent
By:  

/S/ IRJA R. OTSA

  Name:   IRJA R. OTSA
  Title:   ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
By:  

/S/ DAVID URBAN

  Name:   DAVID URBAN
  Title:   ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH , as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent, a Co-Collateral Agent and a Lender
By:  

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

  Name:   Irja R. Otsa
  Title:  

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

By:  

/s/ David Urban

  Name:   David Urban
  Title:  

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC , as Swingline Lender
By:  

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

  Name:   Irja R. Otsa
  Title:  

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

By:  

/s/ David Urban

  Name:   David Urban
  Title:  

Associate Director

Banking Products Services, US

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A . , as Joint Lead Arranger, a Co-Collateral Agent, a Co- Documentation Agent and a Lender
By:  

/s/ Peter Aziz

Name:   Peter Aziz
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A . , as a Co-Collateral Agent, a Co-Syndication Agent and a Lender
By:  

/s/ James B. Allin

  Name:   James B. Allin
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Kelly Chin

Name:   Kelly Chin
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Kelly Chin

Name:   Kelly Chin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ John Frazell

  Name:   John Frazell
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mikhail Faybusovich

  Name:   Mikhail Faybusovich
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Vipul Dhadda

  Name:   Vipul Dhadda
  Title:   Associate

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


BNP Paribas

  ,
as a Lender  
By:  

/s/ Keith Cox

  Name:   Keith Cox  
  Title:   Managing Director  
By:  

/s/ Andrew Stratos

  Name:   Andrew Stratos  
  Title:   Director  

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


SOVEREIGN BANK. N.A.

  ,
as a Lender  
By:  

/s/ Aidan Lanigan

 
  Name:   Aidan Lanigan  
  Title:   Senior Vice President  
By:  

/s/ Vaughn Buck

 
  Name:   Vaughn Buck  
  Title:   Executive Vice President  

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas ,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Marcus M. Tarkington

  Name:   Marcus M. Tarkington
  Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Michael Getz

  Name:   Michael Getz
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


Union Bank, N.A.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Todd Eggertsen

  Name:   Todd Eggertsen
  Title:   VP

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Jason S. York

  Name:   Jason S. York
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


Barclays Bank PLC

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Diane Rolfe

  Name:   Diane Rolfe
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


Credit Agricole Corporate & Investment Bank,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Michael Willis

  Name:   Michael Willis
  Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ David Gurghigian

  Name:   David Gurghigian
  Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


Citibank, NA.,

as a Joint Lead Arranger, Co-Syndication

Agent and a Lender

By:  

/s/ Michael Smolow

  Name:   MICHAEL SMOLOW
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement]


Annex I

Applicable Margin

The Applicable Margin will be determined pursuant to the following grid:

 

Index Debt Rating from Moody’s Investors Service Inc.

   Index Debt
Rating from
Standard &
Poor’s Ratings
Group
   ABR Loans     Eurodollar Loans     Applicable Fee  

£ Ba3

   £  BB-      1.500     2.500     0.500

Ba2

   BB      1.250     2.250     0.500

Ba1

   BB+      1.000     2.000     0.375

Baa3

   BBB-      0.750     1.750     0.375

“Index Debt Rating” for purposes of the above grid shall mean the then rating in respect of the senior secured long-term Indebtedness of the Borrowers which is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any credit enhancement.

If the Index Debt Ratings established by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Moody’s Investors Service Inc. shall fall within different categories, the pricing grid shall reference the higher of the two Ratings.


Annex II

ACCOUNT DEBTORS

Part A

BP Lubricants USA Inc

BP Lubricants USA-Castrol Ind

BP North American Petroleum

BP Products North America, Inc.

Braskem PP Americas Inc

E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company

Shell Oil Products U.S.

Shell Trading (US) Company

Total Lubricants USA Inc

Part B

Akzo Nobel Coatings Inc.

Akzo Nobel Paints LLC

BASF Corporation

BASF SE

Brenntag Great Lakes, LLC

Brenntag Mid-South, Inc.

Brenntag Northeast Inc

Brenntag Southeast Inc

Michelin North America Inc

Momentive Specialty Chemicals BV


Annex III

HYDROCARBON INVENTORY INSURANCE

12/17/2011 - 12/17/2012

 

Coverage

   Limits    

Carrier

 

Retention

Property

   $ 1,300,000,000     Various   $5,000,000 / 60 Days BI

Terrorism

   $ 1,000,000,000     Various   $5,000,000 / 60 Days BI

Automobile (includes Terrorism)

   $ 1,000,000     National Union Fire Insurance Co.   $500,000 per occurrence

General Liability (includes Terrorism)

   $ 5,000,000     National Union Fire Insurance Co.   $5,000,000 per occurrence

Workers Compensation (includes Terrorism)

   $ 1,000,000     Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania  

$500,000 per occurrence

Marine Terminal Operations Liability

  

$

10,000,000

 

  Starr Indemnity & Liability Co.   $5,000,000 per occurrence

Umbrella / Excess Umbrella (includes Terrorism)

  

$

300,000,000

 

 

ACE (Lead)/Various

 

—  

Charterers Liability

   $ 750,000,000     Gard P&I   $50,000 pollution/$25,000 Other

Marine Cargo

   $ 100,000,000     Great American Ins Co/Lloyds of London  

0.05%


SCHEDULES

To

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of October 26, 2012,

among

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC,

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC,

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC, and

TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC,

as Borrowers,

and

THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES PARTY THERETO,

as Loan Parties,

THE LENDERS PARTY THERETO

and

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

as a Co-Documentation Agent and a Syndication Agent,

and

UBS SECURITIES LLC,

CITIBANK, N.A.,

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH,

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Lead Bookmanagers

and

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Issuing Bank, Administrative Agent

and a Co-Collateral Agent,

and

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,

as Swingline Lender

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as a Co-Syndication Agent

and

BANK OF AMERICA N.A.,

as a Co-Collateral Agent and a Co-Syndication Agent

and

WELLS FARGO BANK N.A.,

as a Co-Collateral Agent and a Co-Documentation Agent

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

as a Co-Documentation Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Schedule 1.01(b) SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

     1  

Schedule 2.22 BLOCKED ACCOUNTS

     2  

Schedule 3.03 GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

     3  

Schedule 3.06(c) VIOLATIONS OR PROCEEDINGS

     4  

Schedule 3.08 LITIGATION

     5  

Schedule 3.18 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     6  

Schedule 3.19 INSURANCE

     7  

Schedule 3.22 MATERIAL INVENTORY

     8  

Schedule 6.01(b) EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

     11  

Schedule 6.02(c) EXISTING LIENS

     12  

Schedule 6.04(b) EXISTING INVESTMENTS

     13  

Schedule 6.08 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

     14  

 

i


Schedule 1.01(b)

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

1) PBF Power Marketing LLC

2) Delaware Pipeline Company LLC

3) Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC

4) PBF Investments LLC

5) PBF Finance Corporation

 

1


Schedule 2.22

BLOCKED ACCOUNTS

 

Bank Name

  

Account No.

  

Account Type

  

Account Name

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   4122229552    Commercial DDA    PBF Holding Company LLC

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   4124818022    Commercial DDA    Delaware Refining Company LLC

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   4124818113    Commercial DDA    Paulsboro Refining Company LLC

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   4124818154    Commercial DDA    Toledo Refining Company LLC

UBS Financial Services

   CP-43177    Fund Investment    PBF Holding Company LLC

Union Bank

   9370000120    MMDA    PBF Holding Company LLC

Morgan Stanley Liquidity Funds

   740400050    Fund Investment    PBF Holding Company LLC

 

2


Schedule 3.03

GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

None.

 

3


Schedule 3.06(c)

VIOLATIONS OR PROCEEDINGS

None.

 

4


Schedule 3.08

LITIGATION

None.

 

5


Schedule 3.18

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.

 

6


Schedule 3.19

INSURANCE

12/17/2011 - 12/17/2012

 

Coverage

   Limits    

Carrier

 

Retention

Property

   $ 1,300,000,000     Various   $5,000,000 / 60 Days BI

Terrorism

   $ 1,000,000,000     Various   $5,000,000 / 60 Days BI

Automobile (includes Terrorism)

   $ 1,000,000     National Union Fire Insurance Co.   $500,000 per occurrence

General Liability (includes Terrorism)

   $ 5,000,000     National Union Fire Insurance Co.   $5,000,000 per occurrence

Workers Compensation (includes Terrorism)

   $ 1,000,000     Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania   $500,000 per occurrence

Marine Terminal Operations Liability

   $ 10,000,000     Starr Indemnity & Liability Co.   $5,000,000 per occurrence

Umbrella / Excess Umbrella (includes Terrorism)

   $ 300,000,000     ACE (Lead)/Various   —  

Charterers Liability

   $ 750,000,000     Gard P&I   $50,000 pollution/$25,000 Other

Marine Cargo

   $ 100,000,000     Great American Ins Co/Lloyds of London   0.05%

 

7


Schedule 3.22

MATERIAL INVENTORY

 

Terminal Location

 

Company

 

Terminal Address

AKRON, OH   SUNOCO  

999 Home Avenue

Akron, OH 44310

AURORA, OH   BTS  

1521 South Chillicothe Rd

Aurora, OH 44202

BAY CITY, MI   MARATHON  

1806 Marquette Street

Bay City, MI 48706

CATLETTSBURG, KY (VINEY BRANCH)   MARATHON  

8023 Crider Drive

Catlettsburg, KY 41129

CHARLESTON WV   MARATHON  

Standard & Maccorkle

Charleston, WV 25314

CLERMONT   BUCKEYE  

3230 Raceway Road

Clermont, IN 46234

CLEVELAND, OH   SUNOCO  

3200 Independence

Cleveland, OH 44105

CLEVELAND, OH AIRPORT   BP PRODUCTS  

4800 E. 49th Street,

Cleveland OH

COLUMBUS (EAST)   SUNOCO  

3499 West Broad Street

Columbus, OH 43204

COLUMBUS (WEST)   SUNOCO  

3866 Fisher Road

Columbus, OH 43204

COLUMBUS, OH SOUTH   BUCKEYE  

303 North Wilson Road

Columbus, OH 43204

CORAOPOLIS, PA   BUCKEYE  

3200 University Blvd

Moon Township, PA 15108

COVINGTON, KY   MARATHON  

230 East 33rd Street

Covington, KY 41015

CUYAHOGA HTS, OH   BUCKEYE  

2201 West 3rd Street,

Cleveland Oh 44113

DAYTON, OH   BUCKEYE  

801 Brandt Pike

Dayton, OH 45404

DAYTON, OH   SUNOCO  

1708 Farr Drive

Dayton, OH 45404

DELAWARE CITY, DE   PBF  

4550 Wrangle Hill Road

Delaware City, DE 19706

DETROIT METRO AIRPORT   BUCKEYE  

700 South Deacon Street,

Detroit, MI 48217

FERRYSBURG, MI   CITGO  

524 3rd Street

Ferrysburg, MI 49409

FLINT, MI   BUCKEYE  

G5340 North Dort Hwy

Flint, MI 48505

 

8


Terminal Location

 

Company

 

Terminal Address

HUNTINGTON IN   MARATHON  

4648 North Meridian

Huntington, IN 46750

HUNTINGTON, IN   SUNOCO  

4691 N Meridian St

Huntington, IN 46750

INDIANAPOLIS, IN   BUCKEYE  

10700 E County Rd 300 N

Indianapolis, IN 46234

INDIANAPOLIS, IN   MARATHON  

4955 Robinson Road

Indianapolis, IN 46268

INDIANAPOLIS, IN   NUSTAR  

3350 N Raceway Road

Indianapolis, IN 46234

JACKSON, MI   CITGO  

2001 Morrill Road

Jackson, MI 49201

JACKSON, MI   MARATHON  

2090 Morrill Road

Jackson, MI 49201

NILES, MI   CITGO  

2233 South Third Street

Niles, MI 49120

NILES, MI SOUTH   MARATHON  

2216 South Third Street

Niles, MI 49120

NO.MUSKEGON, MI   MARATHON  

3005 Holton Road

North Muskegon, MI 49445

NOVI, MI   DELTA  

40600 Grand River

Novi, MI 48375

OWOSSO, MI   SUNOCO  

4004 West Main Street

Owosso, MI 48867

PAULSBORO, NJ   PBF  

800 Billingsport Road

Paulsboro, NJ 08066

PRINCETON, IN   TEPPCO  

2 Mile West

Oakland City, IN 47660

RIVER ROUGE, MI   SUNOCO  

500 South Dix Avenue

Detroit, MI 48217

ROMULUS, MI   SUNOCO  

29120 Wick Road

Romulus, MI 48174

SPEEDWAY, IN   MARATHON  

1304 Olin Avenue

Indianapolis, IN 46222

TAYLOR EAST, MI   BUCKEYE  

24501 Ecorse Road

Taylor, MI 48180

TAYLOR, MI   Shell  

24801 Ecorse Road

Taylor, MI 48180

TOLEDO, OH   PBF  

1819 Woodville Road

Oregon, OH 43616

TOLEDO, OH   SUNOCO  

1601 Woodville Road

Toledo, OH 43605

YOUNGSTOWN, OH   SUNOCO  

6331 Southern Blvd

Youngstown, OH 44512

WOODHAVEN,MI BPL   BUCKEYE  

20755 West Road,

Woodhaven, MI

 

9


Terminal Location

 

Company

 

Terminal Address

Marysville   SUNOCO  

8500-53848,

Philadelphia, PA 191783848

 

Pipeline Locations

 

Company

 

Address

TRC-BUCKEYE PL   Buckeye Pipeline LLC  

One Greenway Plaze, Suite 600,

Houston, TX 77046

TRC-INLAND P/L   Inland Pipeline  

8500-53848,

Philadelphia, PA 191783848

TRC-TEPPCO PIPELINE   Teppco  

P.O. Box 201407,

Dallas TX 75320-1407

TRC-TOLEDO,OH-SUN PL   Sunoco Pipeline  

8500-53848,

Philadelphia, PA 191783848

TRC-WOLVERINE PIPELINE   Wolverine Pipeline Company  

8075 Creekside Drive, Suite 210,

Portage Michigan 49024-6303

 

10


Schedule 6.01(b)

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

None.

 

11


Schedule 6.02(c)

EXISTING LIENS

None.

 

12


Schedule 6.04(b)

EXISTING INVESTMENTS

None.

 

13


Schedule 6.08

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

 

1. Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company LLC, dated as of June 1, 2010.

 

2. Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Holding Company LLC, dated as of March 25, 2010.

 

3. Limited Liability Company Agreement of Delaware City Refining Company LLC, dated as of March 25, 2010.

 

4. Limited Liability Company Agreement of Delaware Pipeline Company LLC, dated as of March 25, 2010.

 

5. Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, dated as of January 14, 2011.

 

6. Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Paulsboro Natural Gas Pipeline Company LLC, dated as of January 14, 2011.

 

7. Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Investments LLC, dated as of January 5, 2011.

 

8. Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Power Marketing LLC, dated as of March 25, 2010.

 

9. Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Services Company LLC, dated as of May 28, 2010.

 

10. Limited Liability Company Agreement of Toledo Refining Company LLC, dated as of November 22, 2010.

 

11. Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2011, by and among PBF Energy Company LLC, Blackstone PB Capital Partners V Subsidiary L.L.C., Blackstone PB Capital Partners V-AC L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V USS L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V - A USS SMD L.P., Blackstone Participation Partnership V USS L.P., FR PBF Holdings LLC, FR PBF Holdings II LLC, Tom O’Malley, Horse Island Partners, Thomas D. O’Malley, Jr. and the other parties thereto.

 

12. Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2010, by and among PBF Energy Company LLC, Blackstone PB Capital Partners V L.P., Blackstone PB Capital Partners V-AC L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V USS L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V - A USS L.P., Blackstone Participation Partnership V USS L.P., FR PBF Holdings LLC, FR PBF Holdings II LLC, Tom O’Malley, Horse Island Partners, Thomas D. O’Malley, Jr., and the other parties thereto.

 

14


13. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Don Lucey.

 

14. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Matt Lucey.

 

15. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Ken Isom.

 

16. Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2008, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Ed Jacoby.

 

17. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and James Yates.

 

18. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2011, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Tom O’Malley.

 

19. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Pat Doman.

 

20. Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Michael D. Gayda.

 

21. Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Thomas J. Nimbley.

 

22. Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and James Fedena.

 

23. Employment Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2010, by and between PBF Investments LLC and Jeffrey Dill.

 

15


EXHIBIT A

[Form of]

ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE

ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE—PBF Holding Company LLC, et. al.

 

 

 

Lending Institution:  

 

 

 

Name for Signature Pages:  

 

 
  Will sign Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement:   ¨
  Will come via Assignment:      ¨   Number of Days post-closing:  

 

 
Name for Signature Blocks:  

 

 
Name for Publicity:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 

 

Main Telephone:  

 

   
Telex No./Answer back:  

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

CONTACT-Credit   Name:  

 

 
  Address:  

 

 
   

 

 
  Telephone:  

 

 
  Fax:  

 

 
CONTACT-Operations   Name:  

 

 
  Address:  

 

 
   

 

 
  Telephone:  

 

 
  Fax:  

 

 

 

PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS

Bank Name:  

 

 
ABA/Routing No.:  

 

 
Account Name:  

 

 
Account No.:  

 

 
For further credit:  

 

 
Account No.:  

 

 
Attention:  

 

 
Reference:  

 

 

 

A-1


 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS

 

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch   Account Administrator   Secondary Contact
677 Washington Boulevard   Attn: [                    ]   Attn: [                    ]
Stamford, Connecticut 06901   Tel:  [                    ]   Tel:  [                    ]
Main Telephone: (203) 719-3000   Fax: [                    ]   Fax: [                    ]
Wire Instructions:   The Agent’s wire instructions will be disclosed at the time of closing.

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

[Form of]

A SSIGNMENT AND A SSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement defined below, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including participations in any Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor:  

 

 
2. Assignee:  

 

 
  [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ] 1 ]
3. Borrowers:   PBF Holding Company LLC, Delaware City Refining Company LLC, Paulsboro Refining Company LLC and Toledo Refining Company LLC
4. Administrative Agent:   UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

 

1  

Select as applicable.

 

B-2


5. Credit Agreement: The Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

6. Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate  Amount
of

Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
     Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/

Loans 2
 

Revolving Loans

   $            $                  

[Page break]

 

2  

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 

B-3


Effective Date:                  , 201     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] 3

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Title:

 

Consented to and Accepted:
[PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC] 4
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

3  

This date may not be fewer than 5 Business days after the date of assignment unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees.

4  

To be completed to the extent consent is required under Section 10.04(b).

 

B-4


  UBS LOAN FINANCE,
  as Swingline Lender
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-5


ANNEX 1 to Assignment and Assumption

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, et. al.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrowers, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Borrowers, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (v) if it is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Assumption an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A to the Credit Agreement, (vi) the Administrative Agent has received a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 as of the Effective Date and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts that have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts that have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

B-6


3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be construed in accordance with and governed by, the law of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of principles of law that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

B-7


EXHIBIT C

[Form of]

BORROWING REQUEST

UBS AG, Stamford Branch,

    as Administrative Agent for

the Lenders referred to below,

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: [                    ]

Re: PBF Holding Company LLC, et. al

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”). Administrative Borrower hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement that it requests a Borrowing, on behalf of the Borrowers, under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the terms on which such Borrowing is requested to be made:

 

(A)   Class of Borrowing  

[Revolving Borrowing]

[Swingline Loan]

 

 

C-1


(B)   Principal amount of Borrowing 5  

 

 
(C)  

Date of Borrowing (which is a Business Day)

 

 

 
(D)   Type of Borrowing   [ABR] [Eurodollar] 6  
(E)   Interest Period and the last day thereof 7  

 

 
(F)   Funds are requested to be disbursed to Borrowers’ account with UBS AG, Stamford Branch (Account No.             ).

Administrative Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions to lending specified in Sections 4.03(b)-(e) of the Credit Agreement are satisfied as of the date hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5  

ABR and Eurodollar Loans must be in an amount that is at least $5,000,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000,000 or equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments. Swingline Loans must be in an amount that is at least $1,000,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000.

6  

Shall be ABR for Swingline Loans.

7  

Shall be subject to the definition of “ Interest Period ” in the Credit Agreement.

 

C-2


PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, as Administrative Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[Form of]

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

I, [                    ], the [Financial Officer] of Administrative Borrower (in such capacity and not in my individual capacity), hereby certify as of the date hereof that, with respect to that certain Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”):

a. [Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are detailed calculations demonstrating compliance by Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) with Section 6.09(a) of the Credit Agreement. Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) are in compliance with such Section as of the date hereof.] 8 [Attached hereto as Schedule 2 is the opinion of [accounting firm.]] 9

 

8  

To accompany annual and quarterly financial statements during the Revolving Availability Period, when Excess Availability is less than, at any time, the greater of (i) the Financial Covenant Testing Amount and (ii) $35 million until such time as Excess Availability is greater than the Financial Covenant Amount and $35 million for a period of twelve (12) or more consecutive days. Such calculations shall be in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall include, among other things, an explanation of the methodology used in such calculations and a breakdown of the components of such calculations.

9  

To accompany annual financial statements only. The opinion must opine that, such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Holdings as of the dates and for the periods specified in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

Footnote continued on next page.

 

D-1


b. The Borrowers were in compliance with Section 6.09(a) of the Credit Agreement at all applicable times (in accordance with Section 6.09(a)) since the last date of determination.

c. No Default has occurred under the Credit Agreement which has not been previously disclosed, in writing, to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Compliance Certificate. 10

 

Footnote continued from previous page.

 

10  

If a Default shall have occurred, an explanation specifying the nature and extent of such Default shall be provided on a separate page together with an explanation of the corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto (include, as applicable, information regarding actions, if any, taken since prior certificate).

 

D-2


Dated this [            ] day of [                    ], 201[    ].

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, as Administrative Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   [Financial Officer]

 

D-3


SCHEDULE 1

Financial Covenant

 

(A)   Consolidated EBITDA  
  (1)   Consolidated Net Income for the four quarter period ended [                    ], 20[    ], plus  
     

 

  (2)   Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, plus  
     

 

  (3)   Consolidated Amortization Expense for such period, plus  
     

 

  (4)   Consolidated Depreciation Expense for such period, plus  
     

 

  (5)   Consolidated Tax Expense for such period, plus  
     

 

  (6)   fees, costs, liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, plus  
     

 

  (7)   the aggregate amount of all other non-cash charges, expenses or losses reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any non-cash charge, expense or loss that results in an accrual of a reserve for cash charges in any future period and any non-cash charge, expense or loss relating to write-offs, write-downs or reserves with respect to accounts or inventory) for such period, plus  
     

 

  (8)   any fees, charges and expenses incurred during such period (other than Consolidated Depreciation Expense or Consolidated Amortization Expense), in connection with any acquisition, merger, consolidation, Investment, Asset Sale, other disposition of assets, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated  

 

D-4


    prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction (including, without limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with the Transactions), plus  
     

 

  (9)   the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses or other business optimization expenses, including, without limitation, costs associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, costs or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, plus  
     

 

  (10)   any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses or expenses, severance, relocation costs or payments and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, plus  
     

 

  (11)   any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses including any write offs or write downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period and any non-cash expense relating to the vesting of warrants (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus  
     

 

  (12)   the amount of customary indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Sponsors and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,500,000 in any fiscal year, plus  
     

 

  (13)   any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any  

 

D-5


    stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds by third Persons that are not Loan Parties contributed to the capital of Holdings or any Subsidiary, plus  
     

 

  (14)   any net loss from disposed or discontinued operations, plus  
     

 

  (15)   to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA shall include the amount of cash proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Credit Agreement, minus  
     

 

  (16)   any net gain from disposed or discontinued operations plus ,  
     

 

  (17)   the aggregate amount of all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business) for such period  
     

 

    Consolidated EBITDA (the sum of (1)-(15)  minus the sum of (16) and (17))  
     

 

 

D-6


(B)   Minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Ratio: Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Fixed Charges  
Consolidated EBITDA for the four quarter period ended [                    ], 201[    ], as calculated pursuant to clause (A) above.  
     

 

Consolidated Fixed Charges Calculation:  
     

 

  (1)   Consolidated Interest Expense (the sum of (a)-(i) below)  
     

 

(a)   the total consolidated interest expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus , without duplication  
     

 

(b)   imputed interest on Capital Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period, plus  
     

 

(c)   commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings for such period, plus  
     

 

(d)   amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period, plus  
     

 

(e)   cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust made by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any person (other than Delaware City, Paulsboro, Toledo or any of their respective Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness incurred by such plan or trust for such period, plus  
     

 

(f)   all interest paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period, plus  
     

 

 

D-7


(g)   the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period, plus  
     

 

(h)   all interest on any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) of the type described in clause (f) or (k) of the definition of “Indebtedness” for such period, minus  
     

 

(i)   the total consolidated interest income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period  
     

 

  (2)   Consolidated Fixed Charges (the sum of (i)-(vi) below)  
     

 

(i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, plus  
     

 

(ii) the aggregate amount of Unfinanced Capital Expenditures of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period, plus  
     

 

(iii) all cash payments in respect of income taxes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries which are not part of the consolidated tax group of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor) made during such period (net of any cash refund in respect of income taxes actually received during such period), plus  
     

 

(iv) the principal amount of all scheduled amortization payments on all Indebtedness (including the principal component of all Capital Lease Obligations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) for such period (as determined on the first day of the respective period), plus  
     

 

(v) all cash dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) (other than dividend payments to Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors), plus  
     

 

(vi) all cash dividend payments on any Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) (other than dividend payments to Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors)  
     

 

 

D-8


    Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Fixed Charges   [    ]:1.00
    Covenant Requirement  

Greater than or equal to 1.10:1.00

 

D-9


EXHIBIT E

[Form of]

INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST

UBS AG, Stamford Branch,

    as Administrative Agent

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: [                    ]

[Date]

Re: PBF Holding Company LLC, et. al .

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Interest Election Request is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”):

Administrative Borrower hereby requests that on [            ] 11 (the “ Interest Election Date ”),

1. $[            ] of the presently outstanding principal amount of the Loans originally made on [            ],

 

11  

Shall be a Business Day that is (a) the date hereof in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans to the extent this Interest Election Request is delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time on the date hereof, otherwise the Business Day following the date of delivery hereof and (b) three Business Days following the date hereof in the case of a conversion into/continuation of Eurodollar Loans to the extent this Interest Election Request is delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the date hereof, otherwise the fourth Business Day following the date of delivery hereof, in each case.

 

E-1


2. and all presently being maintained as [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans],

3. be [converted into] [continued as],

4. [Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period of [one/two/three/six/nine/twelve] months] [ABR Loans].

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the proposed Interest Election Date, both before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) the foregoing [conversion] [continuation] complies with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2.08 of the Credit Agreement);

(b) no Event Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation].

[Signature Page Follows]

 

E-2


Administrative Borrower has caused this Interest Election Request to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, as Administrative Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-3


EXHIBIT F

[Form of]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

Reference is made to the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Subsidiary Guarantors, Borrowers and Holdings have entered into the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreements in order to induce the Lenders to make the Loans and the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit to or for the benefit of Borrowers;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.10(b) of the Credit Agreement, each Subsidiary, other than an Excluded Subsidiary, [that was not in existence on the date of the Credit Agreement] [that is an Eligible Subsidiary] [is required to become a [Subsidiary Guarantor][ Borrower]] [may become a Borrower] under the Credit Agreement by executing a Joinder Agreement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “ New [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower] ”) is executing this joinder agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) to the Credit Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Revolving Loans and the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit and as consideration for the Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

 

F-1


NOW, THEREFORE, the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and the New [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower] hereby agree as follows:

1. [Guarantee][Borrower] . In accordance with Section 5.10(b) of the Credit Agreement, the New [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower] by its signature below becomes a [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower] under the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower].

2. Representations and Warranties . The New [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower] hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to it as a [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower] thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower] thereunder are true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date hereof. Each reference to a [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower] in the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to include the New [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower]. The New [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower]hereby attaches supplements to each of the schedules to the Credit Agreement applicable to it.

3. Severability . Any provision of this Joinder Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

4. Counterparts . This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Joinder Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

5. No Waiver . Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6. Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the New [Subsidiary Guarantor][Borrower], any Agent or any Lender shall be governed by the terms of Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

7. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

F-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NEW SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR/BORROWER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as

Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

F-3


[Note: Schedules to be attached.]

 

F-4


EXHIBIT G

[Form of]

LANDLORD ACCESS AGREEMENT

[See attached.]

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H

[Form of]

LC REQUEST [AMENDMENT]

Dated ( 12 )

UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent under the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

677 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: [            ]

[Name and Address of Issuing Bank

if different from Administrative Agent]

 

12

Date of LC Request.

 

H-1


Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby request that [name of proposed Issuing Bank], as Issuing Bank under the Credit Agreement, [issue] [amend] [renew] [extend] [a] [an existing] [Standby] [Commercial] Letter of Credit for the account of the undersigned( 13 ) on ( 14 ) (the “Date of [Issuance] [Amendment] [Renewal] [Extension]”) in the aggregate stated amount of ( 15 ). [Such Letter of Credit was originally issued on [date].] The requested Letter of Credit [shall be] [is] denominated in [Dollars] [Alternate Currency].

For purposes of this LC Request, unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the respective meaning provided therein.

The beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit [will be] [is] ( 16 ), and such Letter of Credit [will be] [is] in support of ( 17 ) and [will have] [has] [a stated expiration date of] [shall be an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit] ( 18 ). [Describe the nature of the amendment, renewal or extension.]

The undersigned hereby certifies as of the date hereof that:

(1) [As of today and at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the [issuance] [amendment] [extension] [renewal] 19  of the Letter of Credit requested herein, no Default has or will have occurred and be continuing.

(2) Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party set forth in any Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation

 

13  

Note that if the LC Request is for the account of a Subsidiary, Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and be jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account or in favor of any Subsidiary.

14  

Date of Issuance [Amendment] [Renewal] [Extension] which shall be at least two Business Days after the date of this LC Request, if this LC Request is delivered to the Issuing Bank by 11:00 a.m., New York City time (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank).

15  

Aggregate initial stated amount of Letter of Credit.

16  

Insert name and address of beneficiary.

17  

Insert description of the obligation to which it relates in the case of Standby Letters of Credit and a description of the commercial transaction which is being supported in the case of Commercial Letters of Credit.

18  

Insert last date upon which drafts may be presented which may not be later than the earlier of (x) the date which is one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (y) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date. However, Administrative Borrower may, in any Letter of Credit Request request a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions.

19  

Only include this certification if the effect of such amendment, extension or renewal of any existing Letter of Credit increases its face amount or extends its expiration date.

 

H-2


and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” is true and correct in all respects) on and as of today’s date and with the same effect as though made on and as of today’s date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date. 20

(3) No order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority purports to restrain any Lender from taking any actions to be made hereunder or from making any Loans to be made by it. No injunction or other restraining order has been issued with respect to any action, suit or proceeding seeking to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated by this LC Request, the Credit Agreement or the making of Loans thereunder.

(4) After giving effect to the request herein, the LC Exposure will not exceed the LC Commitment and the total Revolving Exposures will not exceed the lesser of (A) the total Revolving Commitment and (B) the Borrowing Base then in effect.

(5) [With respect to Letters of Credit [issued [amended] [renewed] [extended] for the account of a Subsidiary, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have received the information required under Section 10.13 of the Credit Agreement]

Copies of all relevant documentation with respect to the supported transaction are attached hereto.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY, LLC, as Administrative Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

20

This condition does not apply to any request for the amendment of a Letter of Credit for purposes of decreasing its face amount.

 

H-3


EXHIBIT I

[Form of]

LENDER ADDENDUM

Reference is made to the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

Upon execution and delivery of this Lender Addendum by the parties hereto as provided in Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby becomes a Lender thereunder having the Commitment set forth in Schedule 1 hereto, effective as of the A&R Effective Date.

THIS LENDER ADDENDUM SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

This Lender Addendum may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page hereof by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

I-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Lender Addendum to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of this      day of [                    ], 201[    ].

 

______________________________________________,
as a Lender
[Please type legal name of Lender above]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[If second signature is necessary:]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

I-2


Accepted and agreed:
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC,
as Borrowers
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as
Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

I-3


Schedule 1

COMMITMENTS AND NOTICE ADDRESS

 

1.    Name of Lender:  

 

  
   Notice Address:  

 

  
    

 

  
    

 

  
   Attention:  

 

  
   Telephone:  

 

  
   Facsimile:  

 

  
2.    Commitment:  

 

  

 

I-4


EXHIBIT J

[Reserved]

 

J-1-1


EXHIBIT K-1

[Form of]

REVOLVING NOTE

 

$                    New York, New York
   [Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”) and TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ”, and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), hereby promise to pay to the order of [LENDER] (the “ Lender ”) on the Revolving Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of the lesser of (a)              DOLLARS ($            ) and (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans of the Lender outstanding under the Credit Agreement referred to below. Borrowers further agree to pay interest in like money at such office specified in Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time from the date hereof at the rates, and on the dates, specified in Section 2.06 of such Credit Agreement.

The holder of this Note may endorse and attach a schedule to reflect the date, Type and amount of each Revolving Loan of the Lender outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal hereof, and the date of each interest rate conversion or continuation pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Credit Agreement and the principal amount subject thereto; provided that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations of Borrowers hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”),

 

K-1-1


WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”), is subject to the provisions thereof and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided therein. Terms used herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have such defined meanings unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires.

This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided therein.

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive (to the extent permitted by applicable law) presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

K-1-2


PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC,
as Borrowers
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

K-1-3


EXHIBIT K-2

[Form of]

SWINGLINE NOTE

 

$                    New York, New York
   [Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”) and TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ”, and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), hereby promise to pay to the order of UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH (the “ Lender ”) on the Revolving Maturity Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below), in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds, the principal amount of the lesser of (a)              ($            ) and (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by Lender to the undersigned pursuant to Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement referred to below. Borrowers further agree to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof in like money at such office specified in Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement from time to time from the date hereof at the rates and on the dates specified in Section 2.06 of the Credit Agreement.

The holder of this Note may endorse and attach a schedule to reflect the date, the amount of each Swingline Loan and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof; provided that the failure of Lender to make such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations of Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent

 

K-2-1


and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”), is subject to the provisions thereof and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided therein. Terms used herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have such defined meanings unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise requires.

This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note may become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable as provided in the Credit Agreement.

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive (to the extent permitted by applicable law) presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

K-2-2


PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC,
as Borrowers
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

K-2-3


EXHIBIT L-2

[Form of]

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE SUPPLEMENT

[See attached.]

 

L-2-1


EXHIBIT N

[Form of]

OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL

[See attached.]

 

N-1


EXHIBIT O

[Form of]

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

[See attached.]

 

O-1


EXHIBIT P

[Form of]

INTERCOMPANY NOTE

New York, New York

[date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned, to the extent a borrower from time to time from any other entity listed on the signature page hereto (each, in such capacity, a “ Payor ”), hereby promises to pay on demand to the order of such other entity listed below (each, in such capacity, a “ Payee ”), in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, at such location in the United States of America as a Payee shall from time to time designate, the unpaid principal amount of all loans and advances (including trade payables) made by such Payee to such Payor. Each Payor promises also to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of all such loans and advances in like money at said location from the date of such loans and advances until paid at such rate per annum as shall be agreed upon from time to time by such Payor and such Payee.

This note (“ Note ”) is an Intercompany Note referred to in the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the

 

P-1


Co-Documentation Agents ”), and is subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement and shall be pledged by each Payee pursuant to the applicable Security Agreement, to the extent required pursuant to the terms thereof. Each Payee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Agents may exercise all rights provided in the Credit Agreement and the applicable Security Agreement with respect to this Note.

Anything in this Note to the contrary notwithstanding, the indebtedness evidenced by this Note owed by any Payor that is a Loan Party to any Payee other than Borrowers shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, to all Obligations of such Payor under the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, where applicable, under such Payor’s guarantee of the Obligations under the Credit Agreement (such Obligations and other indebtedness and obligations in connection with any renewal, refunding, restructuring or refinancing thereof, including interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any proceedings referred to in clause (i) below, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in such proceeding, being hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Senior Indebtedness ”):

(i) In the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, and any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceedings in connection therewith, relative to any Payor or to its creditors, as such, or to its property, and in the event of any proceedings for voluntary liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of such Payor, whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, then (x) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior Indebtedness (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations) before any Payee is entitled to receive (whether directly or indirectly), or make any demands for, any payment on account of this Note and (y) until the holders of Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior Indebtedness (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations (as defined in the applicable Credit Agreement)), any payment or distribution to which such Payee would otherwise be entitled (other than debt securities of such Payor that are subordinated, to at least the same extent as this Note, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness then outstanding (such securities being hereinafter referred to as “ Restructured Debt Securities ”)) shall be made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness;

(ii) if any event of default occurs and is continuing with respect to any Senior Indebtedness (including any Event of Default under the Credit Agreement), then no payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by or on behalf of the Payor or any other Person on its behalf with respect to this Note; and

(iii) if any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than Restructured Debt Securities), in respect of this Note shall (despite these subordination provisions) be received by any Payee in violation of clause (i) or (ii) before all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations), such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness (or their representatives), ratably according to the respective aggregate amounts remaining unpaid thereon, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full in cash (other than Unasserted Contingent Obligations).

To the fullest extent permitted by law, no present or future holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be prejudiced in its right to enforce the subordination of this Note by any act or failure to act on the part of any Payor or by any act or failure to act on the part of such holder or any trustee or agent for such holder. Each Payee and each Payor hereby agree that the subordination of this Note is for the benefit of the

 

P-2


Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders are obligees under this Note to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such and the Agents may, on their own behalf, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, proceed to enforce the subordination provisions herein.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Note owed by any Payor that is not a Loan Party shall not be subordinated to, and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with, any other obligation of such Payor.

Nothing contained in the subordination provisions set forth above is intended to or will impair, as between each Payor and each Payee, the obligations of such Payor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to such Payee the principal of and interest on this Note as and when due and payable in accordance with its terms, or is intended to or will affect the relative rights of such Payee and other creditors of such Payor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Each Payee is hereby authorized to record all loans and advances made by it to any Payor (all of which shall be evidenced by this Note), and all repayments or prepayments thereof, in its books and records, such books and records constituting prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information contained therein.

Each Payor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind in connection with this Note. All payments under this Note shall be made without offset, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

 

P-3


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PBF POWER MARKETING, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DELAWARE PIPELINE COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PBF INVESTMENTS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

P-4


PAULSBORO NATURAL GAS PIPELINE COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TOLEDO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PBF FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

P-5


EXHIBIT Q

[Form of]

NON-BANK CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to the Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of [October     , 2012] (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among PBF Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Delaware City ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (f/k/a Valero Refining Company – New Jersey, a Delaware corporation), a Delaware limited liability company (“ Paulsboro ”), Toledo Refining Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Toledo ” and together with Holdings, Delaware City and Paulsboro, “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I of the Credit Agreement), the Lenders, UBS SECURITIES LLC, as a Co-Documentation Agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Documentation Agent ”) and a Co-Syndication Agent (in such capacity the “ UBS Co-Syndication Agent ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, CITIBANK, N.A., BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH, WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookmanagers (in such capacities, “ Joint lead Arrangers ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, “ UBS Co-Collateral Agent ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ WF Co-Collateral Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-collateral agent (in such capacity “ BAML Co-Collateral Agent ” and, together with UBS Co-Collateral Agent and WF Co-Collateral Agent, “ Co-Collateral Agents ”), UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as co-syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Citibank Co-Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a co-syndication agent (the “ BAML Co-Syndication Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Syndication Agent and the Citibank Co-Syndication Agent, the “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ WF Co-Documentation Agent ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as a co-documentation agent (in such capacity, the “ DB Co-Documentation Agent ” and, together with the UBS Co-Documentation Agent and the WF Co-Documentation Agent, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

The undersigned is not (i) a bank (as such term is used in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)), (ii) a “10 percent shareholder” of a Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and no payments in connection with the Loan Documents are effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (or, in the case of a Participant, the Lender from which the Loan was purchased) with duly completed copies of its non-U.S. person status on Internal Revenue Service form W-8BEN (or any successor forms).

 

Q-1


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[ADDRESS]

Dated:                     , 201    .

 

Q-2


EXHIBIT R

[Form of]

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

[See attached.]

 

R-1


EXHIBIT S

[Form of]

LETTER OF CREDIT

[See attached.]

Exhibit 10.17

THE WARRANTS, THE PURCHASABLE UNITS, AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE PURSUANT TO THE WARRANTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

RESTATED WARRANT AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, as of the Effective Date, [                    ] (the “ Participant ”): (a) has purchased, from PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), [        ] Series A Units (the “ Purchasable Units ”); (b) has purchased from the Company a warrant to purchase, from the Company or a Subsidiary, [        ] Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, which warrant is offered for purchase as a component of a capital raising initiative by the Company and not in connection with the performance of services (the “ Non-Compensatory Warrant ”); (c) is granted a warrant to purchase, from the Company or a Subsidiary, [        ] Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, in consideration for services performed for the Company or a Subsidiary (the “ Compensatory Warrant ” and, together with the Non-Compensatory Warrant, the “ Warrants ” and each, a “ Warrant ”); and (d) is entitled to the other rights set forth herein, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

As of the Effective Date, the Warrants shall entitle the holder to purchase Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, of the Company or a Subsidiary; provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, once a portion of the Warrant has been exercised for Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, such portion shall no longer be exercisable. The terms and conditions of this Agreement are intended to encompass the rights and obligations of the Participant, the Company, and each of the Subsidiaries with respect to the specific transactions noted herein; any additional purchases of Series A Units by the Participant, offers for purchase of a Non-Compensatory Warrant or grants of a Compensatory Warrant to the Participant, in each case, will be evidenced by a separate agreement by and between the Participant and the applicable entity, upon the terms and conditions noted within such agreement.

By accepting delivery hereof, the Participant agrees to be bound by the provisions hereof. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

IN FURTHERANCE THEREOF, the Company, the Subsidiaries listed on the signature page hereto, and the Participant agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions and Construction .

(a) Certain Definitions . The following terms as used herein shall have the meanings below (the following definitions being applicable in both singular and plural forms):

Agreement ” means this Warrant and Purchase Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.


Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or, upon the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering of the securities of a Subsidiary, the board of directors of such Subsidiary that undergoes the Initial Public Offering.

Change in Control ” means (i) the consummation of any consolidation, reorganization, merger or similar transaction (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) involving the Company, other than a consolidation, reorganization, merger or similar transaction in which the voting power of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction constitutes more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity, (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) (other than to existing holders of Series A Units as of the Effective Date and their Permitted Transferees) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (iii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iv) any “person” (as defined in sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (excluding existing holders of Series A Units as of the Effective Date and their Permitted Transferees) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the Company outstanding at the time (in one or more related or unrelated transactions).

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Federal agency administering the Securities Act at the time.

Effective Date ” means the date as of which the Participant has purchased the full number of Purchasable Units and the Non-Compensatory Warrant as noted within the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Exercise Amount ” means, for any number of Warrant Units as to which a Warrant is being exercised, the product of (i) such number of Warrant Units, times (ii) the Exercise Price.

Exercise Price ” means $10.00 per Series A Unit or Subsidiary Unit, as applicable, which is equal to, or greater than, the Fair Market Value per Series A Unit or Subsidiary Unit, as applicable, on the Effective Date.

Expiration Date ” means the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

Fair Market Value ” means, for a particular date, the fair market value of the Series A Units or the Subsidiary Units, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and in such manner as it deems appropriate, or, following an Initial Public Offering, the closing price per Series A Unit or Subsidiary Unit, as applicable, reported on the national securities exchange on which such Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, are listed.

LLC Agreement ” means that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company LLC, as it may be amended from time to time.

Purchase Amount ” means the product of (i) the number of Purchasable Units to be purchased pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) of this Agreement, times (ii) $10.00.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time. Reference to a particular section of the Securities Act shall include a reference to the comparable section, if any, of any such successor Federal statute.

 

2


Series A Units ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the LLC Agreement, and includes the common stock or corresponding securities of any successor to the Company in a Change in Control.

Subsidiary ” means (i) when used with respect to the Non-Compensatory Warrant, any present or future, direct or indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and (ii) when used with respect to the Compensatory Warrant, one of the following entities (or their successors), as applicable: (A) PBF Holding Company LLC, (B) PBF Services Company LLC, (C) PBF Investments LLC, and (D) Delaware City Refining Company LLC; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Compensatory Warrant may only be exercised for the purchase of securities of the Company or of one of the entities listed in clauses (A) through (D) of this paragraph (or their successors).

Subsidiary Unit ” means that number of unit(s), share(s) or other membership or ownership interest(s) (or fractions thereof) in a Subsidiary that represents the same proportionate interest in the Subsidiary as one Series A Unit indirectly represents with respect to such Subsidiary; provided, that as of the Effective Date, the Fair Market Value of such a proportionate interest in any Subsidiary shall not exceed the Fair Market Value of one Series A Unit.

Target Company ” means the entity ( i.e ., the Company, a successor thereto or a Subsidiary) whose securities the Participant elects to purchase pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.

Warrant Units ” means the number of Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants as set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 5.

(b) Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular and to the singular include the plural, references to any gender include any other gender, the part includes the whole, the term “including” is not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Section, subsection, clause, exhibit and schedule references are to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. Any reference to this Agreement includes any and all permitted alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, or supplements hereto, as applicable.

(c) Exhibits and Schedules . All of the exhibits and schedules attached hereto shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

Section 2. Purchase, Exercise and Other Terms .

(a) Consideration .

(i) Purchase of Purchasable Units and Non-Compensatory Warrant . To purchase the Purchasable Units and the Non-Compensatory Warrant, Participant shall pay to the Company, on the Effective Date, the Purchase Amount by personal check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the Company.

(ii) Grant of Compensatory Warrant . On the Effective Date, the Participant is granted the Compensatory Warrant in consideration of services performed for the Company and/or the Subsidiaries.

 

3


(b) Vesting and Exercisability of Warrants .

(i) Vesting . The Warrants will be 100% vested upon the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a the Participant’s employment or service is terminated by the Company for Cause, all Compensatory Warrants held by the Participant shall automatically be forfeited to the Company at the date of such termination without further action on the part of the Company or the Participant.

(ii) Exercisability .

(A) Non-Compensatory Warrant . The Non-Compensatory Warrant shall be 100% exercisable on the Effective Date.

(B) Compensatory Warrant . Subject to clause (i) above, the Compensatory Warrant shall become exercisable as follows: (1) 25% on the Effective Date and (2) the remaining 75% in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the Effective Date, such that the Compensatory Warrant shall be 100% exercisable as of the third anniversary of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to clause (i) above, the Compensatory Warrant shall be 100% exercisable upon the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering of the Company or any Subsidiary, or upon a Change in Control.

(iii) Mechanics of Exercise . The Participant may elect to exercise any exercisable Warrant Units for either Series A Units or Subsidiary Units. Once a Warrant Unit is exercised for securities of the Target Company, it is no longer exercisable with regard to the Company or the remaining Subsidiaries, as applicable. Once the Warrants become exercisable in accordance with the foregoing provisions, subject to clause (i) above with respect to the Compensatory Warrants, the Warrants may be exercised, in whole or in part, by the Participant at any time prior to the Expiration Date. Exercise of the Warrants shall be effected by delivering to the Target Company a duly executed notice (a “ Notice of Exercise ”) in the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit B , as applicable, and by paying to the Target Company the applicable Exercise Amount by personal check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Target Company.

(c) Effectiveness and Delivery . As soon as practicable but not later than five Business Days after the Target Company shall have received such Notice of Exercise and payment, the Target Company shall issue or cause to be issued, in accordance with such Notice of Exercise, the number of Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, specified in such Notice of Exercise, issued in the name of the Participant or in such other name or names of any Family Member designated in such Notice of Exercise. The Warrants shall be deemed to have been exercised and such Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Participant or other Family Member(s) designated in such Notice of Exercise shall be deemed for all purposes to have become a holder of record of such Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, as of the date that such Notice of Exercise and payment shall have been received by the Target Company.

 

4


(d) Legend . Any certificate for Series A Units purchased pursuant to this Agreement or Warrant Units issued upon exercise of the Warrants, unless at the time of receipt of the security, the Series A Units or Warrant Units, as applicable, are registered under the Securities Act, shall bear the following legend:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

Any certificate for the Series A Units or Warrant Units, as applicable, issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificate bearing such legend (unless at that time such securities are registered under the Securities Act) shall also bear such legend unless, in the written opinion of counsel selected by the holder of such certificate, which counsel and opinion shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company or the Target Company, if applicable, the securities represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions on resale under the Securities Act.

(f) Fractional Units . The Target Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, upon an exercise of the Warrants. If any fraction of a Series A Unit or Subsidiary Unit, as applicable, would, but for this restriction, be issuable upon an exercise of the Warrants, in lieu of delivering such fractional Series A Unit or Subsidiary Unit, as applicable, the Target Company shall pay to the Participant, in cash, an amount equal to the same fraction times the Fair Market Value of a Series A Unit or Subsidiary Unit, as applicable, on the date of such exercise.

(g) Expenses . The Target Company shall pay all its own expenses and charges payable in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Warrant Units.

Section 3. Investment Representations .

The Participant hereby represents and agrees that the following representations are true and correct:

(a) The Purchasable Units, as well as the Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and any securities issued with respect thereto by way of a dividend, split or in connection with a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of the Target Company’s assets will be “restricted securities” as such term is used in the rules and regulations under the Securities Act and such securities have not been and may not be registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and such securities must be held indefinitely unless registration is effected or transfer can be made pursuant to appropriate exemptions;

(b) The Participant has read and fully understands the terms of the Agreement set forth on its face and the attachments hereto, including the restrictions on transfer contained herein; and

(c) The Participant is purchasing for investment for his own account and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of the Purchasable Units, or the Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and he has no intention of selling any such securities in a public distribution in violation of the Federal

 

5


securities laws or any applicable state securities laws; provided, that nothing contained herein will prevent the Participant from transferring such securities in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement (or other agreement governing the rights and obligations associated with Subsidiary Units, if applicable), and applicable Federal and state securities laws.

Section 4. Company and Subsidiary Representations .

(a) The Company and the Subsidiaries that are parties hereto represent and warrant that this Agreement has been duly authorized, is validly issued, and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company and such Subsidiaries.

(b) The Company and such Subsidiaries further represent and warrant that on or prior to the Effective Date they have duly authorized and reserved, and the Company and such Subsidiaries hereby agree that they will at all times until the Expiration Date have duly authorized and reserved, such number of Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, as will be sufficient to permit the purchase of the Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, and the exercise of the Warrants, and that all such Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, are and will be duly authorized and, when issued upon exercise of the Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities and other encumbrances.

Section 5. Antidilution Provisions for Warrants .

The number and kind of securities purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(a) Splits, Subdivisions or Combinations . The Exercise Price of the Warrants shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be proportionally increased to reflect any split or subdivision of the Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable. The Exercise Price of the Warrants shall be proportionately increased and the number of Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, issuable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be proportionally decreased to reflect any combination of the Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable.

(b) Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation . In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization, or change in the Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable (other than as result of a split, subdivision, combination or distributions provided for in Section 5(a) above), then, as a condition of such reclassification, reorganization, or change, lawful provision shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company, the applicable Subsidiary or the successor shall be delivered to the Participant, so that the Participant shall have the right prior to the Expiration Date to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of the Warrants, the kind and amount of units or other securities and property receivable in connection with such reclassification, reorganization or change by a holder of the same number of Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, as were purchasable by the Participant immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization, or change. In all events, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of the Warrants with respect to the rights and interests of the Participant after the transaction, to the end that the provisions of the Warrants shall be applicable after that event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any units, other securities or other property deliverable after that event upon exercise of the Warrants.

 

6


Section 6 . Registration of Securities . Neither the Purchasable Units nor the Warrant Units have been registered with the Commission under the Securities Act or qualified for sale pursuant to any state blue sky law, and neither may be sold or transferred without such registration or qualification, except pursuant to an exemption therefrom. No rights shall be hereby granted which are in violation of applicable securities laws or regulations.

Section 7 . Transferability . The transferability of the Purchasable Units shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement. The Warrants shall be transferable to the same extent as Series A Units are transferable under the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement; provided, that, following any such transfer of the Warrants, the term “Participant” as used in this Agreement shall refer to the transferee.

Section 8 . Lost, Mutilated or Missing Agreements . Upon receipt by the Company or, following the time the Warrants are exercised under Section 2(b), the Target Company, of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Agreement and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnification satisfactory to the Company or the Target Company, as applicable, or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the mutilated Agreement, the Company or the Target Company, as applicable, shall execute and deliver a new Agreement of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Warrant Units.

Section 9 . Waivers; Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the parties hereto (or, following the time the Warrants are exercised under Section 2(b), of the Participant and the Target Company); provided, that the Company or the Target Company, as applicable, may unilaterally make such amendments that it deems necessary or advisable to the extent any such amendment does not materially adversely affect the rights of the Participant.

Section 10 . Miscellaneous .

(a) Rights as Unit Holder . With respect to the Purchasable Units, the Participant shall have and be subject to the rights and obligations of holders of Series A Units as provided pursuant to the LLC Agreement. Prior to exercise of the Warrants, however, the Participant shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Series A Units or Subsidiary Units, as applicable, with respect to the Warrant Units.

(b) LLC Agreement . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement, the terms of the LLC Agreement shall be controlling.

(c) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, and upon the Company, the Subsidiaries and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

7


(e) Notices . Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficient if sent by first-class mail or courier, postage prepaid, and addressed as follows: (i) if to the Company or the Subsidiaries, addressed to the address for notices as set forth below the named entity’s signature hereon or any other address as the Company or the Subsidiaries may hereafter notify to the Participant, and (ii) if to the Participant, addressed to such address as the Participant may hereafter from time to time notify to the Company or the Subsidiaries for the purposes of notice hereunder.

(f) Equitable Remedies . Without limiting the rights of the Company, the Target Company or the Participant to pursue all other legal and equitable rights otherwise available, the Company and the Participant hereby acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for any failure of any party hereto to perform their respective obligations hereunder would be inadequate and that the Company, the Target Company and/or the Participant, as applicable, shall be entitled to specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies in the event of any such failure.

(g) Continued Effect . Rights and benefits conferred on the holders of securities pursuant to this Agreement shall continue to inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, such holders, notwithstanding the surrender of the Agreement to, and its cancellation by, the Company or the Target Company upon the full or partial exercise of the Warrants, except as provided in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

(h) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS LAWS), EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW.

(i) Section Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed in any way to affect the interpretation of any provisions of the Agreement.

(j) Withholding . The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or a Subsidiary, and the Company or a Subsidiary shall have the right and is authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding or other taxes in respect of the Compensatory Warrant, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under or with respect to the Compensatory Warrant and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board of Directors to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding or other taxes.

(k) Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank .]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Subsidiaries listed below have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized signatory as of                     .

 

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address for Notices:
  1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
  Parsippany, NJ 07054
  Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel
PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address for Notices:
  1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
  Parsippany, NJ 07054
  Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel
PBF SERVICES COMPANY LLC
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address for Notices:
  1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
  Parsippany, NJ 07054
  Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

[Signature Page]


PBF INVESTMENTS LLC
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address for Notices:
  1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
  Parsippany, NJ 07054
  Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel
DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address for Notices:
  1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor
  Parsippany, NJ 07054
  Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

 

ACCEPTED BY:

 

Name

Date:  

 

[Signature Page]


Exhibit A to Agreement

Form of Notice of Exercise of Non-Compensatory Warrant

            , 20    

 

To: PBF Energy Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

Reference is made to the Warrant and Purchase Agreement, dated             , 20    (the “Agreement”). Terms defined therein are used herein as therein defined.

The undersigned, pursuant to the Non-Compensatory Warrant provisions set forth in the Agreement, hereby irrevocably elects and agrees to purchase         [Series A Units][Subsidiary Units] of [INSERT NAME OF ELECTED ENTITY], and makes payment herewith in full therefor at the Exercise Price of [$        ] per unit (or [$        ] in the aggregate).

In connection with the exercise of the Non-Compensatory Warrant set forth in the Agreement, and as a condition to the exercise, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the representations made in Section 3 of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Name

Notice of Exercise


Exhibit B to Agreement

Form of Notice of Exercise of Compensatory Warrant

            , 20    

 

To: PBF Energy Company LLC

1 Sylvan Way, 2 nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Jeffrey Dill, General Counsel

Reference is made to the Warrant and Purchase Agreement, dated             , 20        (the “Agreement”). Terms defined therein are used herein as therein defined.

The undersigned, pursuant to the Compensatory Warrant provisions set forth in the Agreement, hereby irrevocably elects and agrees to purchase         [Series A Units][Subsidiary Units] of [INSERT NAME OF ELECTED ENTITY], and makes payment herewith in full therefor at the Exercise Price of [$        ] per unit (or [$        ] in the aggregate).

In connection with the exercise of the Compensatory Warrant set forth in the Agreement, and as a condition to the exercise, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the representations made in Section 3 of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Name

Notice of Exercise


[PBF LETTERHEAD]

 

November [__], 2012

 

[Name]

[Address]

 

  Re:   Warrant and Purchase Agreements identified on
         Schedule A hereto (the “Warrant Agreements”)

 

Dear [              ],

 

We are entering into this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) in order to amend certain terms of the Warrant Agreements. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this letter shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Warrant Agreements (except as otherwise expressly set forth herein).

 

Section 1. Amendments to the Warrant Agreements . Each of the Warrant Agreements shall be amended as follows:

 

(a) Exercisable Solely for Series A Units . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Warrant Agreements, each of the Warrants shall hereafter be exercisable solely for Series A Units, and shall not be exercisable under any circumstances for Subsidiary Units. Accordingly, all applicable references in the Warrant Agreement to the defined terms “Subsidiary,”, “Subsidiary Unit” and “Target Company” shall be deleted (including the definitions thereof), and the defined term “Warrant Units” shall solely refer to “Series A Units.”

 

(b) Exercisable of a “Net Exercise” Basis . Each of the Warrants shall hereafter be exercisable by you at any time and from time to time at your option by paying to PBF Energy the applicable Exercise Amount by the following methods: (i) personal check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Company, (ii) on a “net exercise” basis, by instructing PBF Energy to withhold from delivery to you that number of Warrant Units as to which the Warrant is being exercised having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of such exercise equal to such Exercise Amount and all applicable withholding taxes, or (iii) any combination of the foregoing. In the event of any withholding of Warrant Units where the number of Warrant Units whose value is equal to the Exercise Amount is not a whole number, the number of Warrant Units withheld by or surrendered to PBF Energy shall be rounded up to the nearest whole unit and PBF Energy shall pay to you, in cash, an amount equal to the same fraction times the Fair Market Value of a Warrant Unit on the date of such exercise.

 

(c) Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . Section 10(h) of each of the Warrant Agreements shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with “Intentionally Omitted”, and any disputes arising out of or relating to each of the Warrant Agreements shall be subject to, and determined by, the “Governing Law” and “Dispute Resolution” provisions of Section 9.2 of the LLC Agreement.


(d) Tax Withholding . In order to satisfy any tax withholding obligations under the Warrant Agreement, you agree that upon any exercise of the Warrants, PBF Energy shall have the right, at its option and upon notice to you, to withhold from delivery to you Warrant Units having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of any taxes which PBF Energy or any subsidiary may be required to withhold with respect to such exercise.

 

Section 2. Effective Date . This Letter Agreement shall be effective solely upon the initial public offering of PBF Energy Inc.

 

Section 3. Miscellaneous . Except as specifically modified herein (or in any agreement executed after the date hereof), each of the Warrant Agreements shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. This Letter Agreement, the Warrant Agreements and the LLC Agreement, including the documents and instruments referred to herein or therein, contain the entire agreement among the parties (or their subsidiaries) relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, relative hereto or thereto, all of which not contained herein or therein are terminated.

 

If the foregoing is acceptable to you, please sign and return a copy of this letter to the undersigned, which letter may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Jeffrey Dill,

on behalf of PBF Energy Company LLC

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED,

Effective as of the date first written above:

 

 

 

[Name]

 

 

 

2


SCHEDULE A

 

Warrant and Purchase Agreement dated as of [              ] providing for (a) [x] Purchasable Units, (b) Non-Compensatory Warrants to purchase [x] Series A Units, and (c) Compensatory Warrants to purchase [x] Series A Units.

 

Warrant and Purchase Agreement dated as of [              ] providing for (a) [x] Purchasable Units, (b) Non-Compensatory Warrants to purchase [x] Series A Units, and (c) Compensatory Warrants to purchase [x] Series A Units.

 

Warrant and Purchase Agreement dated as of [              ] providing for (a) [x] Purchasable Units, (b) Non-Compensatory Warrants to purchase [x] Series A Units, and (c) Compensatory Warrants to purchase [x] Series A Units.

Exhibit 10.18

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement is dated as of             ,          (this “Agreement”) and is between PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [ Name of director/officer ] (“Indemnitee”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS , the Company believes that, in order to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve as directors or in other capacities, including as officers, it must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to and activities on behalf of the Company;

WHEREAS , the Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve as a [director] [officer] of the Company and, in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve as a [director] [officer] of the Company, the Company is willing to grant the Indemnitee the indemnification provided for herein. Indemnitee is willing to so serve on the basis that such indemnification be provided; and

WHEREAS , the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s service to the Company and the covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Indemnification .

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and other applicable law:

(a) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity.

(b) The indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall be from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals.


Section 2. Advance Payment of Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with an enforcement action as contemplated by Section 3(e), shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to be indemnified by the Company in respect thereof. No other form of undertaking shall be required of Indemnitee other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 2 shall be subject to Section 3(b) and shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 6.

Section 3. Procedure for Indemnification: Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company hereunder, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify the Company of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding, or of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder, except to the extent the Company is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to enable the Company to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

(b) With respect to any action, suit or proceeding of which the Company is so notified as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the last two sentences of this paragraph, be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any subsequently incurred fees of separate counsel engaged by Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding unless the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee, based on the advice of his or her counsel, shall have reasonably concluded (with written notice being given to the Company setting forth the basis for such conclusion) that, in the conduct of any such defense, there is or is reasonably likely to be a conflict of interest or position between the Company and Indemnitee with respect to a significant issue, then the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume such defense. In addition, the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

 

2


(c) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Company’s assumption of the defense of an action, suit or proceeding in accordance with paragraph (b) above will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Company that any loss and liability suffered by Indemnitee and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Company under Section 1 of this Agreement.

(d) The determination whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall be made promptly and in any event within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 3(a). If the Company determines that Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification or, as contemplated by paragraph (c) above, the Company has acknowledged such entitlement, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee of the indemnifiable amount within such 30 day period. If the Company is not deemed to have so acknowledged such entitlement or the Company’s determination of whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall not have been made within such 30 day period, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, subject to Section 6, nonetheless be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under the DGCL.

(e) In the event that (i) the Company determines in accordance with this Section 3 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company denies a request for indemnification, in whole or in part, or fails to respond or make a determination of entitlement to indemnification within 30 days following receipt of a request for indemnification as described above, (iii) payment of indemnification is not made within such 30 day period, (iv) advancement of expenses is not timely made in accordance with Section 2, or (v) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding or otherwise shall also be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

(f) Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement upon submission of a request therefor in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement, as the case may be. The Company shall have the burden of proof in overcoming such presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

 

3


Section 4. Insurance and Subrogation .

(a) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Company. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

(b) Subject to Section 9(b), in the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy. The Company shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

(c) Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and ERISA excise taxes or penalties) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 5. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “action, suit or proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

4


(b) The term “by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any actual or alleged act or omission to act.

(c) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out of pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of an action, suit or proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise incurred in connection with a claim that is indemnifiable hereunder.

(d) The term “judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan.

Section 6. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . Prior to a change of control, to indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof), however denominated, initiated by Indemnitee, other than (i) an action, suit or proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement (which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 6(b) of this Agreement) and (ii) an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) that was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Company, it being understood and agreed that such authorization or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed in connection with any compulsory counterclaim brought by Indemnitee in response to an action, suit or proceeding otherwise indemnifiable under this Agreement.

(b) Action for Indemnification . To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, unless Indemnitee is successful in such action, suit or proceeding in establishing Indemnitee’s right, in whole or in part, to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder (in which case such indemnification or advancement shall be to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL), or unless and to the extent that the court in such action, suit or proceeding shall determine that, despite Indemnitee’s failure to establish their right to indemnification, Indemnitee is entitled to indemnity for such expenses; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6(b) is intended to limit the Company’s obligations with respect to the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, as provided in Section 2 hereof.

 

5


(c) Section 16(b) Matters . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(d) Fraud or Willful Misconduct . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of conduct by Indemnitee where such conduct has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to have been knowingly fraudulent or constitute willful misconduct.

(e) Prohibited by Law . To indemnify Indemnitee in any circumstance where such indemnification has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to be prohibited by law.

Section 7. Certain Settlement Provisions; No Adverse Settlement . The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding. Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its or his or her consent to any proposed settlement; provided, that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee. In no event shall the Indemnitee be required to waive, prejudice or limit attorney-client privilege or work-product protection or other applicable privilege or protection. The Company shall not seek, nor shall it agree to, consent to, support or agree not to contest any settlement or other resolution of any action, suit or proceeding, or settlement or other resolution of any other claim, action, proceeding, demand, investigation or other matter that has the actual or purported effect of extinguishing, limiting or impairing the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the entry of any bar order or other order, decree or stipulation, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 78u-4 (the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act), or any similar foreign, federal or state statute, regulation, rule or law.

Section 8. Savings Clause . If any provision or provisions (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent

 

6


(which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated.

Section 9. Contribution/Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

(a) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the payment of all of Indemnitee’s loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances; provided, that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 4(c), 6 or 7 hereof.

(b) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the Indemnitee-related entities, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the Indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 9(b), entitled to enforce this Section 9(b) as though each such Indemnitee-related entity were a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 9(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) The term “Indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint

 

7


venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(ii) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to the DGCL, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the Indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 10. Change in Control .

(a) The Company agrees that if there is a change in control of the Company, then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement, any other agreement or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect, the Company shall seek legal advice only from outside counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). In addition, upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 3(a), a determination, if required by the DGCL, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made by such outside counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors of the Company, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the outside counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

For purposes of this Section 10, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) A “change in control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following: (i) any person (as defined below) (together with its Affiliates (as defined below)) (other than (1) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as defined below), (2) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (4) any corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the equityholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Securities, or (5) any person that is an equityholder of the Company or its Subsidiaries on the business day immediately prior to the date that the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company first issues its Voting Securities in an underwritten primary or secondary public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), is or becomes the “beneficial owner”, directly or indirectly, of Voting Securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding

 

8


Voting Securities; (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any person, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or parent entity) 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities or the voting securities of such surviving or parent entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation in which no person (together with its Affiliates) (other than (1) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (2) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (4) any corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the equityholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Voting Securities, or (5) any person that is an equityholder of the Company or its Subsidiaries on the business day immediately prior to the date that the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company first issues its Voting Securities in an underwritten primary or secondary public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) acquired 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (iii) a complete liquidation of the Company or a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets (or any transaction having a similar effect).

For purposes of this Section 10(b)(i) and elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(B) “person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(C) “beneficial owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that beneficial owner shall exclude any person otherwise becoming a beneficial owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(D) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

(E) “Subsidiaries” shall mean, with respect to any person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability

 

9


company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person or one or more Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a person or persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such person or persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

(F) “Control” (including its correlative meanings, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a person.

(G) “Voting Securities” means any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors.

Section 11. Form and Delivery of Communications . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand, upon receipt by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier, one day after deposit with such courier and with written verification of receipt or (d) sent by email or facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received. Notice to the Company shall be directed to PBF Energy Inc., Attention: General Counsel, One Sylvan Way, Parsippany, NJ 07054, email: jeffrey.dill@pbfenergy.com; facsimile: (973) 455-7562; confirmation number: (973) 455-7576. Notice to Indemnitee shall be given to the address set forth on the Indemnitee’s signature page hereto. Either party may change the address for notices by providing written notice to the other.

Section 12. Nonexclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of applicable law, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or other organizational documents of any predecessor or parent of the Company) other agreements or otherwise, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. No amendment or alteration of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 13. No Construction as Employment Agreement . Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained as a director of the Company or in the employ of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he may have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

 

10


Section 14. Severability; Interpretation of Agreement . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

Section 15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

Section 16. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement may not be terminated by the Company without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 17. Successor and Assigns . All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, spouses, executors, administrators and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Indemnitor, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 18. Service of Process and Venue . The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

11


Section 19. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Company of Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

Section 20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

Section 21. Specific Performance, Etc . The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

Section 22. Headings . The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

12


This Indemnification Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date stated above.

 

PBF ENERGY INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
INDEMNITEE:
Name:  

 

Address:  

 

13

Exhibit 10.20

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2012, is hereby entered into by and among PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Energy ”), and each of the Members (as defined herein).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Members hold Units (as defined below) in Energy, which is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, and certain Members hold warrants to acquire Units;

WHEREAS, the Corporation is the managing member of, and holds and will hold Units in, Energy;

WHEREAS, as a result of the Members agreeing to hold Units rather than transferring all of their Units in exchange for Class A Shares (as defined below), the Corporation expects to incur significantly lower tax liabilities on an ongoing basis with respect to the operations of Energy and its direct and indirect subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, the Units held by the Members, as of the date hereof or at any time in the future, are or will be exchangeable for Class A common stock (the “ Class A Shares ”) of the Corporation, as contemplated by the Exchange Agreement and Section 3.3 of the LLC Agreement;

WHEREAS, Energy and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which an exchange of Units for Class A Shares occurs, which election is intended to result or be deemed to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by Energy and such subsidiaries (solely with respect to the Corporation) at the time (such time, an “ Exchange Date ”) of a taxable exchange of Units for Class A Shares or any other taxable acquisition of Units by the Corporation (including in connection with the IPO) (each such exchange or acquisition, an “ Exchange ”) (such assets and any asset whose tax basis is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the adjusted basis of any such asset, the “ Original Assets ”) by reason of such Exchange and the payments under this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax (as defined below) items of (i) the Corporation, as a member of Energy (and in respect of each of Energy’s direct and indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes), may be affected by the Basis Adjustment (as defined below) and (ii) the Corporation may be affected by the Imputed Interest (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the actual or deemed effect of the Basis Adjustment and the Imputed Interest on the liability for Taxes of the Corporation.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

Advisory Firm ” means any “big four” accounting firm or any other law or accounting firm that is widely recognized as being expert in Tax matters and that is agreed to by the Board.

Advisory Firm Letter ” shall mean a letter from the Advisory Firm stating that the relevant schedule, notice or other information to be provided by the Corporation to the Exchanging Member and all supporting schedules and work papers were prepared in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement and, to the extent not expressly provided in this Agreement, on a reasonable basis in light of the facts and law in existence on the date such schedule, notice or other information is delivered to the Exchanging Member.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

Agreed Rate ” means LIBOR plus 50 basis points.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Amended Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.04(b) of this Agreement.

Amount Realized ” means, in respect of an Exchange by an Exchanging Member, the amount that is realized by the Exchanging Member on the Exchange, which shall be the sum of (i) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, the amount of cash and the amount or fair market value of other consideration received (or deemed received) by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange and (ii) the Share of Liabilities attributable to the Units Exchanged.

Available Cash ” means all cash and cash equivalents of the Corporation on hand, less (i) amounts paid for, or reserved for the payment of, taxes and corporate overhead expenses and (ii) the amount of cash reserves reasonably established in good faith by the Corporation to comply with applicable law.

Basis Adjustment ” means the adjustment to the tax basis of an Original Asset arising in respect of an Exchange under the principles of Section 732 of the Code (in a situation where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, Energy becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes) or Sections 743(b) and 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, Energy remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state, local and foreign Tax laws. Notwithstanding any other

 

-2-


provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

A “ Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have correlative meanings.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any Person or Group (other than one or more of the Excluded Entities) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise);

(ii) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or Group (other than one or more of the Excluded Entities);

(iii) a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Corporation (other than (x) with or into, as applicable, any of the Excluded Entities or (y) in which the stockholders of the Corporation, immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger, consolidation or reorganization in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the voting securities of the Corporation immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization);

(iv) the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation; or

(v) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board (together with any new directors whose election by such Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Corporation was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Corporation, then still in office, who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was

 

-3-


previously so approved) (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board then in office; provided that, any director appointed or elected to the Board to avoid or settle a threatened or actual proxy contest shall in no event be deemed to be an individual on the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (v) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

Class A Shares ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Code ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Corporation ” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.

Corporation Return ” means the United States federal, state, local and/or foreign Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporation filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

Default Rate ” means LIBOR plus 250 basis points.

Deferral Rate ” means LIBOR plus 150 basis points.

Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of an IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.08(a).

Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Notice ” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

 

-4-


Early Termination Payment ” is defined in Section 4.03(b) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Early Termination Schedule ” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

Exchange ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement, and “ Exchanged ” and “ Exchanging ” shall have correlative meanings.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Corporation and the PBF LLC Unitholders (as defined therein), as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

Exchange Basis Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.

Exchange Date ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Exchange Payment ” is defined in Section 5.01.

Exchanging Member ” means a Member that Exchanges some or all of its Units.

Excluded Entity ” means any of the following: (i) Blackstone Group L.P. and any of its Affiliates including Blackstone PB Capital Partners V L.P., Blackstone PB Capital Partners V Subsidiary L.L.C., Blackstone PB Capital Partners V-AC L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V USS L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-A USS SMD L.P., Blackstone Participation Partnership V USS L.P. and their respective general partners, Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., Blackstone Management Associates V USS L.L.C. and BCP V USS Side-by-Side GP L.L.C.; (ii) First Reserve Management, L.P. and any of its Affiliates, including FR PBF Holdings LLC, FR PBF Holdings II LLC; (iii) the Corporation and any Persons of which a majority of the voting power of its voting equity securities and equity interests is owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation; and (iv) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) sponsored or maintained by any of the foregoing.

Expert ” is defined in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

Group ” means “group,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or Energy, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Energy and allocable to the Corporation) using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return, but using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis instead of the Tax basis reflecting the Basis Adjustments of the Original Assets and excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest.

 

-5-


Imputed Interest ” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law with respect to the Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

Interest Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

IPO ” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporation.

IPO Date ” means the date on which the Corporation contributes to Energy the net proceeds received by the Corporation in connection with the IPO.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

LIBOR ” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBO” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof).

LLC Agreement ” means, with respect to Energy, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Energy, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

Market Value ” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided further , that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a National Securities Exchange or Interdealer Quotation System, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02.

Members ” means the parties hereto, other than the Corporation and Energy, and each other Person who from time to time executes a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Net Tax Benefit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis ” means, with respect to any asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustment had been made.

Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a).

 

-6-


Original Assets ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Original Members ” means the members of Energy on the date of, but immediately preceding, the IPO.

Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Post-Exercise Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Pre-Exchange Transfer ” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Member) of one or more Units that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units.

Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the “actual” liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or Energy, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Energy and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), such “actual” liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or Energy, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Energy and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year) for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the “actual” liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or Energy, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Energy and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), such “actual” liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or Energy, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Energy and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year) for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

Reconciliation Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.09.

Reconciliation Procedures ” shall mean those procedures set forth in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

Schedule ” means any Exchange Basis Schedule or Tax Benefit Schedule and the Early Termination Schedule.

Senior Obligations ” is defined in Section 5.01 of this Agreement.

 

-7-


Share of Liabilities ” means, as to any Unit at the time of an Exchange, the aggregate amount of the liabilities of Energy, for purposes of Section 752 and Section 1001 of the Code, at the time of the Exchange.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person,

(i) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or similar interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(ii) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Tax Benefit Payment ” is defined in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.

Tax Benefit Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.03 of this Agreement.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year ” means a taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state, local or foreign Tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is prepared), ending on or after the IPO Date.

Taxes ” means any and all United States federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, whether as an exclusive or on an alternative basis, and any interest related to such Tax.

Taxing Authority ” shall mean any domestic, foreign, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

 

-8-


Units ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the LLC Agreement (and shall include, without limitation, the Reclassified Series B Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement)).

Valuation Assumptions ” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (a) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully use the deductions arising from any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year; (b) the federal income tax rates and state, local and foreign income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date; (c) any loss carryovers generated by any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be used by the Corporation on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers; (d) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the earlier of the Basis Adjustment and the Early Termination Date; and (e) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a Change of Control, such assumptions shall not take into account any changes in the Corporation’s stand alone tax position that might result from the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control.

ARTICLE II. DETERMINATION OF CUMULATIVE REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.01. Basis Adjustment, Imputed Interest.

(a) Basis Adjustment . For purposes of this Agreement, as a result of an Exchange, Energy shall be deemed to be entitled to a Basis Adjustment for each Original Asset with respect to the Corporation, the amount of which Basis Adjustment shall generally be the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (x) the Amount Realized by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Original Asset, plus (y) the amount of payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Original Asset, over (ii) the Corporation’s share of Energy’s Tax basis for such Original Asset immediately after the Exchange, attributable to the Units Exchanged, determined as if (x) Energy remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes and (y) Energy had not made the election provided by Section 754 of the Code. For purposes of this Agreement, in computing the effect of the Basis Adjustment on the Tax liability of the Corporation, the actual basis adjustment to each Original Asset under Section 732 or Section 743(b) of the Code shall be recovered by the Corporation in accordance with its actual recovery for purposes of the applicable Tax.

(b) Imputed Interest . For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

(c) Treatment of Noncompensatory Warrants; Series B Units . The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that any Exchange by a Member of a Unit acquired through the exercise of a noncompensatory warrant (a “ Post-Exercise Exchange ”) may result in a Basis Adjustment, in which case such Member shall be entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment in a

 

-9-


manner consistent with the rights of other Series A-1 Members and Series A-2 Members Unit holders under this Agreement. In furtherance of the proceeding sentence, the methodology applied in determining Basis Adjustments and any other calculations or work product pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Basis Schedules, Tax Benefit Schedules, and Tax Benefit Payments) shall be consistent with Proposed Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1 and 1.721-1 (published under REG-103580-02, 68 F.R. 2930-2941 (Jan. 22, 2003), as amended) in order to preserve the right of a holder of a noncompensatory warrant to receive a Tax Benefit Payment by virtue of a Post-Exercise Exchange in a manner consistent with the rights of other Series A-1 Members and Series A-2 Members Unit holders. The parties to this Agreement further acknowledge and agree that the holders of Series B Units are entitled to the benefits of this Agreement on account of an Exchange of Reclassified Units deemed owned by the holders of Series B Units in accordance with Section 3.3 of the LLC Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and adjusted in the appropriate manner so that the fundamental results described in this Section 2.01(c) are achieved. The Corporation shall deliver to each Member a schedule on an annual basis setting forth the aforementioned Basis Adjustments, together with reasonable supporting documentation, and such schedule shall be subject to Section 2.04 below.

Section 2.02. Exchange Basis Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporation for each Taxable Year, the Corporation shall deliver to each Exchanging Member a schedule (an “ Exchange Basis Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail, for purposes of Taxes, (i) the actual unadjusted Tax basis of the Original Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Original Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period or periods, if any, over which the Original Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period or periods, if any, over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable (which, for non-amortizable assets shall be based on the Valuation Assumptions).

Section 2.03. Tax Benefit Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporation, the Corporation shall provide to each Exchanging Member a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “ Tax Benefit Schedule ”). The Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.04(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.04(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.04(b)).

Section 2.04. Procedures, Amendments .

(a) Procedure . Every time the Corporation delivers to an Exchanging Member an Exchange Basis Schedule, a Tax Benefit Schedule or other applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall also (i) deliver to the Exchanging Member schedules and work papers providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and an Advisory Firm Letter supporting such Schedule and (ii) allow the Exchanging Member reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule. The applicable Schedule shall become final and binding on all

 

-10-


parties unless the Exchanging Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving such Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days of receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice, if with respect to an Exchange Basis Schedule or a Tax Benefit Schedule, the Corporation and the Exchanging Member shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement (the “ Reconciliation Procedures ”).

(b) Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Exchanging Member, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”). The Corporation shall provide any Amended Schedule to the Exchanging Member within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of an event referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence, and any such Amended Schedule shall be subject to approval procedures similar to those described in Section 2.04(a).

ARTICLE III. TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.01. Payments .

(a) Payments . Within five (5) Business Days of a Tax Benefit Schedule that was delivered to an Exchanging Member becoming final in accordance with Section 2.04(a), the Corporation shall pay to such Exchanging Member for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b). Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account of the Exchanging Member previously designated by such Member to the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, estimated federal income tax payments.

(b) A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount. The “ Net Tax Benefit ” for each Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.01, excluding payments attributable to Interest Amount; provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, no Member shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “ Interest Amount ” for a given Taxable Year shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation Return with respect to Taxes for the most recently ended Taxable Year until the Payment Date. The Net Tax

 

-11-


Benefit and the Interest Amount shall be determined separately with respect to each separate Exchange, on a Unit-by-Unit basis by reference to the Amount Realized by the Exchanging Member on the Exchange of a Unit and the resulting Basis Adjustment to the Corporation.

(c) If on any Payment Date the Corporation does not have sufficient Available Cash to pay the Tax Benefit Payment that is due on such Payment Date as specified in Section 3.01(a), the Corporation may elect by written notice to the affected Members to defer payment of such Tax Benefit Payment that is in excess of the Available Cash for a period of time not to exceed two (2) years. If the Corporation elects to defer payment of any amount pursuant to this Section 3.01(c), interest shall accrue on such amount at the Deferral Rate from the Payment Date specified in Section 3.01(a) until such amount is paid. While any amounts are deferred pursuant to this Section 3.01(c), the Corporation shall be required, within ninety (90) calendar days of obtaining Available Cash, to make payments to Exchanging Members with respect to such deferred amounts to the extent of such Available Cash. Upon a Change of Control, any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 3.01(c) (including interest) shall become due, and no further amounts may be deferred pursuant to this Section 3.01(c).

(d) The Corporation shall use good faith efforts to ensure that it has sufficient Available Cash to make all payments due under this Agreement without regard to Section 3.01(c).

Section 3.02. No Duplicative Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 85% of the Corporation’s Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Interest Amount thereon, being paid to the Members pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner so that these fundamental results are achieved.

Section 3.03. Pro Rata Payments . For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that (a) the Corporation’s deductions with respect to any Basis Adjustment is limited in a particular Taxable Year or (b) the Corporation lacks sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular taxable year, the limitation on the deduction, or the Tax Benefit Payments that may be made, as the case may be, shall be taken into account or made for the Exchanging Member in the same proportion as Tax Benefit Payments would have been made absent the limitations in clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph, as applicable.

ARTICLE IV. TERMINATION

Section 4.01. Early Termination; Breach of Agreement; Change of Control .

(a) The Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all of the Units held (or previously held and Exchanged) by all Members at any time by paying to the Members the Early Termination Payment; provided , however , that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Members, and provided further that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon

 

-12-


payment of the Early Termination Payments by the Corporation, neither the Members nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (i) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and the Member as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (ii) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (ii) is included in the Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporation makes the Early Termination Payments with respect to all Members, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, and its only obligations under this Agreement in such case shall be its obligations to all Members under Section 4.03(a).

(b) In the event of a failure by the Corporation for 30 days after receipt of written notice by one or more of the Members to comply with any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such failure and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and any Member as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation fails to comply as provided in the prior sentence, the Members shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within ninety (90) calendar days of the date such payment is due (subject to the Corporation’s rights under Section 3.01(c)) shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within ninety (90) calendar days of the date such payment is due.

(c) In the event of a Change of Control, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated pursuant to this Article IV as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control and shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the effective date of a Change of Control, (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the relevant parties as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the effective date of a Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the Early Termination Payment shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions and by substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

(d) The Corporation, Energy and each of the Members hereby acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot reasonably be ascertained for United States federal income tax or other applicable Tax purposes.

 

-13-


Section 4.02. Early Termination Notice . If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01(a) above, the Corporation shall deliver to each present or former Member notice of such intention to exercise such right (“ Early Termination Notice ”) and a schedule (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment for that Member. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all applicable parties unless the Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”). If the applicable parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the Member shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

Section 4.03. Payment upon Early Termination .

(a) Within five (5) Business Days after agreement between the Member and the Corporation of the Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall pay to the Member an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Member.

(b) The “ Early Termination Payment ” as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal, with respect to any Member, the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Member beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

ARTICLE V. SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.01. Subordination . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to the Members under this Agreement (an “ Exchange Payment ”) shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (“ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.02. Late Payments by the Corporation . The amount of all or any portion of any Exchange Payment not made to any Member when due (subject to the Corporation’s rights under Section 3.01(c)) under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Exchange Payment was due and payable. The Corporation shall not effect any repurchases or redemptions of its capital stock at a time when it shall have failed to make any Exchange Payment otherwise due and payable other than (a) repurchases of capital stock deemed to occur (i) upon the exercise of options or warrants if such capital stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof and (ii) in connection with the withholding of a portion of the capital stock granted or awarded to any recipients to pay for the taxes payable by such

 

-14-


recipients upon such grant or award (or the vesting thereof), and (b) repurchases or redemptions of any capital stock held by any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity incentive plan or other employee benefit plan or agreement approved by the Board.

ARTICLE VI. NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.01. Original Member Participation in the Corporation’s and Energy’s Tax Matters . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation and Energy, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify the applicable Original Members of, and keep the applicable Original Members reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporation and Energy by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the applicable Original Members’ rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall provide to the applicable Original Members reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation, Energy and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided , however , that the Corporation and Energy shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement or applicable law.

Section 6.02. Consistency . Except upon the written advice of an Advisory Firm, and except for items that are explicitly described as “deemed” or in similar manner by the terms of this Agreement, the Corporation and the Exchanging Member agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including without limitation the Basis Adjustment and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement. Any dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the terms of Section 7.09; provided , however , that only an Original Member shall have the right to object to such advice pursuant to this Section 6.02. In the event that an Advisory Firm is replaced with another firm acceptable to the Corporation and the Exchanging Member, such replacement Advisory Firm shall be required to perform its services under this Agreement using procedures and methodologies consistent with the previous Advisory Firm, unless otherwise required by law or the Corporation and the Exchanging Member agree to the use of other procedures and methodologies.

Section 6.03. Cooperation . The Exchanging Member shall (a) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement (including whether an exchange of units is taxable or tax-free), preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporation shall reimburse the Exchanging Member for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section.

 

-15-


ARTICLE VII. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent during normal business hours on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

if to the Corporation, to:

PBF Energy Inc.

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (973) 455-7562

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attention: Todd E. Lenson

Facsimile: (212) 806-7793

if to Energy, to:

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (973) 455-7562

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attention: Todd E. Lenson

Facsimile: (212) 806-7793

If to the Exchanging Member, to:

The address and facsimile number set forth in the records of Energy.

 

-16-


Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.02. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.03. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the LLC Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, and the exhibits and schedules referenced herein and therein, constitute the entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 7.04. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 7.05. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 7.06. Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers .

(a) No Member may assign this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the Corporation; provided , however , that (i) to the extent Units are effectively transferred in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, the transferring Member shall have the option to assign to the transferee of such Units the transferring Member’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, and (ii) once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a Member pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Exchanged Units may be assigned to any Person or Persons, including a liquidating trust, as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; provided , further , however , that no such assignment or transfer shall relieve any party hereto of any of its obligations hereunder. If any

 

-17-


Member proposes to assign any payment as described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence to any Person or Persons (other than to one of its Affiliates or Permitted Transferees), then the assigning Member shall give written notice to the Corporation at least thirty (30) days prior to the proposed assignment setting forth the name of the proposed assignee, the price and the other material terms and conditions of such assignment, and the Corporation shall promptly deliver a copy of such notice to each of the other Members. Each of the other Members shall thereafter have the right exercisable by written notice to the assigning Member within ten (10) days after receipt of notice from the Corporation to participate in such assignment of payments at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as the assigning Member. The assigning Member shall not assign any such payment to such prospective assignee unless and until, simultaneously with such assignment, the prospective assignor shall purchase the payments from all Members who decide to sell pursuant to this paragraph.

For the avoidance of doubt, if a Person transfers Units (regardless of whether the transferee is a “ Permitted Transferee ” under the terms of the LLC Agreement) but does not assign to the transferee of such Units such Person’s rights, if any, under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such Person shall be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments, if any, due hereunder with respect to, including any Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of, such Units.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.06, no transferee described in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 7.06(a) shall have the right to enforce the provisions of Section 2.04, 4.02, 6.01 or 6.02 of this Agreement, and no assignee described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of this Section 7.06(a) shall have any rights under this Agreement except for the right to enforce its right to receive payments under this Agreement.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by (i) the Corporation, (ii) each of the parties to this Agreement affected thereby who would be entitled to receive at least 50% of the Early Termination Payments payable to all parties hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange) and (iii) each of the Original Members affected thereby who would be entitled to receive at least 1% of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Original Members hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Original Member pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided , that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Members will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such Members disproportionately affected consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any

 

-18-


right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an Original Members transfers his Units to a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the LLC Agreement), excluding any other Original Member, such Original Member shall have the right, on behalf of such transferee, to enforce the provisions of Sections 2.04, 4.02 or 6.01 with respect to such transferred Units.

Section 7.07. Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.08. Resolution of Disputes .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim which is not governed by Section 7.09 arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration. The arbitration shall take place in Wilmington, Delaware and be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) then in effect (except as they may be modified by mutual agreement of the Corporation, Energy and each of the affected Members). The arbitration shall be conducted by (i) a single arbitrator if the total amount in controversy is less than $5,000,000 (exclusive of interest and expenses) and (ii) a panel of three arbitrators if the total amount in controversy is $5,000,000 or more or an unspecified or non-monetary amount. The arbitrator(s) shall be neutral, impartial and independent arbitrators appointed by the AAA, at least one of whom must be a retired judge or a senior partner at one of the nationally recognized Delaware-based law firms. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment upon the award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets. The costs of the arbitration shall be borne by the Corporation. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each party hereto (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.08 to any such action or proceeding and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.

(c) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE OR ANY DELAWARE STATE COURT, IN EACH CASE, SITTING IN THE CITY OF WILMINGTON, DELAWARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL

 

-19-


PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.08 , OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the forum designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

(d) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.08 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same, and agree that service of process upon such party in any such action, suit, demand or proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Section 7.01 .

Section 7.09. Reconciliation . In the event that the Corporation and the Exchanging Member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.01(c), 2.04, 4.02 and 6.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “ Expert ”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm (other than the Advisory Firm), and the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with either the Corporation or the Exchanging Member or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the AAA. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on such date and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporation except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporation and each Exchanging Member shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless an Exchanging Member has a prevailing position that is more than 10% of the payment at issue, in which case the Corporation shall reimburse such Exchanging Member for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on the Corporation and the Exchanging Member and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

 

-20-


Section 7.10. Withholding . The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Exchanging Member.

Section 7.11. Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .

(a) If the Corporation becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If any entity that is obligated to make an Exchange Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Exchange Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a contribution of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest.

Section 7.12. Confidentiality . Each Member and assignee acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporation is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation and its Affiliates and successors, concerning Energy and its Affiliates and successors or the other Members, learned by the Member heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such Member in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a Member to prepare and file his or her Tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Member and assignee (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Member or assignee, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the Corporation, Energy, the Members and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Members relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

-21-


If a Member or assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or the other Members and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporation and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 7.13. LLC Agreement . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of Energy as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

Section 7.14. Partnerships . The Corporation hereby agrees that, to the extent it acquires a general partnership interest, managing member interest or similar interest in any Person after the date hereof, it shall cause such Person to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement and such Person shall be treated as a “partnership” for all purposes of this Agreement.

Section 7.15. Independent Nature of Members’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each Member hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Member, and no Member shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Member under hereunder. The decision of each Member to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such Member independently of any other Member. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Member pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Members as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Members are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the Members are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-22-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, Energy and each Member have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

PBF ENERGY INC.
By:  

 

Name:

Title:

 
PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC
By its Managing Member, PBF Energy Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MEMBERS:
Each Member set forth on Annex A hereto
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

[ FORM FOR PURCHASES FROM MEMBERS ]

JOINDER

This JOINDER (this “ Joinder ”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of               , 20      , by and between PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Energy ”), and              (“ Permitted Transferee ”).

WHEREAS, Permitted Transferee has acquired (the “ Acquisition ”) [              ] Units in Energy and corresponding shares of Class B common stock of the Corporation (collectively, “ Interests ” and, together with all other Interests hereinafter acquired by Permitted Transferee from Transferor and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement), the “ Acquired Interests ,” as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto) 1 from              (“ Transferor ”); and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.06 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements contained herein, Permitted Transferee hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1.1. Definitions . To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.2. Joinder . Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees to become a “Member” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, including but not limited to, being bound by Sections 7.12, 2.04, 4.02, 6.01 and 6.02 of the Tax Receivable Agreement, with respect to the Acquired Interests, and any other Interests Permitted Transferee acquires hereafter.

Section 1.3. Notice . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile (provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 1.3) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to Permitted Transferee at the address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereof or such other address or facsimile number as may hereafter be designated in writing by Permitted Transferee.

 

 

1  

[The schedule for certain non-Sponsor Unit holders will show zero Class B shares.]


Section 1.4. Governing Law . THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:

Exhibit 10.21

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of            , 2012 (and effective as set forth in Section 4.15 of this Agreement), among PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PBF LLC ”), and the Persons from time to time party hereto (the “ PBF LLC Unitholders ”).

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange of certain Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SECTION 1.1 Definitions .

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the PBF LLC Agreement (as defined herein), and the following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Disregarded Transfer ” means any one of the following, which has been or is occurring, or is otherwise satisfied, as of the date of a particular Exchange:

(i) an Exchange that is part of one or more Exchanges by a PBF LLC Unitholder and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 267(b) or 707(b)(1) of the Code) during any 30 calendar day period of equity interests in PBF LLC representing in the aggregate more than 2% of the total capital or profits of PBF LLC;

(ii) an Exchange that is in connection with a transfer by one or more PBF LLC Unitholders of equity interests in PBF LLC representing in the aggregate more than 50% of the total capital and profits of PBF LLC; or

(iii) the Exchange is permitted by the Corporation or PBF LLC, in the sole discretion of the Board or PBF LLC, as the case may be, in connection with other circumstances not described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, if the Corporation or PBF LLC determines, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and tax advisor, that PBF LLC would not be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code (or any successor or similar provision) as a result of such Exchange.


Election of Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

Exchange Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Exchange Rate ” means the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which a PBF LLC Unit is entitled to be Exchanged. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1 for 1, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

IPO ” means the closing of the initial public offering and sale by the Corporation of shares of its Class A Common Stock.

PBF LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF LLC, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

PBF LLC Unit ” means (i) each of the Units (limited, in the case of the holders of Series B Units, to the Reclassified Units deemed owned on account of the ownership of Series B Units) now or hereafter held by any PBF LLC Unitholder and (ii) any other interest in PBF LLC that may be issued by PBF LLC in the future that is designated by the Corporation as a “PBF LLC Unit.”

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity, including any governmental entity.

Requisite Holders ” means each PBF LLC Unitholder who, together with its Affiliates and Permitted Transferees, beneficially owns at least 1% of the then outstanding Series A Units (excluding any Series A Units held by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries).

Unvested Units ” means, as of any date of determination, any PBF LLC Unit which is unvested.

ARTICLE II

SECTION 2.1 Exchange of PBF LLC Units for Class A Common Stock .

(a) Each PBF LLC Unitholder shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof and the PBF LLC Agreement, to surrender PBF LLC Units (other than Unvested Units) to PBF LLC in exchange for the delivery to the exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of PBF LLC Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange

 

-2-


Rate (such exchange, an “ Exchange ”); provided that, without the consent of PBF LLC, (i) a PBF LLC Unitholder shall not be entitled to Exchange PBF LLC Units more frequently than once per calendar quarter unless such Exchange (x) is a Disregarded Transfer, (y) represents all of the PBF LLC Units (other than Unvested Units) held by such PBF LLC Unitholder or (z) is in connection with the termination of employment or engagement by such PBF LLC Unitholder with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) each Exchange shall be for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 PBF LLC Units or all of the PBF LLC Units (other than Unvested Units) held by such PBF LLC Unitholder.

(b) A PBF LLC Unitholder shall exercise its right to Exchange PBF LLC Units as set forth in Section 2.1(a) above by delivering to the Corporation and to PBF LLC a written election of exchange in respect of the PBF LLC Units to be Exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (an “ Election of Exchange ”), duly executed by such holder or such holder’s duly authorized representative, in each case delivered during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and of PBF LLC. An Election of Exchange may specify that the Exchange is to be contingent (including as to timing) upon the occurrence of any transaction or event, including the consummation of a purchase by another Person (whether in a tender or exchange offer, an underwritten offering or otherwise) of shares of Class A Common Stock or any merger, consolidation or other business combination. Subject to Section 2.4(b) of this Agreement, an Exchange shall be deemed to have been effected on (i) the Business Day immediately following receipt of the applicable Election of Exchange or (ii) such later date specified in or pursuant to the applicable Election of Exchange (such date specified in clause (i) or (ii), as applicable, the “ Exchange Date ”), and as promptly as practicable following the applicable Exchange Date, PBF LLC shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the offices of the then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock or, if there is no then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock, at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such Exchange, registered in the name of the relevant exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder (or its designee). To the extent the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, PBF LLC will, subject to Section 2.1(c) below, upon the written instruction of an exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder, use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder may withdraw or amend an Election of Exchange, in whole or in part, prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Exchange Date (or any such later time as may be required by applicable law) by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Corporation and to PBF LLC, specifying (1) the number of PBF LLC Units being withdrawn, (2) the number of PBF LLC Units, if any, as to which the Election of Exchange remains in effect and (3) if the PBF LLC Unitholder so determines, a new Exchange Date or any other new or revised information permitted in an Election of Exchange. On the Exchange Date, all rights of the exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder as a holder of such PBF LLC Units shall cease and such PBF LLC Units shall automatically be extinguished, and such exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock on such

 

-3-


date. The Corporation shall take such actions as may be required to ensure the performance by PBF LLC of its obligations under this Section 2.1(b) and the foregoing Section 2.1(a) , including the issuance and sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to or for the account of PBF LLC in exchange for the delivery to the Corporation of a number of PBF LLC Units that is equal to the number of PBF LLC Units surrendered by an exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder.

(c) PBF LLC, the Corporation and each exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder shall bear their own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that the PBF LLC shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided , however , that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the PBF LLC Unitholder that requested the Exchange, then such PBF LLC Unitholder and/or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to PBF LLC the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of PBF LLC that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(d) Each of the Corporation and PBF LLC covenants and agrees that, prior to taking or causing to be taken any action that would cause interests in PBF LLC to not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), including, without limitation, issuing any PBF LLC Units in a transaction required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, it will provide at least seven (7) Business Days advance written notice describing the proposed action in reasonable detail to the PBF LLC Unitholders and provide each PBF LLC Unitholder with the opportunity to effect an Exchange of all such PBF LLC Unitholder’s PBF LLC Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Provided that the notice and opportunity to Exchange contemplated by the previous sentence has been provided the PBF LLC Unitholders, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation or PBF LLC, as applicable, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and tax advisor, shall determine in good faith that interests in PBF LLC do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), the Corporation or PBF LLC, as applicable, may impose such additional restrictions on Exchanges as the Corporation or PBF LLC, as applicable, may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable so that PBF LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code; provided , however , that such additional restrictions shall not prohibit any Exchange that would constitute a Disregarded Transfer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, other than with respect to a Disregarded Transfer, no Exchange shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall be void ab initio ) if, in the good faith determination of the Corporation or of PBF LLC, such an Exchange would pose a material risk that PBF LLC would be a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a PBF LLC Unitholder shall not be entitled to Exchange PBF LLC Units to the extent the Corporation or PBF LLC reasonably determines in good faith that such Exchange (i) would be prohibited by applicable law or regulation or (ii) would not be permitted under any other agreement with the Corporation or its subsidiaries to which such PBF LLC Unitholder is then subject (including, without limitation, the PBF LLC Agreement) or any written policies of the

 

-4-


Corporation or PBF LLC relating to insider trading then applicable to such PBF LLC Unitholder. For the avoidance of doubt, no Exchange shall be deemed to be prohibited by any law or regulation pertaining to the registration of securities if such securities have been so registered or if any exemption from such registration requirements is reasonably available.

SECTION 2.2 Adjustment . The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Series A Units or Series C Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Series A Units or Series C Units. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 2.2 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such security or other property. This Agreement shall apply to the Series A Units and Series C Units (including the PBF LLC Units) held by the PBF LLC Unitholders and their Permitted Transferees as of the date hereof, as well as any Series A Units and Series C Units (including PBF LLC Units) hereafter acquired by a PBF LLC Unitholder and his or her or its Permitted Transferees. This Agreement shall apply to, mutatis mutandis, and all references to “PBF LLC Units” shall be deemed to include, any security, securities or other property of PBF LLC which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of Series A Units or Series C Units by reason of any distribution or dividend, split, reverse split, combination, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, exchange (other than an Exchange) or other transaction.

SECTION 2.3 Class A Common Stock to be Issued .

(a) The Corporation covenants and agrees to deliver shares of Class A Common Stock that have been registered under the Securities Act with respect to any Exchange to the extent that a registration statement is effective and available for such shares. In the event that any Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the PBF LLC Unitholder requesting such Exchange, the

 

-5-


Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon Exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery.

(b) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon any such Exchange; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude PBF LLC from satisfying its obligations in respect of the Exchange of PBF LLC Units by delivery of Class A Common Stock which is held in the treasury of the Corporation or PBF LLC or any of their subsidiaries or by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof).

(c) Prior to the effective date of this Agreement, the Corporation and PBF LLC will take all such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions or dispositions of equity securities of the Corporation (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities which may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of the Corporation for such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by each director or officer of the Corporation who may reasonably be expected to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Corporation upon the registration of any class of equity security of the Corporation pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (with the authorizing resolutions specifying the name of each such officer or director whose acquisition or disposition of securities is to be exempted and the number of securities that may be acquired and disposed of by each such person pursuant to this Agreement).

(d) If any Takeover Law (as defined below) or other similar law or regulation becomes or is deemed to become applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Corporation or PBF LLC shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to render such law or regulation inapplicable to all of the foregoing.

(e) Each of the Corporation and PBF LLC covenants that all Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, will pass to the applicable exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder free and clear of any liens, security interests and other encumbrances other than any such liens, security interests or other encumbrances imposed by such exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder and will not be subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of the Corporation or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any person or entity.

(f) No Exchange shall impair the right of the exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder to receive any distributions payable on the PBF LLC Units so exchanged in respect of a record date that occurs prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, no exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder shall be entitled to receive, in respect of a single record date, distributions or dividends both on PBF LLC Units exchanged by such holder and on Class A Common Stock received by such holder in such Exchange.

 

-6-


SECTION 2.4 Withholding; Certification of Non-Foreign Status .

(a) If the Corporation or PBF LLC shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any Federal, State, local or foreign tax rules or regulations in respect of any Exchange, the Corporation or PBF LLC, as the case may be, shall be entitled to take such action as it deems appropriate in order to ensure compliance with such withholding requirements, including, without limitation, at its option withholding shares of Class A Common Stock with a fair market value equal to the minimum amount of any taxes which the Corporation or PBF LLC, as the case may be, may be required to withhold with respect to such Exchange. To the extent that amounts (or property) are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority, such withheld amounts (or property) shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid (or delivered) to the appropriate PBF LLC Unitholder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of PBF LLC and the Corporation may, at its own discretion, require as a condition to the effectiveness of an Exchange that an exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder deliver to PBF LLC or the Corporation, as the case may be, a certification of non-foreign status in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b). In the event PBF LLC or the Corporation has required delivery of such certification but an exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder is unable to do so, PBF LLC shall nevertheless deliver or cause to be delivered to the exchanging PBF LLC Unitholder the Class A Common Stock in accordance with Section 2.1 of this Agreement, but subject to withholding as provided in Section 2.4(a) .

ARTICLE III

SECTION 3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Corporation and of PBF LLC . Each of the Corporation and PBF LLC represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation or limited liability company duly incorporated or formed and is existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and, in the case of the Corporation, to issue the Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation, in the case of the Corporation, the issuance of the Class A Common Stock) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on its part, including but not limited to all actions necessary to ensure that the acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, to the fullest extent of the Corporation’s Board of Directors’ or PBF LLC’s power and authority and to the extent permitted by law, shall not be subject to any “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “business combination,” “fair price” or other form of “anti-takeover laws and regulations” of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “ Takeover Laws ”), (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,

 

-7-


moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or other organizational documents or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which it is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the it or by which any property or asset of it is bound or affected, except with respect to clauses (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations, that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on it or its business, financial condition or results of operations.

SECTION 3.2 Representations and Warranties of the PBF LLC Unitholders . Each PBF LLC Unitholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that (i) if it is not a natural person, that it is duly incorporated or formed and, the extent such concept exists in its jurisdiction of organization, is in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction, (ii) it has all requisite legal capacity and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) if it is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other entity action on the part of such PBF LLC Unitholder, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such PBF LLC Unitholder enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such PBF LLC Unitholder and the consummation by such PBF LLC Unitholder of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) if it is not a natural person, result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or other organizational documents of such PBF LLC Unitholder or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such PBF LLC Unitholder is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to such PBF LLC Unitholder, except with respect to clauses (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations, that would not in any material respect result in the unenforceability against such PBF LLC Unitholder of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

SECTION 4.1 Additional PBF LLC Unitholders . To the extent a PBF LLC Unitholder validly transfers any or all of such holder’s PBF LLC Units to another person in a transaction in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the PBF LLC Agreement, then such transferee (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become a PBF LLC Unitholder hereunder; provided , however , that such Permitted Transferee shall be subject to any restrictions on Exchange that would have applied to the transferor. To the extent PBF LLC issues PBF LLC Units in the future (including, without limitation, PBF LLC

 

-8-


Units issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants to purchase Series A Units of PBF LLC), then the holder of such PBF LLC Units shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such holder shall become a PBF LLC Unitholder hereunder.

SECTION 4.2 Addresses and Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 4.2 ):

(a) If to the Corporation or to PBF LLC, to:

One Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (973) 455-7562

(b) If to any PBF LLC Unitholder, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of PBF LLC from time to time.

SECTION 4.3 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.4 Binding Effect; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, any Permitted Transferee, provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of PBF LLC Units in violation of the terms of the PBF LLC Agreement or applicable law. This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Corporation or PBF LLC without the prior written consent of the Requisite Holders other than in connection with a Liquidation Event, and then only as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence. In the event the Corporation or PBF LLC or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other person or entity and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person or entity, then and in either case, as a condition to such consolidation, merger or transfer, proper provisions shall be made such that the successors and assigns of the Corporation or PBF LLC, as the case may be, will assume its obligations set forth in this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be enforceable against such successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon anyone other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.5 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other

 

-9-


conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

SECTION 4.6 Integration . This Agreement, together with the PBF LLC Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

SECTION 4.7 Amendment . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of the Corporation, PBF LLC and the Requisite Holders; provided , however , that no such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification shall (i) materially alter or change any rights or obligations of any PBF LLC Unitholders in a manner that is different or prejudicial relative to any other PBF LLC Unitholders, without the prior written consent of at least two-thirds (2/3) in interest of the PBF LLC Unitholders (based on the number of PBF LLC Units held by such holders) affected in such a different or prejudicial manner, or (ii) alter, supplement or amend the Exchange Rate as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof (or the adjustments provided therein) without the prior written consent of each affected PBF LLC Unitholder.

SECTION 4.8 Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

SECTION 4.9 Arbitration; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration. The arbitration shall take place in Wilmington, Delaware and be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) then in effect (except as they may be modified by mutual agreement of the Corporation, PBF LLC and the Requisite Holders). The arbitration shall be conducted by three neutral, impartial and independent arbitrators, who shall be appointed by the AAA, at least one of whom shall be a retired judge or a senior partner at one of the nationally recognized Delaware-based law firms. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment upon the award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets. The costs of the arbitration shall be borne by the Corporation. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration

 

-10-


hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each party hereto (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 4.9 to any such action or proceeding and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.

(c) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE OR ANY DELAWARE STATE COURT, IN EACH CASE, SITTING IN THE CITY OF WILMINGTON, DELAWARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 4.9 , OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the forum designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

(d) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.9 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same, and agree that service of process upon such party in any such action, suit, demand or proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Section 4.2 .

SECTION 4.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 4.10 .

SECTION 4.11 Tax Treatment . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of PBF LLC as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

SECTION 4.12 Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

SECTION 4.13 Independent Nature of PBF LLC Unitholders’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each PBF LLC Unitholder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other PBF LLC Unitholder, and no PBF LLC Unitholder shall be responsible

 

-11-


in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other PBF LLC Unitholder hereunder. The decision of each PBF LLC Unitholder to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such PBF LLC Unitholder independently of any other PBF LLC Unitholder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any PBF LLC Unitholder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute an action of the PBF LLC Unitholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the PBF LLC Unitholders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the PBF LLC Unitholders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 4.14 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 4.15 Effective Date . This Agreement shall become effective upon the IPO and shall be of no force and effect prior to the IPO.

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

PBF ENERGY INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[SIGNATURE BLOCKS FOR OTHER UNIT HOLDERS TO COME]

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

ELECTION OF EXCHANGE

PBF Energy Inc.

One Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2012 (as amended, the “ Exchange Agreement ”), among PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation, PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Persons from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

The undersigned PBF LLC Unitholder hereby transfers to the Corporation, for the account of PBF LLC, the number of PBF LLC Units set forth below in Exchange for shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name as set forth below, as set forth in the Exchange Agreement. [The foregoing transfers shall be effective as of                      / conditioned upon the following:                      .] 1

 

Legal Name of PBF LLC Unitholder:    

 

Address:    

 

Number of PBF LLC Units

to be Exchanged:

   

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Election of Exchange and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) this Election of Exchange has been duly executed and delivered by the undersigned and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable against

 

 

1  

Insert Description of Effective Date and/or contingency.

 

Exhibit A-1


it in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, as the case may be, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies; (iii) the PBF LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange are being transferred free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, equities or claim; and (iv) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the PBF LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such PBF LLC Units.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Corporation or PBF LLC as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to the Corporation, for the account of PBF LLC, the PBF LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange and to deliver to the undersigned the shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in Exchange therefor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Election of Exchange to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.

 

Name:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

Exhibit A-2


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) is a joinder to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2012 (as amended, the “ Exchange Agreement ”), among PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PBF LLC ”), and the Persons from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have their meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, the terms of this Joinder Agreement shall control.

The undersigned hereby joins and enters into the Exchange Agreement having acquired PBF LLC Units in PBF LLC. By signing and returning this Joinder Agreement to the Corporation and to PBF LLC, the undersigned (i) accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of a PBF LLC Unitholder contained in the Exchange Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of a PBF LLC Unitholder thereunder and (ii) makes each of the representations and warranties of a PBF LLC Unitholder set forth in Section 3.2 of the Exchange Agreement as fully as if such representations and warranties were set forth herein. The parties to the Exchange Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Exchange Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder Agreement by the Corporation and by PBF LLC, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Exchange Agreement.

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                
Address for Notices      With copies to:

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Attention:                                                               

 

 

Exhibit B-1

Exhibit 10.22

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC

Dated and effective as of

[            ], 2012

 

 

THE UNITS IN PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION. NO UNIT MAY BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE (WITHIN THE MEANING OF ANY SECURITIES LAW) UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS WITH RESPECT TO THE UNIT IS THEN IN EFFECT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THOSE LAWS IS THEN APPLICABLE TO THE UNIT. A UNIT ALSO MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR ENCUMBERED UNLESS THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE SATISFIED.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page  

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

    1   

Section 1.1.

 

Definitions

    1   

Section 1.2.

 

Other Definitions

    14   

Section 1.3.

 

Construction

    14   

ARTICLE II

 

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

    14   

Section 2.1.

 

Formation

    14   

Section 2.2.

 

Name

    14   

Section 2.3.

 

Limited Liability

    14   

Section 2.4.

 

Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office in the United States; Other Offices

    14   

Section 2.5.

 

Purpose; Powers

    15   

Section 2.6.

 

Foreign Qualification

    15   

Section 2.7.

 

Term

    15   

Section 2.8.

 

No State Law Partnership

    15   

Section 2.9.

 

Admission

    16   

ARTICLE III

 

MEMBERS; CAPITALIZATION

    16   

Section 3.1.

 

Members; Units

    16   

Section 3.2.

 

Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units

    18   

Section 3.3.

 

Series A Units/Series B Units - Reclassification, Exchange and Sale

    19   

Section 3.4.

 

Capital Account

    21   

Section 3.5.

 

No Withdrawal

    24   

Section 3.6.

 

Loans From Members

    24   

Section 3.7.

 

No Right of Partition

    24   

Section 3.8.

 

Non-Certification of Units; Legend; Units are Securities

    24   

Section 3.9.

 

Outside Activities of the Members

    26   

ARTICLE IV

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

    26   

Section 4.1.

 

Determination of Distributions

    26   

Section 4.2.

 

Sharing of Distributions – General

    26   

Section 4.3.

 

Sharing of Distributions – Series A-1 Members and Series B Members

    26   

 

i


Section 4.4.

 

Series A-1 Member and Series B Member Operating Rules

    29   

Section 4.5.

 

Unvested Units

    30   

Section 4.6.

 

Successors

    30   

Section 4.7.

 

Tax Distributions

    30   

Section 4.8.

 

Withholding

    31   

Section 4.9.

 

Limitation

    31   

ARTICLE V

 

ALLOCATIONS

    32   

Section 5.1.

 

Allocations for Capital Account Purposes

    32   

Section 5.2.

 

Allocations for Tax Purposes

    34   

Section 5.3.

 

Members’ Tax Reporting

    36   

Section 5.4.

 

Certain Costs and Expenses

    36   

ARTICLE VI

 

MANAGEMENT

    36   

Section 6.1.

 

Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties

    36   

Section 6.2.

 

Officers

    37   

Section 6.3.

 

Liability of Members

    38   

Section 6.4.

 

Indemnification by the Company

    39   

Section 6.5.

 

Liability of Indemnitees

    40   

Section 6.6.

 

Investment Representations of Members

    41   

ARTICLE VII

 

WITHDRAWAL; DISSOLUTION; TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS;

 
 

ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS

    41   

Section 7.1.

 

Member Withdrawal

    41   

Section 7.2.

 

Vesting; Redemption/Forfeiture of Series B Units

    41   

Section 7.3.

 

Dissolution

    45   

Section 7.4.

 

Transfer by Members

    46   

Section 7.5.

 

Admission or Substitution of New Members

    47   

Section 7.6.

 

Additional Requirements

    48   

Section 7.7.

 

Bankruptcy

    49   

Section 7.8.

 

Spouses

    49   

Section 7.9.

 

Registration Rights

    49   

 

ii


ARTICLE VIII

  BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION; TAX MATTERS     50   

Section 8.1.

 

Books and Records

    50   

Section 8.2.

 

Information

    50   

Section 8.3.

 

Fiscal Year

    50   

Section 8.4.

 

Certain Tax Matters

    50   

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

    52   

Section 9.1.

 

Separate Agreements; Schedules

    52   

Section 9.2.

 

Governing Law; Disputes

    52   

Section 9.3.

 

Parties in Interest

    53   

Section 9.4.

 

Amendments and Waivers

    53   

Section 9.5.

 

Notices

    55   

Section 9.6.

 

Counterparts

    55   

Section 9.7.

 

Power of Attorney

    55   

Section 9.8.

 

Entire Agreement

    55   

Section 9.9.

 

Remedies

    56   

Section 9.10.

 

Severability

    56   

Section 9.11.

 

Creditors

    56   

Section 9.12.

 

Waiver

    56   

Section 9.13.

 

Further Action

    56   

Section 9.14.

 

Delivery by Facsimile or Email

    56   

Section 9.15.

 

Confidentiality

    57   

 

Exhibit A

    

Form of Adoption Agreement

 

Exhibit B

    

Form of Consent of Spouse

 

Schedule 3.1(d)

    

Schedule of IPO Reclassification

 

Schedule 3.3(c)

    

Example of Reclassified Series B Units and Series B Exchange Value

 

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), dated and effective as of [            ], 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by and among the Members (as defined herein).

WHEREAS, PBF Energy Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), was organized under and in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “ Partnership Act ”), and governed by an Agreement of Limited Partnership dated as of February 26, 2008;

WHEREAS, effective as of June 1, 2010, the Partnership was merged into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity pursuant to Section 18-209 of the Act and Section 211 of the Partnership Act, and simultaneously therewith entered into the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (as subsequently amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Original LLC Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Members are entering into this Agreement as of the Effective Date to amend and restate the Original LLC Agreement to, among other things, admit PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole Managing Member of the Company and to provide for, among other things, the management of the business and affairs of the Company, the allocation of profits and losses among the Members, the respective rights and obligations of the Members to each other and to the Company, and certain other matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the Members hereby adopt the following:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended.

Additional Member ” means any Person that has been admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 7.5 by virtue of having received its Membership Interest from the Company and not from any other Member or Assignee.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Member as of the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company, (a) increased by any amounts that such Member is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the


end of such Fiscal Year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Member in subsequent years under Section 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Member in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Member’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) or Section 5.1(b)(ii) ). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Adjusted Property ” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(i) or Section 3.4(d)(ii) .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person. For purposes of this Agreement, none of the Blackstone Group or the First Reserve Group or any of their Affiliates shall be considered an Affiliate of any other member of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Agreed Value ” of any Contributed Property means the Fair Market Value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined by the Managing Member, without taking into account any liabilities to which such Contributed Property was subject at such time. The Managing Member shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Company in a single transaction or series of related transactions among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Assignee ” means any Transferee to which a Member or another Assignee has Transferred all or a portion of its interest in the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but that is not admitted to the Company as a Member.

Assumed Tax Rate ” means, for any taxable year, the highest marginal effective rate of federal, state and local income tax applicable to an individual resident in New York, New York (or, if higher, a corporation doing business in New York, New York), taking into account any allowable deductions in respect of such state and local taxes in computing a Member’s liability for federal income tax; provided that the Assumed Tax Rate for ordinary income initially will be set at 45 percent, as adjusted by decision of the Managing Member; and provided further that the Assumed Tax Rate for ordinary income shall be recalculated at any time that the applicable tax rates change.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization,

 

-2-


arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (b) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Blackstone ” means, collectively, Blackstone PB Capital Partners V Subsidiary L.L.C., Blackstone PB Capital Partners V-AC L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V USS L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-A USS SMD L.P., and Blackstone Participation Partnership V USS L.P.

Blackstone Group ” means Blackstone and their Affiliated investment funds and other investment vehicles.

Blackstone/Series B Partnership ” means a partnership formed by the Series B Members and the Blackstone Group to hold Exchange Shares, with the terms and conditions set forth in the Blackstone/Series B Partnership Agreement.

Blackstone/Series B Partnership Agreement ” means the partnership agreement governing the Blackstone/Series B Partnership, a Delaware partnership, entered into among the Series B Members and the members of the Blackstone Group, as such agreement is amended from time to time.

Book-Tax Disparity ” means, with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date.

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Call Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(c)(v) of this Agreement.

Call Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(c)(v) of this Agreement.

Call Option Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(c)(v) of this Agreement.

Call Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(c)(v) of this Agreement.

 

-3-


Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 3.4 of this Agreement.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of any cash or cash equivalents or the Fair Market Value of other property contributed or deemed to be contributed to the Company by such Member with respect to any Unit or other Equity Securities issued by the Company (net of liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject).

Carrying Value ” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, subject to the following sentence, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Members’ Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any other Company property, subject to the following sentence and Section 3.4(b)(iv) , the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 3.4(d)(i) and Section 3.4(d)(ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Company properties, as deemed appropriate by the Managing Member.

Cause ” means the definition of “Cause” used in the applicable Series B Member’s Employment Agreement, or, if such Series B Member does not have an Employment Agreement that defines “Cause,” then Cause shall mean: (A) any material breach of this Agreement or the Series B Member’s Employment Agreement, including, without limitation, the material breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made under this Agreement or such Series B Member’s Employment Agreement, by such Series B Member; (B) the commission of an act of gross negligence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, theft or embezzlement on the part of such Series B Member, in any case that adversely affects or may reasonably be expected to adversely affect the business or reputation of the Company, any Member, any Affiliate of the Company or any Affiliate of a Member; (C) the conviction or indictment of the Series B Member, or a plea of nolo contendere by such Series B Member, to any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; or (D) the continued failure or refusal to perform employment obligations pursuant to this Agreement or such Series B Member’s Employment Agreement and, if such breach is of a nature that may be cured, such breach is not cured by the Series B Member within fifteen (15) days after notice of such breach.

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Chief Executive Officer ” means the chief executive officer duly appointed by the Managing Member.

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of PBF Energy Inc.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

-4-


Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Company Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth for the term “partnership minimum gain” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).

Control ” (including the correlative terms “Controlled by” and “Controlling”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or to cause the direction of, the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Contributed Property ” means any property contributed to the Company by a Member.

Cumulative Distributions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(c) .

Cumulative Participation Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(c).

Death/Disability Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(c)(iii) .

Disability ” means, as used to describe any Series B Member, the definition of “Disability” used in such Series B Member’s Employment Agreement, or, if such Series B Member does not have an Employment Agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Disability” means that such Series B Member becomes physically or mentally incapacitated and is therefore unable for a period of six consecutive months or for an aggregate of nine months in any twenty-four consecutive month period to perform such Series B Member’s duties as an employee of or service provider to the Company or any of its Affiliates. The determination of a Disability will be made by the Company.

Disregarded Transfers ” means any one of the following:

(i) a Transfer that is part of one or more Transfers by a Member and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 267(b) or 707(b)(1) of the Code) during any 30 calendar day period of equity interests in the Company representing in the aggregate more than 2% of the total capital or profits of the Company; or

(ii) a Transfer that is in connection with a Transfer by one or more Members of equity interests in the Company representing in the aggregate more than 50% of the total capital and profits of the Company.

Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b)(vi) .

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Eligible Series A-2 Units ” means Series A-2 Units that were reclassified from Series A-1 Units to Series A-2 Units in connection with a Sale Transfer.

 

-5-


Employment Agreement ” means the then effective employment agreement, if any, entered into between the Company or any of its Affiliates and a Series B Member.

Equity Securities ” means, as applicable, (i) any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interests, or other equity interest, (ii) any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interests, or other equity interest or containing any profit participation features, (iii) any rights or options directly or indirectly to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interest, other equity interest or securities containing any profit participation features or to subscribe for or to purchase any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interest, other equity interests or securities containing any profit participation features, (iv) any equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights or other similar rights, or (v) any Equity Securities issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above in connection with a combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Exchange ” means the exchange of Units for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time.

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof among the Managing Member and the Persons from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Exchange Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(i) .

Exchange Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(iii) .

Exchange Value ” shall mean (a) the product of (i) the per share trading price of the Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the delivery of the Exchange Election times (ii) the number of Exchange Shares issued pursuant to the applicable Exchange Election, less (b) any underwriting discount paid with respect to such Exchange Shares.

Existing Member ” means each Series A Member and Series B Member, as of the relevant date of determination.

Existing Member Percentage Interest ” means, as of the relevant measurement date, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the Other Securities Percentage Interest by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the total number of Series A Units outstanding as of such date by (y) the total number of all outstanding Series A Units and Series C Units on such date.

Fair Market Value ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(d)(i) of this Agreement.

 

-6-


Family Member ” means, with respect to any Member, a spouse, lineal ancestor, lineal descendant, legally adopted child, brother or sister of such Member, or lineal descendant or legally adopted child of a brother or sister of such Member.

First Reserve ” means, collectively, FR PBF Holdings LLC and FR PBF Holdings II LLC.

First Reserve Group ” means First Reserve and their Affiliated investment funds and other investment vehicles.

First Reserve/Series B Partnership ” means a partnership formed by the Series B Members and the First Reserve Group to hold Exchange Shares, with the terms and conditions set forth in the First Reserve/Series B Partnership Agreement.

First Reserve/Series B Partnership Agreement ” means the partnership agreement governing First Reserve/Series B Partnership, a Delaware partnership, entered into among the Series B Members and the members of the First Reserve Group, as such agreement is amended from time to time.

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company which shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for United States federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for United States federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, consistently applied and maintained throughout the applicable periods.

Good Reason ” means the definition of “Good Reason” used in the applicable Series B Member’s Employment Agreement, or if the Series B Member does not have an Employment Agreement or such term is not defined therein, then Good Reason shall exist in the event of, without the Series B Member’s consent: (i) an adverse, material and sustained diminution of the Series B Member’s duties, (ii) the material breach by the Company of any of its material covenants or obligations under this Agreement or the Series B Member’s Employment Agreement, or (iii) the failure of the Company or any of its Affiliates to pay or cause to be paid a Series B Member’s base salary when due; provided that prior to the Series B Member’s termination of employment for Good Reason, the Series B Member must give written notice to the Company of any such event that constitutes Good Reason within twenty (20) days of the occurrence of such event and such event must remain uncorrected for ninety (90) days following receipt of such written notice; and provided further that any termination due to Good Reason must occur no later than forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason.

Grant Date ” means June 1, 2010, the date on which the Series B Units were issued.

HSR Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(f) .

Income ” means individual items of Company income and gain determined in accordance with the definitions of Net Income and Net Loss.

 

-7-


Indemnitees ” means (a) any Person who is or was a member, partner, shareholder, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, (b) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Managing Member as an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person, in each case, acting in such capacity ( provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services) and (c) any Person the Managing Member designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.

Independent Advisor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(d)(iii) of this Agreement.

IPO ” means the initial public offering and sale of Class A Common Stock of PBF Energy Inc. (as contemplated by the PBF Energy Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 177933)).

IPO Reclassification ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d) .

Liquidation Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) a merger, business combination, consolidation, sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) the Transfer, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the equity interests in the Company (by merger, exchange, consolidation or otherwise), (iii) a voluntary or involuntary reorganization or the entry into bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and (iv) the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

Loss ” means individual items of Company loss and deduction determined in accordance with the definitions of Net Income and Net Loss.

Managing Member ” means, initially, PBF Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any assignee to which the Managing Member Transfers all Units and other Equity Securities held by such Managing Member that is admitted to the Company as the managing member of the Company, in its capacity as the managing member of the Company.

Maximum Series B Unit Amount ” has the meaning set forth set forth in Section 3.1(f)(i) .

Member ” means each Person listed on the Schedule of Members on the date hereof (including the Managing Member) and each other Person who is hereafter admitted as a Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Act. Any reference in this Agreement to any Member shall include such Member’s Successors in Interest to the extent such Successors in Interest have become Substituted Members in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Member Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth for the term “ partner nonrecourse debt ” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth for the term “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Member Nonrecourse Deduction ” has the meaning set forth for the term “ partner nonrecourse deduction ” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

 

-8-


Membership Interests ” means, collectively, the limited liability company interests of the Members in the Company as represented by Units.

Membership Interest Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b)(i) .

Net Income ” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Company’s items of income and gain for such taxable year over the Company’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.4(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 5.1(b) .

Net Loss ” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Company’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable year over the Company’s items of income and gain for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.4(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 5.1(b) .

Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction, or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

Officer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a) of this Agreement.

Original LLC Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

Other Members ” means any Member owning Other Securities.

Other Securities ” means any Series or Equity Securities established by the Managing Member after the date hereof in accordance with Section 3.2 .

Other Securities Percentage Interest ” means the percentage established by the Managing Member for any Series or Equity Securities that constitute Other Securities as a part of the issuance of such series or securities.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of the Agreement.

Partnership Act ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of the Agreement.

Partnership Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Percentage Interest ” means with respect to the Series A-1 Members, the Series A-2 Members, the Series C Members and the Other Members, in each case, as a group or in the aggregate, the Series A-1 Member Percentage Interest, the Series A-2 Member Percentage Interest, the Series C Percentage Interest and the Other Securities Percentage Interest, respectively.

 

-9-


Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to any Member that is a natural person, any Family Member or any trust or any other entity whose sole and exclusive beneficiaries are such Member and/or Family Members of such Member or a charitable trust or other entity where the trustees or directors are Family Members, and with respect to any Member, means an Affiliate of such Member, provided , however , that if any such Affiliate will subsequently cease to be an Affiliate of such Member, the Units so Transferred must first be Transferred back to the original Member or another Permitted Transferee of such original Member.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity, including any governmental entity.

Put Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(c)(iii) .

Put Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(c)(iii) .

Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods ” means the two, three, and four calendar month periods with respect to which Federal quarterly estimated tax payments are made. The first such period begins on January 1 and ends on March 31. The second such period begins on April 1 and ends on May 31. The third such period begins on June 1 and ends on August 31. The fourth such period begins on September 1 and ends on December 31.

Reclassification Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii) .

Reclassified Series B Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c) .

Reclassified Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(i) .

Residual Gain ” or “ Residual Loss ” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Company recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i)(A) or 5.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

Sale Transfer ” means any bona fide Transfer (including any disposition for value) of any Series A-1 Units to a Person that is not a Permitted Transferee, and shall in any event include a distribution by the Blackstone Group or the First Reserve Group of any Series A-1 Units to the partners of their Affiliated funds.

Schedule of Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time.

Selling Series A-1 Member ” means a Series A Member Transferring Series A Units as contemplated by Section 3.3 .

 

-10-


Series A Member ” means a Series A-1 Member and a Series A-2 Member.

Series A Units ” means, collectively, the Series A-1 Units and the Series A-2 Units.

Series A-1 Member ” means a holder of Series A-1 Units who constitutes part of the Blackstone Group or the First Reserve Group as relates to the ownership of such Units and is executing this Agreement as a Series A-1 Member or is hereafter admitted to the Company as a Series A-1 Member as provided in this Agreement, but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a Member.

Series A-1 Member Percentage Interest ” means, as of the relevant measurement date, the product obtained by multiplying (i) the Existing Member Percentage Interest by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the total number of Series A-1 Units outstanding as of such date by (y) the total number of all outstanding Series A Units on such date.

Series A-1 Unit ” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the equity interest in the Company having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Series A-1 Units in this Agreement.

Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentage ” means, as of the relevant measurement date, as to any Series A-1 Member, the percentage obtained by dividing the number of Series A-1 Units owned by such Series A-1 Member by the total number of Series A-1 Units issued and outstanding at the time in question.

Series A-2 Member ” means a holder of Series A-2 Units (whether issued on the Effective Date or upon exercise of warrants or options outstanding on the Effective Dates to purchase Series A-2 Units) as relates to the ownership of such Units, executing this Agreement as a Series A-2 Member or hereafter admitted to the Company as a Series A-2 Member as provided in this Agreement, but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a Member.

Series A-2 Member Percentage Interest ” means, as of the relevant measurement date, the Existing Member Percentage Interest less the Series A-1 Member Percentage Interest.

Series A-2 Unit ” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the equity interest in the Company having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Series A-2 Units in this Agreement.

Series A-2 Unit Sharing Percentage ” means, as of the relevant measurement date, as to any Series A-2 Member, the percentage obtained by dividing the number of Series A-2 Units owned by such Series A-2 Member by the total number of Series A-2 Units issued and outstanding at the time in question.

Series B Exchange Value ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c) .

Series B Member ” means a holder of Series B Units as relates to the ownership of such Units (whether such Series B Units are Vested Series B Units or Unvested Series B Units) who is executing this Agreement as a Series B Member or is hereafter admitted to the Company as a Series B Member as provided in this Agreement in its capacity as a holder of Series B Units, but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a Member.

 

-11-


Series B Unit ” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the equity interest in the Company having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Series B Units in this Agreement, which, for the avoidance of doubt includes Series B-1 Units and any other issuances of Series B Units permitted by this Agreement.

Series B Unit Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(c) .

Series B Unit Sharing Percentage ” means, as of the relevant measurement date, as to any Series B Member, the percentage obtained by dividing the number of Series B Units owned by such Series B Member by the total number of Series B Units outstanding.

Series C Member ” means a holder of Series C Units as relates to the ownership of such Units, who is executing this Agreement as a Series C Member or is hereafter admitted to the Company as a Series C Member as provided in this Agreement, but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a Member.

Series C Percentage Interest ” means, as of the relevant measurement date, 100% less the sum of (i) the Existing Member Percentage Interest and (ii) the Other Securities Percentage Interest.

Series C Unit ” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the equity interest in the Company having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Series C Units in this Agreement.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof that is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall control the management of any such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “ Subsidiary ” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “ Subsidiary ” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

-12-


Substituted Member ” means a Person who is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 7.5 with all the rights of a Member and who is shown as a Member on the Schedule of Members.

Successor in Interest ” means any (i) trustee, custodian, receiver or other Person acting in any Bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding with respect to, (ii) assignee for the benefit of the creditors of, (iii) trustee or receiver, or current or former officer, director or partner, or other fiduciary acting for or with respect to the dissolution, liquidation or termination of, or (iv) other executor, administrator, committee, legal representative or other successor or assign of, any Member, whether by operation of law or otherwise.

Tax Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 .

Tax Matters Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(d) .

Tax Receivable Agreement ” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among PBF Energy Inc., the Company and the Persons from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Transfer ” means sell, assign, convey, contribute, distribute, give, or otherwise transfer, whether directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, or any act of the foregoing, including any Transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage. The terms “ Transferee ,” “ Transferor ,” “ Transferred ,” “ Transferring Member ,” “ Transferor Member ” and other forms of the word “ Transfer ” shall have the correlative meanings.

Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated by the United States Treasury Department under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Units ” means the Series A-1 Units, the Series A-2 Units, the Series B Units, the Series C Units and any other series of limited liability company interests in the Company denominated as “Units” that is established in accordance with this Agreement, which shall constitute limited liability company interests in the Company as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of the Company at any particular time as set forth in this Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Member as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Member to comply with all terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Unrealized Gain ” attributable to any item of Company property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 3.4(d) ) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 3.4(d) as of such date).

Unrealized Loss ” attributable to any item of Company property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 3.4(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 3.4(d) ).

 

-13-


Unvested Series B Unit ” means a Series B Unit that is subject to any vesting or similar arrangement and has not become a Vested Series B Unit.

Vested Series B Unit ” means a Series B Unit that is vested, as determined in accordance with Section 7.2(b) .

Section 1.2. Other Definitions . Other terms defined herein have the meanings so given them.

Section 1.3. Construction . Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine, and neuter. All references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement, all references to “including” shall be construed as meaning “including without limitation” and all references to Exhibits are to Exhibits attached to this Agreement, each of which is made a part for all purposes.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OTHER MATTERS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Members have formed the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The Members have filed, on behalf of the Company, a Certificate conforming to the Act in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The rights and obligations of the Members and the administration and termination of the Company will be governed by this Agreement and the Act. This Agreement is the “limited liability company agreement” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(7) of the Act. To the extent that this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, this Agreement will control.

Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Company is “PBF Energy Company LLC” and the business of the Company shall be conducted under that name, or under any other name adopted by the Managing Member in accordance with the Act. Subject to the Act, the Managing Member may change the name of the Company (and amend this Agreement to reflect such change) at any time and from time to time without the consent of any other Person. Prompt notification of any such change shall be given to all Members.

Section 2.3. Limited Liability . The debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and a Member shall not be obligated personally for any of such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being a Member.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office in the United States; Other Offices . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered office designated in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent designated in the Certificate or such other Person or Persons as the

 

-14-


Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The registered office of the Company in the United States shall be at the place specified in the Certificate, or such other place(s) as the Managing Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Managing Member may determine appropriate.

Section 2.5. Purpose; Powers . The Company may carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted by the Act. The Company may engage in any and all activities necessary, desirable or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and except as prohibited by the Act, (i) the Company may, with the approval of the Managing Member, enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and instruments, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member and (ii) the Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member or Officer) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.

Section 2.6. Foreign Qualification . Prior to conducting business in any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to comply, to the extent procedures are available, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company in such jurisdiction. Each Member shall execute, acknowledge, swear to and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming to this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, or, as appropriate, to continue or terminate such qualification of, the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.

Section 2.7. Term . The Company commenced on the date the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and shall continue in existence until it is liquidated or dissolved in accordance with this Agreement and the Act.

Section 2.8. No State Law Partnership .

(a) The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member or Officer shall be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member or Officer by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as is set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.8(a) , and this Agreement shall not be construed to the contrary. The Members intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state or local income tax purposes, and each Member, Assignee and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

(b) So long as the Company is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, to ensure that Units are not traded on an established securities market within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(b) or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.7704-1(c), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) the Company shall not participate in the establishment of any such market or the inclusion of its Units thereon, and (ii) the Company shall not recognize any Transfer made on any such market by: (A) redeeming the Transferor Member (in the case of a redemption or repurchase by the Company); or (B) admitting the Transferee as a Member or otherwise recognizing any rights of the Transferee,

 

-15-


such as a right of the Transferee to receive Company distributions (directly or indirectly) or to acquire an interest in the capital or profits of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 2.8(b) shall be interpreted to prohibit a Disregarded Transfer.

Section 2.9. Admission . The Managing Member is hereby admitted as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and each Member of the Company immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement shall continue as a Member hereunder.

ARTICLE III

MEMBERS; CAPITALIZATION

Section 3.1. Members; Units .

(a) Limited Liability Company Interests . Interests in the Company shall be represented by Units, or such other Equity Securities in the Company, or such other Company securities, in each case as the Managing Member may establish in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms hereof. As of the Effective Date, the Units are comprised of four series: “Series A-1 Units,” “Series A-2 Units,” “Series B Units” and “Series C Units.”

(b) Schedule of Units; Schedule of Members . The Company shall maintain a schedule setting forth (i) the name and address of each Member, (ii) the number of Units (by series) owned by such Member, (iii) the aggregate number of outstanding Units by series (including rights, options or warrants convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Units), and (iv) the aggregate amount of cash Capital Contributions that have been made by each of the Members and the Fair Market Value of any property other than cash contributed by each of the Members with respect to such Units (including, if applicable, a description and the amount of any liability assumed by the Company or to which contributed property is subject) (such schedule, the “ Schedule of Members ”). The Schedule of Members shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit or other Equity Security in the Company and all relevant information with respect to each Member. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units or other Equity Securities in the Company for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units or other Equity Securities in the Company on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act.

(c) Reclassification . (i) The Series A Units (as defined in the Original LLC Agreement) held by the Blackstone Group and the First Reserve Group which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date are hereby reclassified into an equivalent number of Series A-1 Units, (ii) the Series A Units (as defined in the Original LLC Agreement) held by the Series A Members other than the Blackstone Group and the First Reserve Group which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date are hereby reclassified into an equivalent number of Series A-2 Units, and (iii) the Series A Units (as defined in the Original LLC Agreement) issuable upon exercise of any warrants or options outstanding on the Effective Date to purchase such Series A Units shall immediately be reclassified as Series A-2 Units upon issuance thereof. Upon consummation of any Sale Transfer and payment of all

 

-16-


amounts owed (if any) by the transferring Series A-1 Member to the Series B Members in accordance with Section 4.3 , Section 4.4 and any related provisions of this Agreement, the Series A-1 Units transferred to the transferee in such Sale Transfer shall immediately be reclassified into an equivalent number of Series A-2 Units.

(d) Series A-1 Members; Series A-1 Units . The Schedule of Members sets forth the identity of all of the Series A-1 Members and the number of Series A-1 Units held by each Series A-1 Member. From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall not issue any additional Series A-1 Units (or rights, options or warrants convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Series A-1 Units). In connection with the IPO and in accordance with Section 3.3 of this Agreement, certain Series A-1 Members have elected to cause a number of their Series A-1 Units to be sold to PBF Energy Inc. and reclassified into an equal number of Series C Units (the “ IPO Reclassification ”). The number of Series C Units deemed sold by each Series A-1 Member in connection with the IPO Reclassification (and the number of Series C Units, if any, deemed sold by the Series B Members in accordance with Section 3.3(b) of this Agreement upon the IPO Reclassification) is set forth on Schedule 3.1(d) attached hereto. Following the IPO, upon the Exchange contemplated by the Exchange Election, the Series A-1 Units covered by such Exchange Election shall be exchanged for Exchange Shares pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and, in connection with such Exchange, reclassified as Series C Units. Other than with respect to the rights of Series B Members to share in distributions that otherwise would be made to Series A-1 Members on account of their Series A-1 Units, the Series A-1 Units shall rank pari passu with, and have all the same rights (including the rights to share in Net Income and Net Loss or items thereof) and be subject to all of the same obligations, as the Series A-2 Units and the Series C Units.

(e) Series A-2 Members; Series A-2 Units . The Schedule of Members sets forth the identity of all of the Series A-2 Members and the number of Series A-2 Units held by each Series A-2 Member. Additional Series A-2 Units will be issued to Persons upon exercise of warrants or options outstanding on the Effective Date to purchase Series A Units, in accordance with the terms of the applicable instrument and as reflected on the Schedule of Members. From and after the Effective Date, except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or in connection with a reclassification in connection with a Sale Transfer as contemplated by Section 3.1(c), the Company shall not issue any additional Series A-2 Units (or rights, options or warrants convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Series A-2 Units). 1 Upon the Exchange contemplated by the Exchange Election, the Series A-2 Units covered by such Exchange Election shall be exchanged for Exchange Shares pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and, in connection with such Exchange, reclassified as Series C Units. The Series A-2 Units shall rank pari passu with, and have all the same rights (including the rights to share in Net Income and Net Loss or items thereof) and be subject to all of the same obligations, as the Series A-1 Units (except that the Series B Members will not have any right to share in amounts to be distributed to the Series A-2 Members) and the Series C Units.

 

 

1  

[Make conforming change if any Series A-2 Units will be sold in the IPO.]

 

-17-


(f) Series B Members; Series B Units .

(i) Series B Units shall be issuable only to Persons who are employed by or providing services to the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Schedule of Members set forth the identity of all of the Series B Members and the number of Series B Units held by each Series B Member on the Effective Date. From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall not issue any additional Series B Units. The maximum number of Series B Units that are authorized to be issued and outstanding at any time is 1,000,000 (the “ Maximum Series B Amount ”), all of which are issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date.

(ii) The Series B Units are intended to constitute “profits interests” within the meaning of Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43 (or the corresponding requirements of any subsequent guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable law). The Company and the Series B Members shall file all federal income tax returns consistent with such characterization.

(iii) The right of the Series B Members to receive distributions or payments from the Company or the Series A-1 Members, as applicable, and to share in Net Income, but not the Series B Units themselves to the extent such Units reflect the right to share in future distributions and Net Income, may be reclassified as Series C Units in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.3 hereof. The number of Series C Units, if any, deemed sold by the Series B Members in connection with the IPO Reclassification is set forth on Schedule 3.1(d) attached hereto.

(g) Series C Member; Series C Units . On the Effective Date hereof the Managing Member has acquired the number of Series C Units as set forth on the Schedule of Members. The Series C Units rank pari passu with, and have all the same rights (including the rights to share in Net Income and Net Loss or items thereof) and be subject to all of the same obligations as, the Series A-1 Units (except that the Series B Members will not have any right to share in amounts to be distributed to the Series C Members) and the Series A-2 Units.

Section 3.2. Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units . Subject to the limitations on issuing additional Series A-1 Units, Series A-2 Units or Series B Units set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, the Managing Member may issue additional Series C Units and/or establish and issue other Series of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities from time to time with such rights, obligations, powers, designations, preferences and other terms, which may be different from, including senior to, any then existing or future Series of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities, as the Managing Member shall determine from time to time, in its sole discretion, without the vote or consent of any other Member or any other Person, including (i) the right of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to share in Net Income and Net Loss or items thereof, (ii) the right of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to share in Company distributions, (iii) the rights of such Units, other Equity Securities or other Company securities upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company, (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Company may or shall be required to redeem such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities (including sinking fund

 

-18-


provisions), (v) whether such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities are issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, (vi) the terms and conditions upon which such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities will be issued, evidenced by certificates or assigned or transferred, (vii) the terms and conditions of the issuance of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities (including, without limitation, the amount and form of consideration, if any, to be received by the Company in respect thereof, the Managing Member being expressly authorized, in its sole discretion, to cause the Company to issue Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities for less than Fair Market Value), and (viii) the right, if any, of the holder of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to vote on Company matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities. The Managing Member, without the vote or consent of any other Member or any other Person but subject to Sections 3.1(d) and 3.1(e) , is authorized (i) to issue any Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities of any such newly established Series, and (ii) to amend this Agreement to reflect the creation of any such new series, the issuance of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities of such series, and the admission of any Person as a Member which has received Units or other Equity Securities of any such Series, in accordance with this Section 3.2 , 7.4 and 9.4 . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the Series A-1 Units, the Series A-2 Units, the Series B Units, the Series C Units and any other series of Units that may be established in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 3.3. Series A-1 Units/Series B Units - Reclassification, Exchange and Sale .

(a) General . Notwithstanding anything expressed or implied to the contrary in this Agreement (including Section 7.4 hereof), a Series A-1 Member may not Transfer, directly or indirectly, all or any portion of its Series A-1 Units (other than a Transfer of Series A-1 Units held by such Series A-1 Member to one or more Permitted Transferees) except solely in connection with (i) a Sale Transfer or (ii) a Transfer of such Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.3(b) . No Transfer of any Series A-1 Units by a Series A-1 Member to a Permitted Transferee shall effect a release of the transferring Series A-1 Member’s obligations under this Agreement to the Series B Members, and as a condition to such Transfer, each such Permitted Transferee shall expressly assume in writing all of the obligations of the transferring Series A-1 Member, whether arising prior to, on or after the date of Transfer, to the Series B Members.

(b) Sale Procedure .

(i) Step 1A . A Selling Series A-1 Member shall deliver to the Managing Member the written election of exchange (an “ Exchange Election ”) as contemplated by Section 2.1(b) of the Exchange Agreement. Upon the Exchange contemplated by an Exchange Election, the number of Series A-1 Units designated in the Exchange Election shall be reclassified into an equal number of Series C Units (such Series C Units, the “ Reclassified Units ”) and such Reclassified Units shall (A) be deemed to have been exchanged by the Selling Series A-1 Member and the Series B Members in accordance with Section 3.3(c) , and (B) be exchanged as contemplated by Step 2 and Step 3 below and the Exchange Agreement.

 

-19-


(ii) Step 1B . Upon receipt of an Exchange Election, the Managing Member shall deliver to the Series B Members (i) a copy of the Exchange Election, and (ii) a schedule (the “ Reclassification Schedule ”) setting forth the Exchange Value and a calculation based on such price of the number of Reclassified Units to be Exchanged by each of the Selling Series A-1 Member and the Series B Members.

(iii) Step 2 . The Reclassified Units shall be exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock (“ Exchange Shares ”) as contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, which Class A Common Stock shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to either the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership, as applicable.

(iv) Step 3 . Upon a sale of Exchange Shares by the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership, as applicable, the general partner of such partnership shall no later than the next Business Day notify the Managing Member of the amount of proceeds from the sale of such Exchange Shares, together with reasonable supporting documentation, and request from the Managing Member instructions regarding the amounts to be distributed to each of the Selling Series A-1 Members and, subject to Section 4.5 , the Series B Members in accordance with Section 4.3 , Section 4.4 and any other related provisions of this Agreement. The Managing Member shall, upon making such determination, notify the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership, as applicable, and the Series B Members of its determination of such amounts, and such amounts shall be paid (by wire transfer of immediately available funds) by the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership, as applicable, to the Series B Members on the sixth (6th) Business Day following receipt of such notification, provided that if either the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership, as applicable, or the Series B Members do not agree with the determination of the Managing Member and notifies the other and the Managing Member within such six-Business Day period, then such disagreement shall be resolved by the Independent Advisor in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of Section 7.2(d)(iii) . The general partner of the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership, as applicable, shall in turn inform the Managing Member of the amounts distributed pursuant to the previous sentence. For purposes of clarification, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the items of income, gain, loss and deduction and any assets of the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or of the First Reserve/Series B Partnership shall not be treated as items of income, gain, loss or deduction or assets of the Company, and any information provided to the Managing Member pursuant to the proceeding sentence shall be solely for the purpose of allowing the Managing Member to make such determinations as are relevant to the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Reclassified Series B Units . The number of Reclassified Units deemed Exchanged by the Series B Members (the “ Reclassified Series B Units ”) for purposes of applying Section 3.3(b)(iv) shall initially be equal to the total number of Reclassified Units Exchanged in

 

-20-


accordance with Step 1A multiplied by a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the amount that would be distributed to the Members holding Series B Units if the Exchange Value was distributed pursuant to Sections 4.3 and 4.4 (such amount, the “ Series B Exchange Value ”), and (2) the denominator of which is the Exchange Value, and be subject to adjustment in accordance with the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership, as applicable. In the event the Series B Members do not agree with the calculations set forth in the Reclassification Schedule or the determination of the Reclassified Series B Units or the Series B Exchange Value, the Series B Members shall have the right to have such disagreement resolved by the Independent Advisor in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of Section 7.2(d)(iii) . An example of the determination of the Reclassified Series B Units and Series B Exchange Value is attached hereto as Schedule 3.3(c) .

Section 3.4. Capital Account .

(a) The Managing Member shall maintain for each Member owning Units a separate Capital Account with respect to such Units in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Company with respect to such Units pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items of Company income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 3.4(b) and allocated with respect to such Units pursuant to Section 5.1 , and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Fair Market Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Units pursuant to this Agreement and (y) all items of Company deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 3.4(b) and allocated with respect to such Units pursuant to Section 5.1 . The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. In the event the Managing Member shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts or any adjustments thereto (including, without limitation, adjustments relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Company or any Members) are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the Managing Member, without the consent of any other Person, may make such modification, notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributed or distributable to any Person pursuant to ARTICLE VII hereof upon the dissolution of the Company.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction, which is to be allocated pursuant to ARTICLE V and is to be reflected in the Members’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 3.4 , the Company shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the Managing Member) of all property owned by any partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, of which the Company is, directly or indirectly, a partner (in the case of a partnership) or owner (in the case of a disregarded entity).

 

-21-


(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Company and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(iii) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Company property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Company’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

(iv) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined in the manner described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Company were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 3.4(d) to the Carrying Value of any Adjusted Property that is subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined in the manner described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) and 1.704-3(a)(6)(i) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment; provided , however , that, if the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined using any method that the Managing Member may adopt.

(c) A transferee of Units shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Units so transferred.

(d) In addition, the following shall apply:

(i) In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Units for cash or Contributed Property and the issuance of Units as consideration for the provision of services, the Capital Account of all Members and the Carrying Value of each Company property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Members at such time pursuant to Section 5.1 in

 

-22-


the same manner as a corresponding item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Company assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Units shall be determined by the Managing Member using such method of valuation as it may adopt; provided , however , that the Managing Member, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the fair market value of the Units of all Members at such time. The Managing Member shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Company (in such manner as it determines) to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Member of any Company property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Unit), the Capital Accounts of all Members and the Carrying Value of all Company property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated to the Members, at such time, pursuant to Section 5.1 in the same manner as a corresponding item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Company assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to ARTICLE VII or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 3.4(d) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to ARTICLE VII , be determined and allocated by the Person winding up the Company pursuant to Section 7.3(b) using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.4(d)(i) and Section 3.4(d)(ii) , the Managing Member may make the required adjustments immediately after the applicable events described in Section 3.4(d)(i) and Section 3.4(d)(ii) upon the exercise of any noncompensatory warrants to acquire Series A Units.

(iv) The Managing Member may make the adjustments described in this Section 3.4(d) in the manner set forth therein if the Managing Member determines that such adjustments are necessary or useful to effectuate the intended economic arrangement among the Members, including Members who received Units in connection with the performance of services to or for the benefit of the Company.

(e) Notwithstanding anything expressed or implied to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Managing Member shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to effectuate the intended economic sharing arrangement of the Members, the Managing Member may make such modification, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, without the consent of any other Person.

 

-23-


Section 3.5. No Withdrawal . No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contributions or Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

Section 3.6. Loans From Members . Loans by Members to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Member shall loan funds to the Company, then the making of such loans shall not result in any increase in the Capital Account balance of such Member. The amount of any such loans shall be a debt of the Company to such Member and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such loans are made.

Section 3.7. No Right of Partition . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Member shall have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of law of any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, be entitled to distributions of specific assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 3.8. Non-Certification of Units; Legend; Units are Securities .

(a) Units shall be issued in non-certificated form; provided that the Managing Member may cause the Company to issue certificates to a Member representing the Units held by such Member.

(b) If the Managing Member determines that the Company shall issue certificates representing Units to any Member, the following provisions of this Section 3.8 shall apply:

(i) The Company shall issue one or more certificates in the name of such Person in such form as it may approve, subject to Section 3.8(b)(ii) (a “ Membership Interest Certificate ”), which shall evidence the ownership of the Units represented thereby. Each such Membership Interest Certificate shall be denominated in terms of the number of Units evidenced by such Membership Interest Certificate and shall be signed by the Managing Member or an Officer on behalf of the Company.

(ii) Each Membership Interest Certificate shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES A SERIES [            ] UNIT REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC AND SHALL CONSTITUTE A “SECURITY” WITHIN THE MEANING OF, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, (I) ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE (INCLUDING SECTION 8-102(A)(15) THEREOF) AS IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND (II) THE CORRESPONDING PROVISIONS OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION THAT NOW OR HEREAFTER SUBSTANTIALLY INCLUDES THE 1994 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE

 

-24-


8 THEREOF AS ADOPTED BY THE AMERICAN LAW INSTITUTE AND THE NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF COMMISSIONERS ON UNIFORM STATE LAWS AND APPROVED BY THE AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION ON FEBRUARY 14, 1995.

THE INTERESTS IN PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF PBF ENERGY COMPANY LLC, DATED AS OF [            ], 2012, BY AND AMONG EACH OF THE MEMBERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY THERETO, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

(iii) Each Unit shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and shall be governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) the corresponding provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

(iv) The Company shall issue a new Membership Interest Certificate in place of any Membership Interest Certificate previously issued if the holder of the Units represented by such Membership Interest Certificate, as reflected on the books and records of the Company:

(A) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that such previously issued Membership Interest Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed;

(B) requests the issuance of a new Membership Interest Certificate before the Company has notice that such previously issued Membership Interest Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(C) if requested by the Company, delivers to the Company such security, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, as the Managing Member may direct, to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the previously issued Membership Interest Certificate; and

(D) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Company.

 

-25-


(v) Upon a Member’s Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement of any or all Units represented by a Membership Interest Certificate, the Transferee of such Units shall deliver such Membership Interest Certificate, duly endorsed for Transfer by the Transferee, to the Company for cancellation, and the Company shall thereupon issue a new Membership Interest Certificate to such Transferee for the number of Units being Transferred and, if applicable, cause to be issued to such Transferring Member a new Membership Interest Certificate for the number of Units that were represented by the canceled Membership Interest Certificate and that are not being Transferred.

Section 3.9. Outside Activities of the Members . Any Member or any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest. Neither the Company nor any of the other Members shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any other Member.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.1. Determination of Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the Members, after Tax Distributions are made pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof, when and in such amounts as determined by the Managing Member, in accordance with Section 4.2 , Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 hereof.

Section 4.2. Sharing of Distributions – General . All amounts to be distributed by the Managing Member pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be distributed to (a) the Series A-1 Members (pro rata in accordance with their Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentages and to be further shared with the Series B Members in accordance with Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 ), (b) the Series A-2 Members (pro rata in accordance with their Series A-2 Unit Sharing Percentages), (c) the Series C Members (pro rata to their ownership of such Units) and (d) the Other Members (to be distributed among them in accordance with the terms of the applicable Units or Equity Securities), pro rata in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

Section 4.3. Sharing of Distributions – Series A-1 Members and Series B Members . Subject to the operating rules for Series A-1 Members and Series B Members set forth in Section 4.4 , amounts to be distributed to the Series A-1 Members pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof shall be shared with the Series B Members and distributed to the Series A-1 Members and the Series B Members in the following manner:

(a) To the extent that the amount distributed or to be distributed is less than or equal to 1.0 times the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Series A-1 Members, 100% to the Series A-1 Members until each Series A-1 Member has received distributions pursuant to this Section 4.3 at least equal to such Series A-1 Member’s Capital Contribution;

(b) If the amount to be distributed to the Series A-1 Members pursuant to this Section 4.3 is greater than 1.0 times but less than or equal to 1.5 times the aggregate Capital

 

-26-


Contributions of the Series A-1 Members, (i) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% until each Series A-1 Member has received distributions pursuant to this Section 4.3 at least equal to such Series A-1 Member’s Capital Contribution, then (ii) (A) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% minus the percentage determined pursuant to clause (B), and (B) to the Series B Members, 2% multiplied by the lesser of (x) 1.0 and (y) the fraction obtained by dividing (aa) the amount of such distributions, expressed as a multiple of such Capital Contributions, minus 1.0, by (bb) 0.5 (such that, if the distributions to the Series A-1 Members were 1.5 times such Capital Contributions, the Series A-1 Members would receive 98% and the Series B Members would receive 2% pursuant to this Section 4.3(b)(ii) );

(c) If the amount to be distributed to the Series A-1 Members pursuant to this Section 4.3 is greater than 1.5 times but less than or equal to 2.0 times the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Series A-1 Members, (i) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% until each Series A-1 Member has received distributions pursuant to this Section 4.3 at least equal to such Series A-1 Member’s Capital Contribution, then (ii) (A) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% minus the percentage determined pursuant to clause (B), and (B) to the Series B Members, (x) 2% plus (y) 4% multiplied by the lesser of (aa) 1.0 and (bb) the fraction obtained by dividing (1) the amount of distributions, expressed as a multiple of such Capital Contributions, minus 1.5, by (2) 0.5 (such that, if the distributions to the Series A-1 Members were 2.0 times such Capital Contributions, the Series A-1 Members would receive 94% and the Series B Members would receive 6% pursuant to this Section 4.3(c)(ii)) ;

(d) If the amount to be distributed to the Series A-1 Members pursuant to this Section 4.3 is greater than 2.0 times but less than or equal to 2.5 times the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Series A-1 Members, (i) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% until each Series A-1 Member has received distributions pursuant to this Section 4.3 at least equal to such Series A-1 Member’s Capital Contribution, then (ii) (A) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% minus the percentage determined pursuant to clause (B), and (B) to the Series B Members, (x) 6% plus (y) 1% multiplied by the lesser of (aa) 1.0 and (bb) the fraction obtained by dividing (1) the amount of distributions, expressed as a multiple of such Capital Contributions, minus 2.0, by (2) 0.5 (such that, if the distributions to the Series A-1 Members were 2.5 times such Capital Contributions, the Series A-1 Members would receive 93% and the Series B Members would receive 7% pursuant to this Section 4.3(d)(ii)) ;

(e) If the amount to be distributed to the Series A-1 Members pursuant to this Section 4.3 is greater than 2.5 times but less than or equal to 3.0 times the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Series A-1 Members, (i) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% until each Series A-1 Member has received distributions pursuant to this Section 4.3 at least equal to such Series A-1 Member’s Capital Contribution, then (ii) to the Series A-1 Member, 100% minus the percentage determined pursuant to clause (B), and (B) to the Series B Members, (x) 7% plus (y) 1% multiplied by the lesser of (aa) 1.0 and (bb) the fraction obtained by dividing (1) the amount of distributions, expressed as a multiple of such Capital Contributions, minus 2.5, by (2) 0.5 (such that, if the distributions to the Series A-1 Members were 3.0 times such Capital Contributions, the Series A-1 Members would receive 92% and the Series B Members would receive 8% pursuant to this Section 4.3(e)(ii)) ; and

 

-27-


(f) If the amount to be distributed to the Series A-1 Members pursuant to this Section 4.3 is greater than 3.0 times but less than or equal to 4.0 times the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Series A-1 Members, (i) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% until each Series A-1 Member has received distributions pursuant to this Section 4.3 at least equal to such Series A-1 Member’s Capital Contribution, then (ii) to the Series A-1 Member, 100% minus the percentage determined pursuant to clause (B), and (B) to the Series B Members, (x) 8% plus (y) 2% multiplied by the lesser of (aa) 1.0 and (bb) the fraction obtained by dividing (1) the amount of distributions, expressed as a multiple of such Capital Contributions, minus 3.0, by (2) 0.5 (such that, if the distributions to the Series A-1 Members were 4.0 times such Capital Contributions, the Series A-1 Members would receive 90% and the Series B Members would receive 10% pursuant to this Section 4.3(f)(ii)) ; and

(g) If the amount to be distributed to the Series A-1 Members pursuant to this Section 4.3 is greater than 4.0 times the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Series A-1 Members, (i) to the Series A-1 Members, 100% until each Series A-1 Member has received distributions pursuant to this Section 4.3 at least equal to such Series A-1 Member’s Capital Contribution, then (ii) 90% to the Series A-1 Members and 10% to the Series B Members.

(h) The table set forth below illustrates the amount of “Gross MOIC” required for the Series A-1 Members to receive the amount of distributions to be distributed pursuant to this Section 4.3 , expressed as multiple of the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Series A-1 Members under the corresponding “Net Trigger” column:

 

           

Total

Series A-1
and Series B

     Total
Series A-1
     Series B
Proceeds
 
Gross    Net      Proceeds      Proceeds      Total      % of  

MOIC

   Trigger      ($mm)      ($mm)      Proceeds      Gain  

0.000x

     0.000x       $ 0.0       $ 0.0       $ 0.0         0.0

1.510x

     1.500x       $ 1,510.2       $ 1,500.0       $ 10.2         2.0

2.064x

     2.000x       $ 2,063.8       $ 2,000.0       $ 63.8         6.0

2.613x

     2.500x       $ 2,612.9       $ 2,500.0       $ 112.9         7.0

3.174x

     3.000x       $ 3,173.9       $ 3,000.0       $ 173.9         8.0

4.333x

     4.000x       $ 4,333.3       $ 4,000.0       $ 333.3         10.0

Note: Assumes $1,000.0 million of aggregate Capital Contributions for the Series A-1 Members.

The term “Gross MOIC” means an amount equal to the amount of distributions divided by the aggregate Capital Contributions of the Series A-1 Members.

 

-28-


Section 4.4. Series A-1 Member and Series B Member Operating Rules .

The determination of the amounts to be distributed to the Series A-1 Members and the Series B Members pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be made in accordance with, and shall be adjusted to the extent required by, the provisions of this Section 4.4 :

(a) All distributions pursuant to Section 4.3 to the Series A-1 Members shall initially be made pro rata in accordance with their Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentages; provided , however , that the calculations made pursuant to Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 and the distributions made (or deemed to be made) to each of the Series A-1 Members shall be calculated as if each such Series A-1 Member were the only Series A-1 Member. All distributions to the Series B Members shall be made pro rata in accordance with their Series B Unit Sharing Percentages. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the number of outstanding Series B Units is less than the Maximum Series B Unit Amount, then the amount to be distributed to the outstanding Series B Units shall be reduced proportionately, and the amounts that would have been distributed with respect to the outstanding Series B Units absent this restriction shall instead be distributed among the Series A-1 Members pro rata in accordance with their Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentages.

(b) All amounts received, directly or indirectly, by a Series A-1 Member and the Series B Members (and each of their Successors in Interest and Permitted Transferees) in connection with this Agreement, including (i) upon the sale of, or as a result of the ownership of, shares of Class A Common Stock of PBF Energy Inc. following an exchange of Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and as contemplated by Section 3.3(b) hereof, including a sale by the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership , as applicable , (ii) upon any Sale Transfer or other Transfer by the Series A-1 Member of Series A-1 Units to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee, (iii) pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, (iv) as a result of any assignment or transfer of any rights, interests or entitlements under the Tax Receivable Agreement or (v) otherwise as a result of such Member’s ownership of Series A-1 Units or Series B Units, as applicable, shall be distributed, and treated as a distribution, pursuant to Section 4.3 (including for purposes of satisfying the applicable sharing thresholds of the Series B Members pursuant to Section 4.3 ). In the event of an in-kind distribution that is a Sale Transfer, the amounts received are deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Units on the date of such distribution. Any payments required to be made to the Series B Members by the Series A-1 Members, the Blackstone/Series B Partnership or the First Reserve/Series B Partnership, as applicable, shall be made in cash.

(c) All amounts previously distributed or to be distributed pursuant to Section 4.3 (including all amounts deemed distributed pursuant to Section 4.4(b) ) shall be treated as being distributed in a single distribution. Accordingly, if one or more distributions to any of the Series A-1 Members are made or are deemed to have been made pursuant hereto (collectively, the “ Cumulative Distributions ”), the Series B Members shall be entitled to share in the proceeds of such Cumulative Distributions at the highest sharing percentage allocated to the Series B Units pursuant to any distribution tranche set forth in Section 4.3 (the “ Cumulative Participation Rate ”). In the event that the Series B Members have received distributions at a sharing percentage other than the Series B Members’ Cumulative Participation Rate, the Series B Members shall be entitled to receive from the Company or the Series A-1 Members, as applicable, all amounts to be distributed pursuant to Section 4.3 (including for this purpose all amounts that, pursuant to Section 4.4(b) , are treated as deemed distributed pursuant to Section 4.3 ) until the Series B Members have received the difference between (x) the proceeds of such

 

-29-


Cumulative Distributions required to be distributed to such the Series B Members pursuant to this Section 4.4(c) and (y)  the proceeds of all prior distributions actually received by the Series B Members, and each of the Series A-1 Members agrees to make, and to direct the Company and/or PBF Energy Inc. (if applicable) to make, such payments (on its behalf) to the Series B Members as may be required to accomplish the foregoing.

(d) Any amounts distributed to the Series A-1 Members and the Series B Members pursuant to Section 4.7 shall be further distributed to the Series A-1 Members and the Series B Members pro rata to the amount of taxable income allocated or to be allocated to each such Member pursuant to ARTICLE V. Amounts distributed to any Member pursuant to this Section 4.4(d) will be treated as an advance on and shall reduce further distributions to which such Member otherwise would be entitled under Sections 3.3 , 4.3 and 4.4 of this Agreement.

Section 4.5. Unvested Units .

(a) To the extent that any amounts, other than a Tax Distribution, are to be made or paid to a Series A-2 Member in respect of any unvested Units, such amounts shall be set aside by the Company for such Series A-2 Member to be distributed or paid to such Series A-2 Member at the time that such Unit ceases to be an unvested Unit. To the extent that any such unvested Units shall be forfeited by or repurchased from such Series A-2 Member without having ceased to be an unvested Unit, such amounts shall be distributed or paid to the Members in accordance with Section 4.2 .

(b) To the extent that any amounts, other than a Tax Distribution, are to be made or paid to a Series B Member in respect of any unvested Units (including pursuant to Sections 3.3 , 4.3 and 4.4 ), such amounts shall be set aside by the Company or the Series A-1 Members, as applicable, for such Series B Member to be distributed or paid to such Series B Member at the time that such Unit ceases to be an unvested Unit. To the extent that any such unvested Units shall be forfeited by or repurchased from such Series B Member without having ceased to be an unvested Unit, such amounts shall be distributed or paid to the Series A-1 Members pro rata in accordance with their Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentages.

Section 4.6. Successors . For purposes of determining the amount of distributions under Section 4.1 , each Member shall be treated as having made the Capital Contributions and as having received the distributions made to or received by its predecessors in respect of any of such Member’s Units.

Section 4.7. Tax Distributions . Subject to Section 4.4(d) and Section 4.9 and to any restrictions contained in any agreement to which the Company is bound, no later than the tenth day following the end of the Quarterly Estimated Tax Period in the case of the first three Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods of each calendar year, and no later than twenty days prior to the end of the Quarterly Estimated Tax Period in the case of the last Quarterly Estimated Tax Period of each calendar year, the Company shall, to the extent of available cash and borrowings of the Company, make a distribution in cash (each, a “ Tax Distribution ”) to the Members pro rata in accordance with their Percentage Interests (as contemplated by Section 4.2 ) in effect with respect to such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period, in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the product of (A) the taxable income of the Company attributable to such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period and

 

-30-


all prior Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods in such calendar year, based upon information available to the Company and adjusted to take into account good faith projections by the Company of taxable income or loss for the remainder of the calendar year, multiplied by (B) the Assumed Tax Rate, over (ii) distributions made by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.7 with respect to such calendar year; provided , however , that if the Tax Distributions made during a calendar year are less than the product of (x) the actual taxable income of the Company for the calendar year (calculated as described in the last sentence of this Section 4.7 ) multiplied by (y) the Assumed Tax Rate, the Company shall, to the extent of available cash and borrowings of the Company, make a “true up” Tax Distribution with respect to such calendar year equal to such difference no later than March 15 of the following year. The Managing Member shall use conventions similar to those adopted pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of this Agreement to determine the Percentage Interests of the Members with respect to a Quarterly Estimated Tax Period. For the avoidance of doubt, Tax Distributions shall be made only with respect to taxable income earned by the Company (as opposed to income recognized by any Member with respect to the vesting of such Member’s Units). For purposes of clauses (i)(A) and (x) above, the taxable income of the Company shall be determined by disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any Member that arises under Section 743(b) of the Code and is attributable to the acquisition by such Member of an interest in the Company in a transaction described in Section 743(a) of the Code.

Section 4.8. Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Managing Member is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Company to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Company is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Member (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the Managing Member may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to this Article IV in the amount of such withholding from such Member. Each Member hereby agrees, to the maximum extent permitted by law, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other Members from and against any liability, claim or expense (including, without limitation, any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax or interest) with respect to any tax withholdings made or required to be made on behalf of or with respect to such Member. In the event the Company is liquidated and a liability or claim is asserted against, or expense borne by, the Company or any Member for tax withholdings made or required to be made, such person shall have the right to be reimbursed from the Member on whose behalf such tax withholding was made or required to be made.

Section 4.9. Limitation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company, and the Managing Member on behalf of the Company, shall not be required to make a distribution (a) if such distribution to any Member or Assignee would violate the Act or other applicable law, or (b) in any form other than cash.

 

-31-


ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS

Section 5.1. Allocations for Capital Account Purposes .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Net Income and Net Losses (and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Company) shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member after giving effect to the Special Allocations set forth in Section 5.1(b) is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made pursuant to Section 7.3 if the Company were dissolved (taking into account, for purposes of applying this Section 5.1(a) , the manner in which any amounts would be shared as between the Series A-1 Members and the Series B Members, as contemplated by Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 of this Agreement), its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Carrying Value, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Carrying Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Company were distributed to the Members pursuant to this Agreement, minus (ii) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets.

(b) Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1 , the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:

(i) Company Minimum Gain Chargeback . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1 , if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Company taxable period, each Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 5.1(b) , each Member’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income and gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(iii) and Section 5.1(b)(vi) ). This Section 5.1(b)(i) is intended to comply with the Company Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Chargeback of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.1 (other than Section 5.1(b)(i) ), except as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Company taxable period, any Member with a share of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 5.1(b) , each Member’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income and gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) , other than Section 5.1(b)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i)(v) and (b)(i)(vi) , with respect to such taxable period. This Section 5.1(b)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

-32-


(iii) Qualified Income Offset . In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), or (6), items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible, unless such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) or (ii) . This Section 5.1(b)(iii) is intended to qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iv) Gross Income Allocations . In the event any Member has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Company taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Member is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Member is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 5.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.1(b)(iv) were not in this Agreement.

(v) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, and then further allocated among the Series A-1 Members and the Series B Members as follows: 98% to the Series A-1 Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentages and 2% to the Series B Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Series B Unit Sharing Percentages. If the Managing Member determines that the Company’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the Managing Member is authorized, upon notice to the other Members, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

(vi) Member Nonrecourse Deductions . Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Member that bears the “Economic Risk of Loss” (as defined in the Treasury Regulations) with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, such Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Members in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

 

-33-


(vii) Nonrecourse Liabilities . Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Company described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, and then further allocated among the Series A-1 Members and the Series B Members as follows: 98% to the Series A-1 Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentages and 2% to the Series B Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Series B Unit Sharing Percentages.

(viii) Code Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

(ix) Deficit Capital Accounts . No Member shall be required to pay to the Company, to any other Member or to any third party any deficit balance which may exist from time to time in the Member’s Capital Account.

Section 5.2. Allocations for Tax Purposes .

(a) The income, gains, losses and deductions of the Company shall be allocated for federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Members in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses and deductions among the Members for purposes of computing their Capital Accounts; except that if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, then the Company’s subsequent income, gains, losses and deductions for tax purposes shall be allocated among the Members so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Members as follows:

(i) (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Members in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1 .

(ii) (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1) first, be allocated among the Members in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c)

 

-34-


of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(i) or Section 3.4(c)(ii) , and (2) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Members in a manner consistent with Section 5.2(b)(i)(A) ; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1 .

(iii) In order to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to use the “traditional method” described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b).

(c) For purposes of determining the items of Company income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit allocable to any Member with respect to any period, such items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the Managing Member using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Tax credits, tax credit recapture and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Members according to their interests in such items as reasonably determined by the Managing Member taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) and 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi). Any recapture of depreciation or any other items of deduction shall be allocated in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1254-5 to the Member that received the benefits of such depreciation or deduction.

(e) Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.2 are solely for the purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Income, Loss, distributions or other Company items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(f) For the proper administration of the Company, the Managing Member shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including, without limitation, gross income) or deductions; (iii) without the consent of any other Person being required, amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code; and (iv) adopt and employ such methods for (A) the maintenance of capital accounts for book and tax purposes, (B) the determination and allocation of adjustments under Sections 734 and 743 of the Code, (C) the determination and allocation of taxable income, tax loss and items thereof under this Agreement and pursuant to the Code, (D) the determination of the identities and tax classification of Members, (E) the provision of tax information and reports to the Members, (F) the adoption of reasonable conventions and methods for the valuation of assets and the determination of tax basis, (G) the allocation of asset values and tax basis, (H) the adoption and maintenance of accounting methods, (I) the recognition of the transfer of Units and (J) tax compliance and other tax-related requirements, including without limitation, the use of computer software, as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary and appropriate to execute the provisions of this Agreement and to comply with federal, state and local tax law. The Managing Member may adopt such conventions and make such allocations as

 

-35-


provided in this Section 5.2(f) without the consent of a Member only if such conventions or allocations would not have a material adverse effect on such affected Member, the holders of any one or more Series of Units issued and outstanding or the Company, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

Section 5.3. Members’ Tax Reporting . The Members acknowledge and are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made pursuant to this ARTICLE V and, except as may otherwise be required by applicable law or regulatory requirements, hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this ARTICLE V in reporting their shares of Company income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for federal, state and local income tax purposes.

Section 5.4. Certain Costs and Expenses . The Company shall (i) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company, and (ii) reimburse the Managing Member for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by it in connection with serving as the Managing Member. To the extent that the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the Managing Member that are conducted through the Company and/or its subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Company and/or its subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the Managing Member), the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear all expenses of the Managing Member, including, without suggesting any limitation of any kind, costs of securities offerings not borne directly by Members, board of directors compensation and meeting costs, cost of periodic reports to its stockholders, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs and franchise taxes, provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of the Managing Member.

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT

Section 6.1. Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties .

(a) Authority of Managing Member . The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the Managing Member, which may from time to time delegate authority to Officers or to others to act on behalf of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(a) , the Managing Member shall have the sole power to manage or cause the management of the Company, including the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity.

(b) Other Members . No Member who is not also a Managing Member, in his or her or its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units, other Equity Securities in the Company, or the

 

-36-


fact of a Member’s admission as a member of the Company do not confer any rights upon the Members to participate in the management of the affairs of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, no Member who is not also a Managing Member shall have any right to vote on any matter involving the Company, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Company, or any other matter that a Member might otherwise have the ability to vote or consent with respect to under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise. The conduct, control and management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Managing Member. In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Company, the decision of the Managing Member shall be the decision of the Company. Except as required by law or expressly provided in Section 6.1(c) or by separate agreement with the Company, no Member who is not also a Managing Member (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the management or control of the operation or business of the Company in its capacity as a Member, nor shall any Member who is not also a Managing Member (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Company in his or her or its capacity as a Member in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Company or of any other Member.

(c) Delegation by Managing Member . The Company may employ one or more Members from time to time, and such Members, in their capacity as employees or agents of the Company (and not, for clarity, in their capacity as Members of the Company), may take part in the control and management of the business of the Company to the extent such authority and power to act for or on behalf of the Company has been delegated to them by the Managing Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Managing Member shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons the Managing Member’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents and employees of a Member or the Company (including Officers), and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other Persons. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member or Officer) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.

Section 6.2. Officers .

(a) Designation and Appointment . The Managing Member shall appoint officers of the Company. All such officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, shall be referred to herein as “Officers.” Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

(b) Duty of Officers . The Chief Executive Officer and the other Officers shall carry on the day-to-day activities of the Company and shall have such powers, authority and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to specific provisions included in this Agreement, the By-Laws of PBF Energy Inc. and any Employment Agreement and as may otherwise be prescribed by the Managing Member or the Chief Executive Officer.

(c) Term of Office . If not otherwise provided for in an Employment Agreement, the Chief Executive Officer and other Officers shall hold his office for such term as determined from time to time by the Managing Member. If not otherwise provided for in a Employment Agreement, any Officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Managing Member. A vacancy in the office of the Chief Executive Officer shall be filled by the Managing Member and of any other Officer by the Chief Executive Officer, after consultation with the Managing Member.

 

-37-


(d) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers, authority and duties set forth in this Agreement or an Employment Agreement or otherwise vested in them by the Managing Member, are agents of the Company for the purposes of the Company’s business and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

Section 6.3. Liability of Members .

(a) No Personal Liability . Except as otherwise required by applicable law and as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no Member shall have any personal liability whatsoever in such Person’s capacity as a Member, whether to the Company, to any of the other Members, to the creditors of the Company or to any other third party, for the debts, liabilities, commitments or any other obligations of the Company or for any losses of the Company. Except as otherwise required by the Act, each Member shall be liable only to make such Member’s Capital Contribution to the Company, if applicable, and the other payments provided for expressly herein.

(b) Return of Distributions . In accordance with the Act and the laws of the State of Delaware, a Member may, under certain circumstances, be required to return amounts previously distributed to such Member. It is the intent of the Members that no distribution to any Member pursuant to ARTICLE IV shall be deemed a return of money or other property paid or distributed in violation of the Act. The payment of any such money or distribution of any such property to a Member shall be deemed to be a compromise within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Act, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Member receiving any such money or property shall not be required to return any such money or property to the Company or any other Person. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Member is obligated to make any such payment, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Member and not of any other Member.

(c) No Duties . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, the parties hereby agree that the Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member), shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, owe no duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, the other Members or any other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 6.3(c) shall eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Member (including without limitation, the Managing Member) has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, to another Member or to another Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, the Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member) acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Company, to any such other Member or to any such other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Member (including without limitation, the Managing Member) otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace to that extent

 

-38-


such other duties and liabilities of the Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member) relating thereto. The Managing Member may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors and any act or omission suffered or taken by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company or in furtherance of the interests of the Company in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the Managing Member will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise applicable provision of law or equity, whenever in this Agreement the Managing Member is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Managing Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or the other Members, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another expressed standard, the Managing Member shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.

Section 6.4. Indemnification by the Company .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its acting in the capacity that gave rise to its status as an Indemnitee; provided , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.4 , the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company, it being agreed that the Managing Member shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 6.4(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Company of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 6.4 .

(c) The rights provided by this Section 6.4 shall be deemed contract rights and shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement,

 

-39-


pursuant to any vote of the holders of the Membership Interests, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries and such other Persons as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Company’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Company, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 6.4 , the Company shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 6.4(a) ; and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Company.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Members to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.4 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 6.4 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.4 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, nor the obligations of the Company to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 6.5. Liability of Indemnitees .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company, the Members or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Company, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred

 

-40-


as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and nonappealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) The Managing Member may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the Managing Member shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the Managing Member in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to the Members, the Managing Member and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Company’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Company or to any Member for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.5 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 6.5 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 6.6. Investment Representations of Members . Each Member hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company that: (a) such Member has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company and is making an informed investment decision with respect thereto; (b) such Member is acquiring interests in the Company for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution to the public or public offering thereof; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by such Member.

ARTICLE VII

WITHDRAWAL; DISSOLUTION; TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS;

ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS

Section 7.1. Member Withdrawal . No Member shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign or be expelled from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company except pursuant to a Transfer permitted under this Agreement.

Section 7.2. Vesting; Redemption/Forfeiture of Series B Units .

(a) General . All Transferees of holders of Series B Units shall be subject to this Section 7.2 regardless of the fact that any such Transferee is not an employee of or other service provider of the Company (i.e., if the employment or service of the Series B Member who Transferred the Series B Units to such Transferee is terminated, this Section 7.2 shall apply to such Series B Units regardless of their ownership).

 

-41-


(b) Vesting Schedule . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and the Series B Member, twenty-five percent (25%) of the Series B Units granted to a Series B Member pursuant to this Agreement became Vested Series B Units immediately upon the Grant Date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the Series B Units granted to a Series B Member becomes Vested Series B Units in equal annual installments over the three-year period following the Grant Date, subject to the continued employment or service of such Series B Member by the Company or any of its Affiliates through each applicable vesting date. Except as otherwise provided for herein, any Series B Units that have not become Vested Series B Units prior to a Series B Member’s termination of employment or service with the Company or any of its Affiliates for any reason shall be forfeited as of such termination date; provided , however , that if a Series B Member’s employment or service terminates due to death or Disability, such Series B Member’s Unvested Series B Units shall become Vested Series B Units upon the termination date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the continued employment or service of a Series B Member by the Company or any of its Affiliates, any Unvested Series B Units granted to a Series B Member, to the extent not previously forfeited, shall become Vested Series B Units upon the occurrence of the following: (i) a Liquidation Event or (ii) a Transfer to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee in a single transaction or a series of related transactions of more than 60% of the Series A Units.

(c) Unit Redemption/Forfeiture .

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a Series B Member’s employment or service is terminated by the Company for Cause, all Vested Series B Units and Unvested Series B Units held by such Series B Member shall automatically be forfeited to the Series A-1 Members at the date of such termination without further action on the part of the Company or such Series B Member.

(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a Series B Member’s employment or service with the Company terminates and the Managing Member determines that Cause exists or existed on, prior to, or after such termination (including without limitation by virtue of a material breach of an obligation to the Company under this Agreement or any Employment Agreement after such termination) the percentage of Series B Units held by such Series B Member shall be reduced to 0% and all Series B Units held by such Series B Member or his direct or indirect Transferees shall automatically be forfeited to the Series A-1 Members without further action on the part of the Series A-1 Members, the Company or such employee.

(iii) If a Series B Member’s employment or service with the Company and its Affiliates terminates due to the Disability or death of the Series B Member, the Series B Member shall have the right (the “ Put Right ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 7.2(c) , for one year following the Series B Member’s termination date, to sell to the Series A-1 Members, and each of the Series A-1 Members shall be required to purchase (subject to the provisions of this Section 7.2(c) ), severally and pro rata in accordance with their respective Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentages, on one occasion from the Series B

 

-42-


Member, all of the Series B Member’s Series B Units at a price per Series B Unit equal to the Fair Market Value of such Units (measured as of the purchase date); provided that the Put Right may not be exercised with respect to a Series B Unit until 181 days following the date on which such Series B Unit became a Vested Series B Unit. If the Series B Member desires to exercise its option to require the Company to repurchase his Series B Units pursuant to this Section 7.2(c) , the Series B Member shall provide written notice (the date such notice is received, the “ Put Notice Date ”) to the Managing Member setting forth the Series B Member’s intention to sell all of his or their Series B Units pursuant to this Section 7.2(c)(iii) (the “ Death/Disability Put Notice ”), and the Managing Member shall promptly thereafter deliver a copy of such Death/Disability Put Notice to each of the Series A-1 Members.

(iv) Provided the Managing Member in consultation with the Executive Chairman, on a case by case basis, so permits, if a Series B Member’s employment or service with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) by the Series B Member for Good Reason, all or a portion of the Unvested Series B Units, if any, held by such Series B Member may vest.

(v) If a Series B Member’s employment or service with the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than (x) by the Company (or one of its Affiliates) for Cause or (y) due to the death, Disability or retirement (with the consent of the Managing Member) of a Series B Member (each such event, a “ Call Event ”), the Series A-1 Members, pro rata in accordance with their respective Series A-1 Unit Sharing Percentages or such other percentage as agreed upon by the Series A-1 Members, shall have the right (the “ Call Right ”), but not the obligation, to purchase, from time to time after such Call Event, for a period of 180 days (or such longer period as is necessary in order to avoid the application of adverse accounting treatment to the Company) following the later of (A) the termination date and (B) the 181st day following the date on which the Series B Units become Vested Series B Units (such period, the “ Call Option Period ”), all (or any portion) of the Vested Series B Units held by such Series B Member. To exercise the Call Right with respect to the Series B Member, the Series A-1 Members shall deliver to the Series B Member prior to the expiration of the Call Option Period, a written notice (the date such notice is received, the “ Call Notice Date ”) specifying the number of Vested Series B Units with respect to which the Series A-1 Members have elected to exercise such purchase right, whereupon the Series B Member shall be required to sell to such Series A-1 Members, the Vested Series B Units specified in such notice, at a price per Vested Series B Unit equal to the Fair Market Value of such Units (measured as of the purchase date).

(vi) The closing of the purchase of the Series B Units pursuant to the Put Right or the Call Right shall occur at such time and place as the parties to such purchase shall agree, and in any event within sixty (60) days of the Put Notice Date or Call Notice Date, as applicable; provided , that if such purchase is subject to any prior regulatory approval or third-party consents, then such period shall be extended until the expiration of ten (10) Business Days after all such approvals shall have been received. At such closing, the Series B Member shall deliver certificates, if any, representing the Series B Units (or other applicable transfer instruments), duly endorsed for transfer and accompanied by all

 

-43-


requisite transfer taxes, if any, and such Series B Units, shall be free and clear of any liens, and the Series B Member shall so represent and warrant, and shall further represent and warrant that he is the sole beneficial and record owner of such Series B Units, with the full right, power and authority to convey such Series B Units to the purchaser(s). At such closing, all of the parties to the transaction shall execute such additional documents as are otherwise reasonably necessary or appropriate. The purchase price for the Series B Units being purchased by each of the Series A-1 Members shall be paid by such Series A-1 Member by delivery of immediately available funds deposited into an account designated by the Series B Member selling such Series B Units or a bank cashier’s or certified check payable to the order of such Series B Member; provided , that in the event of the exercise of the Put Right, a Series A-1 Member may elect to pay all or a portion of the applicable purchase price by delivery to such Series B Member of a number of Series A-1 Units owned by such Series A-1 Member having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to applicable purchase price therefor.

(d) Determination of Fair Market Value .

(i) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 7.2(d) , for purposes of this Agreement, the “ Fair Market Value ” of any property means, as of any time of determination, the then fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Managing Member, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of Fair Market Value of any Unit shall be based on the amounts, if any, that would be distributable or deemed distributable (including the amounts referred to in Section 4.4(b) ) in respect of such Unit under the terms of this Agreement, including any adjustments necessary to reflect the portion of any Tax Distributions that were previously made in respect of such Unit but not charged against other distributions in respect of such Unit.

(ii) Subject to Section 7.2(d)(iii) , the Fair Market Value of a Series B Unit shall be determined by the Managing Member in its good faith reasonable discretion, using the Company’s most recent previously issued annual or semi-annual financial statements available on the date on which such determination is being made by the Managing Member and taking into account any material events that have occurred subsequent to the date of the financial statements. The Managing Member shall provide prompt written notice to the Series B Member of its determination.

(iii) Notwithstanding Section 7.2(d)(ii) , in the event that a Series B Member does not agree with any determination of the Fair Market Value under Section 7.2 , then within 20 Business Days of receiving written notice of such determination, the Series B Member shall notify the Managing Member in writing of the existence of a dispute (such notice, a “ Dispute Notice ”). The Series B Member and the Managing Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute for a period of 20 Business Days from the date of receipt of such Dispute Notice. In the event that no resolution is reached by the end of such period, unless the Managing Member and such Series B Member agree to use another accounting, financial advisory or valuation firm, the Managing Member shall select three nationally-recognized investment banking firms that have not had a direct or indirect substantial relationship with the Company within the last two years and

 

-44-


notify the Series B Member thereof. The Series B Member shall select one of the three investment banking firms and notify the Company thereof. If the Company has not received notice of selection of one of the investment banking firms within twenty (20) days of the date it gave notice to the Series B Member of the three investment banking firms, then the Managing Member shall select one of such three. The firm selected as provided above (the “ Independent Advisor ”) shall promptly determine the Fair Market Value and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to render such determination within 20 Business Days, which determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Company and the Series B Member. The purchase of such Series B Units shall close promptly, but in no case more than 20 Business Days, after such determination. In the event that (i) the Independent Advisor’s determination of Fair Market Value is more than 10% higher than the original determination made by the Managing Member, the Company shall pay 100% of the fees and expenses of retaining the Independent Advisor, (ii) the Independent Advisor’s determination of Fair Market Value is more than 10% lower than the original determination made by the Managing Member, the Series B Member shall pay 100% of the fees and expenses of retaining the Independent Advisor, and (iii) in all other instances the Company and such Series B Member shall each pay 50% of the fees and expenses of retaining the Independent Advisor.

Section 7.3. Dissolution .

(a) Events . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of (i) the determination of the Managing Member, with the consent of (x) each of the Series A Members who, together with its Affiliates and Permitted Transferees, beneficially owns at least 1% of the Series A Units and (y) the Series B Members who hold at least a majority of the Series B Units (which majority must include each Series B Member who, together with his Affiliates or Permitted Transferees, holds at least 25% of the Series B Units), (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act or (iii) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining Member in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the Act. In the event of a dissolution pursuant to clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence, the relative economic rights of each Series of Units immediately prior to such dissolution shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable with respect to distributions made to Members pursuant to Section 7.3(c) below in connection with the winding up of the Company, taking into consideration tax and other legal constraints that may adversely affect one or more parties hereto and subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, unless, with respect to any Series of Units, holders of not less than 90% of the Units of such Series consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above.

(b) Actions Upon Dissolution . When the Company is dissolved, the business and property of the Company shall be wound up and liquidated by the Managing Member or, in the event of the unavailability of the Managing Member or if the Managing Member shall so determine, such Member or other liquidating trustee as shall be named by the Managing Member.

 

-45-


(c) Priority . A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 7.3 to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up. Upon dissolution of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be applied in the following manner and order of priority: (i) to creditors, including Members who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and (ii) the balance shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with ARTICLE IV .

(d) Cancellation of Certificate . The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts liabilities and obligations of the Company, shall have been distributed to the Members in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

(e) Return of Capital . The liquidators of the Company shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Members (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets).

(f) Hart Scott Rodino . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, in the event the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “ HSR Act ”), is applicable to any Member by reason of the fact that any assets of the Company will be distributed to such Member in connection with the dissolution of the Company, the distribution of any assets of the Company shall not be consummated until such time as the applicable waiting periods (and extensions thereof) under the HSR Act have expired or otherwise been terminated with respect to each such Member.

Section 7.4. Transfer by Members . No Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Units or other interests or rights in the Company except as provided in Section 3.3 or otherwise with the written consent of the Managing Member in its sole discretion; provided , however , that, subject to the provisions of Section 7.5(c) (other than the provisions of Section 7.5(c)(v) to the extent that such provisions relate to the delivery of legal and/or tax opinions), without the consent of the Managing Member, a Member may, at any time, Transfer any of such Member’s Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. In addition, unless the Managing Member determines in good faith that a proposed Transfer would violate Section 7.5(c) below, the Managing Member shall be deemed to have consented to a Transfer (i) to a Permitted Transferee or Successor in Interest of such Member or (ii) by Series A Member of Series A Units then held by such Member to any other Person or group of Persons. Any purported Transfer of all or a portion of a Member’s Units or other interests in the Company not complying with this Section 7.4 shall be void and shall not create any obligation on the part of the Company or the other Members to recognize that Transfer or to deal with the Person to which the Transfer purportedly was made. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Series B Units shall not be Transferable other than as provided in Section 7.2 .

 

-46-


Section 7.5. Admission or Substitution of New Members .

(a) Admission . Without the consent of any other Person, the Managing Member shall have the right to admit as a Substituted Member or an Additional Member, any Person who acquires an interest in the Company, or any part thereof, from a Member or from the Company. Concurrently with the admission of a Substituted Member or an Additional Member, the Managing Member shall forthwith (i) amend the Schedule of Members to reflect the name and address of such Substituted Member or Additional Member and to eliminate or modify, as applicable, the name and address of the Transferring Member with regard to the Transferred Units and (ii) cause any necessary papers to be filed and recorded and notice to be given wherever and to the extent required showing the substitution of a Transferee as a Substituted Member in place of the Transferring Member, or the admission of an Additional Member, in each case, at the expense, including payment of any professional and filing fees incurred, of such Substituted Member or Additional Member; provided that such expenses shall not be payable with respect to a Substituted Member or Additional Member that is or is to become an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where the issuance or Transfer of an interest in the Company to such Person is in connection with their provision of services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) Conditions and Limitations . The admission of any Person as a Substituted Member or an Additional Member shall be conditioned upon such Person’s written acceptance and adoption of all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by execution and delivery of the Adoption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or such other written instrument(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Member on behalf of the Company.

(c) Prohibited Transfers . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, unless each of the Members agrees otherwise in writing, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit or other interest in the Company be made by any Member or Assignee if:

(i) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit or other interest in the Company;

(ii) except as otherwise provided pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, such Transfer (which solely for purposes of this Section 7.5(c) shall include the issuance of Units upon the exercise of an option or warrant to acquire such Unit) would not be within (or would cause the Company to fail to qualify for) one or more of the safe harbors described in paragraphs (e), (f), (g), (h) or (j) of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1 or otherwise would pose a material risk that the Company would be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder;

(iii) such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or other interest in the Company or of any Series of Unit or other interest in the Company pursuant to any applicable United States federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S. securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;

 

-47-


(iv) such Transfer would cause any portion of the assets of the Company to become “plan assets” of any “benefit plan investor” within the meaning of regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations as modified by Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time; or

(v) to the extent requested by the Managing Member, the Company does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions (other than in respect of a Disregarded Transfer) and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the Managing Member, as determined in the Managing Member’s sole discretion.

In addition, notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, to the extent the Managing Member shall determine that interests in the Company do not meet or will not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), the Managing Member may impose such restrictions on the Transfer of Units or other interests in the Company (except for a Disregarded Transfer) as the Managing Member may determine to be necessary or advisable so that the Company is not treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.

Any Transfer in violation of Section 7.4 or this Section 7.5(c) shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect.

(d) Effect of Transfer to Substituted Member . Following the Transfer of any Unit or other interest in the Company that is permitted under Sections 7.4 and 7.5 , the Transferee of such Unit or other interest in the Company shall be treated as having made all of the Capital Contributions in respect of, and received all of the distributions received in respect of, such Unit or other interest in the Company, shall succeed to the Capital Account balance associated with such Unit or other interest in the Company, shall receive allocations and distributions under ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V in respect of such Unit or other interest in the Company and otherwise shall become a Substituted Member entitled to all the rights of a Member with respect to such Unit or other interest in the Company.

Section 7.6. Additional Requirements . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managing Member may impose such vesting requirements, forfeiture provisions, Transfer restrictions, minimum retained ownership requirements or other similar provisions with respect to any interests in the Company that are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or are created hereafter, with the written consent of the holder of such interests in the Company. Such requirements, provisions and restrictions need not be uniform among holders of interests in the Company and may be waived or released by the Managing Member in its sole discretion with respect to all or a portion of the interests in the Company owned by any one or more Members or Assignees at any time and from time to time, and such actions or omissions by the Managing Member shall not constitute the breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

-48-


Section 7.7. Bankruptcy . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 7.8. Spouses .

(a) As a condition to becoming or remaining a Member, each Member that is an individual and is or becomes married, shall cause his spouse to execute an agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereof. If a Member fails to have his or her spouse execute such agreement, the Member shall thereafter lose all their rights hereunder except for the rights of a mere assignee under the Act and the Managing member shall thereafter have all voting rights with respect to his or her interest.

(b) Any Units held by an individual who has failed to cause his or her spouse to execute an agreement in the form of Exhibit B and any Units held by a person who is an assignee shall be subject to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

(c) In the event of a property settlement or separation agreement between a Member and his or her spouse, such Member shall use his or her best efforts to assign to his or her spouse only the right to share in profits and losses, to receive distributions, and to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or similar item to which the Member was entitled, to the extent assigned.

(d) If a spouse or former spouse of a Member acquires a Unit in the Company without prior approval from the Managing Member, such spouse or former spouse hereby grants, as evidenced by Exhibit B , an irrevocable power of attorney (which shall be coupled with an interest) to the original Member who held such Units, as the case may be, to vote or to give or withhold such approval as such original Member shall himself or herself vote or approve with respect to such matter and without the necessity of the taking of any action by any such spouse or former spouse. Such power of attorney shall not be affected by the subsequent disability or incapacity of the spouse or former spouse granting such power of attorney. Furthermore, such spouse or former spouse agrees that any Series B Units held by such spouse or former spouse shall be subject to Section 7.2(a) of this Agreement.

Section 7.9. Registration Rights . The Series A Members shall have the Registration Rights set forth in the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement entered into in connection with the IPO.

Section 7.10. Mandatory Exchange . The Managing Member may, with the consent of each of the Series A Members who, together with its Affiliates and Permitted Transferees, beneficially owns at least 1% of the Series A Units, require all Members holding Series A Units to exchange all such Units held by them pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. Any exchange of Series A-1 Units pursuant to this Section 7.10 shall be treated as a transfer of Units governed by Section 3.3(b) .

 

-49-


ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION; TAX MATTERS

Section 8.1. Books and Records. The Company shall keep at its principal executive office (i) correct and complete books and records of account (which, in the case of financial records, shall be kept in accordance with GAAP), (ii) minutes of the proceedings of meetings of the Members, (iii) a current list of the directors and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective residence addresses, and (iv) a record containing the names and addresses of all Members, the total number of Units held by each Member, and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof. Any of the foregoing books, minutes or records may be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, notwithstanding the rights set forth in Section 18-305 of the Act, no Member shall have the right to obtain information from the Company.

Section 8.2. Information .

(a) The Members shall be supplied at the Company’s expense with all other Company information necessary to enable each Member to prepare its federal, state, and local income tax returns on a timely basis.

(b) All determinations, valuations and other matters of judgment required to be made for ordinary course accounting purposes under this Agreement shall be made by the Managing Member and shall be conclusive and binding on all Members, their Successors in Interest and any other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, and to the fullest extent permitted by law or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no such Person shall have the right to an accounting or an appraisal of the assets of the Company or any successor thereto.

Section 8.3. Fiscal Year . The Fiscal Year of the Company shall end on December 31st unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion in accordance with Section 706 of the Code.

Section 8.4. Certain Tax Matters .

(a) Preparation of Returns . The Managing Member shall cause to be prepared all federal, state and local tax returns of the Company for each year for which such returns are required to be filed and shall cause such returns to be timely filed. The Managing Member shall determine the appropriate treatment of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company and the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States of America, the several states and other relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of any such item or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Managing Member may cause the Company to make or refrain from making any and all elections permitted by such tax laws. As promptly as practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to provide to each Member a Schedule K-1 for such Fiscal Year. Additionally, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to provide on a timely basis to each Member, to the

 

-50-


extent commercially reasonable and available to the Company without undue cost, any information reasonably required by the Member to prepare, or in connection with an audit of, such Member’s income tax returns.

(b) Consistent Treatment . Each Member agrees that it shall not, except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulatory requirements, (i) treat, on its individual income tax returns, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit relating to its interest in the Company in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item by the Company as reflected on the Form K-1 or other information statement furnished by the Company to such Member for use in preparing its income tax returns or (ii) file any claim for refund relating to any such item based on, or which would result in, such inconsistent treatment.

(c) Duties of the Tax Matters Member . In respect of an income tax audit of any tax return of the Company, the filing of any amended return or claim for refund in connection with any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit reflected on any tax return of the Company, or any administrative or judicial proceedings arising out of or in connection with any such audit, amended return, claim for refund or denial of such claim, (i) the Managing Member shall direct the Tax Matters Member to act for, and such action shall be final and binding upon, the Company and all Members except to the extent a Member shall properly elect to be excluded from such proceeding pursuant to the Code, (ii) all expenses incurred by the Tax Matters Member in connection therewith (including attorneys’, accountants’ and other experts’ fees and disbursements) shall be expenses of, and payable by, the Company, (iii) no Member shall have the right to (A) participate in the audit of any Company tax return, (B) file any amended return or claim for refund in connection with any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit (other than items which are not partnership items within the meaning of Code Section 6231(a)(4) or which cease to be partnership items under Code Section 6231(b)) reflected on any tax return of the Company, (C) participate in any administrative or judicial proceedings conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member arising out of or in connection with any such audit, amended return, claim for refund or denial of such claim, or (D) appeal, challenge or otherwise protest any adverse findings in any such audit conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member or with respect to any such amended return or claim for refund filed by the Company or the Tax Matters Member or in any such administrative or judicial proceedings conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member and (iv) the Tax Matters Member shall keep the Members reasonably apprised of the status of any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if a petition for a readjustment to any partnership item included in a final partnership administrative adjustment is filed with a District Court or the Court of Claims and the IRS has elected to assess income tax against a Member with respect to that final partnership administrative adjustment (rather than suspending assessments until the District Court or Court of Claims proceedings become final), such Member shall be permitted to file a claim for refund within such period of time as to avoid application of any statute of limitations which would otherwise prevent the Member from having any claim based on the final outcome of that review.

(d) Tax Matters Member . The Company and each Member hereby designate the Managing Member as the “tax matters partner” for purposes of Code Section 6231(a)(7) (the “ Tax Matters Member ”).

 

-51-


(e) Certain Filings . Upon the Transfer of an interest in the Company (within the meaning of the Code), a sale of Company assets or a liquidation of the Company, the Members shall provide the Managing Member with information and shall make tax filings as reasonably requested by the Managing Member and required under applicable law.

(f) Section 754 Election . The Managing Member shall cause the Company to make and to maintain and keep in effect at all times, in accordance with Sections 734, 743 and 754 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations and comparable state law provisions, an election to adjust basis in the event (i) any Unit is Transferred in accordance with this Agreement or the Exchange Agreement or (ii) any Company property is distributed to any Member.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1. Separate Agreements; Schedules . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, including Section 9.4 , or of any other binding agreement between the Company and any Member, the Managing Member may, or may cause the Company to, without the approval of any other Member or other Person, enter into separate agreements with individual Members with respect to any matter, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or altering, supplementing or amending the terms of, this Agreement or any such subscription agreement. The parties hereto agree that any terms contained in any such separate agreement shall govern with respect to such Member(s) party thereto notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement. The Managing Member may from time to time execute and deliver to the Members schedules which set forth information contained in the books and records of the Company and any other matters deemed appropriate by the Managing Member. Such schedules shall be for information purposes only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever.

Section 9.2. Governing Law; Disputes . (a) THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT OF LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

(b) Any dispute, controversy or claim solely arising out of, relating to or in connection with the rights or obligations of any of the Series B Members vis-à-vis any of the Series A-1 Members (including pursuant to Sections 3.3 , 4.3 and 4.4 hereof) shall be finally settled by arbitration. The arbitration shall take place in Wilmington, Delaware and be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) then in effect (except as they may be modified by mutual agreement of the Series A-1 Members and the affected Series B Member). The arbitration shall be conducted by three neutral, impartial and independent arbitrators, who shall be appointed by the AAA, at least one of whom shall be a retired judge or a senior partner at one of the nationally recognized Delaware-based law firms. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment upon the award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or its assets. The costs of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any

 

-52-


arbitration proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate and/or seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder.

(c) Except as expressly set forth in Section 9.2(b) , each party agrees that it shall bring any action, suit, demand or proceeding (including counterclaims) in respect of any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or any Delaware State court, in each case, sitting in the City of Wilmington, Delaware (the “ Chosen Courts ”), and solely in connection with claims arising under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such action, suit, demand or proceeding in the Chosen Courts, (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over any Party and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such party in any such action, suit, demand or proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Section 9.5 .

(d) EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, DEMAND OR PROCEEDING (INCLUDING COUNTERCLAIMS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 9.3. Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective Successors in Interest; provided that no Person claiming by, through or under a Member (whether as such Member’s Successor in Interest or otherwise), as distinct from such Member itself, shall have any rights as, or in respect to, a Member (including the right to approve or vote on any matter or to notice thereof), and nothing in this Agreement (express or implied) is intended to confer upon any other Person any rights or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 9.4. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of (a) the Managing Member, (b) each of the Series A Members who, together with its Affiliates and Permitted Transferees, beneficially owns at least 1% of the Series A Units, and (c) the Series B Members who hold at least a majority of the Series B Units (which majority must include each Series B Member who, together with his Affiliates or Permitted Transferees, holds at least 25% of the Series B Units); provided that except as otherwise provided herein (including, without limitation, in Section 3.2 ), no amendment may (i) modify the limited liability of any Member, or increase the liabilities or obligations of any Member, in each case, without the consent of each such affected Member; or (ii) materially and adversely affect the rights of a holder of Series A-1 Units, Series A-2 Units or Series B Units, in their capacity as holders of Series A-1 Units, Series A-2 Units or Series B Units, in relation to other classes of Equity Securities of the Company, without the consent of the holders of a majority of such series of Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member may, without the written consent of any other Member or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect: (1) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization

 

-53-


or issuance of any Series of Units or other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities in accordance with this Agreement; (2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Members in accordance with this Agreement; (3) a change in the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company; (4) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; or (5) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Company and any other changes that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Company, including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Company; provided further , that the books and records of the Company (including the Schedule of Members) shall be deemed amended from time to time to reflect the admission of a new Member, the withdrawal or resignation of a Member, the adjustment of the Units or other interests in the Company resulting from any issuance, Transfer or other disposition of Units or other interests in the Company, in each case that is made in accordance with the provisions hereof. If an amendment has been approved in accordance with this Agreement, such amendment shall be adopted and effective with respect to all Members. Upon obtaining such approvals as may be required by this Agreement, and without further action or execution on the part of any other Member or other Person, any amendment to this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the Managing Member and the other Members shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment.

The Managing Member may, in its sole discretion, unilaterally amend this Agreement on or before the effective date of the final regulations to provide for (i) the election of a safe harbor under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(l) (or any similar provision) under which the fair market value of a partnership interest (or interest in an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is transferred is treated as being equal to the liquidation value of that interest, (ii) an agreement by the Company and each of its Members to comply with all of the requirements set forth in such regulations and Notice 2005-43 (and any other guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to such election) with respect to all partnership interests (or interest in an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) transferred in connection with the performance of services while the election remains effective, (iii) the allocation of items of income, gains, deductions and losses required by the final regulations similar to Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(b) and (c), and (iv) any other related amendments.

No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

-54-


Section 9.5. Notices . Whenever notice is required or permitted by this Agreement to be given, such notice shall be in writing and shall be given to any Member at such Member’s address or facsimile number shown in the Company’s books and records, or, if given to the Company, at the following address:

PBF Energy Company LLC

One Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (973) 455-7562

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Company) to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attention: Todd E. Lenson

Facsimile: (212) 806-7793

Each proper notice shall be effective upon any of the following: (a) personal delivery to the recipient, (b) when sent by facsimile to the recipient (with confirmation of receipt), (c) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (d) three Business Days after being deposited in the mails (first class or airmail postage prepaid).

Section 9.6. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto.

Section 9.7. Power of Attorney . Each Member hereby irrevocably appoints the Managing Member as such Member’s true and lawful representative and attorney in fact, each acting alone, in such Member’s name, place and stead, (a) to make, execute, sign and file all instruments, documents and certificates which, from time to time, may be required to set forth any amendment to this Agreement or which may be required by this Agreement or by the laws of the United States of America, the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Company shall determine to do business, or any political subdivision or agency thereof and (b) to execute, implement and continue the valid and subsisting existence of the Company or to qualify and continue the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business. Such power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent withdrawal from the Company of any Member for any reason and shall survive and shall not be affected by the disability, incapacity, bankruptcy or dissolution of such Member. No power of attorney granted in this Agreement shall revoke any previously granted power of attorney.

Section 9.8. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and the other documents and agreements referred to herein or entered into concurrently herewith embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein; provided that such other agreements and documents shall not be deemed to be a part of, a modification of or an amendment to this Agreement. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including the Original LLC Agreement.

 

-55-


Section 9.9. Remedies . Each Member shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and all rights and remedies that such Person has been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights that such Person has under any applicable law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security) to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by applicable law.

Section 9.10. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Section 9.11. Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time as a result of making the loan any direct or indirect interest in Company profits, losses, distributions, capital or property other than as a secured creditor.

Section 9.12. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 9.13. Further Action . The parties agree to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 9.14. Delivery by Facsimile or Email . This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or email with scan or facsimile attachment, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract, and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

-56-


Section 9.15. Confidentiality . Each Member agrees that all non-public information received from or otherwise relating to the Company or any third party who has entrusted the Company with confidential information with the expectation that such information will be kept confidential, is confidential and will not be (i) disclosed or otherwise released to any other Person (other than another party hereto for a valid business purpose) or (ii) used for anything other than as necessary and appropriate in carrying out the business of the Company. The obligations of the parties hereunder do not preclude the Members from disclosing information to its beneficial owners or representatives or as it may reasonably deem to be appropriate in connection with fundraising efforts. The restrictions set forth herein do not apply to any disclosures required by applicable law, so long as (x) the Person subject to such disclosure obligations provides prior written notice (to the extent reasonably practicable) to the Company and any affected Person stating the basis upon which the disclosure is asserted to be required, and (y) the Person subject to such disclosure obligations takes, at the Company’s request and expense, all reasonable steps to oppose or mitigate any such disclosure. The Company and its Affiliates may maintain additional policies concerning confidentiality and require any Member who is an employee or consultant to the Company or any of its Affiliates to execute additional confidentiality agreements, which upon execution thereof shall be binding upon such Member.

 

-57-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.

 

MANAGING MEMBER

 

PBF ENERGY INC.

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
OTHER MEMBERS
[    ]
  By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to LLC Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Adoption Agreement

This Adoption Agreement is executed by the undersigned pursuant to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF Energy Company LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of [        ] [    ], 2012, as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, a copy of which is attached hereto and is incorporated herein by reference (the “ Agreement ”). By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the undersigned agrees as follows:

1. Acknowledgment . The undersigned acknowledges that he/she is acquiring [            ] Units of the Company as a [Series A-1/Series A-2/Series B/Series C] Member, subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement (including the Exhibits thereto), as amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in the Agreement and are used herein with the same meanings set forth therein.

2. Agreement . The undersigned hereby joins in, and agrees to be bound by, subject to, and enjoy the benefit of the applicable rights set forth in, the Agreement (including the Exhibits thereto), as amended from time to time, with the same force and effect as if he/she were originally a party thereto.

3. Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to the undersigned at the address listed below.

EXECUTED AND DATED on this     day of        , 20     .

 

 

[Name]  
Notice Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 


EXHIBIT B

Consent of Spouse

The undersigned, the spouse of                             , one of the Members of PBF Energy Company LLC (the “ Company ”) named in the Company’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time (the “ Agreement ”) acknowledges that I have read the Agreement and that I understand its contents. I hereby consent to and approve of the provisions of the Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, and agree that the Units held by my spouse and my interest in such Units are subject to such provisions. I agree that I will take no action at any time to hinder the operations of the Company.

Dated:             , 20    

 

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

Exhibit 10.23.2

 

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CRUDE OIL ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CRUDE OIL ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) made as of October 11, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) is entered into by and between Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“ MSCG ”) and PBF Holding Company LLC (“ PBFH ”), each sometimes referred to herein as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties .”

 

WHEREAS, the Parties are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement dated March 1, 2012, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Crude Oil Acquisition Agreement dated as of June 28, 2012 (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the term renewal provisions of the Acquisition Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

1.1 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms and references used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

1.2 Headings . All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Amendment.

 

1.3 References . Each reference in the Acquisition Agreement to “this Agreement”, “herein” or words of like import referring to such Acquisition Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Acquisition Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Acquisition Agreement, as amended by this Amendment. Any notices, requests, certificates and other documents executed and delivered on or after the date hereof may refer to the Acquisition Agreement without making specific reference to this Amendment, but nevertheless all such references shall mean the Acquisition Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS TO ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

 

2.1 Section 2.2 of the Acquisition Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Renewal Term . Absent an early termination of the Agreement pursuant to the terms of Section 18, this Agreement shall automatically renew and continue in full force and effect for consecutive periods of six (6) months each (each, a “ Renewal Term ”), subject to the following:

 

During the period October 1, 2012 until March 31, 2013 either Party may, upon written notice to the other party, designate a Termination Date on which this Agreement shall terminate, which Termination Date shall not occur prior to September 30, 2013;


At any time after March 31, 2013, either Party may terminate this Agreement pursuant to a written notice delivered to the other Party no less than six (6) months prior to the Termination Date designated in such notice.

 

Notwithstanding termination pursuant to this Section 2.2 the Parties shall perform their obligations relating to termination pursuant to Section 11.”

 

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 Effective Date . This Amendment shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

3.2 Scope of Amendment . The Acquisition Agreement is amended only as expressly modified by this Amendment. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the terms of the Acquisition Agreement remain unchanged, and the Acquisition Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed by the Parties in all respects. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall prevail to the extent of such inconsistency.

 

3.3 Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and that each of this Amendment and the Acquisition Agreement constitutes its legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent such enforceability may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

3.4 No Waiver . Except as expressly provided herein, the execution and delivery of this Amendment shall not be deemed or construed to (i) constitute an extension, modification or waiver of any term or condition of the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) give rise to any obligation on the part of any Party to extend, modify or waive any term or condition of the Acquisition Agreement, or (iii) be a waiver by any Party of any of its rights under the Acquisition Agreement, at law or in equity.

 

3.5 Reaffirmation . Each Party hereby reaffirms each and every representation, warranty, covenant, condition, obligation and provision set forth in the Acquisition Agreement, as modified hereby.

 

3.6 Choice of Law . This Amendment shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts of law, rule or principle that might refer to the construction or interpretation of this Amendment to the laws of another state.

 

3.7 Severability . If any Article, Section or provision of this Amendment shall be determined to be null and void, voidable or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, then for such period that the same is void or invalid, it shall be deemed to be deleted from this Amendment and the remaining portions of this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect.


3.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Amendment may be executed by the Parties in separate counterparts and delivered by electronic or facsimile transmission or otherwise and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment effective as set forth herein.

 

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/ Martin Mitchell

Name:   Martin Mitchell
Title:   Vice President

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Toledo Acquisition Agreement]

Exhibit 10.24.1

 

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PRODUCTS OFFTAKE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PRODUCTS OFFTAKE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) made as of October 11, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) is entered into by and among Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“ MSCG ”), TransMontaigne Product Services Inc. (“ TPSI ”), Delaware City Refining Company LLC (“ DCRC ”) and PBF Holding Company LLC (“ PBFH ”), each sometimes referred to herein as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties .”

 

WHEREAS, the Parties are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement dated July 30, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement dated as of August 30, 2012 (the “ Offtake Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the term renewal provisions of the Offtake Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

1.1 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms and references used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Offtake Agreement.

 

1.2 Headings . All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Amendment.

 

1.3 References . Each reference in the Offtake Agreement to “this Agreement”, “herein” or words of like import referring to such Offtake Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Offtake Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Offtake Agreement, as amended by this Amendment. Any notices, requests, certificates and other documents executed and delivered on or after the date hereof may refer to the Offtake Agreement without making specific reference to this Amendment, but nevertheless all such references shall mean the Offtake Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS TO OFFTAKE AGREEMENT

 

2.1 Section 2.3 of the Offtake Agreement shall be amended by deleting each instance of the word “nine (9)” and replacing it with the word “six (6)”.

 

2.2 Section 2.3 of the Offtake Agreement shall be further amended by deleting each instance of the date “September 30, 2012” and replacing it with the date “December 31, 2012”.


ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 Effective Date . This Amendment shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

3.2 Scope of Amendment . The Offtake Agreement is amended only as expressly modified by this Amendment. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the terms of the Offtake Agreement remain unchanged, and the Offtake Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed by the Parties in all respects. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Offtake Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall prevail to the extent of such inconsistency.

 

3.3 Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and that each of this Amendment and the Offtake Agreement constitutes its legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent such enforceability may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

3.4 No Waiver . Except as expressly provided herein, the execution and delivery of this Amendment shall not be deemed or construed to (i) constitute an extension, modification or waiver of any term or condition of the Offtake Agreement, (ii) give rise to any obligation on the part of any Party to extend, modify or waive any term or condition of the Offtake Agreement, or (iii) be a waiver by any Party of any of its rights under the Offtake Agreement, at law or in equity.

 

3.5 Reaffirmation . Each Party hereby reaffirms each and every representation, warranty, covenant, condition, obligation and provision set forth in the Offtake Agreement, as modified hereby.

 

3.6 Choice of Law . This Amendment shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts of law, rule or principle that might refer to the construction or interpretation of this Amendment to the laws of another state.

 

3.7 Severability . If any Article, Section or provision of this Amendment shall be determined to be null and void, voidable or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, then for such period that the same is void or invalid, it shall be deemed to be deleted from this Amendment and the remaining portions of this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Amendment may be executed by the Parties in separate counterparts and delivered by electronic or facsimile transmission or otherwise and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment effective as set forth herein.

 

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/ Martin Mitchell

Name:   Martin Mitchell
Title:   Vice President

 

TRANSMONTAIGNE PRODUCT SERVICES INC.
By:  

/s/ Erik B. Carlson

Name:   Erik B. Carlson
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Secretary

 

DELAWARE CITY REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Second Amended & Restated Delaware City Offtake]

Exhibit 10.25.1

 

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED PRODUCTS OFFTAKE AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED PRODUCTS OFFTAKE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) made as of October 11, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) is entered into by and among Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“ MSCG ”), Paulsboro Refining Company LLC (“ PRC ”) and PBF Holding Company LLC (“ PBFH ”), each sometimes referred to herein as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties .”

 

WHEREAS, the Parties are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Products Offtake Agreement dated August 30, 2012 (the “ Offtake Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the term renewal provisions of the Offtake Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

1.1 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms and references used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Offtake Agreement.

 

1.2 Headings . All headings herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the provisions of this Amendment.

 

1.3 References . Each reference in the Offtake Agreement to “this Agreement”, “herein” or words of like import referring to such Offtake Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Offtake Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Offtake Agreement, as amended by this Amendment. Any notices, requests, certificates and other documents executed and delivered on or after the date hereof may refer to the Offtake Agreement without making specific reference to this Amendment, but nevertheless all such references shall mean the Offtake Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS TO OFFTAKE AGREEMENT

 

2.1 Section 2.3 of the Offtake Agreement shall be amended by deleting each instance of the word “nine (9)” and replacing it with the word “six (6)”.

 

2.2 Section 2.3 of the Offtake Agreement shall be further amended by deleting each instance of the date “September 30, 2012” and replacing it with the date “December 31, 2012”.

 

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 Effective Date . This Amendment shall be effective as of the Effective Date.


3.2 Scope of Amendment . The Offtake Agreement is amended only as expressly modified by this Amendment. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the terms of the Offtake Agreement remain unchanged, and the Offtake Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed by the Parties in all respects. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Offtake Agreement and this Amendment, this Amendment shall prevail to the extent of such inconsistency.

 

3.3 Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and that each of this Amendment and the Offtake Agreement constitutes its legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent such enforceability may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

3.4 No Waiver . Except as expressly provided herein, the execution and delivery of this Amendment shall not be deemed or construed to (i) constitute an extension, modification or waiver of any term or condition of the Offtake Agreement, (ii) give rise to any obligation on the part of any Party to extend, modify or waive any term or condition of the Offtake Agreement, or (iii) be a waiver by any Party of any of its rights under the Offtake Agreement, at law or in equity.

 

3.5 Reaffirmation . Each Party hereby reaffirms each and every representation, warranty, covenant, condition, obligation and provision set forth in the Offtake Agreement, as modified hereby.

 

3.6 Choice of Law . This Amendment shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts of law, rule or principle that might refer to the construction or interpretation of this Amendment to the laws of another state.

 

3.7 Severability . If any Article, Section or provision of this Amendment shall be determined to be null and void, voidable or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, then for such period that the same is void or invalid, it shall be deemed to be deleted from this Amendment and the remaining portions of this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3.8 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Amendment may be executed by the Parties in separate counterparts and delivered by electronic or facsimile transmission or otherwise and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment effective as set forth herein.

 

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/ Martin Mitchell

Name:   Martin Mitchell
Title:   Vice President

 

PBF HOLDING COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Secretary

 

PAULSBORO REFINING COMPANY LLC
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Dill

Name:   Jeffrey Dill
Title:   Secretary

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Amended & Restated Paulsboro Offtake Agreement]

Exhibit 10.26

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

OF

PBF ENERGY INC.

Dated as of [ ] [ ], 2012


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1   

SECTION 1.1. Definitions

     3   

SECTION 1.2. Construction

     3   

ARTICLE II CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     3   

SECTION 2.1. Board of Directors

     3   

SECTION 2.2. Agreement to Vote

     5   

ARTICLE III INFORMATION; VCOC

     5   

SECTION 3.1. Access

     5   

SECTION 3.2. Certain Reports

     6   

SECTION 3.3. VCOC

     6   

SECTION 3.4. Confidentiality

     6   

ARTICLE IV GENERAL PROVISIONS

     7   

SECTION 4.1. Termination

     7   

SECTION 4.2. Notices

     7   

SECTION 4.3. Amendment; Waiver

     8   

SECTION 4.4. Further Assurances

     8   

SECTION 4.5. Assignment

     9   

SECTION 4.6. Third Parties

     9   

SECTION 4.7. Governing Law

     9   

SECTION 4.8. Jurisdiction

     9   

SECTION 4.9. Specific Performance

     9   

SECTION 4.10. Entire Agreement

     9   

SECTION 4.11. Severability

     9   

SECTION 4.12. No Waiver

     10   

SECTION 4.13. Table of Contents, Headings and Captions

     10   

SECTION 4.14. Grant of Consent

     10   

SECTION 4.15. Counterparts

     10   

SECTION 4.16. Effectiveness

     10   

SECTION 4.17. No Recourse

     10   

 

i


STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

OF

PBF ENERGY INC.

This STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [ ] [ ], 2012, is entered into by and among PBF Energy Inc. (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation, and each of the other parties identified on the signature pages hereto (together with their Restricted Transferees, the “ Investor Parties ”).

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), following which the Company will be the sole managing member of PBF Energy Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PBF LLC ”);

WHEREAS, the Investor Parties are holders of Series A-1 Units of PBF LLC, and as part of the transactions contemplated by the IPO, will enter into an exchange agreement pursuant to which the Investor Parties will have the right to indirectly exchange Series A-1 Units of PBF LLC for shares of Class A Common Stock from time to time as contemplated by the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of PBF LLC;

WHEREAS, the Investor Parties, in their capacity as holders of Series A-1 Units of PBF LLC, as part of the transactions contemplated by the IPO, will receive shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), entitling them to voting power at the Company at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of PBF LLC; and

WHEREAS, with respect to the Company on and following the date of completion of the IPO (the “ Closing Date ”), the parties hereto now wish to provide for certain corporate governance matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, an “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Act.


Affiliated Investor ” means, with respect to any Investor Party, any investment fund or holding company that is directly or indirectly managed or advised by the primary manager or advisor of such Investor Party or any of its Affiliates or any other Person who or which is otherwise an Affiliate of such Investor Party (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Authorized Recipients ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

beneficially own ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

Blackstone Group ” shall mean the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Blackstone Group” and their respective Restricted Transferees and permitted assigns.

Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

Class A Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class B Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Director ” shall mean any member of the Board.

First Reserve Group ” shall mean the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “First Reserve Group” and their respective Restricted Transferees and permitted assigns.

Investor Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

IPO ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, joint stock company, business trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity of any nature whatsoever.

Qualified Investor Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Representatives ” shall mean, with respect to any Qualified Investor Party, such Qualified Investor Party’s and its Affiliates’ respective directors, managers, officers, partners, members, principals, employees, professional advisors and agents.

Restricted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, an Affiliated Investor of such Person, who or which agrees to become party to, and to be bound to the same extent as its transferor by the terms of, this Agreement.

 

2


Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

Sponsor Group ” shall mean the Blackstone Group or the First Reserve Group.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

VCOC Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

SECTION 1.2.  Construction . Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine and neuter forms and the singular form of words shall include the plural and vice versa. All references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted. Any percentage set forth herein shall be deemed to be automatically adjusted without any action on the part of any party hereto to take into account any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date of this Agreement so that the rights provided to the Investors shall continue to apply to the same extent such rights would have applied absent such stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

SECTION 2.1.  Board of Directors .

(a) Effective as of the Closing Date, the Board shall be comprised of nine Directors, of whom (i) three (3) shall be designees of the Blackstone Group, (ii) three (3) shall be designees of the First Reserve Group, and (iii) the remaining three (3) shall be Thomas D. O’Malley, Jefferson Allen and Dennis Houston. The three designees of the Blackstone Group shall initially be Spencer Abraham, Martin J. Brand and David I. Foley, and the three designees

 

3


of the First Reserve Group shall initially be Timothy H. Day, Neil A. Wizel and an additional designee to be determined by the First Reserve Group. After the Closing Date, the Board shall include the applicable designees referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, and such other individuals as shall be nominated and elected to the Board from time to time by the Board or the Company stockholders consistent herewith and with applicable law.

(b) Board Designation Rights.

(i) Following the Closing Date, (i) the Blackstone Group shall have the right (but not the obligation) pursuant to this Agreement to nominate to the Board, (x) three (3) Directors, for so long as the Blackstone Group collectively beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (y) two (2) Directors, for so long as the Blackstone Group collectively beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more, but less than 25%, of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (z) one (1) Director, for so long as the Blackstone Group collectively beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 7.5% or more, but less than 15%, of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

(ii) Following the Closing Date, (i) the First Reserve Group shall have the right (but not the obligation) pursuant to this Agreement to nominate to the Board, (x) three (3) Directors, for so long as the First Reserve Group collectively beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (y) two (2) Directors, for so long as the First Reserve Group collectively beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more, but less than 25%, of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (z) one (1) Director, for so long as the First Reserve Group collectively beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 7.5% or more, but less than 15%, of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

(c) In the event that any Sponsor Group has nominated fewer than the total number of designees that such Sponsor Group shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 2.1(b), then such Sponsor Group shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designee(s) to which it is entitled, in which case, the Directors shall take all necessary corporate action to (x) increase the size of the Board as required to enable such Sponsor Group to so nominate such additional designees, and (y) designate such additional designees nominated by such Sponsor Group to fill such newly created vacancies.

(d) For so long as any Sponsor Group is entitled to designate any person to the Board pursuant to Section 2.1, the size of the Board shall not be greater than nine members (other than as contemplated by Section 2.1(c) or to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or listing standards).

 

4


(e) Any Director designated by a Sponsor Group pursuant to Section 2.1 may be removed (with or without cause) from time to time and at any time by the applicable Sponsor Group upon notice to the Company. Any replacement nominee may only be nominated by the Sponsor Group who nominated the Director so removed.

(f) In the event that a Director designated by Sponsor Group pursuant to this Section 2.1 serves simultaneously on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any company (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) that is engaged primarily in the crude oil refining business in North America (a “ Competing Business ”), unless the Board otherwise requests or the Director resigns from such board of directors of the Competing Business, such Director shall promptly resign from the Board or such party shall take all action necessary to remove such Director.

(g) In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of any Director designated by a Sponsor Group pursuant to this Section 2.1, subject to the designation rights in Section 2.1(b), the remaining Directors and the Company shall cause the vacancy created thereby to be filled by a new designee of the Sponsor Group who designated such Director as soon as possible, and the Company hereby agrees to take, at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to accomplish the same.

(h) The Company agrees to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board the persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 and to use its best efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating such individuals to be elected as Directors as provided herein.

SECTION 2.2.  Agreement to Vote . Each Investor Party agrees to vote, and to cause each of its applicable Restricted Transferees to vote, in person or by proxy, or to act by written consent (if applicable) with respect to, all shares of Series A Common Stock and Series B Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of Directors beneficially owned by it to cause the election of the designees of each Sponsor Group for so long as such Sponsor Group has the right to nominate a Director pursuant to Section 2.1 and to take all other steps within such Person’s power to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in Section 2.1.

ARTICLE III

INFORMATION; VCOC

SECTION 3.1. Access . Subject to applicable law, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, permit each Investor Party who, individually or with such Person’s Affiliates and Affiliated Investors, beneficially owns at least 7.5% of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and has a designee serving on the Board (a “ Qualified Investor Party ”) and its designated representatives, at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to review the books and records of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company or any such Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to

 

5


disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used its best efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Qualified Investor Party without the loss of any such privilege.

SECTION 3.2.  Certain Reports . Subject to applicable law, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each Qualified Investor Party, at its request, copies of operating and capital expenditure budgets and periodic information packages relating to the operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries that are provided to the Board or the board of directors of the Company’s Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used its best efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Qualified Investor Party without the loss of any such privilege.

SECTION 3.3.  VCOC . With respect to each Sponsor Group and, at the request of a Sponsor Group, each Affiliate thereof that indirectly has an interest in the Company, in each case that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” as defined in 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 (each, a “ VCOC Investor ”), the Company shall, and shall cause PBF LLC to, execute a side letter with each VCOC Investor in the form attached hereto as Annex A and each VCOC Investor shall have the supplemental rights and obligations provided in such side letter.

SECTION 3.4.  Confidentiality . Each Qualified Investor Party agrees to, and to instruct and use its reasonable best efforts to cause its Authorized Recipients who have been provided with Confidential Information by the Qualified Investor Party to, (i) hold in confidence and not disclose to any other Persons any confidential information of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries provided in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 3.2 (the “ Confidential Information ”), and (ii) not use such Confidential Information for any purpose other than in connection with its investment in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Confidential Information shall not include any information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure by a Qualified Investor Party or its Authorized Recipients, (ii) is or becomes available to a Qualified Investor Party or any of its Authorized Recipients on a non-confidential basis from a third party source, which source, to the knowledge of such Qualified Investor Party or its Authorized Recipients, is not bound by a legal duty of confidentiality to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of such Confidential Information or (iii) is independently developed by a Qualified Investor Party or its Authorized Recipients. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Qualified Investor Party may disclose Confidential Information to (x) any of its Representatives and (y) any other member of the Sponsor Group of which it is a member (the Persons in clause (x) and (y), collectively, “ Authorized Recipients ”). Each Qualified Investor Party shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 3.4 by any of its Authorized Recipients. If a Qualified Investor Party or any of its Authorized Representatives is required or requested by law, regulation or legal or judicial process to disclose any Confidential Information, or disclosure of Confidential Information is requested by any governmental authority having authority over such Qualified Investor Party or Authorized Recipient, such Qualified Investor Party or Authorized Recipient, as the case may be, may disclose only such portion of such Confidential Information as may be required or requested without liability hereunder; provided that such Person (x) provides prior written notice (to the extent reasonably practicable) to the Company stating the basis upon which the disclosure is asserted to be required and (y) takes, at the Company’s request and expense, all reasonable steps to oppose or mitigate any such disclosure.

 

6


ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 4.1.  Termination . This Agreement shall terminate on such date that no Sponsor Group is entitled to designate any person to the Board pursuant to Section 2.1.

SECTION 4.2.  Notices (a) All notices, requests or consents provided for or required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if personally delivered, faxed and confirmed, or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or nationally recognized overnight delivery service with proof of receipt maintained, at the following addresses (or any other address that any such party may designate by written notice to the other parties):

 

  (i) if to the Company:

PBF Energy Inc.

One Sylvan Way, 2nd floor

Parsippany, NJ 07054-3887

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (973) 455-7562

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP

180 Maiden Lane

New York, New York 10038

Attention: Todd Lenson

Facsimile: (212) 806-7793

 

  (ii) if to the Blackstone Group:

c/o The Blackstone Group L.P.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: [ ]

Fax: [ ]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York

Attention: William E. Curbow

Fax: (212) 455-2502

 

7


  (iii) if to the First Reserve Group:

c/o First Reserve Corporation

600 Travis

Suite 6000

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: [ ]

Fax: [ ]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York

Attention: William E. Curbow

Fax: (212) 455-2502

Any such notice shall, if delivered personally, be deemed received upon delivery; shall, if delivered by fax, be deemed received on the date of receipt of the confirmation of transmission, if such transmission was made prior to 5:00 p.m., local time, on a business day or if after such time, on the next business day; shall, if delivered by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, be deemed received the first business day after being sent; and shall, if delivered by mail, be deemed received upon the actual receipt thereof.

(b) Whenever any notice is required to be given by law or this Agreement, a written waiver thereof, signed by the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

SECTION 4.3.  Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and each of the Sponsor Groups then party hereto (with the consent of the Sponsor Groups being determined in accordance with Section 4.14). No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

SECTION 4.4.  Further Assurances . The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof. The Company shall not directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, any Investor Party being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

 

8


SECTION 4.5.  Assignment . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors, Restricted Transferees and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void; provided , however , that each Sponsor Group shall be entitled to assign, in whole or in part, to any of its Restricted Transferees without such prior written consent any of its rights hereunder.

SECTION 4.6.  Third Parties . This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

SECTION 4.7.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 4.8.  Jurisdiction . In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties unconditionally accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any United States District Court located in the State of Delaware, or of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and the appellate courts to which orders and judgments thereof may be appealed. In any such judicial proceeding, the parties agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Section 4.2. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 4.9.  Specific Performance . Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the other parties hereto would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement without the posting of bond.

SECTION 4.10.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

SECTION 4.11.  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

 

9


SECTION 4.12.  No Waiver . Neither the failure nor delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

SECTION 4.13.  Table of Contents, Headings and Captions . The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

SECTION 4.14.  Grant of Consent . Any vote, consent or approval of a Sponsor Group hereunder shall be deemed to be given with respect to all members of a Sponsor Group if such vote, consent or approval is given by members of such Sponsor Group having record ownership of a majority of the shares of Common Stock over which all members of such Sponsor Group have record ownership.

SECTION 4.15.  Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be signed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one Agreement (or amendment, as applicable).

SECTION 4.16.  Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the Closing Date.

SECTION 4.17.  No Recourse . This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Stockholders’ Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

PBF ENERGY INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
INVESTOR PARTIES:
BLACKSTONE GROUP
[                               ]
FIRST RESERVE GROUP
[                               ]

Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-177933 of our report dated May 14, 2012, relating to the combined and consolidated financial statements of PBF Energy Company LLC and subsidiaries (combined and consolidated with PBF Investments LLC and affiliates) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

November 6, 2012

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-177933 of our report dated May 14, 2012, relating to the balance sheet of PBF Energy Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

November 6, 2012

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 12, 2011, with respect to the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Toledo Refinery as of December 31, 2010 and the related statements of revenues and direct expenses for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010, included in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-177933) and related Prospectus of PBF Energy Inc. dated November 6, 2012.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

November 6, 2012

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of PBF Holding Company LLC:

We consent to the use of our report with respect to the balance sheet of Paulsboro Refining Business as of December 16, 2010, and the related statements of income, changes in net parent investment, and cash flows for the period from January 1 through December 16, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, included herein, and to the references to our firm under the headings “Experts” in the registration statement.

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

San Antonio, Texas
November 6, 2012

Exhibit 24.2

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors and/or officers, hereby severally constitute and appoint Jeffrey Dill, Michael D. Gayda and Matthew C. Lucey and each of them individually, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities (including, as applicable, our capacities as directors of the Registrant), to sign for us any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments) and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of equity securities of the Registrant, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any applicable securities exchange or self regulatory body, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them individually, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person , and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this registration statement has been signed by the followings persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Spencer Abraham

  Director   October 10, 2012

Spencer Abraham